Sorento HEV / PHEV
âOperating, servicing and maintaining
a passenger vehicle or off-road
vehicle can expose you to chemicals
including engine exhaust, carbon
monoxide, phthalates, and lead, which
are known to the State of California
to cause cancer and birth defects or
other reproductive harm. To minimize
exposure, avoid breathing exhaust, do
not idle the engine except as necessary,
service your vehicle in a well-ventilated
area and wear gloves or wash your
hands frequently when servicing your
vehicle. For more information go to
www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-
vehicle.â
WARNING
â California
Proposition 65
FOREWORD
Dear Customer,
Thank you for selecting your new Kia vehicle.
As a global car manufacturer focused on building high-quality vehicles with excep
-
tional value, Kia is dedicated to providing you with a customer service experience that
exceeds your expectations.
This Owner's Manual will acquaint you with the operation of features and equipment
that are either standard or optional on this vehicle, along with the maintenance needs
of this vehicle. Therefore, you may find certain descriptions and illustrations not appli
-
cable to your vehicle. You are advised to read this publication carefully and follow the
instructions and recommendations. Please always keep this manual in the vehicle for
your and any subsequent owner's reference.
Authorized Kia Dealerships provide factory-trained technicians, utilized recom
-
mended special service tools, and supply genuine Kia replacement parts to help you
maintain and service your vehicle during your ownership.
All information contained in this Owner's Manual was accurate at the time of publica
-
tion. However, as Kia continues to make improvements to its products, the company
reserves the right to make changes to this manual or any of its vehicles at any time
without notice and without incurring any obligations.
Please drive safely, and enjoy your Kia vehicle!
ÂĐ 2022 Kia America, Inc.
All rights reserved. May not be reproduced or translated in whole or in part without the written consent of Kia
America, Inc.
Printed in Korea
How to use this manual
We want to help you get the greatest
possible driving pleasure from your
vehicle. Your Owner's Manual can assist
you in many ways.
We strongly recommend that you read
the entire manual. In order to minimize
the chance of death or injury, you must
read the WARNING and CAUTION sec
-
tions in the manual.
Illustrations complement the words in
this manual to best explain how to enjoy
your vehicle. By reading your manual,
you learn about features, important
safety information, and driving tips
under various road conditions.
The general layout of the manual is pro
-
vided in the Table of Contents. Use the
index when looking for a specific area or
subject, it has an alphabetical listing of
all information in your manual.
Chapters: This manual has nine chapters
plus an index. Each chapter begins with
a brief list of contents so you can tell at a
glance if that chapter has the informa
-
tion you want.
You will find various WARNINGS, CAU
-
TIONS, and NOTICES in this manual.
These WARNINGS were prepared to
enhance your personal safety. You
should carefully read and follow ALL
procedures and recommendations pro
-
vided in these WARNINGS, CAUTIONS
and NOTICES.
WARNING
A WARNING indicates a situation in
which harm, serious bodily injury or
death could result if the warning is
ignored.
CAUTION
A CAUTION indicates a situation in
which damage to your vehicle could
result if the caution is ignored.
NOTICE
A NOTICE indicates interesting or helpful
information is being provided.
Table of Contents
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
I
Hybrid system overview
Introduction
Your vehicle at a glance
Safety features of your vehicle
Features of your vehicle
Driving your vehicle
What to do in an emergency
Maintenance
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
Abbreviation
Index
1Hybrid system overview
Hybrid system overview
PHEV (Plug-in Hybrid Electric Vehicle) system .........................1-2
HEV (Hybrid Electric Vehicle) system..........................................1-3
Charging the plug-in hybrid vehicle........................................... 1-4
å
Charging information......................................................................................1-4
å
Charging time.....................................................................................................1-4
å
Charging types...................................................................................................1-4
å
Charging status.................................................................................................. 1-5
å
AC charging connector lock.........................................................................1-6
å
Scheduled charging ......................................................................................... 1-7
å
Charging precautions......................................................................................1-8
å
AC charger ...........................................................................................................1-9
å
Trickle charger (portable charging cable)............................................ 1-12
å
How to disconnect charging connector in emergency ..................1-19
Driving the hybrid/plug-in hybrid vehicle ................................1-19
å
Starting the vehicle.........................................................................................1-19
å
Changing plug-in hybrid mode (Plug-in hybrid vehicle).............. 1-20
å
Special features ............................................................................................... 1-21
å
Hybrid system gauge ....................................................................................1-22
å
Warning and indicator lights..................................................................... 1-24
å
LCD display messages..................................................................................1-25
å
Energy flow........................................................................................................1-32
å
Aux. Battery Saver+ (Plug-in hybrid vehicle)..................................... 1-35
Components of the hybrid/plug-in hybrid vehicle .................1-37
å
Plug-in hybrid vehicle components........................................................1-37
å
Hybrid vehicle components.......................................................................1-40
å
Service interlock connector ....................................................................... 1-43
å
If an accident occurs.....................................................................................1-44
å
When the hybrid vehicle shuts off.......................................................... 1-45
Hybrid system overview
21
PHEV (Plug-in Hybrid Electric Vehicle) system
Hybrid system overview
PHEV (Plug-in Hybrid Electric Vehicle) system
The Kia Plug-in Hybrid Electric Vehicle (PHEV) shares the characteristics of both a
conventional hybrid electric vehicle and an all-electric vehicle.
When used as a conventional hybrid electric vehicle, the HEV computer selectively
operates between the engine and the electric motor or even both at the same time.
When it is operating in the electric vehicle mode, the vehicle is driven only using the
electric motor over a certain distance until the hybrid battery becomes low. The driv
-
ing distance in EV mode depends on customer driving style and road conditions.
Aggressive driving maneuvers may at times temporarily enable the engine to oper
-
ate.
The engine power could be limited during emission reduction control period at cold
engine condition.
The hybrid battery can be fully charged by connecting a plug to an external electric
power source.
An engine can be turned on due to factors such as heater and a frequent operation
of the accelerator pedal by a driver in CD mode.
CD (Charge Depleting) Mode CS (Charge Sustaining) Mode Charging
Electric motor Motor
Engine +
Motor
Engine +
Motor or
Motor
Charging Battery charging
1. Electric Vehicle Mode
2. Start up/
Low speed
3. High
speed
4. Accelera
-
tion
5. Decelera
-
tion
6. External
Charging
3
1
1
Hybrid system overview HEV (Hybrid Electric Vehicle) system
HEV (Hybrid Electric Vehicle) system
The Kia Hybrid Electric Vehicle (HEV) uses both the gasoline engine and the electric
motor for power. The electric motor is run by a high-voltage HEV battery.
Depending on the driving conditions, the HEV computer selectively operates between
the engine and the electric motor or even both at the same time.
Fuel efficiency increases when the vehicle is driven by the electric motor with the
HEV battery.
The HEV battery charge must be maintained, so at times the engine will come on
even at idle to act as a generator. Charging also occurs when decelerating or by
regenerative braking.
Electric motor Electric motor + Engine Engine Charging Engine OFF
1. Startup/Low speed
cruise
2. Acceleration 3. High speed cruise 4. Deceleration 5. Stop
Hybrid system overview
41
Charging the plug-in hybrid vehicle
Charging the plug-in hybrid vehicle
Charging information
å
AC Charger: The plug-in hybrid vehicle is charged by plugging into a AC charger
installed in your home or a public charging station. (For further details, refer to "AC
charger" on page 1-9.)
å
Trickle Charger: The plug-in hybrid vehicle can be charged by using household
electricity.
The electrical outlet in your home must comply with regulations and can safely
accommodate the Voltage/Current (Amps)/Power (Watts) ratings specified on the
trickle charge. Use only as a backup charger.
Charging time
å
AC Charger: Takes about 3 hours 25 minutes at room temperature (Can be
charged to 100%.). Depending on the condition and durability of the high-voltage
battery, charger specifications, and ambient temperature, the time required for
charging the high-voltage battery may vary.
å
Trickle Charger: For charging at home. Please note that the Trickle Charger is
slower than the AC Charger. Please note that the Trickle Charger is slower than the
AC Charger, taking approximately 9 hours.
Charging types
å
Depending on the condition and durability of the high voltage battery, charger specifications, and ambient temperature, the time
required for charging the high voltage battery may vary.
å
Actual charger image and charging method may vary in accordance with the charger manufacturer.
CAUTION
å
Risk of Electric Shock, Do Not Disconnect Under Load.
å
Suitable For Use On A Circuit Capable Of Delivering Not More Than 5000 rms
Symmetrical Amperes, 250 Volts Maximum.
Category
Charging Inlet (Vehi
-
cle)
Charging Connector Charging Outlet Charging Method Charging Time
AC Charger
AC charger installed in
homes or public
charging stations
Approximately 3 hours
25 minutes (to fully
charge the plug-in
hybrid, 100%)
Trickle Charger Household current
For charging at home.
The included Trickle
charger takes about 9
hours at room tempera
-
ture (Can be charged to
100%.).
OMQ4Q011001N
OMQ4Q011002N
OBDCPQ019003RE
OMQ4Q011001N
OMQ4Q011002N
OAEEQ016024
5
1
1
Hybrid system overview Charging the plug-in hybrid vehicle
Charging status
You can check the charging status at the
outside of vehicle when charging or
using (it is not driving status) the high-
voltage battery.
It takes about 3 ~ 4 hours or more to
complete charging.
OMQ4PH010014L
Classification
Details
Operation of charging indicator lamp
Mode Status Charging inlet Charging button
A READY Non-charging state
0 ~ 65 % On (Yellow) Off
65 ~ 100 % On (Green) Off
B
Aux. Battery Saver/High volt
-
age warning
Charging the 12V auxiliary battery / High voltage
warning state
On (Red) Off
C Charging Charging
0 ~ 65 % Blinking (Yellow) Off
65 ~ 100 % Blinking (Green) Off
D Charging complete
Charging completed (turns off
in 5 seconds)
100 % On (Green) > OFF Off
E Charging failed Error while charging Blinking (Red) Off
F Scheduled charging standby
Reserved charging is operating (turns OFF after
3 minutes)
Off On
G Error CAN communication error status
On (Green) > On
(Orange) > On
(Red)
Off
Hybrid system overview
61
Charging the plug-in hybrid vehicle
Checking charging status
You can check the charging status at the
outside of vehicle when charging or
using (it is not driving status) the high-
voltage battery.
It takes about 3 ~ 4 hours or more to
complete charging.
For more information about charging
status indicator, refer to "Charging sta
-
tus" on page 1-5.
AC charging connector lock
This AC charging connector lock func
-
tion prevents an outsider from removing
the charging connector from the
charging inlet.
Connector lock
Always lock
The connector locks when the charging
connector is plugged into the charging
inlet. The connector is locked until all
doors are unlocked by the driver. This
mode can be used to prevent charging
cable theft.
å
If the charging connector is unlocked
when all doors are unlocked, but the
charging cable is not disconnected
within 15 seconds, the connector will
be automatically locked again.
å
If the charging connector is unlocked
when all doors are unlocked, but all
doors are locked again, immediately,
the connector will be automatically
locked again.
Lock while charging
The connector locks when charging
starts. The connector unlocks when
charging is complete.
OMQ4PH010014L
Always lock Lock while charging
Before
charging
O X
While
charging
O O
After
charging
O X
7
1
1
Hybrid system overview Charging the plug-in hybrid vehicle
Scheduled charging
å
You can set reserved charging using
the infotainment system. Refer to the
infotainment system for detailed
information about setting reserved
charging.
å
Scheduled charging can only be done
when using a AC charger or the porta
-
ble charging cable (ICCB: In-Cable
Control Box).
å
When scheduled charging is set and
the AC charger or the portable
charging cable (ICCB: In-Cable Con
-
trol Box) is connected for charging,
the scheduled charge release button
is illuminated (for 3 minutes) to indi
-
cate that scheduled charging is set.
å
When scheduled charging is set,
charging is not initiated immediately
when the AC charger or portable
charging cable (ICCB: In-Cable Con
-
trol Box) is connected.
å
If charging is required immediately,
turn off the scheduled charge using
the infotainment system and Kia Con
-
nect application, or press the vehicle's
scheduled charge release button
( ) more than 2 seconds.
å
When the scheduled charge is set, the
charge start time is calculated by
itself. In some cases, charging may
start immediately after connecting the
charger.
å
If you press the scheduled charging
deactivation ( ) button to immedi
-
ately charge the battery, charging
must be initiated 3 minutes after the
charging cable has been connected.
When you press the scheduled
charging deactivation ( ) button
for immediate charging, the sched
-
uled charge setting is not completely
deactivated. If you need to completely
deactivate the scheduled charge set
-
ting, use the infotainment system to
finalize the deactivation.
Refer to "AC charger" on page 1-9 or
"Trickle charger (portable charging
cable)" on page 1-12 for details about
connecting the AC charger and the
portable charger (ICCB: In-Cable Con
-
trol Box).
OMQ4PH011014L
OMQ4PH010015L
Hybrid system overview
81
Charging the plug-in hybrid vehicle
Charging precautions
AC Charger
WARNING
Fires caused by dust or water
Do not connect the charging cable con
-
nector plug to the vehicle if there is
water or dust on the charging inlet. Con
-
necting while there is water or dust on
the charging cable connector and plug
may cause a fire or electric shock.There
may be a risk of fire and injury when
using old worn out public electrical out
-
lets.
WARNING
Interference with electronic medical
devices
When using medical electric devices
such as an implantable cardiac pace
-
maker, make sure to ask the medical
team and manufacturer whether
charging your electric vehicle will impact
the operation of the medical devices. In
some instances, electromagnetic waves
that are generated from the charger can
seriously impact medical electric devices
such as an implantable cardiac pace
-
maker.
WARNING
Old or Worn out Electric Outlets
Do not use old or worn out electric out
-
lets to charge your vehicle. There may
be a risk of fire and injury when using
old worn out public electrical outlets.
WARNING
Touching the charging connector
Do not touch the charging connector,
charging plug, and the charging inlet
when connecting the cable to the char
-
ger and the charging inlet on the vehicle.
Doing so may result in electrocution.
å
Comply with the following in order to
prevent electrical shock when
charging:
- Use a waterproof charger
- Make sure to not touch the
charging connector and charging
plug when your hand is wet
-Do not charge when there is light
-
ning
-Do not charge when the charging
connector and plug is wet
WARNING
Charging cable
å
Immediately stop charging when you
find abnormal symptoms (smell,
smoke, etc.).
å
Replace the charging cable if the
cable coating is damaged to prevent
electrical shock.
å
When connecting or removing the
charging cable, make sure to hold the
charging connector handle and
charging plug.
If you pull the cable itself (without
using the handle), the internal wires
OBDCPQ019003RE
9
1
1
Hybrid system overview Charging the plug-in hybrid vehicle
may disconnect or get damaged.This
may lead to electric shock or fire.
WARNING
Cooling fan
Do not touch the cooling fan while vehi
-
cle is charging. When the vehicle is
switched OFF while charging, the cool
-
ing fan inside the motor compartment
may automatically operate.
WARNING
Make sure to use the designated char
-
ger for charging the vehicle.Using any
other charger may cause failure or lead
to electric shock or fire.
å
Always keep the charging connector
and charging plug in clean and dry
condition. Be sure to keep the
charging cable in a condition where
there is no water or moisture.
å
Make sure to use the designated
charger for charging the vehicle.
Using any other charger may cause
failure.
å
Before charging the battery, turn the
vehicle OFF.
å
Be careful not to drop the charging
connector. The charging connector
can be damaged.
å
Always inspect the charging connec
-
tor terminals for damage or overheat
-
ing. Do not use if damaged, as this
may damage the vehicle side charge
connector and is not a warrantable
repair.
AC charger
AC Charger
AC charger cable
You can charge your vehicle by plugging
into a public charger at a charging sta
-
tion.
OBDCPQ019003RE
OMQ4Q011004N
Hybrid system overview
101
Charging the plug-in hybrid vehicle
How to connect AC charger
1. Depress the brake pedal and apply
the parking brake.
2. Turn OFF all switches, move the shift
dial to P (Park), and turn OFF the
vehicle.
3. Open the charging inlet door by
pressing rear center edge of the
charging inlet door.
4. Remove any dust on the charging
connector and charging inlet.
5. Hold the charging connector handle.
Then, insert the charger into the
charging inlet, until you hear a click
sound. If it is not fully connected, a
bad connection between the charging
connector and the charging terminals
may cause a fire.
6. Check if the charging cable connec
-
tion indicator ( ) of the high volt
-
age battery in the instrument cluster
is turned ON.
Charging does not occur when the
indicator is OFF. When the charging
connector is not connected properly,
reconnect the charging cable to
charge.
NOTICE
å
The charging is in progress only with
the shift dial is in P (Park). Charging
the battery with the ENGINE START/
STOP button in the ACC position is
possible. However, it may discharge
the 12V battery. Thus, if possible,
charge the battery with the ENGINE
START/STOP button in the OFF posi
-
tion.
å
Moving the shift dial from P (Park) to
R (Reverse)/N (Neutral)/D (Drive)
stops the charging process. To restart
the charging process, move the shift
dial to P (Park), press the ENGINE
START/STOP button to the OFF posi
-
tion, and disconnect the charging
cable. Then, connect the charging
cable.
OMQ4PHQ010040L
OMQ4PHQ010041L
11
1
1
Hybrid system overview Charging the plug-in hybrid vehicle
Charging connector lock mode
When the charging connector is plugged
into the charging inlet, the connector
lock timing varies with the modes
selected by the user settings menu or
the infotainment screen menu.
å
Always lock: The connector locks
when the charging connector is
plugged into the charging inlet.
å
Lock while charging: The connector
locks when charging starts. The con
-
nector unlocks when charging is com
-
pleted.
For more details, refer to "AC charging
connector lock" on page 1-6.
How to disconnect AC charger
1. The vehicle doors must be unlocked
in order to be able to disconnect the
charging connector. A lock system
prevents charger cable disconnection
when the vehicle's doors are locked.
CAUTION
In order to disconnect the charging con
-
nector, unlock the doors to unlatch the
charging connector lock system. If not,
the charging connector and the vehicle's
charging inlet may be damaged.
2. Hold the charging connector handle
and pull it out.
To prevent charging cable theft, the
charging connector cannot be discon
-
nected from the inlet when the doors
are locked.
However, if the vehicle is in the
charging connector AUTO mode, the
charging connector automatically
unlocks from the inlet when charging
is completed.
If the connector is not automatically
unlocked after charging is completed
in AUTO mode, the connector is
unlocked when all of the doors are
unlocked.
For more details, refer to "AC charging
connector lock" on page 1-6.
CAUTION
When disconnecting the charging con
-
nector, do not try to disconnect it by
force while not pressing the release but
-
ton. This may damage the charging con
-
nector and vehicle charging inlet.
3. Close the charging door by pressing
the rear center edge of the charging
door.
* The charging door does not have a
locking system.
OMQ4PH010010L
OMQ4011005N
Hybrid system overview
121
Charging the plug-in hybrid vehicle
WARNING
Do not modify or disassemble the
charging cable components. It may
cause a fire or an electric shock with per
-
sonal injury.
NOTICE
å
If you cannot open the charging door
due to freezing weather, tap lightly or
remove any ice near the charging
door. Do not try to forcibly open the
charging door. If you open it by force,
the charging door may be damaged.
å
Keep the charging connector and the
charging plug clean and dry. The
charging cable should be also kept
dry.
å
Use an air gun to blow any foreign
substances from the charging con
-
nector and the charging plug.
Trickle charger (portable
charging cable)
Trickle charger can be used if AC Char
-
ger is unavailable.
1. Plug and cable
2. Control box (ICCB)
3. Charging connector/cable
How to connect portable
charging cable (ICCB: In-Cable
Control Box)
1. Turn OFF all switches, move the shift
dial to P (Park), and turn OFF the
vehicle.
2. Connect the plug to a household elec
-
tric outlet.
3. Make sure that the power connection
indicator (green) lights in the control
box.
4. Depress the brake pedal and apply
the parking brake.
5. Open the charging inlet door by
pressing rear center edge of the
charging inlet door.
OMQ4Q011005N
OMQ4Q011003N
OCDPQ019051
13
1
1
Hybrid system overview Charging the plug-in hybrid vehicle
6. Remove any dust on the charging
connector and charging inlet.
7. Hold the charging connector handle.
Vehicle connection
Then, insert it into the charging inlet,
until you hear a click sound. If it is not
fully connected, improper connection
between the charging connector and
the charging terminals are a potential
fire hazard.
8. Charging starts automatically and the
charging light blinks.
9. Check if the charging cable connec
-
tion indicator ( ) of the high volt
-
age battery in the instrument cluster
is turned ON.
Charging does not occur when the
indicator is OFF. When the charging
connector is not connected properly,
reconnect the charging cable to
charge.
NOTICE
å
The charging is in progress only with
the shift dial is in P (Park). Charging
the battery with the ENGINE START/
STOP button in the ACC position is
possible. However, it may discharge
the 12V battery. Thus, if possible,
charge the battery with the ENGINE
START/STOP button in the OFF posi
-
tion.
å
Moving the shift dial from P (Park) to
R (Reverse)/N (Neutral)/D (Drive)
stops the charging process. To restart
the charging process, move the shift
dial to P (Park), press the ENGINE
START/STOP button to the OFF posi
-
tion, and disconnect the charging
cable. Then, connect the charging
cable and restart the charging pro
-
cess.
OMQ4PHQ010040L
OMQ4PHQ010041L
OCDPQ019052
OCDPQ019053
Hybrid system overview
141
Charging the plug-in hybrid vehicle
10.After charging has started, the esti
-
mated charging time is displayed on
the instrument cluster for about 1
minute. It is also displayed, when the
driver's door is opened with charging
in progress. When scheduled charging
is set, the estimated charging time is
displayed as "--".
Charging cable storage
We recommend that the trickle charger
cable should be put in the storage box
after use.
OMQ4PHQ010048L
OMQ4PHQ010043L
15
1
1
Hybrid system overview Charging the plug-in hybrid vehicle
Charging status indicator lamp for portable charging cable
Control Box Indicator Details
PLUG
(Green)
On: Power on
Blink: Plug temperature sensor failure
(Red)
On: Plug high temperature protection
Blink: Plug high temperature warning
POWER On: Power on
CHARGE
Blink: Charging In power saving mode, only the CHARGE indicator
is appears.
FAULT Blink: Charging interrupted
CHARGE
LEVEL
Charging current 12A
Charging current 10A
Charging current 8A
VEHICLE
(Green)
Charging connector plugged
(Blue)
Charging
(Red)
Blink: Charging impossible
OCDPQ019047
Hybrid system overview
161
Charging the plug-in hybrid vehicle
NO Control Box Status/Diagnosis/Countermeasure NO Control Box Status/Diagnosis/Countermeasure
1
å
Charging connector plugged into vehi
-
cle (Green ON)
å
Plug temperature sensor failure (Green
blink)
å
Plug high temperature protection (Red
blink)
å
Plug high temperature warning (Red
ON)
Have the system inspected by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
2
å
Charging connector plugged into vehi
-
cle (Green ON)
3
å
While charging
- Charge indicator (Green blink)
- Vehicle indicator (Blue ON)
4
å
Before plugging charging connector
into vehicle (Red blink)
-Abnormal temperature
- ICCB (In-Cable Control Box) failure
Have the system inspected by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
5
å
Plugged into vehicle (Red blink)
- Diagnostic device failure
- Current leakage
- Abnormal temperature
Have the system inspected by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
6
å
After plugging charging connector into
vehicle (Red blink)
- Communication failure
Have the system inspected by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
7
å
Plug temperature sensor failure (Green
blink)
å
Plug high temperature protection (Red
blink)
å
Plug high temperature warning (Red
ON)
Have the system inspected by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
8
å
Power saving mode
- 3 minutes after charging starts
(Green blink)
OCDPQ019051
OCDPQ019052
OCDPQ019053
OCD-
OCDPQ019055
OCDPQ019056
OCDPQ019052
ODEEV018071
17
1
1
Hybrid system overview Charging the plug-in hybrid vehicle
How to disconnect portable
charging cable (ICCB: In-Cable
Control Box)
1. Before disconnecting the charging
connector, make sure the doors are
unlocked. When the door is locked,
the charging connector lock system
will not allow disconnection. To pre
-
vent charging cable theft, the
charging connector cannot be discon
-
nected from the inlet when the doors
are locked. However, if the vehicle is
in the charging connector AUTO
mode, the charging connector auto
-
matically unlocks from the inlet when
charging is completed.
For more details, refer to "AC charging
connector lock" on page 1-6.
CAUTION
In order to disconnect the charging con
-
nector, unlock the doors to unlatch the
charging connector lock system. If not,
the charging connector and the vehicle's
charging inlet may be damaged.
2. While holding the charging connector,
pressing the locking release button
and then pull it out.
3. Make sure to securely close the
charging door.
4. Disconnect the plug from the house
-
hold electric outlet. Do not pull the
cable when disconnecting the plug.
5. Close the protective cover for the
charging connector so that foreign
material cannot get into the terminal.
6. Put the charging cable inside the
cable compartment to protect it.
Precautions for portable
charging cable (ICCB: In-Cable
Control Box)
å
Use the portable charging cable that
is certified by Kia.
å
Do not try to repair, disassemble, or
adjust the portable charging cable.
å
Do not use an extension cord or
adapter.
å
Stop using immediately if failure
warning light occurs.
å
Do not touch the plug and charging
connector with wet hands.
å
Do not touch the terminal part of the
AC charging connector and the AC
charging inlet on the vehicle.
å
Do not connect the charging connec
-
tor to voltage that does not comply
with regulations.
OMQ4PH010010L
OMQ4Q011003N
Hybrid system overview
181
Charging the plug-in hybrid vehicle
å
Do not use the portable charging
cable if it is worn out, exposed, or
there exists any type of damage on
the portable charging cable.
å
If the ICCB case and AC charging con
-
nector is damaged, cracked, or the
wires are exposed in any way, do not
use the portable charging cable.
å
Do not let children operate or touch
the portable charging cable.
å
Keep the control box free of water.
å
Keep the AC charging connector or
plug terminal free of foreign sub
-
stances.
å
Do not step on the cable or cord. Do
not pull the cable or cord and do not
twist or bend it.
å
Do not charge when there is lightning.
å
Do not drop the control box or place a
heavy object on the control box.
å
Do not place an object that can gener
-
ate high temperatures near the char
-
ger when charging.
å
Charging with the worn out or dam
-
aged household electric outlet can
result in a risk of electric shock. If you
are in doubt to the household electric
outlet condition, have it checked by a
licensed electrician.
å
Stop using the portable charging
cable immediately if the household
electric outlet or any components is
overheated or you notice burnt odors.
Actions to be taken for electric
vehicle charging issues
When you cannot charge the high volt
-
age battery after connecting the char
-
ger, check the following:
1. Check the charging settings for the
vehicle.
(e.g. when scheduled charging is set,
charging is not initiated immediately
when the AC charger or portable
charger is connected.)
2. Check the operation status of the AC
charger, portable charger.
(Refer to "Charging status indicator
lamp for portable charging cable" on
page 1-15.)
* Actual method for indicating the
charging status may vary in accor
-
dance with the charger manufac
-
turer.
3. When the vehicle does not charge and
a warning message appears on the
instrument cluster, check the corre
-
sponding message.
4. If the vehicle is properly charged
when charged with another normally
working charger, contact the charger
manufacturer.
5. If the vehicle does not charge when
charged with another normally work
-
ing charger, contact an authorized Kia
dealer for inspection.
19
1
1
Hybrid system overview Driving the hybrid/plug-in hybrid vehicle
How to disconnect charging con
-
nector in emergency
If the charging connector does not dis
-
connect due to battery discharge and/or
failure of the electric system, open the
cover (1) on the right side of the luggage
room and slightly pull the emergency
cable (2). The charging connector will
then disconnect.
Driving the hybrid/plug-in
hybrid vehicle
Starting the vehicle
Vehicles with smart key system
1. Carry the smart key or leave it inside
the vehicle.
2. Make sure the parking brake is firmly
applied.
3. Place the shift dial in P (Park). With
the shift dial in N (Neutral), you can
-
not start the vehicle.
4. Depress the brake pedal.
5. Press the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton. If the hybrid system starts, the
( ) READY/ON indicator will come
on.
Whether the engine is cold or warm, it
should be started without depressing
the accelerator.
After following the start procedures,
(
) READY/ON indicator on the instru
-
ment cluster will turn on. For more
details, please refer to "Starting the vehi
-
cle" on page 1-19
.
Economical and safe operation of
Hybrid system
å
Drive smoothly. Accelerate at a mod
-
erate rate and maintain a steady
cruising speed. Do not make "jackrab
-
bit" start. Do not race between stop
-
lights.
Avoid heavy traffic whenever possi
-
ble. Always maintain a safe distance
from other vehicles so you can avoid
unnecessary braking. This also
reduces brake wear out.
å
The regenerative brake generates
energy when the vehicle decelerates.
OMQ4PHQ011069L
Hybrid system overview
201
Driving the hybrid/plug-in hybrid vehicle
å
When the hybrid battery power is low,
the hybrid system automatically
recharges the hybrid battery.
å
When the engine is running with the
shift dial in N (Neutral), the hybrid sys
-
tem cannot generate electricity. The
hybrid battery cannot recharge with
the shift dial in N (Neutral).
NOTICE
In the hybrid system, the engine auto
-
matically runs and stops. When the
hybrid system operates, the ( ) indica
-
tor appears.
In the following situation, the engine
may operate automatically.
å
When the engine is ready to run.
å
When the hybrid battery is being
charged.
å
Depending on the temperature condi
-
tion of the hybrid battery.
Changing plug-in hybrid mode
(Plug-in hybrid vehicle)
EV/HEV button
Whenever you press the [EV/HEV] but
-
ton, Plug-in hybrid system drive mode
will be changed in sequential as:
Automatic (AUTO) mode - Hybrid (CS)
mode - Electric (CD) mode.
Each time the mode is changed a corre
-
sponding LED is displayed on the instru
-
ment cluster as follows.
Automatic (AUTO) mode
Type A
Type B
OMQ4PHQ010044L
OMQ4Q011006N
OMQ4041110N
21
1
1
Hybrid system overview Driving the hybrid/plug-in hybrid vehicle
Hybrid (CS) mode
Type A
Type B
Special features
Hybrid vehicles sound different from
gasoline engine vehicles. When the
hybrid system operates, you may hear a
sound from the hybrid battery system
under the passenger side seat floor. If
you apply the accelerator pedal rapidly,
you may hear an unconventional sound.
When you apply the brake pedal, you
may hear a sound from the regenerative
brake system. When the hybrid system
is turned off or on, you may hear a
sound in the engine compartment. If you
depress the brake pedal repeatedly
when the hybrid system is turned on,
you may hear a sound in the engine
compartment. None of these sounds
indicate a problem. These are normal
characteristics of hybrid vehicles.
If any of the following occurs, it's a nor
-
mal condition if you hear a motor sound
in the engine compartment:
å
After turning off the hybrid system,
the brake pedal is released.
å
When the hybrid system is turned off,
the brake pedal is applied.
å
When the driver door is opened.
When the hybrid system is turned ON,
the gasoline engine may run or may not.
In this situation, you may feel a vibration.
This does not indicate a malfunction.
When the ( ) indicator appears, the
hybrid system is ready to begin driving.
Even if the engine is off, you can operate
the vehicle as long as the ( ) indicator
appears.
NOTICE
The hybrid system contains many elec
-
tronic components. High voltage compo
-
nents, such as cables and other parts,
may emit electromagnetic waves. Even
when the electromagnetic cover blocks
electromagnetic emissions, electromag
-
netic waves may have an effect on elec
-
tronic devices. When your vehicle is not
used for a long period of time, the hybrid
system will discharge. You need to drive
the vehicle several times a month. We
recommend driving at least for 1 hour or
10 miles (16 km). When the hybrid bat
-
tery is discharged, or when it is impossi
-
ble to jump start the vehicle, contact
your authorized Kia dealer.
OMQ4PHQ010046L
OMQ4041111N
Hybrid system overview
221
Driving the hybrid/plug-in hybrid vehicle
When you start the hybrid system with
the shift dial in P (Parking), the ( )
indicator appears on the instrument
cluster. The driver can drive the vehicle,
even when the gasoline engine is off.
WARNING
å
When you leave the vehicle, you
should turn OFF the hybrid system or
locate the shift dial in P (Park). When
you depress the accelerator pedal by
mistake, or when the shift dial is not in
P (Park), the vehicle will abruptly
move, possibly resulting in serious
injury or death.
Virtual Engine Sound System
(VESS)
Virtual Engine Sound System generates
engine sound for pedestrians to hear
vehicle sound because there is limited
sound while motor power is used.
å
If the vehicle is moving at low speed,
the VESS will operate.
å
When the gear is shifted to R
(Reverse), an additional warning
sound will be heard.
What does regenerative braking
do?
It uses an electric motor when decelerat
-
ing and when braking and transforms
kinetic energy to electrical energy in
order to charge the high voltage battery.
Battery
å
The vehicle is composed of a high
voltage battery that drives the motor
and air conditioner, and a 12V lead
battery with the HEV battery that
drives the lamps, wipers, and audio
system.
å
The 12V battery is automatically
charged when the vehicle is in the
ready ( ) mode.
Hybrid system gauge
Power gauge
Type A
OMQ4H040105
23
1
1
Hybrid system overview Driving the hybrid/plug-in hybrid vehicle
Type B
The hybrid system gauge indicates
whether the current driving condition is
fuel efficient or not.
å
CHARGE:
Shows that the energy made by the
vehicle is being converted to electrical
energy. (Regenerated energy)
å
ECO:
Shows that the vehicle is being driven
in an Eco-friendly manner.
å
POWER:
Shows that the vehicle is exceeding
the Eco-friendly range.
Hybrid battery SOC (State of
Charge) gauge
Type A
Type B
This gauge indicates the remaining
hybrid battery power. If the SOC is near
the "L (Low)" level, the vehicle automati
-
cally operates the engine to charge the
battery.
However, if the Service Indicator ( )
and Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)
( ) turn on when the SOC gauge is
near the "L (Low)" level, have the vehicle
be checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
OMQ4H040103
OMQ4H040107
OMQ4AH040104
Hybrid system overview
241
Driving the hybrid/plug-in hybrid vehicle
Plug-in hybrid mode indicator
(Plug-in hybrid vehicle)
å
CD (Charge Depleting, Electric) mode:
The high-voltage (hybrid) battery is
used to drive the vehicle.
å
AUTO mode: The AUTO mode will
automatically select from either from
Electric (CD) mode or Hybrid (CS)
mode by the system according to the
driving condition.
å
CS (Charge Sustaining, Hybrid) mode:
The high-voltage (hybrid) battery and
gasoline engine is used to drive the
vehicle.
A corresponding message is displayed
to indicate the selected mode.
Warning and indicator lights
Ready indicator
This indicator appears:
When the vehicle is ready to be driven.
å
ON: Normal driving is possible.
å
OFF: Normal driving is not possible, or
a problem has occurred.
EV mode indicator
This indicator appears:
When the vehicle is driven by the electric
motor.
å
"EV" indicator ON : Vehicle is driven
using the electric motor or the gaso
-
line engine is stopped.
å
"EV" indicator OFF : Vehicle is driven
using the gasoline engine.
OMQ4PH050353L
OMQ4PHQ010045L
OMQ4PHQ010046L
OMQ4PH050364L
OMQ4PH050360L
OMQ4PH050366L
25
1
1
Hybrid system overview Driving the hybrid/plug-in hybrid vehicle
Service warning light
This warning light appears:
å
When you set the ENGINE START/
STOP button to the ON position.
- The service warning light appears
for approximately 3 seconds and
then turns off when all checks have
been performed.
å
When there is a problem with the
hybrid vehicle control system or hard
-
ware.
When the warning light appears during
driving, or does not go OFF after starting
the vehicle, have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized Kia dealer.
Regenerative brake warning light
(red color) (yellow color)
This warning light appears:
When the regenerative brake does not
operate and the brake does not perform
well. This causes the Brake Warning light
(red) and Regenerative Brake Warning
Light (yellow) to appears simultaneously.
If this occurs, drive safely and have your
vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer. The operation of the brake pedal
may be more difficult than normal and
the braking distance may increase.
Charging cable connection indi
-
cator (Plug-in hybrid vehi
-
cle)
This indicator appears in red when the
charging cable is connected.
LCD display messages
Ready to start driving
This message is displayed when the
vehicle is ready to be driven.
Check regenerative brakes
This message is displayed when the
brake performance is low or the regen
-
erative brake does not work properly
due to a failure in the brake system.
If this occurs, it may take longer for the
brake pedal to operate and the braking
distance may become longer.
OMQ4HQ010035L
OMQ4HQ010036L
Hybrid system overview
261
Driving the hybrid/plug-in hybrid vehicle
Stop vehicle and check brakes
This message is displayed when a failure
occurs in the brake system.
If this occurs, park the vehicle in a safe
location tow your vehicle to the nearest
authorized Kia dealer and have the vehi
-
cle inspected.
Check Hybrid system
This message is displayed when there is
a problem with the hybrid control sys
-
tem. Refrain from driving when the
warning message is displayed.
If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized Kia dealer.
Stop safely and check Hybrid sys
-
tem
This message is displayed when there is
a problem with the hybrid control sys
-
tem. The ( ) indicator will blink and a
warning chime will sound until the prob
-
lem is solved. Refrain from driving when
the warning message is displayed.
If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized Kia dealer.
Check Hybrid system. Do not
start engine
This message is displayed when the
hybrid battery power (SOC) level is low.
A warning chime will sound until the
problem is solved. Refrain from driving
when the warning message is displayed.
OMQ4HQ010018L
OMQ4HQ010013L
OMQ4PH041595L
OMQ4HQ010015L
27
1
1
Hybrid system overview Driving the hybrid/plug-in hybrid vehicle
If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized Kia dealer.
Stop safely and check power sup
-
ply
This message is displayed when a failure
occurs in the power supply system.
If this occurs, park the vehicle in a safe
location and tow your vehicle to the
nearest authorized Kia dealer and have
the vehicle inspected.
Check Virtual Engine Sound Sys
-
tem
This message is displayed when there is
a problem with the Virtual Engine Sound
System (VESS).
If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized Kia dealer.
Refill inverter coolant
This message is displayed when the
inverter coolant is nearly empty.
You should refill the inverter coolant.
Park with engine On to charge
battery
This message is displayed when the
hybrid battery power (SOC) level is low.
If this occurs, park the vehicle in a safe
location and wait until the hybrid battery
is charged.
OMQ4HQ010016L
OMQ4HQ010012L
OMQ4HQ010017L
OMQ4HQ010020L
Hybrid system overview
281
Driving the hybrid/plug-in hybrid vehicle
Start engine to avoid battery dis
-
charge
This message is displayed to inform the
driver the 12V battery may be dis
-
charged if the ENGINE START/STOP
button is in ON position (without the
indicator ON).
Set the vehicle to the ready ( ) mode
to prevent the 12V battery from being
discharged.
Coasting guide (if equipped)
A chime will sound and the coasting
guide indicator will be displayed to
inform the driver when to take the foot
off the accelerator by anticipating a
decelerating event* based on the analy
-
sis of driving routes and road conditions
stored in the navigation system. It
encourages the driver to remove the
foot from the pedal and allow coasting
down the road with EV motor only. This
helps preventing unnecessary fuel con
-
sumption and increases fuel efficiency.
* Example of a deceleration event is
going down an extended hill, slowing
down approaching a toll booth, and
approaching reduced speed zones.
å
User settings
Press the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton and put the shift dial in P (Park). In
the User Settings Mode, select Driver
assistance, Coasting Guide, and then
On to turn on the system. Cancel the
selection of coasting guide to turn off
the system. For the explanation of the
system, press and hold the [OK] but
-
ton.
å
Operation conditions
To activate the system, take the fol
-
lowing procedures. Enter your desti
-
nation information on the navigation
and select the driving route. Select the
ECO mode in the Integrated Driving
Control System. Then, satisfy the fol
-
lowing:
- The driving speed should be
between 19 mph (30 km/h) and 99
mph (160 km/h).
* The operating speed may vary due to
difference between instrument cluster
and navigation effected by tire infla
-
tion level.
OMQ4HQ010022L
OMQ4PH050357L
29
1
1
Hybrid system overview Driving the hybrid/plug-in hybrid vehicle
CD (Charge Depleting, Electric)
mode (Plug-in hybrid vehicle)
The high-voltage (hybrid) battery is used
to drive the vehicle.
AUTO (Automatic) mode (Plug-in
hybrid vehicle)
The drive mode will be automatically
selected from either Electric (CD) mode
or Hybrid (CS) mode by the system
according to the driving condition.
CS (Charge Sustaining, Hybrid)
mode (Plug-in hybrid vehicle)
The high-voltage (hybrid) battery and
gasoline engine is used to drive the vehi
-
cle.
Remaining charge time (Plug-in
hybrid vehicle)
The message is displayed to notify the
remaining time to fully charge the bat
-
tery.
OMQ4PH050364L
OMQ4PH050360L
OMQ4PH050366L
OMQ4PHQ010048L
Hybrid system overview
301
Driving the hybrid/plug-in hybrid vehicle
Charging stopped. Check the AC
charger (Plug-in hybrid vehicle)
This messages is displayed when the
charging failed by external charger
error.
The purpose of this message is to let you
know the error has occurred in the char
-
ger itself, not in the vehicle.
Charging stopped. Check the
cable connection (Plug-in hybrid
vehicle)
This messages is displayed when
charging is stopped because the
charging connector is not correctly con
-
nected to the charging inlet. If this occur,
separate the charging connector and re-
connect it and check whether there is
any problem (external damage, foreign
substances, etc.) with the charging con
-
nector and charging inlet. If the same
problem occurs when charging the vehi
-
cle with a replaced charging cable or
genuine Kia portable charger, have the
vehicle inspected by a professional
workshop. Visit an authorized Kia dealer.
Low/High System Temp. Main
-
taining Hybrid mode (Plug-in
hybrid vehicle)
This message is displayed when the
temperature of the high-voltage (hybrid)
battery is too low or too high.
This warning message is to protect the
battery and the hybrid system.
Low/High System Temp. Switch
-
ing to Hybrid mode (Plug-in
hybrid vehicle)
This message is displayed when the
temperature of the high-voltage (hybrid)
battery is too low or high. This warning
message is to protect the battery and
the hybrid system.
Switching to Hybrid mode to
allow heating (Plug-in hybrid
vehicle)
å
When the outdoor temperature is
lower than 5 °F (-15 °C) and the cool
-
ant temperature is lower than 158 °F
(70 °C), you turn the climate control
On for heating, the above message
will be displayed in the cluster. Then,
the vehicle will automatically switch to
HEV mode and EV mode will not be
activated (although EV/HEV button is
pressed)
å
When the outdoor temperature is
higher than 14 °F (-10 °C), or the cool
-
ant temperature is higher than 176 °F
(80 °C) or you turn the climate control
Off, the vehicle will automatically
return to EV mode.
Wait until fuel door unlocks
(Plug-in hybrid vehicle)
The message is displayed when you
attempt to unlock the fuel filler door with
the fuel tank pressurized. Wait until the
fuel tank is depressurized.
31
1
1
Hybrid system overview Driving the hybrid/plug-in hybrid vehicle
NOTICE
å
It may take up to 20 seconds to
unlock fuel filler door.
å
If the fuel filler door does not open
because ice has formed around it, tap
lightly or push on the door to break
the ice and release the door.
å
Do not pry on the door. If necessary,
spray around the door with an
approved de-icer fluid (do not use
radiator anti-freeze) or move the vehi
-
cle to a warm place and allow the ice
to melt.
Fuel door unlocked (Plug-in
hybrid vehicle)
This message is displayed when the fuel
filler door is unlocked.
Also means "Ready to refuel".
Please press the rear center edge of fuel
filler door to open.
Check fuel door (Plug-in hybrid
vehicle)
This message is displayed when the fuel
filler door is open while driving or an
abnormality has occurred.
Charging door open (Plug-in
hybrid vehicle)
This message indicates that the
charging door is open while in driving
ready state to encourage you to inspect
and close the door.
(Driving with the charging door open
may result in moisture inflow or damage.
This message is used to prevent such
occurrences.)
Unplug vehicle to start (Plug-in
hybrid vehicle)
The message is displayed when you
start the engine without unplugging the
charging cable. Unplug the charging
cable, and then start the vehicle.
Maintaining Hybrid mode to con
-
tinue heating (Plug-in hybrid
vehicle)
A message is displayed when heating is
in operation and the HEV mode is main
-
tained to meet the heating operating
conditions when attempting to switch to
EV mode by pressing the EV/HEV but
-
ton.
EV/HEV modes (Plug-in hybrid
vehicle)
A corresponding message is dis-played
when a mode is selected by pressing the
EV/HEV button.
Hybrid system overview
321
Driving the hybrid/plug-in hybrid vehicle
PHEV infotainment system (Plug-
in hybrid vehicle)
Press [PHEV] on the [Home screen].
The Plug-in Hybrid menu consists of five
sections: [EV range], [Energy informa
-
tion], [Charge management], [ECO driv
-
ing], [Energy flow].
For more information, please refer to the
infotainment manual that was sepa
-
rately supplied with your vehicle.
Energy flow
The hybrid system informs the drivers its
energy flow in various operating modes.
During driving, the current energy flow
is specified in 11 modes.
Vehicle stop
The vehicle is stopped.
(No energy flow)
EV propulsion
Only the motor power is used to drive
the vehicle.
(Battery â Wheel)
OMQ4PH040493L
OMQ4PH041492N
OMQ4PH040491L
OMQ4HQ010002L
OMQ4HQ010003L
33
1
1
Hybrid system overview Driving the hybrid/plug-in hybrid vehicle
Power assist
Both the motor and the engine power
are used to drive the vehicle.
(Battery & Engine â Wheel)
Engine only propulsion
Only the engine power is used to drive
the vehicle.
(Engine â Wheel)
Engine generation
When the vehicle is stopped, the high-
voltage battery is charged up by the
engine.
(Engine â Battery)
Regeneration
The high-voltage battery is charged up
by the regenerative brake system.
(Wheel â Battery)
OMQ4HQ010004L
OMQ4HQ010005L
OMQ4PH041596L
OMQ4HQ010030L
Hybrid system overview
341
Driving the hybrid/plug-in hybrid vehicle
Engine brake
The engine braking is used to decelerate
the vehicle.
(Wheel â Engine)
Power reserve
The engine is simultaneously used to
drive the vehicle and to charge up the
high-voltage battery.
(Engine â Wheel & Battery)
Engine generation/motor drive
The engine charges up the high-voltage
battery. The motor power is used to
drive the vehicle.
(Engine â Battery â Wheel)
Engine generation/regeneration
The engine and regenerative brake sys
-
tem charges up the high-voltage battery.
(Engine & Wheel â Battery)
OMQ4HQ010007L
OMQ4PH041597L
OMQ4HQ010009L
OMQ4PH041598L
35
1
1
Hybrid system overview Driving the hybrid/plug-in hybrid vehicle
Engine brake/regeneration
The engine braking is simultaneously
used to decelerate the vehicle and to
charge up the high-voltage battery.
(Wheel â Engine & Battery)
Start engine to avoid battery dis
-
charge
If the engine is not turned on with the
ENGINE START/STOP button in ACC or
ON for a while, the battery can be dis
-
charged. Please turn on the engine to
prevent 12V battery from discharge.
Aux. Battery Saver+ (Plug-in
hybrid vehicle)
The Aux. Battery Saver+ is a function
that monitors the charging status of the
12V auxiliary battery. If the auxiliary bat
-
tery level is low, the main high voltage
battery charges the auxiliary battery.
NOTICE
The Aux. Battery Saver+ function will be
ON when the vehicle is delivered. If the
function is not needed, you may turn it
off in the Users Settings mode on the
LCD display. For more information, refer
to the "System setting" on the following
page.
Mode
å
Cycle Mode: When the vehicle is OFF
with all doors, hood and tailgate
closed, the Aux. Battery Saver+ peri
-
odically activates according to the
auxiliary battery status.
å
Automatic Mode: When the ENGINE
START/STOP button is in the ON posi
-
tion with the charging connector
plugged in, the function activates
according to the auxiliary battery sta
-
tus to prevent over-discharge of the
auxiliary battery.
OMQ4HQ010011L
OMQ4HQ010022L
Hybrid system overview
361
Driving the hybrid/plug-in hybrid vehicle
CAUTION
å
The Aux. Battery Saver+ activates for
a maximum of 20 minutes. If the Aux.
Battery Saver+ function activates
more than 10 times consecutively, in
the Automatic Mode the function will
stop activating, judging that there is a
problem with the auxiliary battery. In
this case, drive the vehicle for some
period of time. The function will start
activating if the auxiliary battery
returns to normal.
å
The Aux. Battery Saver+ function can
-
not prevent battery discharge if the
auxiliary battery is damaged, worn
out, used as a power supply or unau
-
thorized electronic devices are used.
System setting
The driver can activate the Aux. Battery
Saver+ function by placing the ENGINE
START/STOP button to the ON position
and by selecting:
"User Settings â Other Features â Aux.
Battery Saver+"
WARNING
When the function is activating the
charging indicator lamp will quickly blink
and high voltage electricity will be flow
-
ing in the vehicle. Do not touch the high
voltage electric wire (orange), connector,
and all electric components and devices.
This may cause electric shock and lead
to injuries. Also, do not modify your vehi
-
cle in any way. This may affect your
vehicle performance and lead to an acci
-
dent.
OMQ4PH010016L
37
1
1
Hybrid system overview Components of the hybrid/plug-in hybrid vehicle
Components of the hybrid/plug-in hybrid vehicle
Plug-in hybrid vehicle components
* The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
1. Engine: 1.6L
2. Motor: 66.9kW
3. Transmission: 6AT
4. Hybrid starter generator (HSG)
5. HPCU (Hybrid Power Control Unit)
6. High voltage battery system
7. Regenerative brake system
8. Virtual Engine Sound System (VESS)
The Hybrid battery uses high voltage to operate the electric motor and other compo
-
nents. High voltage is dangerous if touched.
Your vehicle is equipped with orange colored insulation and covers over the high
voltage components to protect people from electric shock. High voltage warning
labels are attached to some system components as additional warnings. Have your
vehicle serviced by an authorized Kia dealer.
OMQ4PHQ010047L
Hybrid system overview
381
Components of the hybrid/plug-in hybrid vehicle
HPCU (Hybrid Power Control Unit) *1
High voltage battery system *2
* 1: Located in the engine compartment
* 2: Located under the 1st row seats
WARNING
High voltage components
Never touch orange colored or high volt
-
age labeled components, including
wires, cables, and connections. When
the insulators or covers are damaged or
removed, severe injury or death from
electrocution may occur.
WARNING
Avoid Touching Hybrid Power Control
Unit
While replacing the fuses in the engine
compartment, never touch the HPCU.
The HPCU carries high voltage. Touch
-
ing the HPCU may result in electrocu
-
tion, serious injury, or death.
CAUTION
High Voltage Battery Damage
When loading your vehicle, be careful of
transporting items in a manner that
could damage the high voltage battery.
Do not store items on top of the high
voltage battery or overload the trunk
area. Such actions may ultimately dam
-
age the high voltage battery unit.
WARNING
In the hybrid system, the hybrid battery
uses high voltage to operate the motor
and other components. This high volt
-
age hybrid battery system can be very
dangerous.
Never touch the hybrid system. When
you touch the hybrid battery system,
serious injury or death may occur.
CAUTION
å
Be careful when loading flammable
liquid in the passenger compartment.
It could cause operational and safety
degradation if the liquid leaks and
flows in the high voltage battery.
OMQ4HQ010034
OMQ4PH010013L
39
1
1
Hybrid system overview Components of the hybrid/plug-in hybrid vehicle
Drive motor *3
* 3: Located in the engine compartment
WARNING
Battery electrolyte
As with all batteries, avoid fluid contact
with the hybrid battery. If the battery is
damaged and if electrolyte comes in
contact with your body, clothes or eyes,
immediately flush with a large quantity
of fresh water and seek medical atten
-
tion.
WARNING
After market battery charger
Do not use an after-market battery char
-
ger to charge the hybrid battery. Doing
so may result in death or serious injury.
WARNING
High waters
å
Avoid high waters as this may result in
your vehicle becoming saturated with
water and could compromise the high
voltage components.
å
Do not touch the any of the high volt
-
age components within your vehicle if
your vehicle has been submerged in
water equal to half of the vehicle
height. Touching high voltage compo
-
nents once submerged in water could
result in severe burns or electric shock
that could result in death or serious
injury.
CAUTION
Carrying liquids in tailgate
Do not load large amounts of water in
open containers into the vehicle. If the
water spills onto the HEV battery, it may
cause a short and damage the battery.
CAUTION
Cleaning engine
When you clean the engine compart
-
ment, do not wash using water. Water
may cause electric arcing to occur and
damage electronic parts and compo
-
nents.
WARNING
Exposure to high voltage
å
High voltage in the hybrid battery sys
-
tem is very dangerous and can cause
severe burns and electric shock. This
may result in serious injury or death.
å
For your safety, never touch, replace,
dismantle or remove any portion of
the hybrid battery system including
components, cables and connectors.
WARNING
Use of water or liquids
If water or liquids come into contact with
the hybrid system components, and you
are also in contact with the water, severe
injury or death due to electrocution may
occur.
OMQ4HQ010033
Hybrid system overview
401
Components of the hybrid/plug-in hybrid vehicle
WARNING
Hot components
When the hybrid battery system oper
-
ates, the HEV battery system can be hot.
Heat burns may result from touching
even insulated components of the HEV
system.
NOTICE
Prolonged parking
Prolonged parking might cause battery
discharge and operation failure due to
natural discharge. Driving the vehicle
approximately once every 2 months,
more than 9 miles (15 km) is recom
-
mended.The battery will be charged
automatically when driving the vehicle.
Hybrid vehicle components
High voltage battery system
HPCU (Hybrid Power Control Unit) *1
High voltage battery system *2
* 1: Located in the engine compartment
* 2: Located under the passenger side
seat floor
WARNING
Never touch orange colored or high volt
-
age labeled components, including
wires, cables, and connections. When
the insulators or covers are damaged or
removed, severe injury or death from
electrocution may occur.
WARNING
While replacing the fuses in the engine
compartment, never touch the HPCU.
The HPCU carries high voltage. Touch
-
ing the HPCU may result in electrocu
-
tion, serious injury, or death.
WARNING
In the hybrid system, the hybrid battery
uses high voltage to operate the motor
and other components. This high volt
-
age hybrid battery system can be very
dangerous.
Never touch the hybrid system. When
you touch the hybrid battery system,
serious injury or death may occur.
OMQ4HQ010034
OMQ4HQ010032
41
1
1
Hybrid system overview Components of the hybrid/plug-in hybrid vehicle
CAUTION
å
Be careful when loading flammable
liquid in the passenger side seat floor.
It could cause operational and safety
degradation if the liquid leaks and
flows in the high voltage battery.
Drive motor *3
* 3: Located in the engine compartment
WARNING
å
Do not disassemble the high voltage
motor connector. The high voltage
motor connector may contain residual
high voltage. Coming in contact with
high voltage may result in death or
serious injury.
å
Your vehicle's hybrid system should
only be inspected or repaired by an
authorized Kia dealer.
WARNING
å
Do not disassemble or assemble the
high voltage battery system. Doing so
may result in electric shock, causing
death or serious injury.
å
If you disassemble or assemble hybrid
system components improperly, it
may damage the performance and
reliability of your vehicle.
å
If electrolyte comes in contact with
your body, clothes or eyes, immedi
-
ately flush with a large quantity of
fresh tap water. Have your eyes
examined by a doctor as soon as pos
-
sible.
WARNING
Never assemble or disassemble the high
voltage battery system.
å
If you assemble or disassemble the
high voltage battery system, the dura
-
bility and performance of the vehicle
may be damaged.
å
When you want to check the high volt
-
age battery system, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
å
Do not touch the high voltage battery
and high voltage cable connected to
motor (orange color). Severe burns
and electric shock may occur. For
your safety, do not touch the cover of
electronic components and electronic
cable. Do not remove the cover of
electronic components and electronic
cable. In particular, never touch the
high voltage battery system when the
hybrid system in operation. It may
result in death or serious injury.
WARNING
å
Never use the package modules (high
voltage battery, inverter and con
-
verter) for any other purpose.
å
Do not use an unauthorized battery
charger to charge the high voltage
battery. Doing so may result in death
or serious injury.
å
Never locate the high voltage system
near or in a fire.
OMQ4HQ010033
Hybrid system overview
421
Components of the hybrid/plug-in hybrid vehicle
å
Never drill into or strike the package
module. Otherwise, it may be dam
-
aged. An electric shock may occur,
resulting in serious injury or death.
NOTICE
å
When the vehicle is paint baked, do
not bake over 30 minutes in 158°F
(70°C) or 20 minutes in 176°F (80°C)
degree.
å
Do not wash the engine compartment,
using water. Water may cause an
electric shock and damage the elec
-
tronic components.
WARNING
This hybrid vehicle uses the hybrid bat
-
tery system inverter and converter to
generate high voltage. High voltage in
the hybrid battery system is very dan
-
gerous and may cause severe burns and
electric shock. This may result in serious
injury or death.
å
For your safety, never touch, replace,
disassemble or remove the hybrid
battery system including components,
cables and connectors. Severe burns
or electric shock may result in serious
injury or death when you fail to follow
this warning.
å
When the hybrid battery system oper
-
ates, the hybrid battery system can be
hot. Always be careful because burns
or electric shock may be caused by
high voltage.
å
Do not spill liquid on the HPCU, HSG,
motor and fuses. If the hybrid system
components come in contact with liq
-
uid, it may result in electric shock.
Hybrid battery cooling duct
(Hybrid vehicle)
Inlet duct
Outlet duct
The hybrid battery cooling duct is
located below the right side of the front
seats. The cooling duct cools down the
hybrid battery. When the hybrid battery
cooling duct is blocked, the hybrid bat
-
tery may be overheated.
Clean the cooling duct for the hybrid
battery with a dry cloth on a regular
basis.
OMQ4AH080007
OMQ4081009N
43
1
1
Hybrid system overview Components of the hybrid/plug-in hybrid vehicle
WARNING
Air Intake
å
Blocking the air intake behind the rear
seats may damage the HEV battery.
å
Do not allow any water into the air
intake even when cleaning. If any
water enters the air intake, the Hybrid
battery may cause an electric shock
which can cause serious injury or
death due to electrocution.
WARNING
Interference with electronic medical
devices
Electromagnetic waves that are gener
-
ated from the charger can impact medi
-
cal electric devices such as an
implantable cardiac pacemaker. When
using such medical electric devices, ask
your medical professional and the
device manufacturer whether charging
your electric vehicle will impact the oper
-
ation of the medical electric devices.
Service interlock connector
WARNING
In case of emergency, cut the service
interlock connector cable to isolate the
high voltage of the battery.
WARNING
Service interlock connector
Never touch the safety plug. The safety
plug is attached to the high voltage
hybrid battery system. Touching the
safety plug may result in death. Service
personnel should follow the appropriate
procedures in the service manual.
OMQ4H070020
Hybrid system overview
441
Components of the hybrid/plug-in hybrid vehicle
If an accident occurs
WARNING
å
For your safety, do not touch the high
voltage cables, connectors and pack
-
age modules. High voltage compo
-
nents are orange in color.
å
Exposed cables or wires may be visi
-
ble inside or outside of the vehicle.
Never touch the wires or cables,
because an electrical shock, an injury,
or a death may occur.
å
Any gas or electrolyte leakage from
your vehicle is not only poisonous but
also flammable. Upon witnessing one
of those, open the windows, and
remain a safe distance from the vehi
-
cle out of the road.
Immediately call an emergency ser
-
vices or contact an authorized Kia
dealer and advise them that a hybrid
vehicle is involved.
å
When the vehicle is severely dam
-
aged, remain a safe distance of 49 ft.
(15 m) or more between your vehicle
and other vehicles/flammables.
NOTICE
If a fire occurs:
å
If a small scale fire occurs, use a fire
extinguisher (ABC, BC) that is meant
for electrical fires.
If it is impossible to extinguish the fire
in the early stage, remain a safe dis
-
tance from the vehicle and immedi
-
ately call your local fire emergency
responders. Also, advise them that a
hybrid vehicle is involved.
If the fire spreads to the high voltage
battery, large amount of water is
needed to put out the fire.
Using small amount of water or fire
extinguishers not meant for electrical
fires could cause serious injury or
death from electrical shocks.
å
Upon witnessing any sparks, gases,
flames, or fuel leakage of your vehicle,
immediately call emergency services
or contact an authorized Kia dealer.
Also, advise them that a hybrid vehi
-
cle is involved.
WARNING
When a submersion in water occurs:
When your vehicle is flooded in water, a
high-voltage battery may cause shock or
fires. Thus, turn the hybrid system OFF,
take the key in your possession and
escape to a safe place. Never attempt
physical contact with your flooded vehi
-
cle.
Immediately contact an authorized Kia
dealer and advise them that a hybrid
vehicle is involved.
45
1
1
Hybrid system overview Components of the hybrid/plug-in hybrid vehicle
When the hybrid vehicle shuts off
When the high voltage battery or 12 volt
battery is discharged, or when the fuel
tank is empty, the hybrid system may
not operate while driving. When the
Hybrid system does not operate, do the
followings:
1. Gradually reduce the vehicle speed.
Pull over your vehicle off the road in a
safe area.
2. Locate the shift dial in P (Park).
3. Turn ON the hazard warning flashers.
4. Turn OFF the vehicle, and try to start
the hybrid system again, while
depressing the brake pedal and turn
-
ing on the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton.
5. When the hybrid system still does not
operate, refer to "Emergency starting"
on page 7-4.
Before jump-starting the vehicle,
check the fuel level and the exact pro
-
cedure to jump start. When the fuel
level is low, do not attempt to drive
the vehicle only with the battery
power. The high voltage battery may
be discharged, and the hybrid system
will turn OFF.
WARNING
Vehicle accident
Never touch electric wires or cable. If
exposed electric wires or cables are visi
-
ble inside or outside of your vehicle, an
electric shock may occur.
WARNING
Putting out fire
Never use a small quantity of water to
put out a fire in your vehicle. If a fire
occurs, evacuate the car immediately
and contact the fire department.
2Introduction
Introduction
Fuel requirements ......................................................................... 2-2
Vehicle modifications....................................................................2-4
Vehicle break-in process ..............................................................2-5
Risk of burns when parking or stopping vehicle ......................2-5
Vehicle handling instructions ......................................................2-6
Vehicle data collection and Event Data Recorders...................2-6
HEV/PHEV powertrain ................................................................. 2-7
Introduction
22
Fuel requirements
Introduction
Fuel requirements
Your new vehicle is designed to use only
unleaded fuel having a pump octane
number ((R+M)/2) of 87 (Research
Octane Number 91) or higher. (Do not
use methanol blend- ed fuels.)
Your new vehicle is designed to obtain
maximum performance with UNLEADED
FUEL, as well as mini- mize exhaust
emissions and spark plug fouling.
Never add any fuel system cleaning
agents to the fuel tank other than what
has been specified. (Consult an autho
-
rized Kia dealer for details.)
å
Tighten the cap until it clicks one time,
otherwise the Check Engine light will
appear.
WARNING
Refueling
å
Do not "top off" after the nozzle auto
-
matically shuts off. Attempts to force
more fuel into the tank can cause fuel
overflow onto you and the ground,
causing a risk of fire.
å
Always check that the fuel cap is
installed securely to prevent fuel spill
-
age, especially in the event of an acci
-
dent.
Gasoline containing alcohol and
methanol
Gasohol, a mixture of gasoline and etha
-
nol (also known as grain alcohol), and
gasoline or gasohol containing methanol
(also known as wood alcohol) are being
marketed along with or instead of
leaded or unleaded gasoline.
Pursuant to Environmental Protection
Agency (EPA) regulations, ethanol may
be used in your vehicle.
Do not use gasohol containing more
than 15% ethanol, and do not use gaso
-
line or gasohol containing any methanol.
Ethanol provides less energy than gaso
-
line and attracts water. Thus, it is likely to
reduce your fuel efficiency and could
lower your MPG results.
Methanol may cause drivability prob
-
lems and damage to the fuel system,
engine control system and emission
control system.
Discontinue using gasohol of any kind if
drivability problems occur.
Vehicle damage or drivability problems
may not be covered by the manufac
-
turer's warranty if they result from the
use of:
1. Gasoline or gasohol containing meth
-
anol.
2. Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol.
3. Gasohol containing more than 15%
ethanol.
"E85" fuel is an alternative fuel com
-
prised of 85% ethanol and 15% gasoline,
and is manufactured exclusively for use
in Flexible Fuel Vehicles. "E85" is not
compatible with your vehicle. Use of
"E85" may result in poor engine perfor
-
mance and damage to your vehicle's
engine and fuel system. Kia recom
-
mends that customers do not use fuel
with an ethanol content exceeding 15%.
3
2
2
Introduction Fuel requirements
NOTICE
Your New Vehicle Limited Warranty
does not cover damage to the fuel sys
-
tem or any performance problems
caused by the use of "E85" fuel.
NOTICE
Never use any fuel containing methanol.
Discontinue use of any methanol con
-
taining products which may inhibit
proper drivability.
Other fuels
Using fuels that contain Silicone (Si),
MMT (Methylcyclopentadienyl Manga
-
nese Tricarbonyl), Manganese (Mn) con
-
tained fuel, and other metallic additives,
may cause vehicle and engine damage
or cause misfiring, poor acceleration,
engine stalling, catalyst melting, clog
-
ging, abnormal corrosion, life cycle
reduction, etc.
Also, the Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(MIL) may appear.
NOTICE
Damage to the fuel system or perfor
-
mance problems caused by the use of
these other fuels may not be covered by
your New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
Gasoline containing MMT
Some gasoline contains harmful manga
-
nese- based fuel additives Such as MMT
(Methylcyclopentadienyl Manganese Tri
-
carbonyl). Kia does not recommend the
use of gasoline containing MMT. This
type of fuel can reduce vehicle perfor
-
mance and affect your emission control
system. The Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(MIL) on the cluster may come on.
Do not use methanol
Fuels containing methanol (wood alco
-
hol) should not be used in your vehicle.
This type of fuel can reduce vehicle per
-
formance and damage components of
the fuel system, engine control system
and emission control system.
Fuel Additives
Kia recommends that you use good
quality gasolines treated with detergent
additives such as TOP TIER Detergent
Gasoline, which help prevent deposit
formation in the engine. These gasolines
will help the engine run cleaner and
enhance performance of the emission
control system.
For more information on TOP TIER
Detergent Gasoline, please go to the
website (www.toptiergas.com)
For customers who do not use TOP TIER
Detergent Gasoline regularly, and have
problems starting or the engine does not
run smoothly, additives that you can buy
separately may be added to the gaso
-
line.
Introduction
42
Vehicle modifications
If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not
available, one bottle of additive should
be added to the fuel tank at every 8,000
miles (13,000 km) or every engine oil
change is recommended. Additives are
available from your authorized Kia
dealer along with information on how to
use them. Do not mix other additives.
Operation in foreign countries
If you are going to drive your vehicle in
another country, be sure to:
å
Observe all regulations regarding reg
-
istration and insurance.
å
Determine that acceptable fuel is
available.
Vehicle modifications
This vehicle should not be modified.
Modification of your vehicle could affect
its performance, safety or durability and
may even violate governmental safety
and emissions regulations.
NOTICE
Damage or performance problems
resulting from any modification may not
be covered under warranty.
CAUTION
If you use unauthorized electronic
devices, it may cause the vehicle to
operate abnormally, wire damage, bat
-
tery discharge and fire. For your safety,
do not use unauthorized electronic
devices.
5
2
2
Introduction Vehicle break-in process
Vehicle break-in process
By following a few simple precautions
for the first 4,000 miles (6,000 km) you
may add to the performance, economy
and life of your vehicle.
å
Do not race the engine.
å
While driving, keep your engine speed
(rpm, or revolutions per minute)
between 2,000 rpm and 4,000 rpm.
å
Do not maintain a single engine speed
for long periods of time, either fast or
slow. Varying engine speeds is
needed to properly break-in the
engine.
å
Avoid hard stops, except in emergen
-
cies, to allow the brakes to seat prop
-
erly.
å
Don't tow a trailer during the first
1,200 miles (2,000 km) of operation.
å
Fuel economy and engine perfor
-
mance may vary depending on vehi
-
cle break-in process and be stabilized
after 4,000 miles (6,000 km). New
engines may consume more oil during
the vehicle break-in period.
Risk of burns when parking or
stopping vehicle
å
Do not park or stop the vehicle near
flammable items such as leaves,
paper, oil, and tire. Such items placed
near the exhaust system can become
a fire hazard.
å
When an engine idles at a high speed
with the rear side of the vehicle touch
-
ing the wall, heat of the exhaust gas
can cause discoloration or fire. Keep
enough space between the rear part
of the vehicle and the wall.
å
Be sure not to touch the exhaust/cata
-
lytic systems while engine is running
or right after the engine is turned off.
There is a risk of burns since the sys
-
tems are extremely hot.
Introduction
62
Vehicle handling instructions
Vehicle handling instructions
As with other vehicles of this type, failure
to operate this vehicle correctly may
result in loss of control, an accident or
vehicle rollover.
Specific design characteristics (higher
ground clearance, track, etc.) give this
vehicle a higher center of gravity than
other types of vehicles. In other words
they are not designed for cornering at
the same speeds as conventional 2-
wheel drive vehicles.
Avoid sharp turns or abrupt maneuvers.
Again, failure to operate this vehicle cor
-
rectly may result in loss of control, an
accident or vehicle rollover.
Be sure to read the "Reducing the risk
of a rollover" on page 6-187.
Vehicle data collection and
Event Data Recorders
This vehicle is equipped with an Event
Data Recorder (EDR). The main pur
-
pose of an EDR is to record, in certain
crash or near crash-like situations,
such as an air bag deployment or hit
-
ting a road obstacle, data that will
assist in understanding how a vehi
-
cle's systems performed. The EDR is
designed to record data related to
vehicle dynamics and safety systems
for a short period of time, typically 30
seconds or less. The EDR in this vehi
-
cle is designed to record such data as:
å
How various systems in your vehi
-
cle were operating;
å
Whether or not the driver and pas
-
senger safety belts were buckled/
fastened;
å
How far (if at all) the driver was
depressing the accelerator and/or
brake pedal; and,
å
How fast the vehicle was traveling.
These data can help provide a better
understanding of the circumstances in
which crashes and injuries occur.
NOTE: EDR data are recorded by your
vehicle only if a non-trivial crash situ
-
ation occurs; no data are recorded by
the EDR under normal driving condi
-
tions and no personal data (e.g.,
name, gender, age, and crash loca
-
tion) are recorded. However, other
parties, such as law enforcement,
could combine the EDR data with the
type of personally identifying data
routinely acquired during a crash
investigation.
7
2
2
Introduction HEV/PHEV powertrain
To read data recorded by an EDR,
special equipment is required, and
access to the vehicle or the EDR is
needed. In addition to the vehicle
manufacturer, other parties, such as
law enforcement, that have the spe
-
cial equipment, can read the informa
-
tion if they have access to the vehicle
or the EDR.
HEV/PHEV powertrain
By following a few simple precautions
for the first 600 miles (1,000 km) you
may increase the performance economy
and life of your vehicle.
å
Do not race the engine.
å
Avoid hard stops, except in emergen
-
cies, to allow the brakes to seat prop
-
erly.
3Your vehicle at a glance
Your vehicle at a glance
Exterior overview .......................................................................... 3-2
Interior overview ...........................................................................3-4
Instrument panel overview ..........................................................3-6
Engine compartment.....................................................................3-8
Your vehicle at a glance
23
Exterior overview
Your vehicle at a glance
Exterior overview
Front view
* The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
1. Hood 5-43
2. Headlamp 5-129, 8-61
3. Wheel and tire 7-14, 9-6
4. Outside rear view mirror 5-70
5. Panorama sunroof 5-48
6. Front windshield wiper blades 5-136, 8-26
7. Windows 5-38
8. Front ultrasonic sensors 5-124
9. Front radar 6-64
10.Front view camera 6-53, 6-64
11.Front fog lamp 8-62
OMQ4AH011001
3
3
3
Your vehicle at a glance Exterior overview
12.Roof rack 5-178
13.Charging door 1-4
Rear view
* The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
1. Doors 5-15
2. Fuel filler door 5-45
3. Rear combination lamp 8-63, 8-64, 8-65
4. High mounted stop lamp 8-67
5. Liftgate 5-25, 5-27, 5-34
6. Antenna 5-179
7. Wide-rear view camera 5-115
8. Rear ultrasonic sensors 5-120, 5-124
9. Rear wiper 5-136, 8-26
10.Reversing lamp 8-66
OMQ4AH011002
Your vehicle at a glance
43
Interior overview
Interior overview
* The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
1. Inside door handle 5-17
2. Seat position memory system 5-23
3. Outside rear view mirror folding switch 5-70
4. Outside rear view mirror control switch 5-70
5. Central door lock/unlock switch 5-17
6. Power window switches 5-39
7. Power window lock button 5-41
Electronic power child safety lock button 5-20
8. Steering wheel tilt/telescopic lever 5-57
9. Steering wheel 5-56
10.Instrument panel illumination control switch 5-75
11.Fuel door open button 5-46
Lane Safety button 6-78
OMQ4011006N
5
3
3
Your vehicle at a glance Interior overview
12.ESC OFF button 6-40
13.Power liftgate open/close button 5-25, 5-27, 5-34
14.Hood release lever 5-43
15.Instrument panel fuse 8-45
16.Seat 4-5
17.Shift dial SBW 6-12
Your vehicle at a glance
63
Instrument panel overview
Instrument panel overview
* The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
1. Audio remote control button 5-56
2. Driver's front air bag 4-51
3. Horn 5-59
4. Driving Assist button 6-119, 6-122
5. Instrument cluster 5-73
6. Light control/turn signals lever 5-129
7. Wiper and washer control lever 5-136
8. ENGINE START/STOP button 6-8
9. Infotainment system 5-179
10.Hazard warning flasher switch 7-2
11.Climate control system 5-148
12.Front seat warmer and air ventilation seat button 5-164, 5-165
13.Glove box 5-162
OMQ4PH011004N
7
3
3
Your vehicle at a glance Instrument panel overview
14.Steering wheel heater button 5-58
15.AUTO HOLD button 6-36
16.DBC switch 6-42
17.EPB switch 6-31
18.Parking/View button 5-115, 5-117
19.Parking Safety button 5-120, 5-124
20.Wireless charging system 5-170
21.Center console storage box 5-161
22.Power outlet 5-168
23.AC Inverter 5-167
24.USB charger 5-167
25.Passenger's front air bag 4-51
26.EV/HEV button 1-20
Your vehicle at a glance
83
Engine compartment
Engine compartment
Smartstream G1.6 T-GDi HEV
Smartstream G1.6 T-GDi PHEV
* The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
1. Electric Control Unit (ECU) 8-5
2. Engine coolant reservoir 8-18
3. Engine coolant reservoir cap 8-18
4. Inverter coolant reservoir 8-19
5. Brake fluid reservoir 8-22
6. Air cleaner 8-25
7. Engine oil dipstick 8-17
8. Engine oil filler cap 8-17
9. Windshield washer fluid reservoir 8-23
10.Fuse box 8-45
OMQ4H070021
OMQ4PH070021L
9
3
3
Your vehicle at a glance Engine compartment
11.Inverter coolant reservoir cap 8-18
4Safety features of your vehicle
Safety features of your ve hicle
Important safety precautions ......................................................4-3
Seat..................................................................................................4-5
å
Feature of Seat Leather................................................................................. 4-7
å
Front seat adjustment for manual seat..................................................4-8
å
Front seat adjustment for power seat ....................................................4-9
å
Rear seat adjustment ................................................................................... 4-12
å
Headrest (for front seat) ............................................................................. 4-17
å
Headrest (for rear seat).............................................................................. 4-20
å
Seatback pocket............................................................................................. 4-21
å
Small pocket.....................................................................................................4-22
Seat belts ......................................................................................4-22
å
Seat belt restraint system...........................................................................4-22
å
Seat belt precautions....................................................................................4-29
å
Care of seat belts .......................................................................................... 4-30
Child Restraint System (CRS)..................................................... 4-31
å
Children always in the rear........................................................................ 4-31
å
Selecting a CRS...............................................................................................4-32
å
Installing a CRS .............................................................................................. 4-34
Air bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint System ............ 4-40
å
How does the air bag system operate.................................................. 4-41
å
Air bag warning and indicator................................................................. 4-43
å
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) components and
functions............................................................................................................ 4-43
å
Occupant Detection System (ODS)....................................................... 4-46
å
Driver's and passenger's front air bag.................................................. 4-51
å
Side air bag...................................................................................................... 4-54
å
Curtain air bag................................................................................................ 4-55
å
Air bag collision sensors..............................................................................4-57
å
Why didn't my air bag go off in a collision? (Inflation and
non-inflation conditions of the air bag) ............................................... 4-58
å
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) care ....................................... 4-61
4 Safety features of your vehicle
å
Additional safety precautions...................................................................4-62
å
Adding equipment to or modifying your air bag-equipped
vehicle..................................................................................................................4-63
å
Air bag warning labels.................................................................................4-63
3
4
4
Safety features of your vehicle Important safety precautions
Safety features of your
vehicle
For the safety of the driver and vehicle
passengers, you should become familiar
with the vehicle's safety features.
Important safety precautions
You will find many safety precautions
and recommendations throughout this
section, and throughout this manual.
The safety precautions in this section are
among the most important.
Always wear your seat belt
A seat belt is your best protection in all
types of accidents. Air bags are
designed to supplement seat belts, not
replace them. So even though your vehi
-
cle is equipped with air bags, ALWAYS
make sure you and your passengers
always wear their seat belts, and wear
them properly.
Restrain all children
All children under age 13 should ride in
your vehicle properly restrained in a rear
seat, not the front seat. Infants and small
children should be restrained in an
appropriate child restraint. Larger chil
-
dren should use a booster seat with the
lap/shoulder belt until they can use the
seat belt properly without a booster seat.
Air bag hazards
While air bags can save lives, they can
also cause serious or fatal injuries to
occupants who sit too close to them, or
who are not properly restrained. Infants,
young children, and shorter adults are at
the greatest risk of being injured by an
inflating air bag. Follow all instructions
and warnings in this manual.
Driver distraction
Driver distraction presents a serious and
potentially deadly danger, especially for
inexperienced drivers. Safety should be
the first concern when behind the wheel
and drivers need to be aware of the wide
array of potential distractions, such as
drowsiness, reaching for objects, eating,
personal grooming, other passengers,
and using cellular phones.
Drivers can become distracted when
they take their eyes and attention off the
road or their hands off the wheel to
focus on activities other than driving. To
reduce your risk of distraction or getting
into an accident:
å
ALWAYS set up your mobile devices
(i.e., MP3 players, phones, navigation
units, etc.) when your vehicle is
parked or safely stopped.
å
ONLY use your mobile device when
allowed by laws and when conditions
permit safe use. NEVER text or email
while driving. Most states have laws
prohibiting drivers from texting. Some
states and cities also prohibit drivers
from using handheld phones.
Safety features of your vehicle
44
Important safety precautions
å
NEVER let the use of a mobile device
distract you from driving. You have a
responsibility to your passengers and
others on the road to always drive
safely, with your hands on the wheel
as well as your eyes and attention on
the road.
Control your speed
Excessive speed is a major factor in
crash injuries and deaths. Generally, the
higher the speed, the greater the risk,
but serious injuries can also occur at
lower speeds. Never drive faster than is
safe for current driving conditions,
regardless of the maximum speed
posted.
Keep your vehicle in safe condi
-
tion
Having a tire blowout or a mechanical
failure can be extremely hazardous. To
reduce the possibility of such problems,
check your tire pressures and conditions
frequently, and perform all regularly
scheduled maintenance.
5
4
4
Safety features of your vehicle Seat
Seat
* The actual feature in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
Front seat
1. Forward and backward
2. Seatback angle
3. Seat cushion height
4. Seat cushion tilt
5. Cushion extension (Driver's seat)
6. Lumbar support
7. Driver position memory system
8. Headrest
2nd row seat
9. Forward and backward
10.Seatback angle and folding
11.Walk-in switch/strap
12.Headrest
3rd row seat
13.Folding
14.Headrest
OMQ4AH031001
Safety features of your vehicle
64
Seat
WARNING
Loose objects
Loose objects in the driver's foot area
could interfere with the operation of the
foot pedals, possibly causing an acci
-
dent. Do not place anything under the
front seats.
WARNING
Uprighting seat
Do not press the release lever on a man
-
ual seatback without holding and con
-
trolling the seatback. The seatback will
spring upright, possibly impacting you
or other passengers.
WARNING
Driver responsibility for passengers
The driver must advise the passengers
to keep the seatback in an upright posi
-
tion whenever the vehicle is in motion. If
a seat is reclined during an accident, the
restraint system's ability to restrain the
passenger will be greatly reduced.
WARNING
Seat cushion
Occupants should never sit on aftermar
-
ket seat cushions or sitting cushions. The
Passenger Occupant Detection System
may not operate properly, or the pas
-
senger's hips may slide under the lap
portion of the seat belt during an acci
-
dent or a sudden stop.
WARNING
Driver's seat
å
Never attempt to adjust the seat while
the vehicle is moving. This could result
in loss of control of your vehicle.
å
Do not allow anything to interfere with
the normal position of the seatback.
For example, storing items against the
seatback could result in serious or
fatal injury in a sudden stop or colli
-
sion.
å
Sit as far back as possible from the
steering wheel while still maintaining
comfortable control of the your vehi
-
cle. A distance of at least 10 inches (25
cm) from your chest to the steering
wheel is recommended. Failure to do
so can result in air bag inflation inju
-
ries to the driver.
WARNING
Rear seatbacks
Always lock the rear seatback before
driving. Failure to do so could result in
passengers or objects being thrown for
-
ward, injuring vehicle occupants.
ODEEV058002NR
7
4
4
Safety features of your vehicle Seat
WARNING
Unexpected seat movement
After adjusting a manual seat, always
check that it is locked by shifting your
weight to the front and to the back. Sud
-
den or unexpected movement of the
driver's seat could cause you to lose
control of the vehicle.
WARNING
Seat adjustment
å
Do not adjust the seat while wearing
seat belts. Moving the seat forward
will cause strong pressure on the
abdomen.
å
Do not place your hand near the seat
bottom or seat track while adjusting
the seat. Your hand could get caught
in the seat mechanism.
WARNING
Luggage and cargo
Do not stack or pile luggage or cargo
higher than the seatback in the cargo
area. In an accident the cargo could
strike and injure a passenger. If objects
are large, heavy or must be piled, they
must be secured in the cargo area.
WARNING
Cargo area
Do not allow passengers to ride in the
cargo area under any circumstance. The
cargo area is solely for the purpose of
transporting luggage or cargo.
WARNING
Small objects
Use extreme caution when picking up
small objects trapped under the seats or
between the seat and the center con
-
sole. Your hands might be cut or injured
by the sharp edges of the seats mecha
-
nism.
CAUTION
Precautions with seat covers
Use caution when working on the seat
cover. A short circuit or disconnection
may occur, which could lead to noise,
damage the ventilation system.
WARNING
Seat short circuit risk
Be aware of wires or air vents when
placing a seat cover or covering the seat
with plastic cover. A short circuit may
occur, which could lead to fire.
Feature of Seat Leather (if
equipped)
å
Our car seats are upholstered with a
combination of artificial and genuine
leather. The genuine leather is made
from the outer skin of an animal,
which goes through a special process
to be available for use. Since it is a
natural substance, each part differs in
thickness or density. Also, wrinkles
could appear depending on the tem
-
perature and humidity.
å
The seat cover is made of stretchable
material to improve comfort of pas
-
sengers.
Safety features of your vehicle
84
Seat
å
The parts contacting the body are
curved and the side supporting area is
high which provides driving comfort
and stability.
å
Wrinkles may appear naturally from
usage. It is not a fault of the product.
CAUTION
å
Belts with metallic accessories, zip
-
pers or keys inside the back pocket
may damage the seat fabric.
å
Make sure not to wet the seat. It may
change the nature of leather.
å
Jeans or clothes which could bleach
may contaminate the surface of the
seat covering fabric.
NOTICE
Wrinkles or abrasions may appear natu
-
rally from usage. It is not a fault of prod
-
uct. Wrinkles or abrasions are not
covered by warranty.
Front seat adjustment for man
-
ual seat (if equipped)
The front seat can be adjusted by using
the control levers located on the outside
of the seat cushion.
Moving forward and backward
Adjust the seat before driving, and make
sure the seat is locked securely by trying
to move forward and backward without
using the lever. If the seat moves, it is
not locked properly.
To move the seat forward or backward:
1. Pull the seat slide adjustment lever up
and hold it.
2. Slide the seat to the position you
desire.
3. Release the lever and make sure the
seat is locked in place.
Adjust the seat before driving, and make
sure the seat is locked securely by trying
to move forward and backward without
using the lever. If the seat moves, it is
not locked properly.
Reclining seatback
To recline the seatback:
1. Lean forward slightly and lift up the
seatback recline lever.
OMQ4AH030008
OMQ4AH030013
9
4
4
Safety features of your vehicle Seat
2. Carefully lean back on the seat and
adjust the seatback of the seat to the
position you desire.
3. Release the lever and make sure the
seatback is locked in place. (The lever
MUST return to its original position for
the seatback to lock.)
WARNING
Reclining seatback
Sitting in a reclined position when the
vehicle is in motion can be dangerous.
Even when buckled up, the protections
of your restraint system (seat belts and/
or air bags) is greatly reduced by reclin
-
ing your seatback.
Seat belts must be snug against your
hips and chest to work properly. When
the seatback is reclined, the shoulder
belt cannot do its job because it will not
be snug against your chest. Instead, it
will be in front of you. During an acci
-
dent, you could be thrown into the seat
belt, causing neck or other injuries.
The more the seatback is reclined, the
greater chance the passenger's hips will
slide under the lap belt or the passen
-
ger's neck will strike the shoulder belt.
Changing seat cushion height
(for driver's seat)
To change the height of the seat cush
-
ion, push the lever upwards or down
-
wards.
å
To lower the seat cushion, push down
the lever several times.
å
To raise the seat cushion, pull up the
lever several times.
Front seat adjustment for power
seat (if equipped)
The driver's seat can be adjusted by
using the control switches located on the
outside of the seat cushion. Before driv
-
ing, adjust the seat to the proper posi
-
tion so as to easily control the steering
wheel, pedals and switches on the
instrument panel.
WARNING
Unattended children
Never leave children unattended in a
vehicle. Children might operate features
of the vehicle that could injure them.
OMQ4AH030010
Safety features of your vehicle
104
Seat
CAUTION
Power seating adjustments
å
The power seating controls function
by electronic motor. Excessive opera
-
tion may cause damage to the electri
-
cal equipment.
å
Do not operate two or more power
seat control switches at the same
time. Doing so may damage the
power seat motor or electrical compo
-
nents.
Moving forward and backward
To move the seat forward or backward:
1. Push the control switch forward or
backward to move the seat to the
desired position.
2. Release the switch once the seat
reaches the desired position.
Reclining seatback
To recline the seatback:
1. Lean forward slightly and lift up the
seatback recline lever.
2. Carefully lean back on the seat and
adjust the seatback of the seat to the
position you desire.
3. Release the lever and make sure the
seatback is locked in place. (The lever
MUST return to its original position for
the seatback to lock.)
Changing seat cushion tilt and
height
To change the height of the seat:
1. Pull the front portion of the control
switch up to raise or press down to
OMQ4AH030012
OMQ4AH030013
OMQ4AH030015
11
4
4
Safety features of your vehicle Seat
lower the front part of the seat cush
-
ion.
Pull the rear portion of the control
switch up to raise or press down to
lower the seat cushion.
2. Release the switch once the seat
reaches the desired position.
Adjusting lumbar support (if
equipped)
Type A
Type B
The lumbar support can be adjusted by
pressing the lumbar support switch on
the side of the seat.
1. Press the front portion of the switch to
increase support, or the rear portion
of the switch, to decrease support.
2. Release the switch once it reaches the
desired position.
Adjusting cushion extension for
driver's seat (if equipped)
1. Press the front portion of the switch to
raise the cushion extension, or the
rear portion of the switch to lower it.
2. Release the switch once the cushion
extension reaches the desired posi
-
tion.
OMQ4AH030011
OMQ4AH030016
OMQ4AH030014
Safety features of your vehicle
124
Seat
Rear seat adjustment
Forward and backward (2nd row
seat)
To move the seat forward or backward:
1. Pull the seat slide adjustment lever up
and hold it.
2. Slide the seat to the position you
desire.
3. Release the lever and make sure the
seat is locked in place.
Adjust the seat before driving, and make
sure the seat is locked securely by trying
to move forward and backward without
using the lever. If the seat moves, it is
not locked properly.
Seatback angle (2nd row seat)
To recline the seatback:
1. Pull up the seatback recline lever.
2. Hold the lever and adjust the seat
-
back of the seat to the position you
desire.
3. Release the lever and make sure the
seatback is locked in place. (The lever
MUST return to its original position for
the seatback to lock.)
Walk-in seat (2nd row seat)
To get in or out of the 3rd row seat:
1. Routing the seat belt webbing
through the rear seat belt guide clip.
After inserting the seat belt, tighten
the belt webbing by pulling it up.
OMQ4AH030026
OMQ4AH030029
OMQ4030006
13
4
4
Safety features of your vehicle Seat
2. Press the switch (1) on the top of the
2nd row seat or press the switch (2)
on the bottom of the 2nd row seat to
unlock.
Or, the 2nd row seat can be unlocked
by pulling the strap located beneath
the 2nd row seat seatback. If the strap
is located beneath the 2nd row seat
-
back, there is a label attached to show
where the strap is located in.
WARNING
Never attempt to adjust using the 2nd
row seat walk-in switch or strap while
the vehicle is moving or seat is occupied
as the seat may suddenly move and
cause the passenger on the seat to be
injured.
3. The 2nd row seatback will be folded
and push the seat to the farthest for
-
ward position.
After getting in or out, slide the 2nd
row seat to the farthest backward
position and pull the seatback firmly
backward until it clicks into place.
Make sure that the seat is locked in
place.
WARNING
Do not pull the strap when the 2nd-row
seats are occupied.
Sudden movement of the seats may
result in injury. Use the strap only when
the folding switch in the 2nd row (in the
upper part of the second-row seatback
or the outer part of the seat) does not
work.
OMQ4AH030034
OMQ4030090
OMQ4AH030035
Safety features of your vehicle
144
Seat
Folding the rear seat
The rear seatbacks can be folded to
facilitate carrying long items or to
increase the luggage capacity of the
vehicle.
NOTICE
Folded seatback
Do not sit on folded down seatbacks.
The purpose of the fold-down rear seat
-
backs is to allow you to carry longer
objects that could not otherwise be
accommodated.
å
Never allow a passenger to sit on top
of the folded down seatback while the
car is moving. This is not a proper
seating position since the seat has
important crash protection features
and seat belts are not available in this
seat configuration.
å
To reduce the risk of injury caused by
sliding cargo within the passenger
compartment of the vehicle, objects
carried on the folded down seatback
should not extend higher than the top
of the front seats.
CAUTION
Blocked Hybrid battery duct
Do not put objects on the left side of rear
seats. This could block the battery cool
-
ing duct causing battery degradation.
1. Insert the rear seat belt buckle in the
pocket between the rear seatback
and cushion, and insert the rear seat
belt webbing in the guide to prevent
the seat belt from being damaged.
2nd row seat
OMQ4AH030071
OMQ4030006
15
4
4
Safety features of your vehicle Seat
3rd row seat
2. Set the front seatback to the upright
position and if necessary, slide the
front seat forward.
3. Lower the rear headrests to the lowest
position.
WARNING
Objects
Objects carried on the folded down seat
-
back should not extend higher than the
top of the front seatbacks. This could
allow cargo to slide forward and cause
injury or damage during sudden stops.
4. Pull on the seatback folding lever (for
2nd row) or strap (for 3rd row), then
fold the seat toward the front of the
vehicle. When you return the seatback
to its upright position, always be sure
it has locked into position by pushing
on the top of the seatback.
2nd row seat
3rd row seat
OMQ4AH030072
OMQ4030003
OMQ4AH030036
OMQ4AH030037
Safety features of your vehicle
164
Seat
5. To use the rear seat, lift and pull the
seatback backward by pulling on the
folding lever (for 2nd row) or strap
(for 3rd row). Pull the seatback firmly
until it clicks into place. Make sure the
seatback is locked in place.
2nd row seat
3rd row seat
6. Return the rear seat belt to the proper
position.
2nd row seat folding (from 3rd
row)
2nd row seat folding switch is located on
the right side of the 3rd row seat. The
2nd row seat back will be folded. If you
press the left switch, left side seat back
and center seat back will be folded. If
you press the right switch, right side seat
back will be folded.
WARNING
Do not fold the rear seatbacks down
until the driver has positioned his seat
properly. Doing so can cause the driver
to operate the vehicle out of position
and increase the risk of bodily injury in a
sudden stop or collision.
WARNING
Uprighting seat
When you return the seatback to its
upright position, hold the seatback and
return it slowly. If the seatback is
returned without holding it, the back of
the seat could spring forward, resulting
in injury caused by being struck by the
seatback.
OMQ4AH030038
OMQ4AH030039
OMQ4AH030040
17
4
4
Safety features of your vehicle Seat
WARNING
Rear seatback
To ensure maximum protection in the
event of an accident or sudden stop,
when returning the rear seat to the
upright position:
å
Be careful not to damage the seat belt
webbing or buckle.
å
Do not allow the seat belt webbing or
buckle to become pinched or caught
in the rear seat.
å
Ensure the seatback is completely
locked into its upright position by
pushing on the top of the seatback.
CAUTION
Damaging rear seat belt buckles
When you fold the rear seatback, insert
the buckle between the rear seatback
and cushion. Doing so can prevent the
buckle from being damaged by the rear
seatback.
CAUTION
Rear seat belts
When returning the rear seatbacks to
the upright position, remember to return
the rear shoulder belts to their proper
position.
WARNING
Cargo
Cargo should always be secured to pre
-
vent it from being thrown about the
vehicle in a collision and causing injury
to the vehicle occupants. Do not place
objects in the rear seats, since they can
-
not be properly secured and may hit the
front seat occupants in a collision.
WARNING
Cargo loading
Make sure the engine is off, the shift dial
SBW is in P (Park) and the parking brake
is securely applied whenever loading or
unloading cargo. Failure to take these
steps may allow the vehicle to move if
the shift lever is inadvertently moved to
another position.
Headrest (for front seat)
The driver's and front passenger's seats
are equipped with a headrest for the
occupant's safety and comfort.
The headrest not only provides comfort
for the driver and front passenger, but
also helps protect the head and neck in
the event of a collision.
WARNING
Headrest removal/adjustment
å
Do not operate the vehicle with the
headrests removed. Headrests can
provide critical neck and head sup
-
port in a crash.
å
Do not adjust the headrest height
while the vehicle is in motion. Driver
may lose control of the vehicle.
OMQ4AH030108
Safety features of your vehicle
184
Seat
CAUTION
Excessive pulling or pushing may dam
-
age the headrest.
Adjusting the height up and
down
To raise the headrest:
1. Pull it up to the desired position (1).
2. To lower the headrest, push and hold
the release button (2) on the headrest
support.
3. Lower the headrest to the desired
position (3).
WARNING
Make sure the headrest locks in position
after adjusting it to properly protect the
occupants.
CAUTION
If you recline the seatback towards the
front with the headrest and seat cushion
raised, the headrest may come in con
-
tact with the sun visor or other parts of
the vehicle.
Forward and backward adjust
-
ment (if equipped)
The headrest may be adjusted forward
to 3 different positions by pulling the
headrest forward to the desired position.
To adjust the headrest to it's furthest
backwards position, pull it fully forward
to the farthest position and release it.
Adjust the headrest so that it properly
supports the head and neck.
OMQ4AH030020
ODEEV058008NR
OMQ4030021
19
4
4
Safety features of your vehicle Seat
Removing headrest
Type A
Type B
To remove the headrest:
1. Recline the seatback (2) with the
recline lever or switch (1).
2. Raise headrest as far as it can go.
3. Press the headrest release button (3)
while pulling the headrest up (4).
WARNING
Removing headrest
NEVER allow anyone to ride in a seat
with the headrest removed or reversed.
Headrests can provide critical neck and
head support in a crash.
Reinstalling headrest
Type A
Type B
To reinstall the headrest:
1. Recline the seatback (4) with the
recline lever or switch (3).
2. Put the headrest poles (2) into the
holes while pressing the release but
-
ton (1).
3. Adjust the headrest to the appropriate
height.
OMQ4AH030022
OMQ4AH030024
OMQ4AH030023
OMQ4AH030025
Safety features of your vehicle
204
Seat
WARNING
Headrest reinstallation
To reduce the risk of injury to the head
or neck, always make sure the headrest
is locked into position and adjusted
properly after reinstalling.
Headrest (for rear seat)
The rear seats are equipped with head
-
rests in all the seating positions for the
occupant's safety and comfort.
The headrest not only provides comfort
for passengers, but also helps protect
the head and neck in the event of a colli
-
sion.
For maximum effectiveness in case of
accidents, the headrest should be
adjusted so the middle of the headrest is
as high as the center of gravity of an
occupant's head. Generally, the center of
gravity of most people's heads is similar
with the height as the top of their eyes.
Also, adjust the headrest as close to your
head as possible. For this reason, the use
of a cushion that holds the body away
from the seatback is not recommended.
Adjusting the height up and
down (2nd row seat)
To raise the headrest, pull it up to the
desired position (1). To lower the head
-
rest, push and hold the release button
(3) on the headrest support and lower
the headrest to the desired position (2).
Removal (2nd row seat)
To remove the headrest, raise it as far as
it can go then press the release button
(1) while pulling the headrest up (2).
To reinstall the headrest, put the head
-
rest poles (3) into the holes while press
-
ing the release button (1). Then adjust it
to the appropriate height.
OMQ4AH030083
OMQ4AH030031
OMQ4AH030032
21
4
4
Safety features of your vehicle Seat
WARNING
Make sure the headrest locks in position
after adjusting it to properly protect the
occupants.
3rd row headrest
The headrest will fold down automati
-
cally when folding the seatback.
To fold the headrest manually, pull the
strap.
To unfold the headrest, raise the head
-
rest manually.
Always be sure the headrest has locked
into position after you return the seat
-
back.
Armrest
To use the armrest, pull it forward from
the seatback.
Adjustable armrest is located on each
side of 2nd row seatback. To use the
armrest, pull it forward from the seat
-
back and adjust to desired angle. Pull it
backward to relocate the armrest.
Seatback pocket (if equipped)
There is a double pocket (1) in the front
seat back for storing simple books or
atlases, and USB charger (2) (if
equipped) for rear passengers.
OMQ4AH030106
OMQ4AH030107
OMQ4AH030088
OMQ4030027
Safety features of your vehicle
224
Seat belts
WARNING
Seatback pockets
Do not put heavy or sharp objects in the
seatback pockets. In an accident they
could come loose from the pocket and
injure vehicle occupants.
Small pocket
There is a small pocket in the 2nd row
seat cushion for storing simple objects.
Seat belts
Seat belts are designed to bear upon the
bony structure of the body, and should
be worn low across the front of the pel
-
vis, chest and shoulders.
Seat belt restraint system
For maximum restraint system protec
-
tion, the seat belts must always be used
whenever the vehicle is moving.
å
A properly positioned shoulder belt
should be positioned midway over
your shoulder, across your collarbone.
å
Never allow children to ride in the
front passenger seat. See "Child
Restraint System (CRS)" on page 4-31
for further discussion.
WARNING
Twisted seat belt
Make sure your seat belt is not twisted
when worn. A twisted seat belt may not
properly protect you in an accident and
could even cut into your body.
WARNING
Shoulder belt
å
Never wear the shoulder belt under
your arm or behind your back. An
improperly positioned shoulder belt
cannot protect the occupant in the
event of a crash.
å
Always wear both the shoulder por
-
tion and lap portion of the lap/shoul
-
der belt.
OMQ4AH030089
23
4
4
Safety features of your vehicle Seat belts
WARNING
Damaged seat belt
Any damage in webbing or hardware
may lead to serious injury or death in a
crash. For your safety, replace the entire
seat belt assembly when any part of the
webbing or hardware is damaged.
Seat belts are designed to bear upon the
bony structure of the body, and should
be worn low across the front of the pel
-
vis, chest and shoulders, as applicable;
wearing the lap section of the belt across
the abdominal area must be avoided.
Seat belts should be adjusted as firmly
as possible, consistent with comfort, to
provide the protection for which they
have been designed.
A slack belt will greatly reduce the pro
-
tection afforded to the wearer.
Care should be taken to avoid contami
-
nation of the webbing with polishes, oils
and chemicals, and particularly battery
acid. Cleaning may safely be carried out
using mild soap and water. The belt
should be replaced if webbing becomes
frayed, contaminated or damaged.
å
No modifications or additions should
be made by the user which would
either prevent the seat belt adjusting
devices from operating to remove
slack, or prevent the seat belt assem
-
bly from being adjusted to remove
slack.
å
When you fasten the seat belt, be
careful not to latch the seat belt in
buckles of other seats. It is very dan
-
gerous and you may not be protected
by the seat belt properly.
å
Do not unfasten the seat belt and do
not fasten and unfasten the seat belt
repeatedly while driving. This could
result in loss of control, and an acci
-
dent causing death, serious injury, or
property damage.
å
When fastening the seat belt, make
sure that the seat belt does not pass
over objects that are hard or can
break easily.
WARNING
Seat belt buckle
Do not allow foreign material (gum,
crumbs, coins, liquids, etc.) to obstruct
the seat belt buckle. This may prevent
the seat belt from fastening securely.
Seat belt warning
The seat belt warning light and warning
chime operate under the following con
-
ditions.
Driver's seat belt warning
As a reminder to the driver, the seat belt
warning light will appear for approxi
-
mately 6 seconds each time you turn the
ENGINE START/STOP button ON
regardless of belt fastening. If the seat
-
belt is not fastened, the warning chime
will sound for about 6 seconds.
If you start to drive without the seat belt
fastened over approximately 5 mph (9
km/h) and less than approximately 12
mph (20 km/h), the corresponding
warning light will appear. The warning
light will turn off when the vehicle speed
Safety features of your vehicle
244
Seat belts
drops below approximately 5 mph (9
km/h).
If you start to drive without the seat belt
fastened or you unfasten the seat belt
when you drive approximately 12 mph
(20 km/h) and faster, the warning light
will blink and warning chime will sound
for approximately 100 seconds. When
the seat belt is unfastened during driv
-
ing, the warning light will appear when
the speed is under approximately 12
mph (20 km/h). When the speed is
approximately 12 mph (20 km/h) and
faster, the warning light will blink and
warning chime will sound for approxi
-
mately 100 seconds.
Front passenger's seat belt warn
-
ing
As a reminder to the front passenger,
the seat belt warning light will appear for
approximately 6 seconds each time you
turn the ENGINE START/STOP button
ON regardless of belt fastening. If you
start to drive without the passenger seat
belt fastened when you drive over
approximately 5 mph (9 km/h) and less
than approximately 12 mph (20 km/h),
the corresponding warning light will
appear. The warning light will turn off
when the vehicle speed drops approxi
-
mately below 5 mph (9 km/h).
If you start to drive without the passen
-
ger seat belt fastened or you unfasten
the seat belt when you drive approxi
-
mately 12 mph (20 km/h) and faster, the
warning light will blink and warning
chime will sound for approximately 100
seconds. When the passenger seat belt
is unfastened during driving, the warn
-
ing light will appear when the speed is
approximately under 12 mph (20 km/h).
When the speed is approximately 12
mph (20 km/h) and faster, the warning
light will blink and warning chime will
sound for approximately 100 seconds.
NOTICE
å
Even if the front passenger seat is not
occupied, the seat belt warning light
will appear for approximately 6 sec
-
onds.
å
The front passenger's seat belt warn
-
ing may operate when luggage is
placed on the front passenger seat.
Seat belt - Driver's 3-point system
with emergency locking retractor
Fastening the seat belt
å
To fasten your seat belt, pull it out of
the retractor and insert the metal tab
(1) into the buckle (2). There will be an
audible "click" when the tab locks into
the buckle.
The seat belt automatically adjusts to
the proper length only after the lap belt
portion is adjusted manually so that it
fits snugly around your hips. If you lean
forward in a slow, easy motion, the belt
will extend and let you move around. If
there is a sudden stop or impact, how
-
ever, the belt will lock into position. It will
also lock if you try to lean forward too
quickly.
ODEEV058025NR
25
4
4
Safety features of your vehicle Seat belts
WARNING
You should place the lap belt portion as
low as possible and snugly across your
hips. If the lap belt is located too high on
your waist, it may increase the chance of
injury in the event of a collision.
The arm closest to the seat belt buckle
should be over the belt while the other
arm should be under the belt as shown
in the illustration. Never wear the seat
belt under the arm closest to the door.
The seat belt automatically adjusts to
the proper length only after the lap belt
portion is adjusted manually so that it
fits snugly around your hips. If you lean
forward in a slow, easy motion, the belt
will extend and let you move around. If
there is a sudden stop or impact, how
-
ever, the belt will lock into position. It will
also lock if you try to lean forward too
quickly.
NOTICE
If you are not able to pull out the seat
belt from the retractor, firmly pull the
belt out and release it. Then you will be
able to pull the belt out smoothly.
Releasing the seat belt
å
Press the release button (1) in the
locking buckle.
When it is released, the belt should auto
-
matically draw back into the retractor.
If this does not happen, check the belt to
be sure it is not twisted, then try again.
Adjusting the height of shoulder
belt
You can adjust the height of the shoul
-
der belt anchor to one of 4 positions for
maximum comfort and safety.
The height of the adjusting seat belt
should not be too close to your neck.
You will not be getting the most effective
protection. The shoulder portion should
be adjusted so that it lies across your
ODEEV058026NR
ODEEV058078NR
ODEEV058027NR
Safety features of your vehicle
264
Seat belts
chest and midway over your shoulder
near the door and not your neck.
To adjust the height of the seat belt
anchor, lower or raise the height
adjuster into an appropriate position.
å
To raise the height adjuster, pull it up
(1).
å
To lower it, push it down (3) while
pressing the height adjuster button
(2).
Release the button to lock the anchor
into position. Try sliding the height
adjuster to make sure that it has locked
into position.
Improperly positioned seat belts can
cause serious injuries in an accident.
WARNING
Shoulder belt positioning
Verify the shoulder belt anchor is locked
into position at the appropriate height.
Never position the shoulder belt across
your neck or face. Improperly positioned
seat belts can cause serious injuries in
an accident.
WARNING
Seat belt replacement
After a collision, the seat belt system
should be inspected to ensure it is oper
-
ating normally. Replace any belts that
are not functioning appropriately.
The seat belt should be locked into the
buckle on each seat cushion to be prop
-
erly fastened.
1. Rear right seat belt fastening buckle
2. Rear left seat belt fastening buckle
WARNING
Prior to fastening the rear seat belts,
ensure the latch matches the seat belt
buckle. Forcefully fastening the left or
right seat belt to the center buckle can
result in an improper fastening scenario
that will not protect you in an accident.
OMQ4AH030070
27
4
4
Safety features of your vehicle Seat belts
Stowing the rear seat belt
The rear seat belt buckles can be stowed
in the pocket between the rear seatback
and cushion when not in use.
2nd row seat
3rd row seat
1. Route the seat belt webbing through
the rear seat belt guides. It will help
keep the belts from being trapped
behind or under the seats.
2. After inserting the seat belt, tighten
the belt webbing by pulling it up.
CAUTION
When pulling out to wear the seat belt,
the tongue should be slowly pulled out
of the seat belt guide so that the seat
belt guide does not come off the trim.
Pre-tensioner seat belt
Your vehicle is equipped with driver's
and front passenger's pre-tensioner seat
belts.
The purpose of the pre-tensioner is to
make sure that the seat belts fit tightly
against the occupant's body in certain
collisions.
The pre-tensioner seat belts may be
activated in crashes where the collision
is severe enough.
When the vehicle stops suddenly, or if
the occupant tries to lean forward too
quickly, the seat belt retractor will lock
into position. In certain frontal collisions,
the pre-tensioner will activate and pull
the seat belt into tighter contact against
the occupant's body.
If the system senses excessive tension
on the driver or passenger's seat belt
when the pre-tensioner system acti
-
vates, the load limiter inside the retractor
pre-tensioner will release some of the
pressure on the affected seat belt.
OMQ4AH030071
OMQ4AH030072
OON038092NR
Safety features of your vehicle
284
Seat belts
WARNING
For your safety, be sure that the belt
webbing is not loose or twisted and
always sit properly on your seat.
NOTICE
The pre-tensioner may activate not only
in a frontal collision but also in a side col
-
lision, if the vehicle is equipped with a
side or curtain air bag.
The seat belt pre-tensioner system con
-
sists mainly of the following compo
-
nents. Their locations are shown in the
illustration:
1. SRS air bag warning light
2. Front retractor pre-tensioner assem
-
bly
3. SRS control module
WARNING
Skin irritation
Wash all exposed skin areas thoroughly
after an accident in which the pre-ten
-
sioner seat belts were activated. The fine
dust from the pre-tensioner activation
may cause skin irritation and should not
be inhaled for prolonged periods.
NOTICE
å
Both the driver's and front passen
-
ger's seat belt pre-tensioner systems
may be activated not only in certain
frontal collisions, but also in certain
side collisions or rollovers, if the vehi
-
cle is equipped with a side or curtain
air bag.
å
Because the sensor that activates the
SRS air bag is connected with the pre-
tensioner seat belt, the SRS air bag
warning light on the instrument
panel will appear for approximately
3~6 seconds after the ENGINE
START/STOP button has been turned
to the ON position, and then it should
turn off.
å
If the pre-tensioner seat belt system is
not working properly, this warning
light will appear even if there is not a
malfunction with the SRS air bag. If
the SRS air bag warning light does not
appear when the ENGINE START/
STOP button has been turned to the
ON position, or if it remains illumi
-
nated after illuminating for approxi
-
mately 3 ~ 6 seconds, or if it appear
while the vehicle is being driven, have
an authorized Kia dealer inspect the
pre-tensioner seat belt and SRS air
bag system as soon as possible.
OON039121NR
29
4
4
Safety features of your vehicle Seat belts
NOTICE
Do not attempt to service or repair the
pre-tensioner seat belt system in any
manner. Do not attempt to inspect or
replace the pre-tensioner seat belts
yourself. This must be done by an
authorized Kia dealer.
WARNING
Hot pre-tensioner
Do not touch the pre-tensioner seat belt
assemblies for several minutes after
they have been activated. When the pre-
tensioner seat belt mechanism fires
during a collision the pre-tensioner
becomes hot and can burn you.
Pre-tensioners are designed to operate
only one time. After activation, pre-ten
-
sioner seat belts must be replaced. If the
pre-tensioner must be replaced, contact
an authorized Kia dealer.
Seat belt precautions
Take the following precautions when
using seat belts.
Infant or small child
All 50 states have child restraint laws.
You should be aware of the specific
requirements in your state. Child and/or
infant seats must be properly placed
and installed in the rear seat. For more
information about the use of these
restraints, refer to "Child Restraint Sys
-
tem (CRS)" on page 4-31.
NOTICE
Small children are best protected from
injury in an accident when properly
restrained in the rear seat by a Child
Restraint System that meets the require
-
ments of the Federal Motor Vehicle
Safety Standards (FMVSS). Before buy
-
ing any Child Restraint System, make
sure that it has a label certifying that it
meets Federal Motor Vehicle Safety
Standard 213. The restraint must be
appropriate for your child's height and
weight. Check the label on the child
restraint for this information. Refer to
"Child Restraint System (CRS)" on page
4-31.
Larger children
Children who are too large for Child
Restraint System should always occupy
the rear seat and use the available lap/
shoulder belts. The lap portion should be
fastened and snug on the hips as low as
possible. Check periodically to insure
that the belt fits. A child's squirming
could put the belt out of position. Chil
-
dren are given the most safety in the
event of an accident when they are
restrained by a proper restraint system
in the rear seat. If a larger child (over age
13) must be seated in the front seat, the
child should be securely restrained by
the available lap/shoulder belt and the
seat should be placed in the rearmost
position. Children age 13 and under
should be restrained securely in the rear
seat. NEVER place a child age 13 and
under in the front seat. NEVER place a
rear facing child seat in the front seat of
a vehicle.
Safety features of your vehicle
304
Seat belts
If the shoulder belt portion slightly
touches the child's neck or face, try plac
-
ing the child closer to the center of the
vehicle. If the shoulder belt still touches
their face or neck they need to be
returned to a Child Restraint System.
WARNING
Small children
Do not allow small children to ride in the
vehicle without an appropriate Child
Restraint System. If the shoulder belt
comes in contact with your child's neck
or face, your child is too small to ride in
the vehicle. In a crash, the seat belt will
inflict injury to your child's neck, throat
and face.
Restraint of pregnant women
Pregnant women should wear lap/shoul
-
der belt assemblies whenever possible
according to specific recommendations
by their doctors. The lap portion of the
belt should be worn AS SECURELY AND
LOW AS POSSIBLE.
WARNING
Pregnant women
Pregnant women must never place the
lap portion of the seat belt above or on
the abdomen where the fetus is located.
The force of the seat belt during a colli
-
sion will crush the fetus.
Injured person
A seat belt should be used when an
injured person is being transported.
When this is necessary, you should con
-
sult a physician for recommendations.
One person per belt
Two people (including children) should
never attempt to use a single seat belt.
This could increase the severity of inju
-
ries in case of an accident.
Do not lie down
To reduce the chance of injuries in the
event of an accident and to achieve
maximum effectiveness of the restraint
system, all passengers should be sitting
up and the front and rear seats should
be in an upright position when the vehi
-
cle is moving. A seat belt cannot provide
proper protection if the person is lying
down in the rear seat or if the front and
rear seats are in a reclined position.
Care of seat belts
Seat belt systems should never be disas
-
sembled or modified. In addition, care
should be taken to assure that seat belts
and belt hardware are not damaged by
seat hinges, doors or other abuse.
WARNING
Pinched seat belt
Make sure that the webbing and/or
buckle does not get caught or pinched in
the rear seat when returning the rear
seatback to its upright position. A caught
or pinched webbing/buckle may
become damaged and could fail during
a collision or sudden stop.
31
4
4
Safety features of your vehicle Child Restraint System (CRS)
WARNING
Seatbelts can become hot in a vehicle
that has been closed up in sunny
weather. Please handle with care, as
they could burn infants and children, if
used abruptly.
Periodic inspection
All seat belts should be inspected peri
-
odically for wear or damage of any kind.
Any damaged parts should be replaced
as soon as possible.
Keep belts clean and dry
Seat belts should be kept clean and dry.
If belts become dirty, they can be
cleaned by using a mild soap solution
and warm water. Bleach, dye, strong
detergents or abrasives should not be
used because they may damage and
weaken the fabric.
When to replace seat belts
The entire in-use seat belt assembly or
assemblies should be replaced if the
vehicle has been involved in an accident.
This should be done even if no damage
is visible. Additional questions concern
-
ing seat belt operation should be
directed to an authorized Kia dealer.
Child Restraint System (CRS)
Infants and younger children must be
restrained in an appropriate rear-facing
or forward-facing Child Restraint System
(CRS) that has first been properly
secured to the rear seat of the vehicle.
Children always in the rear
Children under age 13 must always ride
in the rear seats and must always be
properly restrained to minimize the risk
of injury in an accident, sudden stop or
sudden maneuver.
WARNING
Restraint Location
Never install a child or infant seat on the
front passenger's seat. A child riding in
the front passenger seat can be force
-
fully struck by an inflating airbag and
get seriously injured.
WARNING
Hot Child Restraint
A Child Restraint System can become
very hot if it is left in a closed vehicle on
a sunny day. Be sure to check the seat
cover, buckles and latches before plac
-
ing a child in the restraint system.
According to accident statistics, children
are safer when properly restrained in the
rear seats than in the front seat. Even
with air bags, children can be seriously
injured or killed. Children too large for a
child restraint must use the seat belts
provided.
Safety features of your vehicle
324
Child Restraint System (CRS)
All 50 states have child restraint laws
which require children to travel in
approved child restraint devices. The
laws governing the age or height/weight
restrictions at which seat belts can be
used instead of child restraints differs
among states, so you should be aware of
the specific requirements in your state,
and where you are traveling.
The CRS must be properly placed and
installed in the rear seat. You must use a
commercially available CRS that meets
the requirements of the Federal Motor
Vehicle Safety Standards (FMVSS).
A CRS is generally designed to be
secured in a vehicle seat by lap belt por
-
tion of a lap/shoulder belt, or by a
LATCH system in the rear seats of the
vehicle.
Child Restraint System (CRS)
Infants and younger children must be
restrained in an appropriate rear-facing
or forward-facing CRS that has first
been properly secured to the rear seat of
the vehicle. Read and comply with the
instructions for installation and use pro
-
vided by the manufacturer of the CRS.
Child Restraint Installation
An improperly secured child restraint
can increase the risk of serious injury or
death in an accident. Always take the
following precautions when using a
Child Restraint System:
å
Always follow the Child Restraint Sys
-
tem manufacturer's instructions for
installation and use.
å
Always properly restrain your child in
the child restraint.
å
If the vehicle head restraint prevents
proper installation of a child seat (as
described in the Child Restraint Sys
-
tem manual), the head restraint of the
respective seating position shall be
readjusted or entirely removed.
å
Do not use an infant carrier or a child
safety seat that "hooks" over a seat
-
back as it may not provide adequate
protection in an accident.
å
A child restraint in the center seating
position may also contact or push up
against the safety belt buckles, which
can damage the buckles and make
them unusable or unsafe. Always
check that the child restraint does not
contact any of the safety belt buckles.
Check the placement of the child
restraint regularly to make sure that it
has not shifted and come into contact
with any of the safety belt buckles.
NOTICE
After an accident, have a Kia dealer
check the Child Restraint System, seat
belts, tether anchors and lower anchors.
Selecting a CRS
When selecting a CRS for your child,
always:
å
Make sure the CRS has a label certify
-
ing that it meets applicable Federal
Motor Vehicle Safety Standards
(FMVSS 213).
å
Select a child restraint based on your
child's height and weight. The
required label or the instructions for
use typically provide this information.
å
Select a child restraint that fits the
vehicle seating position where it will
be used.
å
Read and comply with the warnings
and instructions for installation and
use provided with the CRS.
33
4
4
Safety features of your vehicle Child Restraint System (CRS)
å
The American Academy of Pediatrics
provides helpful fit and safety infor
-
mation about child restraints at
www.healthychildren.org.
WARNING
Holding children
Never hold a child in your arms or lap
when riding in a vehicle. The violent
forces created during a crash will tear
the child from your arms and throw the
child against the car's interior. Always
use a Child Restraint System which is
appropriate for your child's height and
weight.
WARNING
Unattended children, the elderly or
pets
An enclosed vehicle can become
extremely hot, causing death or severe
injury such as heatstroke to unattended
children, the elderly or pets who cannot
escape the vehicle. When left or trapped
in a hot vehicle, make sure to stay
hydrated and avoid sun exposure
through the vehicleâs windshield. Fur
-
thermore, children might operate fea
-
tures of the vehicle that could injure
them, or they could encounter other
harm, possibly from someone gaining
entry to the vehicle. Never leave children
or animals unattended in your vehicle.
WARNING
Seat belt use
Do not use one seat belt for two occu
-
pants at the same time. This will elimi
-
nate any safety benefit provided by the
seat belt to the occupants.
CRS types
There are three main types of the CRS:
rear-facing seats, forward-facing seats,
and booster seats. They are classified
according to the child's age, height and
weight.
Rear-facing child seats
A rear-facing child seat provides
restraint with the seating surface against
the back of the child. The harness sys
-
tem holds the child in place, and in an
accident, acts to keep the child posi
-
tioned in the seat and reduces the stress
to the neck and spinal cord.
All children under age one must always
ride in a rear-facing infant child restraint.
Convertible and 3-in-1 child seats typi
-
cally have higher height and weight lim
-
its for the rear-facing position, allowing
you to keep your child rear-facing for a
longer period of time.
OMQ4AH030102
Safety features of your vehicle
344
Child Restraint System (CRS)
Continue to use a rear-facing child seat
for as long as your child will fit within the
height and weight limits allowed by the
child seat manufacturer. It's the best way
to keep them safe. Once your child has
outgrown the rear-facing child restraint,
your child is ready for a forward-facing
child restraint with a harness.
Forward-facing child restraints
A forward-facing child seat provides
restraint for the child's body with a har
-
ness. Keep children in a forward-facing
child seat with a harness until they reach
the top height or weight limit allowed by
your child restraint's manufacturer.
Once your child outgrows the forward-
facing child restraint, your child is ready
for a booster seat.
Booster seats
A booster seat is a restraint designed to
improve the fit of the vehicle's seat belt
system. A booster seat positions the seat
belt so that it fits properly over the lap of
your child.
Keep your child in a booster seat until
they are big enough to sit in the seat
without a booster and still have the seat
belt fit properly. For a seat belt to fit
properly, the lap belt must lie snugly
across the upper thighs, not the stom
-
ach. The shoulder belt should lie snug
across the shoulder and chest and not
across the neck or face. Children under
age 13 must always ride in the rear seats
and must always be properly restrained
to minimize the risk of injury.
Installing a CRS
After selecting a proper child seat for
your child, check to make sure it fits
properly in your vehicle.
Follow the instructions provided by the
manufacturer when installing the child
seat. Note these general steps when
installing the seat to your vehicle:
å
Properly secure the child restraint
to the vehicle.
All child restraints
must be secured to the vehicle with
the lap part of a lap/shoulder belt or
with the LATCH system.
å
Make sure the child restraint is
firmly secured.
After installing a child
restraint to the vehicle, push and pull
the seat forward and from side-to-
side to verify that it is securely
attached to the seat. A child restraint
secured with a seat belt should be
installed as firmly as possible. How
-
ever, some side-to-side movement
can be expected.
å
Secure the child in the child
restraint.
Make sure the child is prop
-
erly strapped in the child restraint
according to the manufacturer
instructions.
OMQ4AH030103
35
4
4
Safety features of your vehicle Child Restraint System (CRS)
Lower Anchors and Tether for
Children (LATCH) system
The LATCH system holds a child
restraint during driving and in an acci
-
dent. This system is designed to make
installation of the child restraint easier
and reduce the possibility of improperly
installing your child restraint. The LATCH
system uses anchors in the vehicle and
attachments on the child restraint. The
LATCH system eliminates the need to
use seat belts to secure the child
restraint to the rear seats.
Lower anchors are metal bars built into
the vehicle. There are two lower anchors
for each LATCH seating position that will
accommodate a child restraint with
lower attachments.
To use the LATCH system in your vehi
-
cle, you must have a child restraint with
LATCH attachments.
The child seat manufacturer will provide
you with instructions on how to use the
child seat with its attachments for the
LATCH lower anchors.
LATCH anchors have been provided in
the left and right outboard rear seating
positions. Their locations are shown in
the illustration. There are no LATCH
anchors provided for the center rear
seating position.
WARNING
LATCH Lower Anchors
Never attempt to attach a LATCH
equipped seat in the center seating posi
-
tion. LATCH lower anchors are only to be
used in the left and right rear outboard
seating positions. You may damage the
anchors or the anchors may fail and
break in a collision if the seat is in the
center seating position.
The lower anchor position indicator sym
-
bols are located on the left and right rear
seatbacks to identify the position of the
lower anchors in your vehicle (see
arrows in illustration).
1. Lower Anchor position indicator
2. Lower Anchor
The LATCH anchors are located
between the seatback and the seat
cushion of the rear seat left and right
outboard seating positions.
To use the lower anchor, push the upper
portion of the lower anchor cover.
OMQ4AH030043
OMQ4AH030044
Safety features of your vehicle
364
Child Restraint System (CRS)
Securing a child restraint with the
LATCH anchors system
To install a LATCH-compatible child
restraint in either of the rear outboard
seating positions:
1. Move the seat belt buckle away from
the lower anchors. Otherwise, the
webbing or buckle can be damaged
by the latch anchor, which can make
them become unusable or unsafe.
2. Move any other objects away from
the anchors that could prevent a
secure connection between the child
restraint and the lower anchors.
3. Place the child restraint on the vehicle
seat, then attach the seat to the lower
anchors according to the instructions
provided by the child restraint manu
-
facturer.
4. Follow the child restraint instructions
for properly adjusting and tightening
the lower attachments on the child
restraint to the lower anchors.
WARNING
Take the following precautions when
using the LATCH system:
å
Read and follow all installation
instructions provided with your Child
Restraint System.
å
To prevent the child from reaching
and taking hold of the unused seat
belts, buckle all unused rear seat belts
before the child is placed into the
vehicle. Lock each unused seatbelt
following the instructions in the "auto
-
matic locking mode" subsection, and
place the webbing behind the child
seat or against an unused seatback.
Children can be strangled if a shoul
-
der belt becomes wrapped around
their neck and the seat belt tightens.
å
NEVER attach more than one child
restraint to a single anchor. This could
cause the anchor or attachment to
come loose or break.
å
Always have the LATCH system
inspected by your authorized Kia
dealer after an accident. An accident
can damage the LATCH system and
may not properly secure the child
restraint.
NOTICE
The recommended maximum weight for
the LATCH system is 65 lbs. (30 kg).
When selecting a proper child restraint,
consider that the maximum total weight
of the child plus the child restraint
should be less than 65 lbs. (30 kg). As a
guide, the MAX child restraint weight
should be determined by the following
calculation: Child Restraint Weight = 65 -
(child's total weight in lbs.)
Securing a child restraint seat
with "Tether Anchor" system
First secure the child restraint with the
LATCH lower anchors or the seat belt. If
the child restraint manufacturer recom
-
mends that the top tether strap be
attached, attach and tighten the top
OMQ4AH030042
37
4
4
Safety features of your vehicle Child Restraint System (CRS)
tether strap to the top tether strap
anchor.
Child Restraint hook holders are located
on the seat back.
WARNING
Take the following precautions when
installing the tether strap:
å
Read and follow all installation
instructions provided with your Child
Restraint System.
å
NEVER attach more than one child
restraint to a single tether anchor.
This could cause the anchor or attach
-
ment to come loose or break.
å
Do not attach the tether strap to any
-
thing other than the correct tether
anchor. It may not work properly if
attached to something else.
å
Do not use the tether anchors for
adult seat belts or harnesses, or for
attaching other items or equipment to
the vehicle.
å
Always fasten the seat belts behind
the child restraint seat when they are
not used to secure the child seat. Fail
-
ure to do so may result in child stran
-
gulation.
To install the tether anchor:
1. Route the Child Restraint System seat
strap over the seatback.
For vehicles with adjustable headrest,
route the tether strap under the head
-
rest and between the headrest posts,
otherwise route the tether strap over
the top of the seatback.
2. Connect the top-tether to the top-
tether anchorage, then tighten the
top-tether according to the instruc
-
tions of your Child Restraint System's
manufacturer to firmly attach the
Child Restraint System to the seat.
3. Check that the child restraint is
securely attached to the seat by push
-
ing and pulling the seat forward and
from side-to-side.
OMQ4AH030104
Safety features of your vehicle
384
Child Restraint System (CRS)
Securing a child restraint with a
lap/shoulder belt
When not using the LATCH system, all
child restraints must be secured to a
vehicle rear seat with the lap part of a
lap/shoulder belt.
Automatic locking mode
All passenger seat belts move freely
under normal conditions and only lock
under extreme or emergency conditions
(emergency locking mode). So, in order
to secure a child restraint, you must
manually pull the seat belt all the way
out to shift the retractor to the "auto
-
matic locking" mode.
The "automatic locking" mode will help
prevent the normal movement of the
child in the vehicle from causing the seat
belt to loosen and compromise the CRS.
To install a CRS on the rear seats, do the
following:
1. Place the CRS on a rear seat and
route the lap/shoulder belt around or
through the child restraint, following
the restraint manufacturer's instruc
-
tions.
Be sure the seat belt webbing is not
twisted.
2. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch into
the buckle. Listen for the distinct
"click" sound.
Position the release button so that it is
easy to access in case of an emer
-
gency.
3. Pull the shoulder portion of the seat
belt all the way out. When the shoul
-
der portion of the seat belt is fully
extended, it will shift the retractor to
the "automatic locking" (child
restraint) mode.
OMQ4AH030105
ODEEV058042NR
ODEEV058043NR
39
4
4
Safety features of your vehicle Child Restraint System (CRS)
4. Slowly allow the shoulder portion of
the seat belt to retract and listen for
an audible "clicking" or "ratcheting"
sound. This indicates that the retrac
-
tor is in the "automatic locking" mode.
If no distinct sound is heard, repeat
steps 3 and 4.
5. Remove as much slack from the belt
as possible by pushing down on the
CRS while feeding the shoulder belt
back into the retractor.
6. Push and pull on the CRS to confirm
that the seat belt is holding it firmly in
place. If it is not, release the seat belt
and repeat steps 2 through 6.
7. Double check that the retractor is in
the "automatic locking" mode by
attempting to pull more of the seat
belt out of the retractor. If you cannot,
the retractor is in the "automatic lock
-
ing" mode.
If your CRS manufacturer instructs or
recommends you to use a tether anchor
with the lap/shoulder belt, refer to
"Securing a child restraint seat with
"Tether Anchor" system" on page 4-36
for more information.
NOTICE
When the seat belt is allowed to retract
to its fully stowed position, the retractor
will automatically switch from the "auto
-
matic locking" mode to the emergency
lock mode for normal adult usage.
WARNING
Auto lock mode
Set the retractor to Automatic Lock
mode when installing any Child Restraint
System. If the retractor is not in the auto
-
matic locking mode, the child restraint
can move when your vehicle turns or
stops suddenly. A child can be seriously
injured or killed if the child restraint is
not properly anchored in the car.
To remove the child restraint, press the
release button on the buckle and then
pull the lap/shoulder belt out of the
restraint and allow the seat belt to
retract fully.
ODEEV058044NR
Safety features of your vehicle
404
Air bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint System
Air bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint System
* The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
1. Passenger's front air bag
2. Driver's front air bag
3. Side air bag
4. Curtain air bag
5. Driver's knee air bag
Even in vehicles with air bags, you and your passengers must always wear the safety
belts provided in order to minimize the risk and severity of injury in the event of a col
-
lision or rollover.
OMQ4AH030069
41
4
4
Safety features of your vehicle Air bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint System
How does the air bag system
operate
å
Air bags are activated (able to inflate
if necessary) only when the ENGINE
START/STOP Button is in the ON Posi
-
tion and it can be activated within
about 3 minutes after vehicle off.
å
The appropriate air bags inflate
instantly in the event of a serious
frontal collision or side collision in
order to help protect the occupants
from serious physical injury.
å
There is no single speed at which the
air bags will inflate. Generally, air bags
are designed to inflate based upon
the severity of a collision and its direc
-
tion, etc. Several factors determine
whether the sensors produce an elec
-
tronic deployment/inflation signal.
å
Air bags will not deploy in every crash
or collision situations. Air bag deploy
-
ment depends on a number of factors
including vehicle speed, angles of
impact, and, the density and stiffness
of the vehicles or objects which your
vehicle hits in the collision. The deter
-
mining factors are not limited to those
mentioned above.
å
The front air bags will completely
inflate and deflate in an instant. It is
virtually impossible for you to see the
air bags inflate during an accident. It
is much more likely that you will sim
-
ply see the deflated air bags hanging
out of their storage compartments
after the collision.
å
In addition to inflating in serious side
collisions, side and/or curtain air bags
will inflate if the sensing system
detects a rollover.
å
When a rollover is detected, side and/
or curtain airbags will remain inflated
longer. This helps provide protection
from ejection, especially when used in
conjunction with the seat belts.
å
In order to help provide protection,
the air bags must inflate rapidly. The
airbag inflates extremely fast between
the occupant and the vehicle struc
-
tures before the occupant impacts the
vehicle structures. This speed of infla
-
tion reduces the risk of serious or life-
threatening injuries and is thus a nec
-
essary part of the air bag design.
However, airbag inflation can also
cause injuries which can include facial
abrasions, bruises and broken bones.
This is because the rapid inflation also
causes the airbags to expand with a
great deal of force.
å
There are even circumstances
under which contact with the steer
-
ing wheel or passenger air bag can
cause fatal injuries, especially if the
occupant is positioned excessively
close to the steering wheel or pas
-
senger air bag.
WARNING
Airbag inflation
Sit as far back as possible from the
steering wheel while still maintaining
comfortable control of the vehicle. A dis
-
tance of at least 10 inches (25 cm) from
your chest to the steering wheel is rec
-
ommended. Failure to do so can result in
airbag inflation injuries to the driver.
Safety features of your vehicle
424
Air bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint System
Noise and smoke
When inflated, the air bags make a loud
noise and leave smoke and powder in
the air inside the vehicle. This is normal
and is a result of the vehicle of the air
bag inflator. After the air bag inflates,
you may feel substantial discomfort in
breathing due to the contact of your
chest with both the seat belt and the air
bag, as well as from breathing the
smoke and powder.
Open your doors
and/or windows as soon as possible
after impact in order to reduce dis
-
comfort and prevent prolonged expo
-
sure to the smoke and powder.
Though smoke and powder are non
-
toxic, it may cause irritation to the skin
(eyes, nose and throat, etc). If this is the
case, wash and rinse with cold water
immediately and consult a doctor if the
symptom persists.
WARNING
Hot components
Do not touch the air bag storage area's
internal components immediately after
airbag inflation. The air bag related parts
in the steering wheel, instrument panel
and the roof rails above the front and
rear doors are very hot. Hot components
can result in burn injuries.
WARNING
Do not install or place any accessories
near air bag deployment areas, such as
the instrument panel, windows, pillars,
and roof rails.
Do not install a child restraint on
the front passenger's seat
Never place a rear-facing child restraint
in the front passenger's seat.
If the air bag deploys, it would impact
the rear-facing child restraint, causing
serious or fatal injury.
In addition, do not place front-facing
child restraints in the front passenger's
seat. If the front passenger air bag
inflates, it could cause serious or fatal
injuries to the child.
WARNING
Air bag deployment
When children are seated in the rear
outboard seats of a vehicle equipped
with side and/or curtain air bags, install
the Child Restraint System as far away
from the door side as possible. Inflation
of the side and/or curtain air bags could
impact the child.
ODEEV058046NR
43
4
4
Safety features of your vehicle Air bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint System
Air bag warning and indicator
Air bag warning light
The purpose of air bag warning light in
your instrument panel is to alert you of a
potential problem with your air bag sys
-
tem, which could include your side and/
or curtain air bags used for rollover pro
-
tection.
If the air bag warning light is appears for
more than 6 seconds after the ENGINE
START/STOP button has been turned to
the ON position, or if it appears during
vehicle operation, an SRS component
may not be functioning properly and
you should have your vehicle checked
by an authorized Kia dealer.
If any of the following conditions occur,
this indicates a malfunction in the air
bag system. Have an authorized Kia
dealer inspect the air bag system as
soon as possible.
å
The light does not turn on briefly
when you turn the ENGINE START/
STOP button to the ON position.
å
The light stays on after illuminating
for approximately 3 ~ 6 seconds.
å
The light comes on while the vehicle is
in motion.
å
The light blinks when the ENGINE
START/STOP button to the ON posi
-
tion.
Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) components and functions
* The actual position of SRS components
may differ from the illustration.
The SRS consists of the following com
-
ponents:
1. Driver's front air bag module
2. Passenger's front air bag module
3. Side air bag modules
4. Curtain air bag modules
5. Retractor pre-tensioner assemblies
6. Air bag warning light
7. SRS control module (SRSCM)/rollover
sensor
8. Front impact sensors
9. Side impact sensors
10.Side pressure sensors
11.Occupant Detection System
12.Front driver/passenger's seat belt
buckle sensor
The SRSCM continually monitors all ele
-
ments while the ENGINE START/STOP
Button is in the ON Position or approxi
-
mately within 3 minutes after vehicle off
to determine if a frontal, near-frontal
impact or side impact is severe enough
to require air bag deployment or pre-
tensioner seat belt deployment.
OMQ4AH030068
Safety features of your vehicle
444
Air bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint System
The SRS air bag warning light on the
instrument panel will appear for about 3
~ 6 seconds after the ENGINE START/
STOP button is turned to the ON posi
-
tion, after which the air bag warning
light should go out.
WARNING
If any of the following conditions occurs,
this indicates a malfunction of the SRS.
In this case, have the system inspected
by an authorized Kia dealer.
å
The light does not turn on briefly
when you turn the ENGINE START/
STOP button ON.
å
The light stays on after illuminating
for approximately 6 seconds.
å
The light comes on while the vehicle is
in motion.
å
The light blinks when the ENGINE
START/STOP button is in ON position.
Driver's front air bag (1)
The air bag modules are located both in
the center of the steering wheel and in
the front passenger's panel above the
glove box. When the SRSCM detects a
sufficiently severe impact to the front of
the vehicle, it will automatically deploy
the front air bags.
Driver's front air bag (2)
Upon deployment, tear seams molded
directly into the pad covers will separate
under pressure from the expansion of
the air bags. Further opening of the cov
-
ers then allows full inflation of the air
bags.
Driver's front air bag (3)
A fully inflated air bag, in combination
with a properly worn seat belt, slows the
driver's or the passenger's forward
motion, reducing the risk of head and
chest injury.
After complete inflation, the air bag
immediately starts deflating, enabling
the driver to maintain forward visibility
and the ability to steer or operate other
controls.
OMQ4A030341
OMQ4A030342
OMQ4A030340
45
4
4
Safety features of your vehicle Air bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint System
Passenger's front air bag
WARNING
Air bag obstructions
Do not install or place any accessories
on the steering wheel, instrument panel,
or on the front passenger's panel above
the glove box in a vehicle. Such objects
may become dangerous projectiles if the
air bag deploys.
WARNING
Flying objects
Do not place any objects (an umbrella,
bag, etc.) between the front door and
the front seat. Such objects may become
dangerous projectiles if the side airbag
inflates.
å
If an air bag deploys, there may be a
loud noise followed by a fine dust
released in the vehicle. These condi
-
tions are normal and are not hazard
-
ous - the air bags are packed in this
fine powder. The dust generated
during air bag deployment may cause
skin or eye irritation as well as aggra
-
vate asthma for some persons.
Always wash all exposed skin areas
thoroughly with cold water and a mild
soap after an accident in which the air
bags were deployed.
å
The SRS can function only when the
ENGINE START/STOP button is in the
ON Position or approximately within 3
minutes after vehicle off. The SRS is
not working properly if any of the fol
-
lowing situations occur :
- the SRS airbag warning light does
not appear
- the SRS airbag warning light
remains on continuously after illu
-
minating for about 3~6 seconds
when the ENGINE START/STOP
button is turned to the ON position
or after the vehicle is in ready mode
- the SRS airbag warning light comes
on while driving
If this occurs, have your vehicle imme
-
diately inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
NOTICE
Before you replace a fuse or disconnect
a battery terminal, turn the ENGINE
START/STOP button to the OFF position.
Never remove or replace the air bag
related fuse(s) when the ENGINE
START/STOP button is ON position. Fail
-
ure to heed this warning will cause the
SRS air bag warning light to appear.
ODEEV058051NR
Safety features of your vehicle
464
Air bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint System
Occupant Detection System
(ODS)
Your vehicle is equipped with an Occu
-
pant Detection System (ODS) in the front
passenger's seat.
The ODS is designed to detect the pres
-
ence of a properly-seated front passen
-
ger and determine if the passenger's
front air bag should be enabled (may
inflate) or not. Only the front passenger
front air bag is controlled by the ODS.
Do not put anything in front of the pas
-
senger air bag ( ) indicator.
Main components of the ODS
å
A detection device is located within
the front passenger seat cushion.
å
An electronic system determines
whether the passenger air bag sys
-
tems should be activated or deacti
-
vated.
å
An indicator light located on the over
-
head console which appears the
words PASSENGER AIR BAG ( )
indicates the front passenger air bag
system is deactivated.
å
The overhead console air bag warning
light is interconnected with the ODS.
If the front passenger seat is occupied
by a person that the system determines
to be of appropriate size, and he/she sits
properly (sitting upright with the seat
-
back in an upright position, centered on
the seat cushion with their seat belt on,
legs comfortably extended and their feet
on the floor), the PASSENGER AIR BAG
( ) indicator will turn off and the front
passenger's air bag will be able to
inflate, if necessary, in frontal crashes.
You will find the PASSENGER AIR BAG
( ) indicator on the overhead console.
This system detects the conditions 1~4
in the following table and activates or
deactivates the front passenger air bag
based on these conditions.
Always be sure that you and all vehicle
occupants are seated and restrained
properly (sitting upright with the seat in
an upright position, centered on the seat
cushion, with the person's legs comfort
-
ably extended, feet on the floor, and
wearing the safety belt properly) for the
most effective protection by the air bag
and the safety belt.
The ODS may not function properly if
the passenger takes actions which can
defeat the detection system. These
include:
å
Failing to sit in an upright position.
å
Leaning against the door or center
console.
å
Sitting towards the sides or the front
of the seat.
å
Putting legs on the dashboard or rest
-
ing them on other locations which
reduce the passenger weight on the
front seat.
å
Improperly wearing the safety belt.
å
Reclining the seatback.
OMQ4041589N
47
4
4
Safety features of your vehicle Air bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint System
Conditions and operation of the front passenger ODS
* 1. The system judges a person of adult size as an adult. When a smaller adult sits in
the front passenger seat, the system may recognize him/her as a child depending
on his/her physique and posture.
* 2. Do not allow children to ride in the front passenger seat. When a larger child who
has outgrown a CRS sits in the front passenger seat, the system may recognize
him/her as an adult depending upon his/her physique or sitting position.
* 3. Never install a CRS on the front passenger seat.
* 4. The PASSENGER AIR BAG ( ) indicator may turn on or off when a child above
12 months to 12 years old (with or without a CRS) sits in the front passenger seat.
This is a normal condition.
Condition detected by the occupant classifica
-
tion system
Indicator/Warning light Devices
"PASSENGER AIR BAG
OFF" indicator light
SRS warning light Front passenger air bag
1. Adult
*1
Off Off Activated
2. Child Restraint System (CRS) with child under
12 months old
*2*3*4
On Off Deactivated
3. Unoccupied On Off Deactivated
4. Malfunction in the system Off On Activated
Safety features of your vehicle
484
Air bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint System
WARNING
å
Do not install a child restraint seat in
the passenger seat when the seat is
heavily soaked with any type of liquid.
å
Do not alter or remodel the Occupant
Detection System (ODS). This may
damage the system and prevent its
proper function in a collision.
NOTICE
å
Do not use car seat cushions that
cover up the surface of the seat and
aftermarket manufactured passenger
seat heaters.
å
After conducting car interior cleaning
using steam or detergent, the seat
should be dried properly. Afterward,
check for normal operation of the
PASSENGER AIR BAG "OFF" and air
bag warning lights.
å
Any service related to the passenger
seat and the ODS must be done at an
authorized Kia dealership.
å
After the passenger seat has been
removed or installed for repair pur
-
poses, check for normal operation of
the PASSENGER AIR BAG ( ) and
air bag warning lights with a person
seated or not seated in the passenger
seat.
NOTICE
When the PASSENGER AIR BAG ( )
symbol appears, the passenger air bag
system will not operate. The passenger
air bag system will operate when neces
-
sary if the symbol does not appear.
NOTICE
Do not modify or replace the front pas
-
senger seat. Don't place anything on or
attach anything such as a blanket, front
seat cover or aftermarket seat heater to
the front passenger seat. This can
adversely affect the Occupant Detection
System.
WARNING
Occupant Detection System
Riding in an improper position adversely
affects the Occupant Detection System
and may result in the deactivation of the
front passenger airbag. It is important
for the driver to instruct the passenger
as to the proper seating instructions as
contained in this manual.
å
Do not place a heavy load in the front
passenger seatback pocket or on the
front passenger seat.
ODEEV058055NR
49
4
4
Safety features of your vehicle Air bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint System
å
Do not place feet on the front passen
-
ger seatback.
å
Never sit with hips shifted towards the
front of the seat.
å
Never excessively recline the front
passenger seatback.
å
Never place feet on the dashboard.
å
Never lean on the door or center con
-
sole.
å
Never sit on one side of the front pas
-
senger seat.
å
Do not use car seat accessories such
as thick blankets and cushions which
cover up the car seat surface.
ODEEV058056NR
ODEEV058057NR
ODEEV058002NR
ODEEV058059NR
ODEEV058060NR
Safety features of your vehicle
504
Air bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint System
å
Do not sit on the passenger seat
wearing heavily padded clothes such
as ski wear and hip protector.
å
Do not place electronic devices such
as laptops, DVD player, or conductive
materials such as water bottles on the
passenger seat.
å
Do not use electronic devices such as
laptops and satellite radios which use
inverter chargers.
å
Wet passenger seat:
Do not spill liquid in the passenger
seat. Spilled liquid on the passenger
seat may cause the air bag warning
light to appear or malfunction. If any
liquid is spilled, make sure the seat
has been completely dried before
driving the vehicle.
Proper position
When an adult is seated in the front pas
-
senger seat, if the PASSENGER AIR BAG
( ) indicator is on, change the ENGINE
START/STOP button to the OFF position
and ask the passenger to sit properly
(sitting upright with the seatback in an
upright position, centered on the seat
cushion with their seat belt on, legs com
-
fortably extended and their feet on the
floor). Restart the vehicle and have the
person remain in that position. This will
allow the system to detect the person
and to enable the passenger air bag.
If the PASSENGER AIR BAG ( ) indica
-
tor is still on, ask the passenger to move
to the rear seat.
ODEEV058061NR
ODL3039048
ODL3039049
ODEEV058064NR
51
4
4
Safety features of your vehicle Air bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint System
WARNING
PASSENGER AIR BAG ( ) light
Do not allow an adult passenger to ride
in the front seat when the PASSENGER
AIR BAG ( ) indicator appears,
because the air bag will not deploy in the
event of a crash. The driver must
instruct the passenger to reposition him
-
self in the seat. Failure to properly posi
-
tion yourself may lead to air bag
deactivation resulting in air bag non-
deployment in a collision. If the PASSEN
-
GER AIR BAG ( ) indicator remains
appear after the passenger repositions
themselves properly and the car is
restarted, it is recommended that pas
-
senger move to the rear seat because
the passenger's front air bag will not
deploy.
NOTICE
The PASSENGER AIR BAG ( ) indica
-
tor does not appear if the front passen
-
ger seat is occupied, the occupant
detection sensor will then classify the
front passenger after several more sec
-
onds. Also, if the ENGINE START/STOP
button is turned to the ON position when
about 3 minutes have elapsed since the
vehicle is in OFF position.
å
Even though your vehicle is equipped
with the Occupant Detection System,
never install a Child Restraint System
in the front passenger's seat. A
deploying air bag can forcefully strike
a child resulting in serious injuries or
death.
Any child age 13 and under should ride
in the rear seat. Children too large for
child restraints should use the available
lap/shoulder belts. No matter what type
of crash, children of all ages are safer
when restrained in the rear seat.
If the ODS is not working properly, the
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) air
bag warning light on the instrument
panel will appear because the passen
-
ger's front air bag is connected with the
ODS. If there is a malfunction of the ODS
the PASSENGER AIRBAG ( ) indicator
will not appear. In this case, the passen
-
ger's front airbag will inflate in frontal
impact crashes even if there is no occu
-
pant in the front passenger seat.
Driver's and passenger's front air
bag
Your vehicle is equipped with an
advanced supplemental restraint (air
bag) system and lap/shoulder belts at
both the driver and passenger seating
position.
Driver's front air bag
OMQ4031045
Safety features of your vehicle
524
Air bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint System
Driver's knee air bag
Passenger's front air bag
The indication of the system's presence
are the letters "AIR BAG" located on the
air bag pad cover on the steering wheel
and the passenger's side front panel pad
above the glove box.
The Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) consists of air bags installed under
the pad covers in the center of the steer
-
ing wheel and the passenger's side front
panel above the glove box.
The purpose of the SRS is to provide the
vehicle's driver and/or the front passen
-
ger with additional protection than that
offered by the seat belt system alone in
case of a frontal impact of sufficient
severity. The SRS uses sensors to gather
information about the driver's and front
passenger's seat belt usage and impact
severity.
The seat belt buckle sensor determines
if the front passenger's seat belt is fas
-
tened.
These sensors provide the ability to con
-
trol the SRS deployment based on
whether or not the seat belts are fas
-
tened, and how severe the impact is.
The advanced SRS offers the ability to
control the air bag inflation with two lev
-
els. A first stage level is provided for
moderate-severity impacts. A second
stage level is provided for more severe
impacts.
According to the impact severity and
seat belt usage, the SRS Control Module
(SRSCM) controls the air bag inflation.
Failure to properly wear seat belts can
increase the risk or severity of injury in
an accident.
Additionally, your vehicle is equipped
with an Occupant Detection System
(ODS) in the front passenger's seat. The
ODS detects the presence of a passen
-
ger in the front passenger's seat and will
turn off the front passenger's air bag
under certain conditions. For more
detail, see "Occupant Detection System
(ODS)" on page 4-46.
WARNING
Modification to the seat structure is
more likely to cause the air bag to
deploy at a different level than should be
provided.
Manufacturers are required by govern
-
ment regulations to provide a contact
point concerning modifications to the
vehicle for persons with disabilities,
which modifications may affect the vehi
-
cle's advanced air bag system. That con
-
tact is Kia's tollfree Customer Assistance
OMQ4AH030109
OMQ4030046
53
4
4
Safety features of your vehicle Air bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint System
center at 1-800-333-4Kia. However, Kia
does not endorse nor will it support any
changes to any part or structure of the
vehicle that could affect the advanced
air bag system, including the ODS.
WARNING
Replacement/modifications
The front passenger seat, dashboard or
door should not be replaced except by
an authorized Kia dealer using original
Kia parts designed for this vehicle and
model. Any other such replacement or
modification could adversely affect the
operation of the Occupant Detection
System and your advanced air bags.
Advanced air bags are combined with
pre-tensioner seat belts to help provide
enhanced occupant protection in frontal
crashes. Front air bags are not intended
to deploy in collisions in which sufficient
protection can be provided by the seat
belt.
NOTICE
Air bags can only be used once â have
an authorized Kia dealer replace the air
bag immediately after deployment.
Front air bags are not intended to
deploy in side-impact, rear-impact or
rollover crashes. However, when frontal
deployment threshold is satisfied at
side-impact, front air bags may deploy.
In addition, front air bags will not deploy
in frontal crashes below the deployment
threshold.
WARNING
SRS wiring
Do not tamper with or disconnect SRS
wiring or other components of the SRS
system. Doing so could result in injury,
due to accidental deployment of the air
bags or by rendering the SRS inopera
-
tive.
WARNING
No attaching objects
No objects (such as crash pad cover, cel
-
lular phone holder, cup holder, perfume
or stickers) should be placed over or
near the air bag modules on the steering
wheel, instrument panel, windshield
glass, and the front passenger's panel
above the glove box. Such objects could
cause harm if the vehicle is in a crash
severe enough to cause the air bags to
deploy.
Do not place any objects over the air bag
or between the air bag and yourself.
Additionally, never place or insert any
object into any small opening near side
airbag labels attached to the vehicle
seats.
When the air bag deploys, the object
may affect the deployment and result in
unexpected accident or bodily harm.
Safety features of your vehicle
544
Air bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint System
Side air bag
Your vehicle is equipped with a side air
bag in each front seat.
* The actual air bags in the vehicle may
differ from the illustration.
The purpose of the air bag is to provide
the vehicle's driver and/or the front pas
-
senger with additional protection than
that offered by the seat belt alone.
å
The side air bags are designed to
deploy during certain side-impact col
-
lisions, depending on the crash sever
-
ity of impact.
å
The side air bags may deploy on the
side of the impact or on both sides.
å
The side air bags on both sides of the
vehicle will deploy if a rollover or pos
-
sible rollover is detected.
å
The side air bags are not designed to
deploy in all side impact or rollover
situations.
WARNING
Unexpected deployment
Avoid impact to the side impact airbag
sensor when the ENGINE START/STOP
button is ON to prevent unexpected
deployment of the side air bag.
å
The side air bag is supplemental to
the driver's and the passenger's seat
belt systems and is not a substitute
for them. Therefore your seat belts
must be worn at all times while the
vehicle is in operation.
å
For best protection from the side air
bag system and to avoid being injured
by the deploying side air bag, both
front seat occupants should sit in an
upright position with the seat belt
properly fastened. The driver's hands
should be placed on the steering
wheel at the 9:00 and 3:00 positions.
The passenger's arms and hands
should be placed on their laps.
WARNING
Deployment
Do not install any accessories including
seat covers, on the side or near the side
air bag as this may affect the deploy
-
ment of the side air bags.
å
If the seat or seat cover is damaged,
have the vehicle checked and
repaired by an authorized Kia dealer.
Inform the dealer that your vehicle is
equipped with side air bags and an
Occupant Detection System (ODS).
OMQ4AH030074
OMQ4AH030049
55
4
4
Safety features of your vehicle Air bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint System
WARNING
Flying objects
Do not place any objects (an umbrella,
bag, etc.) between the front door and
the front seat. Such objects may become
dangerous projectiles if the side airbag
inflates.
WARNING
No attaching objects
å
Do not place any objects over the air
bag or between the air bag and your
-
self. Also, do not attach any objects
around the area the air bag inflates
such as the door, side door glass,
front and rear pillar.
å
Do not put any objects between the
side airbag label and seat cushion. It
could cause harm if the vehicle is in a
crash severe enough to cause the air
bags to deploy.
å
Never place or insert any object into
any small opening near side airbag
labels attached to the vehicle seats.
When the air bag deploys, the object
may affect the deployment and result
in unexpected accident or bodily
harm.
å
Do not install any accessories on the
side or near the side air bags.
Curtain air bag
Curtain air bags are located along both
sides of the roof rails above the front
and rear doors.
* The actual air bags in the vehicle may
differ from the illustration.
They are designed to help protect occu
-
pants in certain side impacts and to help
prevent them from ejecting out of the
vehicle as a result of a rollover, espe
-
cially when the seat belts are also in use.
å
The curtain air bags are designed to
deploy during certain side impact col
-
lisions, depending on the severity of
impact. However, when side deploy
-
ment threshold is satisfied at front-
impact, side air bags may deploy.
OMQ4030077
OMQ4AH030076
Safety features of your vehicle
564
Air bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint System
å
The curtain air bags may deploy on
the side of the impact or on both
sides.
å
Also, the curtain air bags on both
sides of the vehicle will deploy in cer
-
tain rollover situations.
å
The curtain air bags are not designed
to deploy in all side impact or rollover
situations.
Do not allow the passengers to lean their
heads or bodies against the doors, put
their arms on the doors, stretch their
arms out of the window or place objects
between the doors and passengers
when they are seated on seats equipped
with side impact and/or curtain air bags.
NOTICE
Never try to open or repair any compo
-
nents of the side and curtain air bag sys
-
tem. This should only be done by an
authorized Kia dealer.
WARNING
No attaching objects
å
Do not place any objects over the air
bag. Also, do not attach any objects
around the area the air bag inflates
such as the door, side door glass,
front and rear pillar, roof side rail.
å
Do not hang hard, breakable, or
heavy objects on the coat hooks for
safety reasons.
57
4
4
Safety features of your vehicle Air bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint System
Air bag collision sensors
* The actual shape and position of sensors may differ from the illustration.
1. Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) control module/rollover sensor
2. Front impact sensor
3. Side pressure sensors (front door)
4. Side impact sensor (B-pillar)
5. Side impact sensor (C-pillar)
OMQ4H031002
1 2 3 4 5
OMQ4AH031051
OMQ4031052
OMQ4030053
OMQ4030080
OMQ4A031054MX
Safety features of your vehicle
584
Air bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint System
WARNING
Air bag sensors
å
Do not hit or allow any objects to
impact the locations where air bags or
sensors are installed.
This may cause unexpected air bag
deployment, which could result in
serious personal injury or death.
å
If the installation location or angle of
the sensors is altered in any way, the
air bags may deploy when they
should not or they may not deploy
when they should.
Therefore, do not try to perform main
-
tenance on or around the air bag sen
-
sors. Have the vehicle checked and
repaired by an authorized Kia dealer.
å
Do not arbitrarily touch the front
impact sensor. When the angle of the
sensor is changed, the air bag system
may malfunction.
Problems may arise if the sensor instal
-
lation angles are changed due to the
deformation of the front bumper, front
end module, body or front doors where
side collision sensors are installed. Have
the vehicle checked and repaired by an
authorized Kia dealer.
Installing bumper guards (or side step or
running board) or replacing a bumper
(or front door module) with non-genuine
parts may adversely affect your vehicle's
collision and air bag deployment perfor
-
mance.
Kia Genuine bumper guards/bumpers
are parts we guarantee for quality and
performance.
Why didn't my air bag go off in a
collision? (Inflation and non-infla
-
tion conditions of the air bag)
There are many types of accidents in
which the air bag would not be expected
to provide additional protection.
These include rear impacts, second or
third collisions in multiple impact acci
-
dents, as well as low speed impacts.
Air bag inflation conditions
Front air bags
Front air bags are designed to inflate in
a frontal collision depending on several
factors, including the severity of impact
of the front collision.
OMQ4H030003
59
4
4
Safety features of your vehicle Air bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint System
Side and curtain air bags
* The actual air bags in the vehicle may
differ from the illustration.
Side and/or curtain air bags are
designed to inflate when an impact is
detected by side collision sensors
depending on several factors, including
the severity of impact resulting from a
side impact collision.
Also, the side and curtain air bags are
designed to inflate when a rollover is
detected by a rollover sensor.
Although the front air bags (driver's and
front passenger's air bags) are primarily
designed to inflate in frontal collisions,
they may inflate in other types of colli
-
sions if the front impact sensors detect a
sufficient frontal force in another type of
impact.
Similarly, although side and curtain air
bags are designed to inflate in certain
side impact collisions, they may inflate in
other types of collisions where a side
force is detected by the sensors. For
instance, side air bag and/or curtain air
bags may inflate if rollover sensors indi
-
cate the possibility of a rollover occur
-
ring (even if none actually occurs) or in
other situations, including when the
vehicle is tilted while being towed.
Even if side and/or curtain air bags do
not provide impact protection in a roll
-
over, they will deploy to prevent ejection
of occupants, especially those who are
restrained with seat belts.
If the vehicle chassis is impacted by
bumps or objects on unimproved roads,
the air bags may deploy. Drive carefully
on unimproved roads or on surfaces not
designed for vehicle traffic to prevent
unintended air bag deployment.
Air bag non-inflation conditions
å
Air bags may not deploy in certain
low-speed collisions where the air bag
would not add any benefit beyond the
protection already offered by the seat
belts.
å
Front air bags are not designed to
inflate in rear collisions, because
occupants are moved backward by
OMQ4PH031004L
OMQ4AH030078
OMQ4H030005
Safety features of your vehicle
604
Air bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint System
the force of the impact. In this case,
inflated air bags would not be able to
provide any additional benefit.
å
Front airbags may not inflate in side
impact collisions, because passen
-
gers move in the direction of the colli
-
sion. Thus, in side impacts, frontal
airbag deployment would not provide
additional occupant protection.
å
In an angled collision, the force of
impact may direct the occupants in a
direction where the air bags would not
be able to provide any additional ben
-
efit, and thus the sensors may not
deploy any air bags.
å
å
Just before impact, drivers often
brake heavily. Such heavy braking
lowers the front portion of the vehicle
causing it to "ride" under a vehicle
with a higher ground clearance. Air
bags may not inflate in this "under-
ride" situation because deceleration
forces that are detected by sensors
may be significantly reduced by such
"under-ride" collisions.
å
Front air bags may not inflate in all
rollover accidents when the SRS Con
-
trol Module (SRSCM) indicates that
the front air bag deployment would
not provide additional occupant pro
-
tection.
OMQ4H030006
OMQ4H031007
OMQ4030060
OMQ4H030008
61
4
4
Safety features of your vehicle Air bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint System
å
Airbags may not inflate if the vehicle
collides with an object such as a utility
pole or tree. This is because the point
of impact is concentrated in one area
and the full force of the impact is not
delivered to the sensors.
Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) care
The Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) is virtually maintenance-free and
so there are no parts you can safely ser
-
vice by yourself.
If the SRS air bag warning light does not
appear, or continuously remains on,
have your vehicle immediately inspected
by an authorized Kia dealer.
Any work on the SRS, such as removing,
installing, repairing, or any work on the
steering wheel, the front passenger's
panel, front seats and roof rails must be
performed by an authorized Kia dealer.
Improper handling of the SRS may result
in serious personal injury.
For cleaning the air bag pad covers, use
only a soft, dry cloth or one which has
been moistened with plain water. Sol
-
vents or cleaners could adversely affect
the air bag covers and proper deploy
-
ment of the system.
If components of the air bag system
must be discarded, or if the vehicle must
be scrapped, certain safety precautions
must be observed. An authorized Kia
dealer knows these precautions and can
give you the necessary information. Fail
-
ure to follow these precautions and pro
-
cedures could increase the risk of bodily
injury.
WARNING
Tampering with SRS
Do not tamper with or disconnect SRS
wiring or other components of the SRS
system. Doing so could result in the acci
-
dental inflation of the air bag or render
the SRS inoperative.
WARNING
Towing vehicle
Always have the vehicle off and wait for
3 minutes when your vehicle is being
towed. The side air bags may inflate if
the vehicle is tilted such as when being
towed because of the rollover sensors in
the vehicle.
OMQ4031061
OMQ4H031009
Safety features of your vehicle
624
Air bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint System
Additional safety precautions
å
Never let passengers ride in the
cargo area or on top of a folded-
down back seat.
All occupants
should sit upright, fully back in their
seats with their seat belts on and their
feet on the floor.
å
Passengers should not move out of
or change seats while the vehicle is
moving.
A passenger who is not
wearing a seat belt during a crash or
emergency stop can be thrown
against the inside of the vehicle,
against other occupants, or out of the
vehicle.
å
Each seat belt is designed to
restrain one occupant.
If more than
one person uses the same seat belt,
they could be seriously injured or
killed in a collision.
å
Do not use any accessories on seat
belts.
Devices claiming to improve
occupant comfort or reposition the
seat belt can reduce the protection
provided by the seat belt and increase
the chance of serious injury in a crash.
å
Passengers should not place hard
or sharp objects between them
-
selves and the air bags.
Carrying
hard or sharp objects on your lap or in
your mouth can result in injuries if an
air bag inflates.
å
Keep occupants away from the air
bag covers.
All occupants should sit
upright, fully back in their seats with
their seat belts on and their feet on
the floor. If occupants are too close to
the air bag covers, they could be
injured if the air bags inflate.
å
Do not attach or place objects on or
near the air bag covers.
Any object
attached to or placed on the front or
side air bag covers could interfere
with the proper operation of the air
bags.
å
Do not modify the front seats.
Modi
-
fication of the front seats could inter
-
fere with the operation of the
supplemental restraint system sens
-
ing components or side air bags.
å
Do not place items under the front
seats.
Placing items under the front
seats could interfere with the opera
-
tion of the supplemental restraint sys
-
tem sensing components and wiring
harnesses.
å
Never hold an infant or child on
your lap.
The infant or child could be
seriously injured or killed in the event
of a crash. All infants and children
should be properly restrained in
appropriate child safety seats or seat
belts in the rear seat.
WARNING
å
Sitting improperly or out of position
can cause occupants to be shifted too
close to a deploying air bag, strike the
interior structure or be thrown from
the vehicle resulting in serious injury
or death.
å
Always sit upright with the seatback in
an upright position, centered on the
seat cushion with your seat belt on,
legs comfortably extended and your
feet on the floor.
63
4
4
Safety features of your vehicle Air bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint System
Adding equipment to or modify
-
ing your air bag-equipped vehicle
If you modify your vehicle by changing
your vehicle's frame, bumper system,
front end or side sheet metal or ride
height, this may affect the operation of
your vehicle's air bag system.
Air bag warning labels
Air bag warning labels, some required
by the U.S. National Highway Traffic
Safety Administration (NHTSA), are
attached to the sun visor to alert the
driver and passengers of potential risks
of the air bag system.
OMQ4AH030100
5Features of your vehicle
Features of your vehicle
Keys................................................................................................. 5-7
å
Smart key............................................................................................................. 5-7
å
Battery replacement .....................................................................................5-10
Immobilizer system ..................................................................... 5-12
å
Smart key immobilizer system..................................................................5-12
Theft-alarm system ..................................................................... 5-13
å
Armed stage..................................................................................................... 5-13
å
Theft-alarm stage .......................................................................................... 5-14
å
Disarmed stage............................................................................................... 5-14
Door locks..................................................................................... 5-15
å
With the smart key ........................................................................................ 5-15
å
With the mechanical key............................................................................. 5-15
å
Operating door locks from inside the vehicle ................................... 5-17
å
Door lock/unlock features.......................................................................... 5-19
å
Child-protector rear door lock.................................................................. 5-19
å
Electronic child safety lock system ....................................................... 5-20
å
In case of an emergency .............................................................................5-21
å
Rear Occupant Alert (ROA) System........................................................5-21
Driver Position Memory System ................................................5-23
å
Storing memory positions ..........................................................................5-24
å
Recalling memory positions ......................................................................5-24
å
Driver position memory system reset...................................................5-24
å
Easy access function ....................................................................................5-25
Liftgate..........................................................................................5-25
å
Opening the liftgate......................................................................................5-25
å
Closing the liftgate.........................................................................................5-26
å
Emergency liftgate safety release..........................................................5-27
Power tailgate..............................................................................5-28
å
Operating the power tailgate................................................................... 5-30
å
Setting the power tailgate..........................................................................5-32
5 Features of your vehicle
å
Resetting the power tailgate.....................................................................5-32
å
Emergency tailgate safety release.........................................................5-33
Smart Liftgate with Auto Open ................................................ 5-34
å
How to use the Smart Liftgate with Auto Open ...............................5-34
å
How to deactivate the Smart Liftgate with Auto Open
function using the smart key ....................................................................5-36
å
Detecting area.................................................................................................5-37
Windows ...................................................................................... 5-38
å
Window opening and closing ...................................................................5-39
å
Power window lock button ........................................................................ 5-41
Hood............................................................................................. 5-43
å
Opening the hood..........................................................................................5-43
å
Hood open warning ..................................................................................... 5-44
å
Closing the hood ........................................................................................... 5-44
Fuel filler door............................................................................. 5-45
å
Opening the fuel filler door (hybrid vehicle)......................................5-45
å
Opening the fuel filler door (Plug-in hybrid vehicle)......................5-46
å
Closing the fuel filler door......................................................................... 5-48
Panorama sunroof ....................................................................... 5-51
å
Power sunshade.............................................................................................5-52
å
Tilt open/close.................................................................................................5-52
å
Slide open/close .............................................................................................5-53
å
Automatic reversal ........................................................................................5-53
å
Resetting the sunroof...................................................................................5-54
å
Sunroof open warning.................................................................................5-55
Steering wheel ............................................................................ 5-56
å
Electric power steering (EPS)....................................................................5-56
å
Tilt & telescopic steering wheel ...............................................................5-57
å
Heated steering wheel.................................................................................5-58
å
Horn .....................................................................................................................5-59
5Features of your vehicle
Mirrors...........................................................................................5-59
å
Inside rear view mirror.................................................................................5-59
å
Outside rear view mirror............................................................................ 5-70
Instrument cluster .......................................................................5-73
å
Full LCD cluster ...............................................................................................5-74
å
Adjusting instrument cluster illumination ...........................................5-75
å
Gauges................................................................................................................5-75
å
Transmission shift indicator ...................................................................... 5-81
LCD display...................................................................................5-82
å
LCD display modes........................................................................................5-83
LCD displays.................................................................................5-93
å
Trip information (trip computer) .............................................................5-93
å
Service mode ...................................................................................................5-97
å
LCD display messages................................................................................ 5-98
Warning and indicator lights ...................................................5-104
å
Warning lights............................................................................................... 5-104
å
Indicator lights...............................................................................................5-110
Head-Up Display (HUD).............................................................5-113
å
Head-Up Display Information................................................................. 5-114
å
Head-Up Display Setting .......................................................................... 5-114
Rear View Monitor (RVM) .........................................................5-115
å
Rear View Monitor Settings ..................................................................... 5-115
å
Rear View Monitor Operation................................................................. 5-116
å
Rear View Monitor Malfunction and Limitations............................ 5-116
Surround View Monitor (SVM) .................................................5-117
å
Surround View Monitor Settings ........................................................... 5-118
å
Surround View Monitor Operation....................................................... 5-119
å
Surround View Monitor Malfunction and Limitations.................. 5-119
Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW)............................5-120
å
Reverse Parking Distance Warning Settings .................................. 5-120
5 Features of your vehicle
å
Reverse Parking Distance Warning Operation................................5-121
å
Reverse Parking Distance Warning Malfunction and
Precautions ......................................................................................................5-121
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW)............5-124
å
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning Settings................5-124
å
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning Operation............5-125
å
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning Malfunction
and Precautions ............................................................................................ 5-127
Lighting.......................................................................................5-129
å
Battery saver function ...............................................................................5-129
å
Headlamp delay function.........................................................................5-129
å
Daytime Running Light (DRL)................................................................ 5-130
å
Lighting control............................................................................................ 5-130
å
Operating high beam .................................................................................5-131
å
Operating turn signals and lane change signals ........................... 5-132
å
Operating front fog light .........................................................................5-133
å
High Beam Assist (HBA) ...........................................................................5-133
Wipers and washers ..................................................................5-136
å
Auto control.................................................................................................... 5-137
å
Operating windshield washers ..............................................................5-138
å
Operating rear window wiper and washer switch ........................5-138
Welcome system ........................................................................5-139
Interior lights............................................................................. 5-140
å
Automatic turn off function.................................................................... 5-140
å
Map lamp......................................................................................................... 5-141
å
Room lamp .....................................................................................................5-142
å
Luggage room lamp ...................................................................................5-142
å
Vanity mirror lamp ......................................................................................5-143
å
Glove box lamp.............................................................................................5-143
Climate control system .............................................................5-144
å
System operation.........................................................................................5-144
5Features of your vehicle
å
Climate control air filter............................................................................ 5-146
å
Air conditioning refrigerant label......................................................... 5-146
å
Checking the amount of air conditioner refrigerant
and compressor lubricant.........................................................................5-147
Automatic climate control system...........................................5-148
å
Heating and air conditioning automatically.................................... 5-150
å
Heating and air conditioning manually..............................................5-152
Windshield defrosting and defogging ...................................5-158
å
Defogging inside windshield...................................................................5-158
å
Defrosting outside windshield................................................................5-159
å
Auto defogging system.............................................................................5-159
å
Defroster ......................................................................................................... 5-160
å
Defogging logic............................................................................................. 5-161
Storage compartment............................................................... 5-161
å
Center console storage ............................................................................. 5-161
å
Glove box.........................................................................................................5-162
Interior features.........................................................................5-162
å
Ambient light..................................................................................................5-162
å
Cup holder.......................................................................................................5-163
å
Seat warmer .................................................................................................. 5-164
å
Air ventilation seat.......................................................................................5-165
å
Sun visor...........................................................................................................5-166
å
USB charger ...................................................................................................5-167
å
Power outlet ...................................................................................................5-168
å
AC Inverter ......................................................................................................5-169
å
Wireless smart phone charging system............................................ 5-170
å
Coat hook ........................................................................................................5-173
å
Side curtain.....................................................................................................5-173
å
Floor mat anchors........................................................................................5-174
å
Luggage net holder.....................................................................................5-175
å
Cargo security screen ................................................................................5-175
å
Luggage board..............................................................................................5-176
5 Features of your vehicle
å
Luggage tray.................................................................................................. 5-177
å
Luggage side tray........................................................................................ 5-177
Exterior features........................................................................5-178
å
Roof rack .........................................................................................................5-178
Infotainment system..................................................................5-179
å
Audio system .................................................................................................5-179
Declaration of Conformity........................................................5-183
7
5
5
Features of your vehicle Keys
Features of your vehicle
Keys
Record your key number
The key code number
is stamped on the key
code tag attached to
the key set. Should
you lose your keys, this number will
enable an authorized Kia dealer to dupli
-
cate the keys easily. Remove the key
code tag and store it in a safe place.
Also, record the key code number and
keep it in a safe and handy place, but
not in the vehicle.
WARNING
Never leave the keys in your vehicle
Leaving children unattended in a vehicle
with the keys is dangerous even if the
vehicle is ACC or ON position.
Unattended children could press the
ENGINE START/STOP button and may
operate power windows or other con
-
trols, or even make the vehicle move,
which could result in serious bodily
injury or even death. Never leave the
keys in your vehicle with unsupervised
children, when the engine is running.
Smart key
With a smart key, you can lock or unlock
a door and even start the engine without
inserting the key.
Type A
Type B
Lock (1)
All doors are locked if the lock button is
pressed. If all doors are closed, the haz
-
ard warning lights will blink and the
chime will sound once to indicate that all
doors are locked.
Also, if the lock button is pressed once
more within 4 seconds, the hazard warn
-
ing lights will blink and the chime will
sound once to confirm that the door is
locked.
However, if any door remains open, the
hazard warning lights (and/or the chime)
will not operate. But if all doors are
closed after the lock button is pressed,
the hazard warning lights will blink once.
OMQ4041584
OMQ4041578
Features of your vehicle
85
Keys
Unlock (2)
The driver's door is unlocked if the
unlock button is pressed once. The haz
-
ard warning lights will blink twice to indi
-
cate that the driver's door is unlocked.
All doors are unlocked if the unlock but
-
ton is pressed once more within 4 sec
-
onds. The hazard warning lights will
blink and the chime will sound twice
again to indicate that all doors are
unlocked. After pressing this button, the
doors will lock automatically unless you
open any door within 30 seconds.
If you attempt to lock or unlock the door
by pressing the door lock/unlock button
in any of the following states, the door
will not be locked or unlocked.
å
When you want to lock or unlock the
door in the ACC or ON state.
å
When you want to lock a door in a car
with one or more doors open.
Depending on the vehicle, the driver can
turn off or set the 2-press unlock setting
function.
NOTICE
If the smart key is inoperative due to
exposure to water or liquids, it will not be
covered by your manufacturer's vehicle
warranty.
Liftgate unlock/open (3)
The liftgate is unlocked or opened (if
equipped) if the button is pressed for
more than 1 second.
Panic alarm (4)
The horn sounds and the hazard warn
-
ing lights blink for about 30 seconds if
this button is pressed for more than 0.5
seconds. To stop the horn and lights,
press any button on the transmitter.
Remote start (5) (if equipped)
You can start the vehicle using the
remote start button (5) of the smart key.
To start the vehicle remotely:
å
Lock the doors by pressing the door
lock button (1) within 32 ft (10 m) dis
-
tance from the vehicle.
å
Press the remote start button for over
2 seconds within 4 seconds after lock
-
ing the doors.
Press the remote start button once to
turn off the vehicle.
If no further action for operating/driving
the vehicle is taken, the vehicle will be
turned off 10 minutes after starting the
vehicle remotely.
While remote starting, the hazard warn
-
ing lights blink 3 times. If you want to
stop the engine, press the Remote Start
button (5) again.
Remote smart parking assist
(RSPA) (6, 7) (if equipped)
The Remote smart parking assist (RSPA)
helps the drivers park their vehicle by
using sensors to measure parking
spaces and control the steering wheel,
gear shift and vehicle speed to semi-
automatically park the vehicle. With the
smart key, the driver can move the vehi
-
cle forward or backward using the for
-
ward/backward buttons (6, 7) on the
smart key. For more information, refer to
"Remote Smart Parking Assist (RSPA) (if
equipped)" on page 6-169.
9
5
5
Features of your vehicle Keys
Start-up
You can start the vehicle without insert
-
ing the key.
* For more information, refer to "ENGINE
START/STOP button (if equipped)" on
page 6-8.
Mechanical key
If the smart key does not operate nor
-
mally, you can lock or unlock the door
by using the mechanical key.
To remove the mechanical key, press
and hold the release button (1) and
remove the mechanical key (2).
To reinstall the mechanical key, put the
key into the hole and push it until a
"click" sound is heard.
WARNING
Smart key
Never leave the keys in your vehicle with
unsupervised children. Leaving children
unattended in a vehicle with a smart key
is dangerous.
Children copy adults and they could
press the start button. The key would
enable children to operate power win
-
dows or other controls, or even make the
vehicle move, which could result in seri
-
ous bodily injury or death.
Smart key precautions
The smart key may not work if any of
the following occur:
å
The smart key is close to a radio
transmitter such as a radio station or
an airport which can interfere with
normal operation of the smart key.
å
The smart key is near a mobile two-
way radio system or a cellular phone.
å
Another vehicle's smart key is being
operated close to your vehicle.
When the smart key does not work cor
-
rectly, open and close the door with the
mechanical key and contact an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
If the smart key is in close proximity to
your cell phone or smart phone, the sig
-
nal from the smart key could be blocked
by normal operation of your cell phone
or smart phone. This is especially
important when the phone is active,
such as when making calls, receiving
calls, text messaging, and/or sending/
receiving emails. Avoid placing the smart
key and your cell phone or smart phone
in the same pants or jacket pocket and
maintain adequate distance between the
two devices.
NOTICE
Loss of the smart key
A maximum of 2 smart keys can be reg
-
istered to a single vehicle.
If you happen to lose your smart key,
you will not be able to start the vehicle.
You should immediately take the vehicle
and remaining key to your authorized
Kia dealer (tow the vehicle, if necessary)
to protect it from potential theft.
OSK3048400NR
Features of your vehicle
105
Keys
CAUTION
Transmitter
Keep the transmitter away from water or
any liquid, as it can become damaged
and not function properly.
NOTICE
If the smart key is inoperative due to
exposure to water or liquids, it will not be
covered by your manufacturer's vehicle
warranty.
NOTICE
To prevent the electronic key from
becoming damaged by magnetic fields,
do not leave it near the following electri
-
cal appliances:
å
TVs
å
Personal computers
å
Cellular phones, cordless phones and
battery chargers
å
Table lamps
å
Induction cookers
NOTICE
If you have to leave the vehicle's key
with a parking attendant, remove the
mechanical key for your own use and
provide the attendant with the electronic
key only.
NOTICE
When bringing a smart key onto an air
-
plane, make sure you do not press any
button on the key while inside the cabin.
If you are carrying the key in your bag
etc., make sure that the buttons cannot
be pressed accidentally. If you press a
button, the key may emit radio waves
that could interfere with the operation of
the aircraft.
Battery replacement
The smart key uses a 3 volt lithium bat
-
tery which will normally last for several
years.
If you are unsure how to use or replace
the battery, contact an authorized Kia
dealer.
1. Detach mechanical key from your
smart key.
2. Pry open the key cover.
3. Replace the smart key cover with a
new battery. (CR2032) When replac
-
ing the battery, make sure the battery
position is correct.
4. Install the battery in the reverse order
of removal.
For smart key replacement, visit an
authorized Kia dealer.
OSK3048402NR
11
5
5
Features of your vehicle Keys
The smart key is designed to give you
years of trouble-free use, however it can
malfunction if exposed to moisture or
static electricity. If you are unsure how to
use or replace the battery, contact an
authorized Kia dealer.
Using the wrong battery can cause the
smart key to malfunction. Be sure to use
the correct battery.
An inappropriately disposed
battery can be harmful to the
environment and human
health. Dispose the battery
according to your local law(s) or regula
-
tion.
WARNING
THIS PRODUCT CONTAINS A BUT
-
TON BATTERY
If swallowed, a lithium button battery
can cause severe or fatal injuries within
2 hours.
Keep batteries out of reach of children.
If you think batteries may have been
swallowed or placed inside any part of
the body, seek immediate medical atten
-
tion.
CAUTION
Smart key damage
The smart key can malfunction if
dropped, exposed to moisture, static
electricity, heat or direct sunlight.
This device complies with Part 15
of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following two
conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference.
2. This device must accept any interfer
-
ence received, including interference
that may cause undesired operation.
NOTICE
Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user's author
-
ity to operate the equipment. If the
smart key is inoperative due to changes
or modifications not expressly approved
by the party responsible for compliance,
it will not be covered by your manufac
-
turer's vehicle warranty.
Features of your vehicle
125
Immobilizer system
Immobilizer system
Smart key immobilizer system
The immobilizer system protects your
vehicle from theft. If an improperly
coded key (or other device) is used, the
vehicle's power system is disabled.
When the ENGINE START/STOP button
is placed in the ON position, the immobi
-
lizer system indicator should come on
briefly, then go off. If the indicator starts
to blink, the system does not recognize
the coding of the key.
Place the ENGINE START/STOP button
in the OFF position, then place the
ENGINE START/STOP button in the ON
position again.
If the system repeatedly does not recog
-
nize the coding of the key, contact your
Kia dealer.
Do not attempt to alter this system or
add other devices to it. Electrical prob
-
lems could result that may make your
vehicle inoperable.
To deactivate the immobilizer
system
Change the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton to the ON position.
To activate the immobilizer sys
-
tem
Change the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton to the OFF position. The immobilizer
system activates automatically. Without
a valid smart key for your vehicle, the
engine will not start.
NOTICE
When starting the vehicle, do not use the
key with other immobilizer keys around.
Otherwise, the vehicle may not start or
may stop soon after it starts. Keep each
key separate in order to avoid a starting
malfunction.
NOTICE
If you need additional keys or lose your
keys, contact an authorized Kia dealer.
This device complies with Part 15
of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following two
conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference.
2. This device must accept any interfer
-
ence received, including interference
that may cause undesired operation.
NOTICE
Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user's author
-
ity to operate the equipment. If the
smart key is inoperative due to changes
or modifications not expressly approved
by the party responsible for compliance,
it will not be covered by your manufac
-
turer's vehicle warranty.
13
5
5
Features of your vehicle Theft-alarm system
Theft-alarm system
This system is designed to provide pro
-
tection from unauthorized entry into the
vehicle.
This system is operated in three stages:
å
Armed stage
å
Theft-alarm stage
å
Disarmed stage
If triggered, the system provides an
audible alarm with blinking of the haz
-
ard warning lights.
CAUTION
Do not attempt to alter this system or
add other devices to it.
Armed stage
Using the smart key
Park the vehicle and stop the engine.
Arm the system as described below.
1. Turn off the engine.
2. Make sure that all doors, the hood
and liftgate are closed and latched.
3. Lock the doors by pressing the button
of the front outside door handle with
the smart key in your possession.
After completion of the steps above,
the hazard warning lights will operate
once to indicate that the system is
armed. If any door (or liftgate) or hood
remains open, the hazard warning
lights and the chime will not operate
and the theft-alarm will not arm. If all
doors and liftgate and hood are
closed after the lock button is
pressed, the hazard warning lights
blink once. The system can also be
armed by locking the doors with the
key from the front doors; however,
the hazard warning lights will not
blink using this method.
4. Lock the doors by pressing the lock
button on the smart key. After com
-
pletion of the steps above, the hazard
warning lights will operate once to
indicate that the system is armed.
NOTICE
The theft-alarm system can be deacti
-
vated by an authorized Kia dealer.
If you want this feature, consult an
authorized Kia dealer.
NOTICE
Do not arm the system until all passen
-
gers have left the vehicle. If the system is
armed while a passenger(s) remains in
the vehicle, the alarm may be activated
when the remaining passenger(s) leaves
the vehicle. If any door (or liftgate) or
hood is opened within 30 seconds after
the system enters the armed stage, the
system will be disarmed to prevent
unnecessary alarm.
Features of your vehicle
145
Theft-alarm system
Theft-alarm stage
The alarm will be activated if any of the
following occurs while the system is
armed.
å
A front or rear door is opened without
using the smart key.
å
The liftgate is opened without using
the smart key.
å
The hood is opened.
The horn will sound and the hazard
warning lights will blink continuously for
approximately 27 seconds, and repeat
the horn 3 times unless the system is
disarmed. To turn off the system, unlock
the doors with the smart key.
Disarmed stage
The system will be disarmed when:
Smart key
å
The door unlock button is pressed.
å
The button of the front outside door is
pressed while carrying the smart key.
å
The engine is started. (within 3 sec
-
onds)
After pressing the unlock button, the
hazard warning lights will blink and the
chime will sound twice (in smart key) to
indicate that the system is disarmed.
After pressing the unlock button, if any
door (or liftgate) is not opened within 30
seconds, the system will be rearmed.
NOTICE
å
Avoid trying to start the engine while
the alarm is activated. The vehicle
starting motor is disabled during the
theft-alarm stage.
å
If you lose your keys, consult your
authorized Kia dealer.
CAUTION
Adjusting alarm system
Do not change, alter or adjust the theft
alarm system in your vehicle. Improper
installation of the alarm system could
damage the vehicle or cause the system
to malfunction.
NOTICE
Malfunctions caused by improper alter
-
ations, adjustments or modifications to
the theft-alarm system are not covered
by your vehicle manufacturer warranty.
This device complies with Part 15
of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following two
conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference.
2. This device must accept any interfer
-
ence received, including interference
that may cause undesired operation.
NOTICE
Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user's author
-
ity to operate the equipment. If the
smart key is inoperative due to changes
or modifications not expressly approved
by the party responsible for compliance,
it will not be covered by your manufac
-
turer's vehicle warranty.
15
5
5
Features of your vehicle Door locks
Door locks
Know how to use the door lock so that
you can lock or unlock the door if neces
-
sary.
With the smart key
Carrying the smart key, you may lock
and unlock the vehicle doors (and lift
-
gate). Also, you may start the engine.
Refer to the following for more details.
Locking
Pressing the button of the front driver
side door handles with all doors closed
and any door unlocked, locks all the
doors. If all doors and engine hood are
closed, the hazard warning lights will
blink once to indicate that all doors are
locked.
The button will only operate when the
smart key is within 28~40 inches (0.7~1
m) from the driver side door handle. If
you want to make sure that a door has
locked or not, you should pull the driver
side door handle.
Even though you press the driver side
door handle buttons, the doors will not
lock and the chime will sound for 3 sec
-
onds if any of following occur:
å
The smart key is in the vehicle.
å
The ENGINE START/STOP button is in
the ACC or ON position.
å
Any door except the liftgate is open.
Unlocking
Pressing the button of the front driver
side door handles with all doors closed
and locked, unlocks all the doors. The
hazard warning lights blink twice to indi
-
cate that all doors are unlocked.
The button will only operate when the
smart key is within 28~40 inches (0.7~1
m) from the front driver side door han
-
dle.
When the smart key is recognized in the
area of 28~40 inches (0.7~1 m) from the
front driver side door handle, other peo
-
ple can also open the door without pos
-
session of the smart key.
After pressing the button, the doors will
lock automatically unless you open any
door within 30 seconds.
With the mechanical key
1. Pull out the door handle.
2. Press the lever (1) located inside the
bottom part of the cover with a key or
flat-head screwdriver.
3. Push out the cover (2) while pressing
the lever.
OMQ4040522
OMQ4AH040543
Features of your vehicle
165
Door locks
4. Turn the key toward the rear of the
vehicle to unlock and toward the front
of the vehicle to lock (only the driver's
door can be locked/unlocked).
å
Doors can also be locked and
unlocked with the transmitter.
å
Once the doors are unlocked, they
may be opened by pulling the door
handle.
å
When closing the door, push the door
by hand. Make sure the doors are
closed securely.
NOTICE
å
When locking the door with a
mechanical key, be aware that only
the driver's door can be locked/
unlocked.
å
To lock all doors, operate the central
lock switch inside the vehicle. Open
the car door using the inner handle,
then close the door and lock the
driver's door with a mechanical key.
å
Refer to "Operating door locks from
inside the vehicle" on page 5-17 to
lock from inside the vehicle.
NOTICE
Be careful not to lose or scratch the
cover when removing it.
When the key cover freezes and does
not open, tap it lightly or indirectly warm
(hand temperature, etc.) it up.
Do not apply excessive force to the door
and door handle. It may be damaged.
NOTICE
å
In cold and wet climates, door lock
and door mechanisms may not work
properly due to freezing conditions.
å
If the door is locked/unlocked multiple
times in rapid succession with either
the vehicle key or door lock switch,
the system may stop operating tem
-
porarily in order to protect the circuit
and prevent damage to system com
-
ponents.
WARNING
å
Securely close your door before you
begin driving. Failure to fully close
your door may cause it to be opened
during vehicle operation.
å
Keep your body out of the way of the
closing door to prevent injuries.
WARNING
If any passengers must remain in the
vehicle while it is very hot or cold out
-
side, there is risk of injuries or danger to
life. Do not lock the vehicle from the out
-
side when there are passengers in the
vehicle.
CAUTION
Do not unnecessarily open and close the
door repeatedly or with excessive force.
Such action can damage the vehicle
door.
17
5
5
Features of your vehicle Door locks
NOTICE
Always place the ENGINE START/STOP
button in the OFF position, engage the
parking brake, close all windows, and
lock all doors when leaving your vehicle
unattended.
å
To lock a door without the key, push
the central door lock button (2) when
the ENGINE START/STOP button is in
the OFF position and close the door
(3).
å
If you lock the door with the central
door lock button (2), all vehicle doors
will lock automatically.
NOTICE
Always turn the ENGINE START/STOP
button off, engage the parking brake,
close all windows, and lock all doors
when leaving your vehicle unattended.
Operating door locks from inside
the vehicle
You can operate door locks with the
door lock handle or central door lock
switch.
With the door handle
å
Front door
If the inner door handle is pulled when
the door is locked, the door will unlock
and open.
å
Rear door
If the inner door handle is pulled once
when the door is locked, the door will
unlock.
If the inner door handle is pulled once
more, the door will open.
Door lock malfunction
If a power door lock ever fails to function
while you are in the vehicle, try one or
more of the following techniques to exit:
å
Operate the door unlock feature
repeatedly (both electronic and man
-
ual) while simultaneously pulling on
the door handle.
å
Operate the other door locks and han
-
dles, front and rear.
å
Lower a front window and use the key
to unlock the door from outside.
å
Move to the cargo area and open the
liftgate.
OMQ4H040019
OMQ4040006
Features of your vehicle
185
Door locks
WARNING
Do not pull the inner door handle of
driver's (or passenger's) door while the
vehicle is moving.
With central door lock switch
Driver side
Passenger side
1. Door Lock
2. Door Unlock
3. Doors indicating light
Operate by pressing the central door
lock switch.
å
To lock all vehicle doors, press the
central door lock switch (1) of driver
and passenger side.
å
To unlock all vehicle doors, press cen
-
tral door unlock switch (2) of driver
and passenger side.
When all vehicle doors are locked, the
indicating lights (3) on the driver's door
and passenger's door will turn on. If any
door is unlocked, it would go off.
Any door is opened, the doors will not
lock even though the central door lock
switch is pressed.
WARNING
Doors
å
The doors should always be fully
closed and locked while the vehicle is
in motion to prevent accidental open
-
ing of the door. Locked doors will also
discourage potential intruders when
the vehicle stops or slows down.
å
Be careful when opening doors and
watch out for vehicles, motorcycles,
bicycles or pedestrians approaching
the vehicle in the path of the door.
Opening a door when something is
approaching can result in an accident
to cause vehicle damage or serious
injury.
NOTICE
Unlocked vehicles
Leaving your vehicle unlocked can invite
theft or possible harm to you or others
from someone hiding in your vehicle
while you are gone. Always turn the
ENGINE START/STOP button off, close
all windows and lock all doors when
leaving your vehicle unattended.
OMQ4AH040416
OMQ4AH040418
19
5
5
Features of your vehicle Door locks
WARNING
Unattended children/animals
Never leave children or animals unat
-
tended in your vehicle. An enclosed
vehicle can become extremely hot, caus
-
ing death or severe injury to unattended
children or animals who cannot escape
the vehicle.
Door lock/unlock features
The vehicle is equipped with door lock/
unlock features for the safety and con
-
venience of passengers.
Impact sensing door unlock sys
-
tem
All doors will automatically unlock when
an impact causes the air bags to deploy.
Speed sensing door lock system
All doors will automatically lock after the
vehicle speed exceeds 15 km/h.
You can activate or deactivate the auto
door lock/unlock features in the vehicle.
Refer to "User settings mode" on page 5-
86.
Child-protector rear door lock (if
equipped)
The child safety lock is provided to help
prevent children from accidentally open
-
ing the rear doors from inside the vehi
-
cle.
The rear door safety locks should be
used whenever children are in the vehi
-
cle.
The child safety lock is located on the
edge of each rear door. When the child
safety lock is in the lock position (1), the
rear door will not open if the inner door
handle is pulled.
To lock the child safety lock, insert a key
(or screwdriver) into the hole and turn it
to the lock position.
To allow a rear door to be opened from
inside the vehicle, unlock the child safety
lock.
To open the rear door, pull the outside
door handle (2).
OMQ4H040021
Features of your vehicle
205
Door locks
WARNING
Rear door locks
If children accidentally open the rear
doors while the vehicle is in motion, they
could fall out and be severely injured or
killed. To prevent children from opening
the rear doors from the inside, the rear
door safety locks should be used when
-
ever children are in the vehicle.
WARNING
å
The system does not detect every
obstacle approaching the vehicle exit.
å
The driver and passenger are respon
-
sible for the accident occurred while
exiting the vehicle. Always check the
surrounding before you exit the vehi
-
cle.
Electronic child safety lock sys
-
tem (if equipped)
If you push the electronic child safety
lock switch and the indicator appears,
rear passengers cannot open the rear
door from inside the vehicle.
To cancel the electronic child safety lock,
push the electronic child safety lock
switch one more time and then the indi
-
cator turns off.
Safe Exit Assist is operated when the
electronic child safety lock is activated
and SEA is selected in the cluster. How
-
ever, SEA does not automatically acti
-
vate the electronic child safety lock
system.
The electronic child safety lock is always
on when the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton is in the ON and for approximately 3
minutes after the engine is turned off.
If your vehicle is equipped with the Elec
-
tronic child safety lock, the Child-protec
-
tor rear door locks, which are manually
operated, are not provided.
If electronic child safety lock is activated,
rear passenger cannot open or close the
rear window also. For more details, refer
to "Windows" on page 5-38.
CAUTION
If the Electronic child safety lock is not
operated when pushing the Electronic
child safety lock switch, the message is
displayed and the alarm will sound.
If this occurs, have the system checked
by an authorized Kia dealer.
OMQ4AH040008
OMQ4040107L
21
5
5
Features of your vehicle Door locks
In case of an emergency
If the electrical power door lock switch is
not operating (e.g., dead car battery) the
only way to lock the door(s) is with the
mechanical key from the outside key
hole.
Doors without an outside key hole can
be locked as follows:
1. Open the door.
2. Insert the key into the emergency
door lock hole and turn the key to the
lock position as shown.
3. Close the door securely.
NOTICE
If the electrical power to door lock switch
is not operating (e.g., dead car battery)
and the liftgate is closed, you will not be
able to open the liftgate until power is
restored.
Rear Occupant Alert (ROA) Sys
-
tem (if equipped)
The Rear Occupant Alert (ROA) is pro
-
vided to help prevent exiting the vehicle
with a rear passenger left in the vehicle.
1st alert
When you open the front door after
opening and closing the rear door and
turning off the engine, the "Check rear
seats" warning message appears on the
cluster.
2nd alert
å
After the 1st alert, the 2nd alert oper
-
ates when any movement is detected
in the rear seat after the driver's door
is closed and all the doors are locked.
The horn will activate for about 25
seconds. If the system continues to
detect a movement the alert operates
up to 8 times.
å
Unlock the door with the smart key to
stop the alert.
å
The system detects movement in the
vehicle for 24 hours after the door is
locked.
The 2nd alert is activated only after the
prior activation of the 1st alert.
OMQ4040020R
Features of your vehicle
225
Door locks
Operation
You can activate or deactivate the ROA
from the User Settings mode in the clus
-
ter LCD display.
The option can be found under the fol
-
lowing menu:
1. Press the MODE button ( ) several
times on the steering wheel until 'User
Settings' menu appears on the LCD.
2. Select 'Convenience â Rear Occupant
Alert' with the MOVE switch ( / )
and the OK button on the steering
wheel.
If your vehicle is equipped with the info
-
tainment system, the option can be
found under the following menu:
1. Press the SETUP button of the info
-
tainment system.
2. Press 'Vehicle â Convenience â Rear
Occupant Alert' on the infotainment
system screen.
CAUTION
å
Make sure that all the windows are
closed. If the window is open, the alert
may activate by the sensor detecting
an unintended movement (e.g., wind
or bugs).
å
If you do not want to use the Rear
Occupant Alert (ROA) system, press
OK button on the steering wheel when
the 1st alert is displayed on the clus
-
ter. Doing so will deactivate the 2nd
alert once.
å
If boxes or objects are stacked in the
vehicle, the system may not detect
the obstacle. Also, the warning may
generate if the box or object falls off.
å
The sensor may not operate normally
if the senor is obscured by foreign
substances.
å
The alert may activate if movement in
the driver or passenger seat is
detected.
å
The alert may activate with the doors
locked due to car wash or surround
-
ing vibration or noise.
å
Inside movement detection is stopped
under remote start status.
OMQ4AH040553
23
5
5
Features of your vehicle Driver Position Memory System
WARNING
å
Even if your vehicle is equipped with
the Rear Occupant Alert (ROA) sys
-
tem, always make sure you check the
rear seat before you get off the vehi
-
cle.
The alert may not operate if:
- The movement does not continue
for a certain period of time or the
movement is small.
- If a child sits on a vehicle seat with
-
out a child car seat.
- The rear passenger is covered with
an obstacle such as a blanket.
- Also, always be cautious of the pas
-
senger's safety as the detection
function and 2nd alert may not
operate depending on the sur
-
rounding environment and certain
conditions.
WARNING
The door lock system may not work if
the electrical system is compromised.
Accordingly, please train children pas
-
sengers regarding how to open the car
door manually before an emergency sit
-
uation arises. That way, they would be
able to open the door manually in the
event an emergency situation arises.
Driver Position Memory Sys
-
tem (if equipped)
The Driver Position Memory System is
provided to store and recall the following
memory settings with a simple button
operation.
å
Driver's seat position
å
Outside rear view mirror position
å
Head Up Display (HUD) position and
brightness (if equipped)
WARNING
Never attempt to operate the driver
position memory system while the vehi
-
cle is moving.
This could result in loss of control, and
an accident causing death, serious
injury, or property damage.
NOTICE
å
If the battery is disconnected, the
memory settings will be erased.
å
If the Driver Position Memory System
does not operate normally, have the
system checked by an authorized Kia
dealer.
OMQ4040004
Features of your vehicle
245
Driver Position Memory System
Storing memory positions
1. The ENGINE START/STOP button is in
the ON position.
2. Adjust the driver's seat position, out
-
side rear view mirror position and
instrument panel illumination intensity
to the desired position.
3. Press the SET button. The system will
beep once and notify you "Press but
-
ton to save settings"on the LCD dis
-
play.
4. Press one of the memory buttons (1 or
2) within 4 seconds. The system will
beep twice when the memory has
been successfully stored.
5. "Settings 1 (or 2) saved" will appear on
the LCD display.
Recalling memory positions
1. The ENGINE START/STOP button is in
the ON position.
2. Press the desired memory button (1 or
2). The system will beep once, and
then the driver's seat position, outside
rear view mirror position, instrument
panel illumination intensity and head-
up display height/brightness will auto
-
matically adjust to the stored posi
-
tions.
3. "Settings 1 (or 2) applied" will appear
on the LCD display.
å
While recalling the "1" memory posi
-
tion, pressing the SET or 1 button tem
-
porarily stops the adjustment of the
recalled memory position. Pressing
the 2 button recalls the "2" memory
position.
å
While recalling the "2" memory posi
-
tion, pressing the SET or 2 button
temporarily stops the adjustment of
the recalled memory position. Press
-
ing the 1 button recalls the "1" memory
position.
å
While recalling the stored positions,
pressing one of the control buttons
for the driver's seat, outside rear view
mirror, or instrument panel illumina
-
tion will cause the movement of that
component to stop and move in the
direction that the control button is
pressed.
Driver position memory system
reset
If the Driver position memory system
does not work properly, initialize the sys
-
tem as follows.
How to initialize:
1. Stop the vehicle and open the driver's
door with the ENGINE START/STOP
button in the ON position and the
vehicle shifted to P (Park).
2. Pull the driver's seat forward as far as
possible and have the seatback
upright as much as possible using the
driver's seat forward/backward
adjustment and seatback angle
(recline) switches.
3. Push the SET button and seat forward
movement switch for 2 seconds
simultaneously.
Initialization in the process:
1. Initialization begins as the alarm
sounds.
2. The seat and seatback will automati
-
cally move backwards. The alarm
sound will continue while the system
is in operation.
3. Initialization will be complete after the
seat and seatback move to the center
with an alarm sound. If, however,
cases as follows occur, the initializa
-
tion process will come to a stop and
the alarm sound will stop as well.
å
When pushing driving position mem
-
ory system button
25
5
5
Features of your vehicle Liftgate
å
When pushing driver's seat height
adjustment switch
å
When shifting from P (Park) to other
positions
å
When driving speed exceeds 3 km/h
å
When the driver's door is closed
Easy access function
The system will move the driver's seat
automatically as follows:
With smart key system
å
It will move the driver's seat rearward
when the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton is in the OFF position and the
driver's door is opened.
å
It will move the driver's seat forward
when the vehicle is turned ON or the
driver's door is closed with the smart
key with you.
You can activate or deactivate the Easy
Access Function from the User Settings
Mode on the LCD display. For more
details, refer to "LCD display" on page 5-
82. If your vehicle is equipped with addi
-
tional navigation, please refer to the
infotainment system manual separately
supplied.
NOTICE
Upward/downward movement of the
seat may not work when passengers get
on/off the vehicle in order to prevent
foot injuries in certain places.
Liftgate
WARNING
Exhaust fumes
If you drive with the liftgate open, you
will draw dangerous exhaust fumes into
your vehicle which can cause serious
injury or death to vehicle occupants.
If you must drive with the liftgate open,
keep the air vents and all windows open
so that additional outside air comes into
the vehicle.
WARNING
Rear cargo area
Occupants should never ride in the rear
cargo area where no restraints are avail
-
able. To avoid injury in the event of an
accident or sudden stops, occupants
should always be properly restrained.
Opening the liftgate
å
The liftgate is locked or unlocked
when all doors are locked or unlocked
with the transmitter (or smart key) or
central door lock switch.
å
Only the liftgate is unlocked if the lift
-
gate unlock button on the transmitter
or smart key is pressed for approxi
-
mately 1 second.
OMQ4AH041009
Features of your vehicle
265
Liftgate
å
If unlocked, the liftgate can be opened
by pressing the handle and pulling it
up.
å
Once the liftgate is opened and then
closed, the liftgate locks automati
-
cally. (All doors must be locked.)
NOTICE
In cold and wet climates, door lock and
door mechanisms may not work prop
-
erly due to freezing conditions.
WARNING
The liftgate swings upward. Make sure
no objects or people are near the rear of
the vehicle when opening the liftgate.
CAUTION
Make certain that you close the liftgate
before driving your vehicle. Possible
damage may occur to the liftgate gas
lifters and attached hardware if the lift
-
gate is not closed prior to driving.
Closing the liftgate
å
To close the liftgate, lower and push
down the liftgate firmly. Make sure
that the liftgate is securely latched.
WARNING
Make sure your hands, feet and other
parts of your body are safely out of the
way before closing the liftgate.
WARNING
Exhaust fumes
The liftgate lid should be always kept
completely closed while the vehicle is in
motion. If it is left open or ajar, poison
-
ous exhaust gases may enter the car
and serious illness or death may result.
CAUTION
Make sure nothing is near the liftgate
latch and striker while closing the lift
-
gate. It may damage the liftgate's latch.
OMQ4PH041486
27
5
5
Features of your vehicle Liftgate
Emergency liftgate safety release
Your vehicle is equipped with the emer
-
gency liftgate safety release lever
located on the bottom of the liftgate.
When someone is inadvertently locked
in the luggage compartment.
The liftgate can be opened by doing as
follows:
1. Input the mechanical key into the
hole.
2. Push the mechanical key to the right
(1).
3. Push up the liftgate.
WARNING
å
You and your passengers must be
aware of the location of the Emer
-
gency Liftgate Safety Release lever in
this vehicle and how to open the lift
-
gate in case you are accidentally
locked in the liftgate.
å
NEVER allow anyone to occupy the
liftgate of the vehicle at any time. If
the liftgate is partially or totally
latched and the person is unable to
get out, serious injury or death could
occur due to lack of ventilation,
exhaust fumes and rapid heat build-
up, or because of exposure to cold
weather conditions. The liftgate is also
a highly dangerous location in the
event of a crash because it is not a
protected occupant space but is a
part of the vehicle's crush zone.
å
Your vehicle should be kept locked
and the Smart Key should be kept out
of the reach of children. Parents
should teach their children about the
dangers of playing in liftgates.
å
Use the release lever for emergencies
only.
WARNING
å
No one should be allowed to occupy
the cargo area of the vehicle at any
time. The cargo area is a very danger
-
ous location in the event of a crash.
å
Use the release lever for emergencies
only. Use with extreme caution, espe
-
cially while the vehicle is in motion.
CAUTION
Make sure there are no people or
objects around the liftgate before open
-
ing or closing the liftgate. Wait until the
liftgate is open fully and stopped before
loading or unloading cargo from the
vehicle.
OMQ4PH041014
Features of your vehicle
285
Power tailgate
WARNING
Do not grasp the part supporting the lift
-
gate (gas lifter), as this may cause seri
-
ous injury.
Power tailgate (if equipped)
Power tailgate operating condi
-
tions
The power tailgate operates when the
gear is in P (Park) with the engine run
-
ning. However, the power tailgate will
operate regardless of the gear position
when the engine is off. Also, the tailgate
can be opened only when vehicle speed
is below 3 km/h (1.8 mph).
For safety, before attempting to open or
close the tailgate, make sure the vehicle
is in P (Park).
WARNING
å
Never leave children or animals unat
-
tended in your vehicle. Children may
operate the power tailgate. Doing so
can result in injury to themselves or
others and can damage the vehicle.
å
Make sure that there are no people or
objects in the path of the power tail
-
gate or smart tailgate prior to use.
Serious injury, damage to the vehicle
or damage to surrounding objects (for
example, walls, ceilings, vehicles, etc.)
may result if contact with the tailgate
occurs.
OMQ4PH041401
OMQ4041488L
29
5
5
Features of your vehicle Power tailgate
NOTICE
å
Do not close or open the tailgate man
-
ually. This may cause damage to the
power tailgate. If it is necessary to
close or open the tailgate manually
when the battery is discharged or dis
-
connected, do not apply excessive
force.
å
Do not operate the power tailgate
more than 10 times continuously
when the engine is not running. Use
the power tailgate with the engine
running when the power tailgate is
used repeatedly to prevent battery
discharge.
å
Do not leave the power tailgate open
for a long period of time. This may
drain the battery.
å
Do not apply excessive force when
the power tailgate is operating. Doing
so could result in vehicle damage.
å
Do not grab or hold on to the tailgate
support struts at any time. Damage to
the tailgate support struts could
result. Deformation of the tailgate
support struts may cause vehicle
damage and personal injury may
occur.
å
Do not modify or repair any part of
the power tailgate by yourself. This
must be done by an authorized Kia
dealer.
å
Do not operate the power tailgate
under the following conditions. The
power tailgate may not operate prop
-
erly.
- One side of the vehicle is lifted to
inspect the vehicle or change a tire
- Parking on an uneven road such as
a slope, etc.
å
Close the tailgate completely and lock
all doors and tailgate using the central
door lock button before using an
automatic car wash.
å
Do not spray high pressure water
directly on the power tailgate outside
open/close button. The tailgate may
open unintentionally.
INFORMATION
å
If the tailgate is not fully closed and
vehicle speed is at or above 3 km/h
(1.8 mph), a warning will sound 10
times. Immediately park the vehicle at
a safe place, close the tailgate, and
check that the tailgate open warning
on the instrument cluster is turned off.
å
In cold and wet climates, the outside
power tailgate open/close button may
not work properly due to freezing
conditions. If this occurs, remove the
ice before using the outside power
tailgate open/close button or use the
power tailgate open/close button on
the smart key or the instrument panel.
OMQ4PH041401
Features of your vehicle
305
Power tailgate
å
Operating the power tailgate more
than 5 times continuously could cause
damage to the operating motor. If this
occurs, the power tailgate will not
operate to prevent the motor from
overheating. If any of the power tail
-
gate buttons are pressed to try to
open the tailgate, the chime will sound
3 times, but the tailgate will remain
closed. Allow the power tailgate sys
-
tem to cool for about 1 minute before
operating the system again.
Operating the power tailgate
Power tailgate open/close but
-
ton (Smart key, Instrument panel)
When the tailgate is closed, press the
power tailgate open/close button for 1
second. The power tailgate opens with a
warning sound.
While the tailgate is opening, press the
button to stop tailgate operation.
When the power tailgate is opened,
press and hold the power tailgate open/
close button to close the tailgate. If you
release the button while the tailgate is
closing, power tailgate operation will
stop with a warning sound for 5 sec
-
onds.
Also, if the smart key is not within opera
-
tion range (approximately 10 m) from
the vehicle, power tailgate operation will
stop with a warning sound for 5 sec
-
onds.
Power tailgate open/close but
-
ton (Outside the power tailgate)
When the tailgate is closed, press the
power tailgate handle to open the tail
-
gate.
If the vehicle is locked, press the power
tailgate handle with the smart key in
your possession.
If the tailgate is unlocked, the tailgate
will open or close with a warning sound
when the power tailgate handle is
pressed without carrying the smart key.
OMQ4041502L
OMQ4PH050262L
OMQ4041009L
31
5
5
Features of your vehicle Power tailgate
Power tailgate open/close but
-
ton (Inside the power tailgate)
Press the power tailgate open/close but
-
ton. The tailgate opens or closes with a
warning sound.
Power tailgate lock button (Inside
the power tailgate)
Press the power tailgate lock button
while carrying the smart key. The tail
-
gate closes and locks with a warning
sound. Additionally, all doors will lock.
The tailgate can be closed and locked,
and all doors locked only when the but
-
ton is pressed while the vehicle is off.
Press the power tailgate open/close but
-
ton. The tailgate opens or closes with a
warning sound.
Automatic reverse
During power tailgate operation if the
power tailgate senses any obstacle, the
tailgate will stop or will fully open. The
automatic reverse feature may not oper
-
ate properly, or it may operate unex
-
pectedly under the following
circumstances:
å
The automatic reverse feature may
not detect the resistance if the
detected resistance is below a certain
level, or if the tailgate is almost fully
closed near the latched position.
å
The automatic reverse feature may
operate if a strong impact is applied
with no obstructions placed.
WARNING
Never intentionally place any object or
part of your body in the path of the
power tailgate to make sure the auto
-
matic reverse feature operates. Serious
injury, or damage to the vehicle or object
may occur.
INFORMATION
The power tailgate may stop operating if
the automatic reverse feature operates
more than two times while attempting to
open or close the tailgate. If this occurs,
carefully open or close the tailgate man
-
ually, and then after 30 seconds try to
operate the power tailgate automatically
again.
OMQ4H051031
OMQ4H051032
Features of your vehicle
325
Power tailgate
Setting the power tailgate
To use each feature, you must select the
opening speed or opening height from
the settings menu. Deselect the settings
when you do not want to use the fea
-
ture.
Power tailgate opening speed
To adjust the power tailgate speed,
select 'User Settings â Door/Tailgate â
Power Tailgate Opening Speed â Fast/
Slow' in the instrument cluster or 'Set
-
tings â Vehicle â Door/Tailgate â
Power Tailgate Opening Speed â Fast/
Slow' in the infotainment system.
(Default setting is 'Fast')
Power tailgate opening height
To adjust the power tailgate opening
height, select 'User Settings â Door/Tail
-
gate â Power Tailgate Opening Height
â Full Open/Level 3/Level 2/Level 1/
User Height Setting' in the instrument
cluster or 'Settings â Vehicle â Door/
Tailgate â Power Tailgate Opening
Height â Full Open/Level 3/Level 2/
Level 1/User Height Setting' in the info
-
tainment system.
See additional information in supplied
Infotainment Manual.
User height setting
1. Position the tailgate manually to the
height you prefer.
2. Press the power tailgate open/close
button located inside the tailgate for
more than 3 seconds.
If 'User Height Setting' is selected for
the power tailgate opening height, the
power tailgate will automatically open
to the height manually set by you.
INFORMATION
å
If the power tailgate opening height
has not been manually set, the power
tailgate will fully open when 'User
Height Setting' from the infotainment
system is selected.
å
If one of the height setting (Full Open/
Level 3/Level 2/Level 1) is selected
from the settings menu in the info
-
tainment system, and then 'User
Height Setting' is selected, the tailgate
will open to the height manually set
by you.
å
The power tailgate opening speed
and opening height settings change
according to the linked User Profile. If
the User Profile is changed, power
tailgate opening speed and opening
height settings will change accord
-
ingly.
Resetting the power tailgate
In some circumstances resetting the
power tailgate operation may need to be
performed. Some instances where reset
-
ting the power tailgate may be required
include:
å
When the 12-volt battery is recharged
å
When the 12-volt battery is reinstalled
after removal or replacement
å
When the related fuse is reinstalled
after removal or replacement
33
5
5
Features of your vehicle Power tailgate
1. With the vehicle off or running, put
the gear in P (Park).
2. Press the power tailgate open/close
inner button (A) and outer button (B)
simultaneously until a chime sounds.
3. Slowly close the tailgate manually.
4. Press the power tailgate open/close
outer button. The power tailgate will
open with a chime sound.
Wait until the tailgate fully opens to
complete resetting. If the tailgate
stops before it is fully open, resetting
cannot be completed.
INFORMATION
If the power tailgate does not operate
properly after the above procedure,
have the system inspected by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
Emergency tailgate safety release
To unlock and open the tailgate manu
-
ally from inside the luggage compart
-
ment, perform the following procedure:
1. Insert a long, flat object, such as a key
into the opening at the bottom of the
tailgate.
2. Slide the latch in the direction of the
arrow to unlock the tailgate.
3. Push the tailgate to open.
NN_OMQ4PH050262L
B
NN_OMQ4041009L
OMQ4PH041014
Features of your vehicle
345
Smart Liftgate with Auto Open
WARNING
å
For emergencies, be fully aware of the
location of the emergency tailgate
safety release latch in the vehicle and
how to open the tailgate if you are
accidentally locked in the luggage
compartment.
å
No one, including animals, should be
allowed to occupy the luggage com
-
partment of the vehicle at any time.
The luggage compartment is a very
dangerous location in the event of an
accident.
å
Use the release latch for emergencies
only. Use extreme caution, especially
while the vehicle is in motion.
Smart Liftgate with Auto Open
(if equipped)
On a vehicle equipped with a smart key,
the liftgate can be opened using the
Smart Liftgate with Auto Open system.
How to use the Smart Liftgate
with Auto Open
The liftgate can be opened with no-
touch activation satisfying all the condi
-
tions below.
å
After 15 seconds when all doors are
closed and locked
å
Positioned in the detecting area for
more than 3 seconds.
NOTICE
The Smart Liftgate with Auto Open does
not operate when:
å
The smart key is detected within 15
seconds after the doors are closed
and locked, and is continuously
detected.
å
The smart key is detected within 15
seconds after the doors are closed
and locked, and 60 in (1.5 m) from the
front door handles. (for vehicles
equipped with Welcome Light)
å
A door is not locked or closed.
å
The smart key is in the vehicle.
OMQ4AH041011
35
5
5
Features of your vehicle Smart Liftgate with Auto Open
1. Setting
To activate the Smart Liftgate with
Auto Open, go to User Settings Mode
and select Smart Liftgate on the LCD
display.
For more details, refer to "LCD dis
-
play" on page 5-82.
2. Detect and Alert
If you are positioned in the detecting
area (20~40 in [50~100 cm] behind
the vehicle) carrying a smart key, the
hazard warning lights will blink and
chime will sound to alert you the
smart key has been detected and the
liftgate will open.
NOTICE
Do not approach the detecting area if
you do not want the liftgate to open. If
you have unintentionally entered the
detecting area and the hazard warning
lights and chime starts to operate, leave
the detecting area with the smart key.
The liftgate will stay closed.
3. Automatic opening
The hazard warning lights will blink
and chime will sound 6 times and then
the liftgate will open.
WARNING
å
Make sure you close the liftgate
before driving your vehicle.
å
Make sure there are no people or
objects around the liftgate before
opening or closing the liftgate.
å
Make sure objects in the liftgate do
not come out when opening the lift
-
gate on a slope. It may cause serious
injury.
å
Make sure to deactivate the Smart
Liftgate with Auto Open when wash
-
ing your vehicle. Otherwise, the lift
-
gate may open inadvertently.
å
The key should be kept out of reach
of children. Children may inadver
-
tently open the Smart Liftgate with
Auto Open while playing around the
rear area of the vehicle.
OMQ4AH041013
OMQ4AH041014
Features of your vehicle
365
Smart Liftgate with Auto Open
CAUTION
Liftgate lift
Make certain that you close the liftgate
before driving your vehicle. Possible
damage may occur to the liftgate gas
lifters and attached hardware if the lift
-
gate is not closed prior to driving.
How to deactivate the Smart Lift
-
gate with Auto Open function
using the smart key
1. Door lock
2. Door unlock
3. Liftgate open
4. Panic button
5. Remote start
If you press any button of the smart key
during the Detect and Alert stage, the
Smart Liftgate with Auto Open function
will be deactivated.
Make sure to be aware of how to deacti
-
vate the Smart Liftgate with Auto Open
function for emergency situations.
NOTICE
å
If you press the door unlock button
(2), the Smart Liftgate with Auto Open
function will be deactivated temporar
-
ily. But, if you do not open any door
for 30 seconds, the Smart Liftgate
with Auto Open function will be acti
-
vated again.
å
If you press the liftgate open button
(3) for more than 1 second, the liftgate
opens.
å
If you press the door lock button (1) or
liftgate open button (3) when the
Smart Liftgate with Auto Open func
-
tion is not in the Detect and Alert
stage, the Smart Liftgate with Auto
Open function will not be deactivated.
å
In case you have deactivated the
Smart Liftgate with Auto Open func
-
tion by pressing the smart key button
and opened a door, the Smart Liftgate
with Auto Open function can be acti
-
vated again by closing and locking all
doors.
OMQ4041584
37
5
5
Features of your vehicle Smart Liftgate with Auto Open
Detecting area
å
The Smart Liftgate with Auto Open
operates with a welcome alert if the
smart key is detected within 20~40 in
(50~100 cm) from the liftgate.
å
The alert stops at once if the smart
key is positioned outside the detecting
area during the Detect and Alert
stage.
NOTICE
å
The Smart Liftgate with Auto Open
function will not work if any of the fol
-
lowing occurs:
- The smart key is close to a radio
transmitter such as a radio station
or an airport which can interfere
with normal operation of the trans
-
mitter.
- The smart key is near a mobile two
way radio system or a cellular
phone.
- Another vehicle's smart key is being
operated close to your vehicle.
å
The detecting range may decrease or
increase when :
- One side of the tire is raised to
replace a tire or to inspect the vehi
-
cle.
- The vehicle is slantingly parked on
a slope or unpaved road, etc.
OMQ4AH041015
Features of your vehicle
385
Windows
Windows
The doors of this vehicle are equipped with power windows that can be operated by
a switch.
1. Driver's door power window switch
2. Front passenger's door power window switch
3. Rear door (left) power window switch
4. Rear door (right) power window switch
5. Window opening and closing
6. Automatic power window up*/down*
7. Power window lock switch
*: if equipped
OMQ4AH040016
39
5
5
Features of your vehicle Windows
NOTICE
In cold and wet climates, power windows
may not work properly due to freezing
conditions.
The ENGINE START/STOP button must
be in the ON position for power windows
to operate.
Each door has a power window switch
that controls the door's window. The
driver has a power window lock button
which can block the operation of rear
passenger windows. The power windows
can be operated for approximately 3
minutes after ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton turned to the ACC or LOCK position.
However, if the front doors are opened,
the power windows cannot be operated
even within the 3 minutes period.
The driver's door has a master power
window switch that controls all the win
-
dows in the vehicle.
If the window cannot be closed because
it is blocked by objects, remove the
objects and close the window.
NOTICE
While driving with the rear windows
down or with the sunroof (if equipped) in
an open (or partially open position), your
vehicle may demonstrate a wind buffet
-
ing or pulsation noise. This noise is a
normal occurrence and can be reduced
or eliminated by taking the following
actions. If the noise occurs with one or
both of the rear windows down, partially
lower both front windows approximately
1 inch (2.5 cm) If you experience the
noise with the sunroof open, slightly
reduce the size of the sunroof opening.
CAUTION
Do not install any accessories in the
vehicle that extend into the open win
-
dow area. Such objects will impact the
proper function of the Automatic rever
-
sal "jam protection" feature.
NOTICE
If you press the one-touch window but
-
ton for micro adjustment, the glass will
go down to a specific location to
improve your convenience.
Window opening and closing
You can open and close windows using
the power window switch.
Type A (if equipped)
To open or close a window, press down
or pull up the front portion of the corre
-
sponding switch to the first detent posi
-
tion (5).
OMQ4040444
Features of your vehicle
405
Windows
Type B - Auto up/down window
(if equipped)
Pressing or pulling up the power window
switch momentarily to the second detent
position (6) completely lowers or raises
the window even when the switch is
released. To stop the window at the
desired position while the window is in
operation, pull up or press down and
release the switch.
To reset the power windows
If the power window does not operate
normally, the automatic power window
system must be reset as follows:
1. Turn the ENGINE START/STOP button
to the ON position.
2. Close the window and continue pull
-
ing up the power window switch for at
least 1 second after the window is
completely closed.
Automatic reversal (if equipped)
If the upward movement of the window
is blocked by an object or part of the
body, the window will detect the resis
-
tance and will stop upward movement.
The window will then lower approxi
-
mately 11.8 inches (30 cm) to allow the
object to be cleared.
If the window detects the resistance
while the power window switch is pulled
up continuously, the window will stop
upward movement then lower approxi
-
mately 1 inch (2.5 cm).
And if the power window switch is pulled
up continuously again within 5 seconds
after the window is lowered by the auto
-
matic window reversal feature, the auto
-
matic window reversal will not operate.
NOTICE
The automatic reverse feature for the
window is only active when the "auto up"
feature is used by fully pulling up the
switch. The automatic reverse feature
will not operate if the window is raised
using the halfway position on the power
window switch.
OMQ4040445
ODEEV068020NR
41
5
5
Features of your vehicle Windows
WARNING
Always check for obstructions before
raising any window to avoid injuries or
vehicle damage. If an object less than
0.16 of an inch (4 mm) in diameter is
caught between the window glass and
the upper window channel, the auto
-
matic reverse window may not detect
the resistance and will not stop and
reverse direction.
WARNING
The automatic reverse feature doesn't
activate while resetting the power win
-
dow system. Make sure body parts or
other objects are safely out of the way
before closing the windows to avoid inju
-
ries.
CAUTION
Do not install any accessories in the
vehicle that extend into the open win
-
dow area. Such objects could prevent
the automatic reverse feature from
functioning.
Power window lock button
The driver can disable the power win
-
dow switches on the rear passengers'
doors by pressing the power window
lock button to the lock position
(pressed).
When the power window lock button is
pressed:
å
The driver's master control can oper
-
ate all passengers' power windows.
å
The front passenger's control can
operate the front passenger's power
window.
å
The rear passengers' control cannot
operate the rear passenger's power
window.
* If the power window lock switch is
operated (indicator turns on), rear pas
-
senger cannot open the rear door (if
equipped with the Electronic Child
Safety Lock System). For more details,
refer to "Electronic child safety lock
system (if equipped)" on page 5-20.
CAUTION
å
To prevent possible damage to the
power window system, do not open or
close two windows or more at the
same time. This will also ensure the
longevity of the fuse.
å
Never try to operate the main switch
on the driver's door and the individual
door window switch in opposite direc
-
tions at the same time. If this is done,
the window will stop and cannot be
opened or closed.
OMQ4AH040017
Features of your vehicle
425
Windows
WARNING
Windows
å
NEVER leave the keys in your vehicle
with unsupervised children, when the
engine is running.
å
NEVER leave any child unattended in
the vehicle. Even very young children
may inadvertently cause the vehicle
to move, entangle themselves in the
windows, or otherwise injure them
-
selves or others.
å
Always double check to make sure all
arms, hands, head and other obstruc
-
tions are safely out of the way before
closing a window.
å
Do not allow children play with the
power windows. Keep the driver's
door power window lock button in the
LOCK position (pressed). SERIOUS
INJURY can result from unintentional
window operation by the child.
å
Do not extend heads or any limbs out
-
side the window while the vehicle is in
motion.
Remote window opening (if
equipped)
Type A
Type B
You can still control the windows move
-
ment with the engine turned off.
Press the Door Unlock button (1) for
more than 3 seconds. The window
moves down after the doors are
unlocked, as long as you press the door
unlock button (1). The window move
-
ment stops, when you release the door
unlock button (1).
* Remote window opening requires the
automatic power window down for all
seats to be applied.
OMQ4041579
OMQ4PH041618L
43
5
5
Features of your vehicle Hood
WARNING
If you stay on the function after operat
-
ing the Remote window opening func
-
tion, it is likely to cause a theft. In
addition, please use caution there might
be a malfunction due to the inflow of
water while raining.
CAUTION
å
The remote window opening function
may abruptly stop, when you move
away from your vehicle during opera
-
tion. Stay in close proximity from your
vehicle, while monitoring the window
movement.
å
One of the windows may stop operat
-
ing, when the window is interrupted
by certain force. However, the other
windows will keep operating. Thus,
you should make sure that all win
-
dows are opened.
å
Be careful when using the remote
window opening function, as the
doors will be unlocked.
Hood
The hood serves as a cover for the
engine compartment.
Open the hood if maintenance work
needs to be performed in the engine
compartment or if you need to look at
the compartment.
Opening the hood
1. Pull the release lever to unlatch the
hood. The hood should pop open
slightly.
2. Go to the front of the vehicle, raise the
hood slightly, push the secondary
latch (1) to the left and lift the hood
(2).
OMQ4041018
OMQ4041446
Features of your vehicle
445
Hood
Hood open warning
The hood warning message will appear
on the LCD display when hood is open.
The warning chime will operate when
the vehicle is being driven at or above 2
mph (3 km/h) with the hood open.
Closing the hood
1. Before closing the hood, check the
following:
å
All filler caps in the engine com
-
partment must be correctly
installed.
å
Gloves, rags or any other combusti
-
ble material must be removed from
the engine compartment.
2. Lower the hood until it is about 30 cm
above the closed position and let it
drop. Make sure that it locks into
place.
3. Check that the hood has engaged
properly.
å
If the hood can be raise slightly, it is
not properly engaged.
å
Open it again and close it with a lit
-
tle more force.
OMQ4PH051447L
OMQ4040110
OMQ4PH051448L
45
5
5
Features of your vehicle Fuel filler door
CAUTION
Hood obstruction
Before closing the hood, ensure that all
obstructions are removed from the hood
opening. Closing the hood with an
obstruction present in the hood opening
may result in severe personal injury or
properly damage.
WARNING
Fire risk
Do not leave gloves, rags or any other
combustible material in the motor com
-
partment. Doing so may cause a heat-
induced fire.
WARNING
Unsecured hood
Always double check to be sure that the
hood is firmly latched before driving
away. If it is not latched, the hood could
fly open while the vehicle is being driven,
causing a total loss of visibility, which
may result in an accident.
Fuel filler door
The vehicle's fuel filler door must be
opened and closed by hand from out
-
side the vehicle.
Opening the fuel filler door
(hybrid vehicle)
1. Turn the engine off.
2. Ensure the all doors are unlocked.
3. Press the rear center edge of the fuel
filler door.
4. Pull the fuel filler door (1) out to fully
open.
5. To remove the fuel tank cap (2), turn it
counterclockwise. You may hear a
hissing noise as the pressure inside
the tank equalizes.
6. Place the cap on the fuel filler door.
OMQ4AH040562
OMQ4040023
Features of your vehicle
465
Fuel filler door
NOTICE
The fuel filler door will unlock when
Driver's door is unlocked.
To unlock fuel filler door:
å
Press the unlock button on your smart
key
å
Press the Central Door unlock button
on armrest trim of driverâs door
å
Pull the driverâs inside door handle
outward
The fuel filler door will lock when all
doors are locked.
To lock fuel filler door:
å
Press the lock button on your smart
key
å
Press the Central Door lock button on
armrest trim of driverâs door
* All doors will automatically lock after
the vehicle speed exceeds 9.3 mph (15
km/h).
Fuel door is also locked when vehicle
speed exceeds 9.3 mph (15 km/h).
WARNING
Before refueling, be sure to check what
type of fuel is used for your vehicle.
If you put diesel fuel into a gasoline-
powered vehicle, it may affect the fuel
system and cause serious damage to the
vehicle.
NOTICE
If the fuel filler door does not open
because ice has formed around it, tap
lightly or push on the door to break the
ice and release the door. Do not pry on
the door. If necessary, spray around the
door with an approved de-icer fluid (do
not use radiator anti-freeze) or move the
vehicle to a warm place and allow the ice
to melt.
Opening the fuel filler door
(Plug-in hybrid vehicle)
1. Stop the engine. To open the fuel filler
door, push the fuel filler door opener
button.
2. Wait until the fuel tank is depressur
-
ized. The message is displayed when
the fuel filler door unlocks after the
fuel tank is depressurized.
OMQ4PH051386L
OMQ4PH050389L
47
5
5
Features of your vehicle Fuel filler door
3. The fuel door is unlocked when the
message is displayed.
4. Press the rear center edge of the fuel
filler door.
5. Pull open the fuel filler door (1).
To remove the cap, turn the fuel filler
cap (2) counterclockwise.
Refuel as needed.
NOTICE
å
It may take up to 20 seconds to
unlock fuel filler door.
å
If the fuel filler door does not open
because ice has formed around it, tap
lightly or push on the door to break
the ice and release the door.
å
Do not pry on the door. If necessary,
spray around the door with an
approved de-icer fluid (do not use
radiator anti-freeze) or move the vehi
-
cle to a warm place and allow the ice
to melt.
WARNING
Before refueling, be sure to check what
type of fuel is used for your vehicle. If
you put diesel fuel into a gasoline-pow
-
ered vehicle or gasoline into a diesel-
powered vehicle, it may affect the fuel
system and cause serious damage to the
vehicle.
OMQ4PH050383L
OMQ4H040016
OMQ4PH050362L
OMQ4040023
Features of your vehicle
485
Fuel filler door
NOTICE
å
Add fuel into the fuel tank within 20
minutes after opening the fuel filler
door. After 20 minutes, the fuel tank
may shut off, causing fuel to overflow.
In this case, re-press the fuel filler
door opening button.
å
Do not leave the fuel filler door
opened for an extended period of
time. It may discharge the battery.
å
Close the fuel filler door after fueling
the vehicle. If you start the vehicle
with the fuel filler door opened,
"Check fuel door" message appears
on the LCD display.
å
Avoid refueling the vehicle while
charging the (high-voltage) hybrid
battery. It may cause a fire or an
explosion due to static electricity.
WARNING
For Plug-in Hybrid
Avoid refueling the vehicle while
charging the (high-voltage) hybrid bat
-
tery. It may cause a fire or an explosion
due to static electricity.
Closing the fuel filler door
1. To install the fuel tank cap, turn it
clockwise until it "Clicks".
2. Close the fuel filler door by pressing
rear center edge of the fuel filler door.
NOTICE
Make the vehicle door to LOCK position
when the fuel filler door is completely
closed in order to lock the fuel filler door.
If the fuel filler door is not completely
closed, the fuel filler door will not be
locked.
WARNING
Refueling
Always remove the fuel cap carefully
and slowly. If the cap is venting fuel or if
you hear a hissing sound, wait until the
condition stops before completely
removing the cap.
If pressurized fuel sprays out, it can
cover your clothes or skin and subject
you to the risk of fire and burns.
NOTICE
When refueling on unlevel ground, the
fuel gauge may not point to the F posi
-
tion. It is not a malfunction. If you move
your vehicle to a level ground, the fuel
gauge will move to the full position.
NOTICE
Tighten the cap until it clicks one time,
otherwise, the engine warning indicator
light will appear.
CAUTION
Keep the door into LOCK position when
the vehicle is being washed (i.e. high
pressure washer, automatic car washer,
etc.)
WARNING
Always tighten your fuel cap before you
leave the fuel station. Failure to securely
install your fuel cap can lead to fuel spill
-
age in an accident and increase fire risk.
49
5
5
Features of your vehicle Fuel filler door
WARNING
Fire/explosion risk
Read and follow all warnings posted at
the gas station facility. Failure to follow
all warnings will result in severe personal
injury, severe burns or death due to fire
or explosion.
WARNING
Static electricity
å
Before touching the fuel nozzle, you
should eliminate potentially danger
-
ous static electricity discharge by
touching another metal part of the
vehicle, a safe distance away from the
fuel filler neck, nozzle, or other gas
source.
å
Do not get back into a vehicle once
you have begun refueling since you
can generate static electricity by
touching, rubbing or sliding against
any item or fabric (polyester, satin,
nylon, etc.) capable of producing
static electricity. Static electricity dis
-
charge can ignite fuel vapors resulting
in rapid burning. If you must reenter
the vehicle, you should once again
eliminate potentially dangerous static
electricity discharge by touching a
metal part of the vehicle, away from
the fuel filler neck, nozzle or other
gasoline source.
WARNING
Portable fuel container
When using an approved portable fuel
container, be sure to place the container
on the ground prior to refueling. Static
electricity discharge from the container
can ignite fuel vapors causing a fire.
Once refueling has begun, contact with
the vehicle should be maintained until
the filling is complete. Use only
approved portable plastic fuel contain
-
ers designed to carry and store gasoline.
WARNING
Cell phone fires
Do not use cellular phones while refuel
-
ing. Electric current and/or electronic
interference from cellular phones can
potentially ignite fuel vapors causing a
fire.
WARNING
Refueling & Vehicle fires
When refueling, always shut the engine
off. Sparks produced by electrical com
-
ponents related to the engine can ignite
fuel vapors causing a fire. Once refuel
-
ing is complete, check to make sure the
filler cap and filler door are securely
closed, before starting the engine.
WARNING
Smoking
DO NOT use matches or a lighter and
DO NOT SMOKE or leave a lit cigarette
in your vehicle while at a gas station
especially during refueling. Automotive
fuel is highly flammable and can result
in fire when ignited.
Features of your vehicle
505
Fuel filler door
Make sure to refuel your vehicle accord
-
ing to "Fuel requirements" on page 2-2.
If the fuel filler cap requires replace
-
ment, use only a genuine Kia cap or the
equivalent specified for your vehicle. An
incorrect fuel filler cap can result in a
serious malfunction of the fuel system or
emission control system.
CAUTION
Exterior paint
Do not spill fuel on the exterior surfaces
of the vehicle. Any type of fuel spilled on
painted surfaces may damage the paint.
WARNING
å
Do not allow anyone that has not dis
-
charged static electricity from their
body to come close to an open fuel
tank.
å
Do not inhale vaporized fuel.
WARNING
Risk of injury from fuel
Fuels are poisonous and harmful to your
health.
å
Fuel contains substances that are
harmful if inhaled.
å
Do not swallow fuel or let it come into
contact with skin, eyes or clothing.
å
Do not inhale fuel vapors.
å
Keep children away from fuel.
If you or other people come into contact
with fuel, observe the following:
å
Immediately rinse fuel off your skin
with soap and water.
å
If fuel comes into contact with your
eyes, immediately rinse them thor
-
oughly with clean water. Seek medical
attention immediately.
å
If you swallow fuel, seek medical
attention immediately. Do not induce
vomiting.
å
Change immediately out of clothing
that has come into contact with fuel.
NOTICE
Damage caused by the wrong fuel
Fuel that does not conform to the
required quality can lead to increased
wear as well as damage to the engine
and exhaust system. Only use the fuel
recommended.
NOTICE
Damage caused by the wrong fuel
Vehicles with a gasoline engine:
Even small amounts of the wrong fuel
could result in damage to the fuel sys
-
tem, the engine and the emission control
system.
NOTICE
Do not use diesel to refuel vehicles with
a gasoline engine.
NOTICE
Do not press the ENGINE START/STOP
button if you accidentally refuel with the
wrong fuel. Otherwise, fuel can enter the
fuel system.
Even small amounts of the wrong fuel
could result in damage to the fuel sys
-
tem and the engine. Have the system
serviced by an authorized Kia dealer.
51
5
5
Features of your vehicle Panorama sunroof
NOTICE
Do not overfill the fuel tank
Do not overfill the fuel tank; otherwise
fuel may spill, causing harm to the envi
-
ronment and damaging the vehicle.
WARNING
In case of using EV drive mode for a cer
-
tain time without running engine, EMM
(Engine Maintenance Mode) will auto
-
matically activate by the system to pro
-
tect the fuel system and the engine.
Therefore, even though if it is possible to
use EV drive mode with enough battery
power, the engine may run by the sys
-
tem to protect fuel system and the
engine. If you leave the fuel without
refueling or using for over 6 months, the
remained fuel in the fuel system may be
deteriorated. From this, corrosion or
blocking problem may occur.
It is recommended using minimum 40%
of remained fuel at least every 6 months
by selecting Hybrid (CS) mode and
refuel the vehicle with new fuel.
Panorama sunroof (if
equipped)
If your vehicle is equipped with a sun
-
roof, you can slide or tilt your sunroof
with the sunroof switch located on the
overhead console.
The sunroof can only be operated when
the ignition switch or Engine Start/Stop
button is in the ON or START position.
The sunroof can be operated for
approximately 3 minutes after the igni
-
tion switch or Engine Start/Stop button is
in the ACC or LOCK/OFF position. How
-
ever, if the front door is open, the sun
-
roof cannot be operated even within the
3 minute period.
WARNING
å
Adjust the sunroof or sunshade when
your vehicle stops. This could result in
loss of control and an accident that
may cause injury, or property dam
-
age.
å
Do not leave the engine running and
the key in your vehicle with unsuper
-
vised children. Unattended children
could operate the sunroof, which
could result in serious injury.
å
Do not sit on the top of the vehicle. It
may cause injury or vehicle damage.
OMQ4041590N
Features of your vehicle
525
Panorama sunroof
NOTICE
å
Do not operate sunroof when roof
bars are installed on the vehicle or
when there is luggage on the roof.
Power sunshade
Use the power sunshade to block direct
sunlight coming through the sunroof
glass.
å
Push the sunroof switch rearward to
the first detent position, the power
sunshade automatically slides open.
å
Push the sunroof switch forward to
the first detent position, the power
sunshade automatically closes. How
-
ever, if the sunroof glass is open, the
glass will close first.
To stop the power sunshade at any
point, push the sunroof switch in any
direction.
NOTICE
Do not pull or push the power sunshade
by hand as such action may damage the
power sunshade or cause it to malfunc
-
tion.
NOTICE
Wrinkles formed on the power sunshade
are normal due to material characteris
-
tic.
Tilt open/close
å
Push the sunroof switch upward, the
sunroof glass tilts open. However, if
the power sunshade is close, the sun
-
shade will open first.
å
Push the sunroof switch upward or
forward when the sunroof glass is tilt
opened, the sunroof glass automati
-
cally closes.
To stop the sunroof movement at any
point, push the sunroof switch in any
direction.
OMQ4041490N
OMQ4H042595
53
5
5
Features of your vehicle Panorama sunroof
Slide open/close
å
Push the sunroof switch rearward to
the first detent position, the sunroof
glass opens. However, if the power
sunshade is close, the power sun
-
shade will open first.
Push the sunroof switch forward to
the first detent position, the sunroof
glass closes. However, if the sunroof
glass is close, the power sunshade will
close.
å
Push the sunroof switch forward or
rearward to the second detent posi
-
tion, the power sunshade and sunroof
glass operate automatically (auto
slide feature).
To stop the sunroof movement at any
point, push the sunroof switch in any
direction.
Automatic reversal
If the power sunshade or sunroof glass
senses any obstacle while it is closing
automatically, it will reverse direction
then stop at a certain position.
The auto reverse function may not work
if an object thin or soft is caught
between the sliding power sunshade or
sunroof glass and sunroof sash.
WARNING
å
Make sure heads, hands, arms or any
other body parts or objects are out of
the way before operating the sunroof.
Body parts or objects may get caught
causing injuries or vehicle damage.
å
Never deliberately use your body
parts to test the automatic reversal
function. The power sunshade or sun
-
roof glass may reverse direction, but
there is a risk of injury.
OMQ4041592N
OCDW049449
Features of your vehicle
545
Panorama sunroof
NOTICE
å
Do not continue to push the sunroof
switch after the sunroof is fully
opened, closed, or tilted. Damage to
the sunroof motor could occur.
å
Continuous operations such as slide
open/close, tilt open/close, etc. may
cause the motor or sunroof system to
malfunction.
å
Regularly remove any accumulated
dust on the sunroof rail.
å
Dust accumulated between the sun
-
roof and roof panel can make noise
Open the sunroof and remove dust
regularly using a clean cloth.
å
Do not try to open the sunroof when
the temperature is below freezing or
when the sunroof is covered with
snow or ice. The sunroof may not
work properly and may break if
opened by force.
å
Do not open or drive with the sunroof
glass open immediately after rain or
washing the vehicle. Water may wet
the interior of the vehicle.
å
Do not extend any luggage outside
the sunroof while driving. Vehicle
damage may occur if the vehicle sud
-
denly stops.
WARNING
Do not extend your head, arms, body
parts or objects outside the sunroof
while driving. Injuries may occur if the
vehicle suddenly stops.
Resetting the sunroof
In some circumstances resetting the
sunroof operation may need to be per
-
formed. Some instances where resetting
the sunroof may be required include:
å
When the 12-volt battery is either dis
-
connected or discharged
å
When the sunroof fuse is replaced
å
If the sunroof one-touch AUTO OPEN/
CLOSE operation is not functioning
properly
Sunroof resetting procedure:
1. It is recommended to perform the
reset procedure with the vehicle
engine running. Start the vehicle in P
(Park).
2. Make sure the power sunshade and
sunroof glass are in the fully closed
position. If the power sunshade and
sunroof glass are open, push the
switch forward until the power sun
-
shade and sunroof glass are fully
closed.
3. Release the switch when the power
sunshade and sunroof glass are fully
closed.
OMQ4041593N
55
5
5
Features of your vehicle Panorama sunroof
4. Push the switch forward until the
power sunshade and sunroof glass
move slightly. Then release the switch.
5. Once again push and hold the sun
-
roof switch forward until the power
sunshade and sunroof glass slide
open and close. Do not release the
switch until the operation is com
-
pleted.
If you release the switch during oper
-
ation, start the procedure again from
step 2.
NOTICE
If the sunroof does not reset when the
vehicle battery is disconnected or dis
-
charged, or the sunroof fuse is blown,
the sunroof may not operate normally.
Sunroof open warning
If the driver turns off the engine when
the sunroof is not fully closed, the warn
-
ing chime will sound for several seconds
and the sunroof open warning will
appear on the cluster LCD display.
Close the sunroof securely when leaving
your vehicle.
CAUTION
Make sure the sunroof is closed fully
when leaving your vehicle. If the sunroof
is left open, rain or snow may wet the
interior of the vehicle. Also, leaving the
sunroof open when the vehicle is unat
-
tended may invite theft.
OMQ4040131
Features of your vehicle
565
Steering wheel
Steering wheel
The steering wheel of this vehicle is
equipped with the Electric Power Steer
-
ing (EPS) system.
Electric power steering (EPS)
Power steering uses the motor to assist
you in steering the vehicle.
If the engine is off or if the power steer
-
ing system becomes inoperative, the
vehicle may still be steered, but it will
require increased steering effort.
The EPS is controlled by the power
steering control unit which senses the
steering wheel torque and vehicle speed
to command the motor.
The steering effort becomes heavier as
the vehicle's speed increases and
becomes lighter as the vehicle's speed
decreases for better control of the steer
-
ing wheel.
Should you notice any change in the
effort required to steer during normal
vehicle operation, have the system
checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
NOTICE
The following symptoms may occur
during normal vehicle operation:
å
When the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton is the ON position, the steering
wheel enters normal operation mode
after diagnosing the Electric Power
Steering system (for about 3 sec
-
onds).
å
A click noise may be heard from the
EPS relay after turning the ENGINE
START/STOP button is turned to the
ON or OFF position.
å
If the steering wheel is operated when
the vehicle is not in motion or driven
at a low speed, you may hear some
noise.
å
If the Electric Power Steering system
does not operate normally, the warn
-
ing light will appear or blink on the
instrument cluster. If the power assis
-
tance of steering fails, you will need to
use more force to steer.
å
Operating the steering wheel at lower
temperatures may require more force
and accompany noise. However,
when the temperature increases, it
returns to normal.
å
Take your vehicle to an authorized Kia
dealer and have the vehicle checked
as soon as possible.
å
When the charging system warning
light comes on due to the low voltage
(when the alternator or battery does
not operate normally or malfunc
-
tions), the steering wheel may require
increased steering effort.
å
When jump starting the vehicle after
battery discharge, the steering wheel
may not function properly. It is a tem
-
porary situation due to low battery
voltage, and upon stable battery
charging, the steering wheel will func
-
tion normally again. Please move the
steering wheel around to make sure
the steering wheel is functioning
properly before driving the vehicle.
CAUTION
When you continuously operate the
steering wheel, the overcurrent protec
-
tion device is activated and it requires
more force to operate the steering
wheel. However, this doesn't indicate a
malfunction, and it works for your safety
and will return to normal after some
time.
57
5
5
Features of your vehicle Steering wheel
CAUTION
If the Electric Power Steering (EPS) sys
-
tem does not work or an error occurs,
the warning light on the instrument
panel may be turned on or blink and it
may require more force to operate the
steering wheel. In this case, please hold
the steering wheel more tightly than
usual and operate with greater force.
And then immediately pull your vehicle
over to a safe place and have your vehi
-
cle inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
Tilt & telescopic steering wheel
A tilt and telescopic steering wheel
allows you to adjust the steering wheel
before you drive. You can also raise it to
give your legs more room when you exit
and enter the vehicle.
The steering wheel should be positioned
so that it is comfortable for you to drive,
while permitting you to see the instru
-
ment panel warning lights and gauges.
WARNING
Steering wheel adjustment
Never adjust the angle and height of the
steering wheel while driving. You may
lose steering control.
Adjusting steering wheel angle
and height
1. To change the steering wheel angle,
pull down the lock release lever (1).
2. Adjust the steering wheel to the
desired angle (2) and height (3).
Move the steering wheel, so it points
toward your chest, not toward your
face. Make sure you can see the
instrument panel warning lights and
gauges. After adjusting, pull up the
lock.
3. Pull up the lock-release lever to lock
the steering wheel in place.
Push the steering wheel both up and
down to be certain it is locked in posi
-
tion.
4. Be sure to adjust the steering wheel to
the desired position before driving.
NOTICE
After adjustment, sometimes the lock-
release lever may not lock the steering
wheel.
It is not a malfunction. This occurs when
two gears engage. In this case, adjust
the steering wheel again and then lock
the steering wheel.
OMQ4041028
Features of your vehicle
585
Steering wheel
Heated steering wheel (if
equipped)
When the ENGINE START/STOP button
is in the ON position, pressing the
heated steering wheel button warms the
steering wheel. The indicator on the but
-
ton will illuminate.
To turn the heated steering wheel off,
press the button once again. The indica
-
tor on the button will turn off.
å
The heated steering wheel defaults to
the OFF position whenever the
ENGINE START/STOP button is in the
ON position.
NOTICE
The heated steering wheel will turn off
automatically approximately 30 min
-
utes after the heated steering wheel is
turned on.
CAUTION
å
Do not install any type of grip cover
for the steering wheel, it may impair
the function of the heated steering
wheel system.
å
When cleaning the heated steering
wheel, do not use an organic solvent
such as paint thinner, benzene, alco
-
hol and gasoline. Doing so may dam
-
age the surface of the steering wheel.
å
If the surface of the steering wheel is
damaged by a sharp object, damage
to the heated steering wheel compo
-
nents could occur.
WARNING
If the steering wheel becomes too warm,
turn the system off. The heated steering
wheel may cause burns even at low tem
-
peratures, especially if used for long
periods of time.
OMQ4AH040029
59
5
5
Features of your vehicle Mirrors
Horn
To sound the horn, press the area indi
-
cated by the horn symbol on your steer
-
ing wheel (see illustration).
The horn will operate only when this
area is pressed. Check the horn regularly
to be sure it operates properly.
NOTICE
To sound the horn, press the area indi
-
cated by the horn symbol on your steer
-
ing wheel (see illustration). The horn will
operate only when this area is pressed.
CAUTION
å
Do not strike the horn severely to
operate it, or hit it with your fist. Do
not press on the horn with a sharp-
pointed object.
Mirrors
This vehicle is equipped with inside and
outside rear view mirrors to provide
views of objects behind the vehicle.
Inside rear view mirror
Adjust the rear view mirror so that the
center view through the rear window is
seen. Make this adjustment before you
start driving.
Do not place objects in the rear seat or
cargo area which would interfere with
your vision out the rear window.
WARNING
Mirror adjustment
Do not adjust the rear view mirror while
the vehicle is moving. This could result in
loss of control.
NOTICE
Do not modify the inside mirror in any
manner, including installing a wide mir
-
ror. Doing so could result in injury during
an accident or deployment of the air
bag.
CAUTION
Cleaning mirror
When cleaning the mirror, use a paper
towel or similar material dampened with
glass cleaner. Do not spray glass cleaner
directly on the mirror. It may cause the
liquid cleaner to enter the mirror hous
-
ing.
OMQ4041030
Features of your vehicle
605
Mirrors
Day/night rear view mirror (if
equipped)
(A): Day, (B): Night
Make this adjustment before you start
driving and while the day/night lever is
in the day position (1).
Pull the day/night lever toward you (2) to
reduce the glare from the headlamps of
the vehicles behind you during night
driving.
Remember that you lose some rear view
clarity in the night position.
Electric Chromic Mirror (ECM) (if
equipped)
The electric rear view mirror automati
-
cally controls the glare from the head
-
lamps of the vehicles behind you in
nighttime or low light driving conditions.
For Telematics button function:
1. Virtual assist button
2. Kia Connect (Voice local search) but
-
ton
3. Roadside assist button
The sensor mounted in the mirror
senses the light level around the vehicle,
and automatically controls the head
-
lamp glare from the vehicles behind you.
When the engine is running, the glare is
automatically controlled by the sensor
mounted in the rear view mirror.
Electric Chromic mirror (ECM)
with HomeLinkėū system (if
equipped)
1. HomeLink Channel 1
2. HomeLink Channel 2
3. HomeLink Channel 3
4. Garage Door Opener Status Indicator:
Closing or Closed
5. HomeLink Operation Indicator
6. Garage Door Opener Status Indicator:
Opening or Opened
7. HomeLink User Interface Indicator
Your vehicle may be equipped with a
Gentex Automatic-Dimming Mirror with
an Integrated HomeLinkėū Wireless Con
-
trol System.
OMQ4041496N
OMQ4041492N
OMQ4041544N
61
5
5
Features of your vehicle Mirrors
During nighttime driving, this feature will
automatically detect and reduce rear
view mirror glare. The HomeLinkėū Uni
-
versal Transceiver allows you to activate
your garage door(s), electric gate, home
lighting, etc.
Automatic-Dimming Night Vision
SafetyâĒ (NVSėū) Mirror (if
equipped)
The NVSėū Mirror automatically reduces
glare by monitoring light levels in the
front and the rear of the vehicle. Any
objects that obstruct the light sensor will
degrade the automatic dimming control
feature.
For more information regarding NVSėū
mirrors and other applications, please
refer to the Gentex website:
www.gentex.com
Your mirror will automatically dim upon
detecting glare from the vehicles travel
-
ing behind you.
The mirror defaults to the ON position
each time the vehicle is started.
Integrated HomeLinkėū Wireless
Control System
The HomeLinkėū Wireless Control Sys
-
tem provides a convenient way to
replace up to three handheld radio-fre
-
quency (RF) transmitters used to acti
-
vate compatible devices such as gate
operators, garage door openers, entry
door locks, security systems, and home
lighting.
NOTICE
Considering the Home Security when
the vehicle is parked outside the garage,
the HomeLinkėū will ONLY work while
the vehicle is in the ACC or ON position.
CAUTION
Before programming HomeLink to a
garage door opener or gate operator,
make sure that people and objects are
out of the way of the device to prevent
potential harm or damage. When pro
-
gramming a garage door opener, it is
advised to park outside of the garage.
Do not use HomeLink with any garage
door opener that lacks safety stop and
reverse features as required by U.S. fed
-
eral safety standards (this includes any
garage door opener model manufac
-
tured before April 1, 1982). A garage
door that cannot detect an object signal
-
ing the door to stop and reverse - does
not meet current U.S. federal safety
standards. For more information, con
-
tact HomeLink at
www.homelink.com
,
or call HomeLink customer support at
1-
800-355-3515
.
It is also recommended that a new bat
-
tery be replaced in the hand-held trans
-
mitter of the device being trained to
HomeLink for quicker training and accu
-
rate transmission of the radio frequency.
1. Programming HomeLinkėū
The following steps show how to pro
-
gram HomeLink. If you have any ques
-
tions or are having difficulty
programming your HomeLink buttons,
refer to the HomeLink website or call the
HomeLink customer support toll-free
number. Do this, before going back to
the dealer who sold you the car.
å
Visit the HomeLink website at:
www.homelink.com. Then at the top
of the page, choose your vehicle
make. Then watch the You Tube
video, and/or access additional web
-
site information.
Features of your vehicle
625
Mirrors
å
If you choose to access the website
via your cell phone, scan the QR code.
å
Or, call HomeLink customer support
at
1-800-355-3515
(Please have the vehicle make/model
AND the opener device make/model
readily available.)
1) Programming Preparation
1. When programming a garage door
opener, it is advised to park the vehi
-
cle outside of the garage.
2. It is recommended that a new battery
be placed in the hand-held transmit
-
ter of the device being programmed
to HomeLink for quicker training and
accurate transmission of the radio-
frequency signal.
3. Press the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton to the ACC (Accessory) position
for programming of HomeLink.
2) Programming a New Home
-
Linkėū Button
1. Press and release the HomeLink but
-
ton (1), (2) or (3), you would like to
program. The HomeLink indicator
light (7) will flash orange slowly (if not,
perform the steps of "Erasing Home
-
Link Buttons" section, and start over).
2. Position the garage door opener
remote 1 - 3 inches (2 - 8 cm) away
from the HomeLink buttons.
3. While the HomeLink indicator light (7)
is flashing orange, press and hold the
hand-held remote button. Continue
pressing the hand-held remote button
until the HomeLink indicator light (7)
light changes from orange to green.
You may now release the hand-held
remote button.
OMQ4041545N
OMQ4041546N
OMQ4041547N
63
5
5
Features of your vehicle Mirrors
4. Wait until your garage door comes to
a complete stop, regardless of posi
-
tion, before proceeding to the next
steps.
5. Press and release the HomeLink but
-
ton you are programming and
observe the indicator light.
å
If the indicator light remains solid
green, your device should operate
when the HomeLink button is
pressed. At this point, if your device
operates, programming is com
-
plete.
å
If the indicator light rapidly flashes
green, firmly press, hold for two
seconds and release the HomeLink
button up to three times in a row
slowly to complete the program
-
ming process. Do not press the
HomeLink button rapidly. At this
point if your device operates, pro
-
gramming is complete. If the device
does not operate, continue with
step 6.
6. At the garage door opener motor,
(security gate motor, etc.) locate the
"Learn", "Smart", "Set" or "Program"
button. This can usually be found
where the hanging antenna wire is
attached to the motor-head unit (see
the device's manual to identify this
button). The name and color of the
button may vary by manufacturer.
* A ladder and/or second person may
simplify the following steps.
7. Firmly press and release the "Learn"
,"Smart", "Set" or "Program"" button.
You now have up to 30 seconds in
which to complete the next step.
8. Return to the vehicle and firmly press,
hold for two seconds and release, the
HomeLink button up to three times in
a row slowly. Do not press the Home
-
Link button rapidly. As soon as you
see the garage door start to move,
stop pressing any buttons until a few
seconds after the garage door has
come to a complete stop, regardless
of position. At this point programming
is complete and your device should
operate when the HomeLink button is
pressed and released.
ODL3A040504
Features of your vehicle
645
Mirrors
3) Two-Way Communication Pro
-
gramming (For select garage
door openers)
If your garage door opener has the
'myQ' logo on its side, your opener has
Two-Way Communication capability.
HomeLink has the capability to establish
Two-Way Communication with your
garage door opener. HomeLink can
receive and display "closing" or "open
-
ing" status messages from compatible
garage door openers. At any time,
HomeLink can also recall and display the
last recorded status communicated by
the garage door opener to indicate your
garage door being "closed" or "opened".
To check if your garage door opener is
compatible with this feature, refer to
www.homelink.com/compatible/Two-
way-Communication. If your garage
door opener has this functionality, AND
the Two-Way Communication indicators
(4), (6) in the mirror appear while the
garage door is opening/closing, then no
further steps are needed. Two-Way
Communication Programming is already
complete. However, if your garage door
opener has this functionality, AND the
Two-Way Communication indicators (4),
(6) in the mirror DO NOT appear while
the garage door is opening/closing, use
the following instructions to enable this
functionality.
1. In your vehicle, press and hold the
programmed HomeLink button for 2
seconds, then release. Confirm that
the garage door is moving. AFTER it
stops, you will have one minute to
complete the following steps:
* A ladder and/or second person may
simplify the following steps.
2. On your garage door opener in your
garage, locate the "Learn" button
(usually near where the hanging
antenna wire is attached to the
garage door opener). If there is diffi
-
culty locating this button, refer to the
device's owner's manual.
3. Press and release the "Learn" button.
4. A light on your garage door opener
may flash, and your Two-Way Com
-
munication indicators (4), (6) in your
vehicle may flash, confirming comple
-
tion of the process.
5. Return to the vehicle and firmly press
and release the programmed Home
-
Link button to activate your garage
door. The Two-Way Communication
indicators (4), (6) flash in orange
when the door is moving. Do not
make any additional button presses
until AFTER the garage door has
come to a complete stop.
6. Your Two-Way Communication pro
-
gramming is now complete.
NOTICE
If your garage door opener has Two-
Way Communication functionality, it is
possible for HomeLink to stop function
-
ing the garage door shortly after initial
programming, if the Two-Way Commu
-
nication Programming wasn't properly
completed. This usually happens after
the first 10 times a programmed Home
-
Link button is pressed. If you experience
this, completing the "Programming a
New HomeLink Button" and "Two-Way
Communication Programming" will
restore door operation.
65
5
5
Features of your vehicle Mirrors
4) Canadian Programming
Canadian radio-frequency laws require
transmitter remote signals to "time-out"
(or quit) after a couple seconds of trans
-
mission, which may not be long enough
for HomeLink to pick up the signal
during programming.
If you live in Canada or you are having
difficulties programming a gate operator
or garage door opener by using the pro
-
gramming procedures, replace "Pro
-
gramming a New HomeLink Button"
step 3 with the following:
While the HomeLink indicator light (7) is
flashing orange, press and release
("cycle") your device's hand-held remote
every two seconds until the HomeLink
indicator light (7) changes from orange
to green. You may now release the
hand-held remote button. Then proceed
with "Programming a New HomeLink
Button" step 4.
2. Operating HomeLinkėū
1) Operating HomeLinkėū
1. Press and release the desired pro
-
grammed HomeLink button (1, 2 or 3).
NOTICE
The HomeLink indicator (7) should light
green, solid or flashing, and your pro
-
grammed device should operate.
If your device does not operate, the
HomeLink programming was not suc
-
cessful, and you'll need to reprogram the
button.
2) Two-Way Communication Dis
-
play Behavior
1. Press and release one of the pro
-
grammed HomeLink buttons (1, 2 or
3)
OMQ4041546N
OMQ4041549N
Features of your vehicle
665
Mirrors
2. The indicator (4) and (6) operates as
below, if your garage door opener has
Two-Way Communication functional
-
ity.
å
If the indicator (4) flashes in
Orange, it indicates that the garage
door is "Closing".
å
The indicator (4) turns solid green
once the garage door has closed.
å
If the indicator (6) flashes in
Orange, it indicates that the garage
door is "Opening".
å
The indicator (6) turns solid green
once the garage door has fully
opened.
å
If the indicator (4) or (6) does not
turn to green, it indicates that the
last status of garage door was not
received properly. The HomeLink
mirror tries to receive the last
known status of the garage door
for a few seconds.
3) Recalling Garage Door Status
HomeLink mirror with Two-Way Com
-
munication provides a way to view the
last stored message from the garage
door opener. In order to recall the last
known status of the last activated
device, press the buttons "1 and 2" OR "2
and 3" simultaneously.
å
If the indicator (4) appears solid
Green, it indicates that the last acti
-
vated device was "closed" properly.
å
If the indicator (6) appears solid
Green, it indicates that the last acti
-
vated device was "open" properly.
3. Erasing HomeLinkėū Buttons
1) Erasing and Reprogramming a
Single HomeLinkėū Button:
1. Press and hold the desired HomeLink
button you want to re-program. DO
NOT release the button.
2. The HomeLink indicator light (7) will
appear solid green. Release the but
-
ton as soon as the HomeLink indicator
light (7) begins to flash orange, usu
-
ally about 20 seconds.
3. Proceed with the steps in the "Pro
-
gramming a New HomeLink Button"
section.
NOTICE
If you do not complete the re-program
-
ming of a new device to the button, it will
revert to the previously stored program
-
ming.
OMQ4041548N
67
5
5
Features of your vehicle Mirrors
2) The following instructions will
erase ALL HomeLinkėū program
-
ming from ALL buttons:
1. Press and hold the buttons (1) and (3)
simultaneously
2. The HomeLink indicator light (7) will
appear solid Orange for about 10 sec
-
onds
3. Release the buttons once the Home
-
Link indicator light (7) changes to
Green and flashes rapidly
4. Now all three HomeLink buttons (1),
(2) and (3) are cleared of any pro
-
gramming
Information
HomeLink and the HomeLink House
logo are registered trademarks of Gen
-
tex Corporation.
The myQ logo is a registered trademark
of The Chamberlain Group, Inc
FCC (USA) and ISED (Canada)
This device complies with FCC rules part
15 and Innovation, Science, and Eco
-
nomic Development Canada RSS-210.
Operation is subject to the following two
conditions: (1) This device may not cause
harmful interference, and (2) This device
must accept any interference that may
be received including interference that
may cause undesired operation. WARN
-
ING: The transmitter has been tested
and complies with FCC and ISED rules.
Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user's author
-
ity to operate the device.
This equipment complies with FCC and
ISED radiation exposure limits set forth
for an uncontrolled environment. End
Users must follow the specific operating
instructions for satisfying RF exposure
compliance. This transmitter must be at
least 20 cm from the user and must not
be co-located or operating in conjunc
-
tion with any other antenna or transmit
-
ter.
OMQ4041550N
Features of your vehicle
685
Mirrors
FCC (ėĐtats-Unis) et ISED (Canada)
Cet appareil est conforme aux rėgle
-
ments de la FCC, section 15, et au CNR-
210 d'Innovation, Sciences et Dėveloppe
-
ment ėconomique Canada. Le
fonctionnement est assujetti aux deux
conditions suivantes: (1) cet appareil ne
doit pas causer d'interfėrences nuisibles
et (2) cet appareil doit accepter toute
interfėrence reėue, y compris celle qui
pourrait entraėner un dysfonctionne
-
ment. MISE EN GARDE: L'ėmetteur a
subi des tests et est conforme aux rėgle
-
ments de la FCC et d'ISDE. Les change
-
ments ou modifications non approuvės
explicitement par la partie responsable
de la conformitė pourraient rendre
caduque l'autorisation de l'utilisateur de
se servir du dispositif.
Cet appareil est conforme aux limites
d'exposition aux radiations de la FCC et
d'ISDE ėtablies pour un environnement
non contrėĶlė. Les utilisateurs finaux
doivent respecter les instructions d'utili
-
sation spėcifiques pour satisfaire aux
exigences de conformitė aux expositions
de RF. L'ėmetteur doit se trouver ė― 20
cm au minimum de l'utilisateur et ne doit
pas ėtre situė au mėme endroit que tout
autre ėmetteur ou antenne ni fonction
-
ner avec un autre ėmetteur ou antenne.
69
5
5
Features of your vehicle Mirrors
HomeLink 5 Programing Flow Chart
ODL3A040518
Features of your vehicle
705
Mirrors
Outside rear view mirror
Your vehicle is equipped with both left-
hand and right-hand outside rear view
mirrors.
Be sure to adjust the mirror angles
before driving.
The mirrors can be adjusted remotely
with the control levers or remote switch,
depending on the type of mirror control
installed. The mirror heads can be folded
back to prevent damage during an auto
-
matic car wash or when passing through
a narrow street.
WARNING
Rear view mirrors
å
The outside rear view mirror is con
-
vex. Objects seen in the mirror are
closer than they appear.
å
Use your interior rear view mirror or
direct observation to determine the
actual distance of following vehicles
when changing lanes.
CAUTION
Do not scrape ice off the mirror face; this
may damage the surface of the glass. If
ice should restrict the movement of the
mirror, do not force the mirror for
adjustment. To remove ice, use a deicer
spray, or a sponge or soft cloth with
warm water.
CAUTION
If the mirror is jammed with ice, do not
adjust the mirror by force. Use an
approved spray de-icer (not radiator
antifreeze) to release the frozen mecha
-
nism or move the vehicle to a warm
place and allow the ice to melt.
WARNING
Do not adjust or fold the outside rear
view mirrors while the vehicle is moving.
This could result in loss of control, and
an accident which could cause DEATH,
SERIOUS INJURY, or property damage.
Adjusting the outside rear view
mirrors
The electric remote control mirror switch
allows you to adjust the position of the
left and right outside rear view mirrors.
Adjusting the rear view mirrors:
1. Move the R or L switch (1) to select the
right side mirror or the left side mirror.
2. Press a corresponding point on the
mirror adjustment control (2) to posi
-
tion the selected mirror up, down, left
or right.
CAUTION
å
The mirrors stop moving when they
reach the maximum adjusting angles,
but the motor continues to operate
while the switch is pressed. Do not
press the switch longer than neces
-
sary, the motor may be damaged.
OMQ4AH040447
71
5
5
Features of your vehicle Mirrors
å
Do not attempt to adjust the outside
rear view mirror by hand. Doing so
may damage the parts.
Folding the outside rear view mir
-
ror
Manual type (if equipped)
To fold the outside rear view mirror,
grasp the housing of the mirror and then
fold it toward the rear of the vehicle.
Electric type (if equipped)
The outside rear view mirror can be
folded or unfolded by pressing the
switch as below.
å
To fold the outside rear view mirror
depress the button.
å
To unfold it, depress the button again.
CAUTION
The electric type outside rear view mir
-
ror operates even though the ENGINE
START/STOP button is in the LOCK or
OFF position. However, to prevent
unnecessary battery discharge, do not
adjust the mirrors longer than necessary
while the engine is not running.
CAUTION
In case it is an electric type outside rear
view mirror, don't fold it by hand. It could
cause motor failure.
Reverse parking aid function (if
equipped)
When you shift the gear to the R
(Reverse) position, the outside rear view
mirror(s) will rotate downwards to aid
with driving in reverse.
The position of the outside rear view
mirror switch (1) determines whether or
not the mirrors will move:
Left/Right: When either the L (Left) or R
(Right) switch is selected, both outside
rear view mirrors will move.
Neutral: When neither switch is selected,
the outside rear view mirrors will not
move.
OMQ4040031
OMQ4AH040448
OMQ4AH040032
Features of your vehicle
725
Mirrors
The outside rear view mirrors will auto
-
matically revert to their original positions
if any of the followings occur:
å
The ENGINE START/STOP button is
placed to either the LOCK/OFF posi
-
tion or the ACC position.
å
The gear is shifted to any position
except R (Reverse).
å
The remote control outside rear view
mirror switch is not selected.
Auto reverse user settings
If you cannot secure enough visibility
with the angles provided as factory
default conditions, you can readjust and
store the angles of outside rear view mir
-
rors.
The factory default angles of the right
and left rear view mirrors might be set
differently to improve visibility.
1. Set the shift dial SBW to P (Parking).
Make sure that the vehicle is stopped
and the mirrors are not working.
2. Position the lever to L (left) or R (right)
depending on the mirror that you
want to adjust.
3. Step on the brake pedal and turn the
shift dial SBW to R (Reverse).
4. When the downward movement of
the rear view mirror is finished, adjust
the mirror to the desired angle by
pressing the switches, âž, âē, â, âķ.
5. If you change the shift dial SBW to a
position other than R (Reverse), or
change the rear view mirror selector
lever to the neutral position, and the
automatic return of the mirror is fin
-
ished, the adjusted angle will be auto
-
matically saved.
6. You can adjust the rear view mirror on
the other side by following the same
procedures (1-5).
How to reset auto reverse user
settings
If you want to change the automatic
control function of rear view mirrors to
factory-default conditions, follow the
steps below.
1. Position the shift dial SBW to P (Park).
Make sure that the vehicle is stopped
and the mirror is not working.
2. Choose the mirror to be adjusted by
positioning the lever to L (left) or R
(right).
3. Step on the brake pedal and turn the
shift dial SBW to R (Reverse).
4. When the downward movement of
the rear view mirror is finished, press
the switch âē to locate the mirror in
the position higher than before (P, N
or D).
(Adjust the mirror in the higher posi
-
tion compared to its position in the
driving mode)
5. It is initialized when the shift dial SBW
is changed to a position other than R
(Reverse), or the rear view mirror
selector lever is changed to the neu
-
tral position. (Initialized position will be
applied from next operation)
6. You can initialize settings for the mir
-
ror on the other side by following the
same procedures (1-5).
CAUTION
We recommend following the proce
-
dures in an orderly manner to change or
initialize the auto reversing user settings.
If you move to the next step before com
-
pleting the previous one, the changed
angle may not be changed or initializa
-
tion may not work properly.
73
5
5
Features of your vehicle Instrument cluster
Instrument cluster
Conventional cluster (Type A)
Full LCD cluster (Type B)
* The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
1. Power gauge
2. Speedometer
3. Hybrid battery SOC gauge
4. Fuel gauge
5. LCD display (including Trip computer)
6. Warning and indicator lights
OMQ4AH040106
OMQ4AH041100
Features of your vehicle
745
Instrument cluster
Full LCD cluster (if equipped)
The full LCD type cluster provides two themes.
Type A
Type A is the basic theme of the full LCD type cluster and provides different graphic
styles depending on drive mode.
Type B (Dynamic)
Type B is set by the user and provides digital display. The background screen
changes according to the weather and time.
å
Weather: sunny, cloudy, rainy, or snowy (4 types)
å
Time: night, day, sunrise and sunset (4 types)
You can change the theme by selecting 'Vehicle â Instrument Cluster Setting â
Theme Selection' on the menu.
OMQ4AH041101
OMQ4AH041109
75
5
5
Features of your vehicle Instrument cluster
CAUTION
The information is displayed after get
-
ting information from a weather infor
-
mation provider via GPS. Depending on
conditions of GPS reception, the infor
-
mation may be different from the cur
-
rent weather in your area.
If no information is received via GPS
(e.g., not subscribed to Kia Connect ser
-
vice), the weather and time will be dis
-
played as 'sunny' and 'night' on the
cluster.
Adjusting instrument cluster illu
-
mination
The brightness of the instrument panel
illumination is changed by pressing the
illumination control button ("+" or "-")
when the ENGINE START/STOP button
is ON, or the taillamps are turned on.
WARNING
Never adjust the instrument cluster
while driving. This could result in loss of
control and lead to an accident that may
cause DEATH, SERIOUS INJURY, or
property damage.
å
If you hold the illumination control
button ("+" or "-"), the brightness will
be changed continuously.
å
If the brightness reaches to the maxi
-
mum or minimum level, an alarm will
sound.
Gauges
The gauges display various information
such as the speed of the vehicle, and so
on.
Speedometer
Type A
OMQ4AH041049
OMQ4AH040558
OMQ4040156L
Features of your vehicle
765
Instrument cluster
Type B
The speedometer indicates the speed of
the vehicle and is calibrated in miles per
hour (mph) and kilometers per hour
(km/h).
Power gauge
Type A
Type B
The hybrid system gauge indicates
whether the current driving condition is
fuel efficient or not.
å
CHARGE:
Shows that the energy made by the
vehicle is being converted to electrical
energy. (Regenerated energy)
å
ECO:
Shows that the vehicle is being driven
in an Eco-friendly manner.
å
POWER:
Shows that the vehicle is exceeding
the Eco-friendly range.
NOTICE
According to the hybrid system gauge
area, the "EV" indicator comes on or off.
å
"EV" indicator ON : Vehicle is driven
using the electric motor or the gaso
-
line engine is stopped.
å
"EV" indicator OFF : Vehicle is driven
using the gasoline engine.
OMQ4AH040164
OMQ4H040105
OMQ4H040103
77
5
5
Features of your vehicle Instrument cluster
Hybrid battery SOC (State of
Charge) gauge
Type A
Type B
This gauge indicates the remaining
hybrid battery power. If the SOC is near
the "L (Low)" level, the vehicle automati
-
cally operates the engine to charge the
battery.
However, if the Service Indicator ( )
and Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)
( ) turn on when the SOC gauge is
near the "L (Low)" level, visit an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
NOTICE
Never try to start the vehicle if the fuel
tank is empty. In this condition, the
engine cannot charge the high voltage
battery of the hybrid system. If you try to
start the vehicle when the fuel is empty,
the high voltage battery will become dis
-
charged and be damaged.
Plug-in hybrid mode indicator
(Plug-in hybrid vehicle)
å
CD (Charge Depleting, Electric) mode:
The high-voltage (hybrid) battery is
used to drive the vehicle.
OMQ4H040107
OMQ4AH040104
OMQ4PH050353L
Features of your vehicle
785
Instrument cluster
å
AUTO mode: The AUTO mode will be
automatically selected from either
from Electric (CD) mode or Hybrid
(CS) mode by the system according to
the driving condition.
å
CS (Charge Sustaining, Hybrid) mode:
The high-voltage (hybrid) battery and
gasoline engine is used to drive the
vehicle.
A corresponding message is displayed
to indicate the selected mode.
Fuel gauge
Type A
Type B
This gauge indicates the approximate
amount of fuel remaining in the fuel
tank.
NOTICE
å
The fuel tank capacity is given in
"Recommended lubricants and capac
-
ities" on page 9-7.
å
The fuel gauge is supplemented by a
low fuel warning light, which will
appear when the fuel tank is nearly
empty.
OMQ4PHQ010045L
OMQ4PHQ010046L
OMQ4PH050364L
OMQ4PH050360L
OMQ4PH050366L
OMQ4040154
ODL3A040513
79
5
5
Features of your vehicle Instrument cluster
å
On inclines or curves, the fuel gauge
pointer may fluctuate or the low fuel
warning light may come on earlier
than usual due to the movement of
fuel in the tank.
WARNING
Fuel gauge
Running out of fuel can expose vehicle
occupants to danger.
You must stop and obtain additional fuel
as soon as possible after the warning
light comes on or when the gauge indi
-
cator comes close to the " E" level.
CAUTION
Avoid driving with an extremely low fuel
level. Running out of fuel could cause
the engine to misfire, which could dam
-
age the catalytic converter.
NOTICE
The fuel display may not be accurate if
the vehicle is on an incline.
Odometer
Type A
Type B
The odometer Indicates the total dis
-
tance that the vehicle has been driven
and should be used to determine when
periodic maintenance should be per
-
formed.
å
Odometer range: 0~ 999,999 miles or
1,599,999 km.
Distance to empty
Type A
OMQ4AH040113
OMQ4AH040155
OMQ4AH040115
Features of your vehicle
805
Instrument cluster
Type B
å
The distance to empty is the esti
-
mated distance the vehicle can be
driven with the remaining fuel.
- Distance range: 1~9,999 km or
1~9,999 mi.
å
If the estimated distance is below 1
mile (1 km), the trip computer will dis
-
play "---" as distance to empty.
å
If the level of the remaining fuel is
more than three-quarters, more than
0.8 gallons (3 liters) of fuel must be
refilled for the fuel gauge to change.
In other cases, more than 1.6 gallons
(6 liters) of fuel must be refilled for the
vehicle to change the fuel gauge.
NOTICE
å
If the vehicle is not on level ground or
the battery power has been inter
-
rupted, the distance to empty function
may not operate correctly.
å
The distance to empty may differ
from the actual driving distance as it
is an estimate of the available driving
distance.
å
The trip computer may not register
additional fuel if less than 1.6 gallons
(6 liters) of fuel are added to the vehi
-
cle.
å
The fuel economy and distance to
empty may vary significantly based
on driving conditions, driving habits,
and condition of the vehicle.
Outside temperature gauge
Type A
Type B
This gauge indicates the current outside
air temperatures by 1 °F (1 °C).
å
Temperature range: -40 °F~140 °F (-
40 °C~60 °C)
The outside temperature on the display
may not change immediately like a gen
-
eral thermometer to prevent the driver
from being inattentive.
To change the temperature unit (from °C
to °F or from °F to °C)
ODL3A040112
OMQ4AH040117
ODL3A040113
81
5
5
Features of your vehicle Instrument cluster
The temperature unit can be changed
by using the "User Settings" mode of the
LCD Display.
* For more details, refer to "LCD display"
on page 5-82.
Transmission shift indicator
Transmission shift indicator displays
gear information depending on your
vehicle's transmission type.
Automatic transmission shift indi
-
cator
Type A
Type B
This indicator displays which automatic
transmission gear is selected.
å
Park: P
å
Reverse: R
å
Neutral: N
å
Drive: D
Manual shift mode
å
Shifting up: âē2, âē3, âē4, âē5, âē6
å
Shifting down: âž1, âž2, âž3, âž4, âž5
Automatic transmission shift indi
-
cator in manual shift mode
In the Manual shift mode, this indicator
informs which gear is desired while driv
-
ing to save fuel.
Type A
Type B
å
Shifting up: âē2, âē3, âē4, âē5, âē6
å
Shifting down: âž1, âž2, âž3, âž4, âž5
OMQ4040120
OMQ4AH051327
OMQ4040494L
OMQ4040493L
Features of your vehicle
825
LCD display
For example
å
âē3: Indicates that shifting up to the
3rd gear is desired (currently the shift
dial SBW is in the 2nd or 1st gear).
å
âž3: Indicates that shifting down to
the 3rd gear is desired (currently the
shift dial SBW is in the 4th, 5th or 6th
gear).
When the system is not working prop
-
erly, the indicator is not displayed.
Shift indicator pop-up
The pop-up that indicates the current
gear position is displayed in the cluster
for about 2 seconds when shifting into
other positions (P/R/N/D).
The shift indicator pop-up function can
be activated or deactivated from the
User Settings mode in the cluster LCD
display.
LCD display
The LCD display modes can be changed
with the control buttons.
LCD Display Control
1. : MODE button for changing
modes
2. / : MOVE switch for changing
items
3. OK: SELECT/RESET button for setting
or resetting the selected item
OMQ4041034
83
5
5
Features of your vehicle LCD display
LCD display modes
The LCD display provides 5 modes. You can switch modes by pressing the Mode but
-
ton.
Type A
Mode
Trip Computer
Driving Assist
Turn By Turn (TBT)*
User Settings
Information/
Master Warning
Up/
Down
Range
*1
Lane Keeping Assist/
Smart Cruise Control*/
Navigation-based
Smart Cruise Control*/
Lane Following Assist/
Highway Driving
Assist*
Route Guidance Head-Up Display*
Intelligent Speed Limit
Assist*
Fuel Economy
Driver Attention Warn
-
ing*
Destination Info Driver Assistance
Tire Pressure Monitoring
System*
Accumulated Info
Door
Driving Force Distribu
-
tion*
Drive Info Lights
The Master Warning
mode displays warning
messages related to the
vehicle when one or
more systems is not
operating normally.
Driving Style* Sound
Energy Flow Convenience
Service Interval
Theme Selection
Other
Eco Vehicle
Language
Reset
Features of your vehicle
845
LCD display
Type B
The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to
your vehicle.
*1: For Plug-in Hybrid vehicle
* : if equipped
NOTICE
Keep the engine running when configur
-
ing the display settings to prevent the
battery from discharging.
Mode
Trip Computer
Driving Assist
Turn By Turn (TBT)*
Up/
Down
Range
*1
Lane Keeping Assist*/Smart Cruise Control*/
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control*/
Lane Following Assist/Highway Driving
Assist*
Route Guidance
Energy Flow Destination Info
Drive Info
After Refuel*
Accumulated Info
Digital Speedometer
Driving Style*
Tire Pressure Monitoring System*
Coolant Temperature
Driving Force Distribution*
85
5
5
Features of your vehicle LCD display
Trip computer mode
The trip computer mode displays infor
-
mation related to vehicle driving param
-
eters including fuel economy, tripmeter
information and timer.
* For more details, refer to "Trip informa
-
tion (trip computer)" on page 5-93 and
"Hybrid system overview" on page 1-2.
Turn By Turn (TBT) mode
This mode displays the state of the navi
-
gation.
Driving Assist mode
This mode displays the state of:
å
Lane Safety
å
Smart Cruise Control
å
Driver Attention Warning
Information mode
This mode displays the state of:
å
Speedometer
å
Engine temperature
å
Tire pressure
OMQ4AH040139
OMQ4AH040122
OMQ4050296L
OMQ4040126L
Features of your vehicle
865
LCD display
Tire pressure status
This mode displays information related
to Tire Pressure.
* For more details, refer to "Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (TPMS)" on page 7-
8.
Master warning mode
This warning light informs the driver the
following situations.
å
LED headlamp malfunction
å
Lamp malfunction
å
High Beam Assist malfunction (if
equipped)
At this time, a Master Warning icon
( ) will appear beside the User Set
-
tings icon ( ), on the LCD display. If
the warning situation is solved, the mas
-
ter warning light will be turned off and
the Master Warning icon will disappear.
User settings mode
In this mode, you can change the set
-
tings of the instrument cluster, doors,
lamps, etc.
1. Head-up Display
2. Driver Assistance
3. Lights
4. Sound
5. Eco Vehicle
6. Door
7. Convenience
8. Service Interval
9. Others
10.Reset
The information provided may differ
depending on which functions are appli
-
cable to your vehicle.
OMQ4HQ010031L
OMQ4040129L
87
5
5
Features of your vehicle LCD display
1. Head-Up Display (if equipped)
2. Driver Assistance (if equipped)
Items Explanation
Enable Head-up display If this item is checked, Head-Up Display will be activated.
Height Adjust the height (1~20) of the HUD image on the HUD screen.
Rotation Adjust the degree (-5~+5) of the HUD rotation.
Brightness Adjust the intensity (1~20) of the HUD brightness.
Contents Selection To select the content information on the HUD screen.
Items Explanation
Driver Attention Warning
å
Leading Vehicle Departure Alert
To select the function.
å
Inattentive Driving Warning
To select the function.
* For more details, refer to "Driver Attention Warning (DAW)" on page 6-
111.
Speed Limit Warning
å
Speed Limit Offset
To select the Warning time
å
Speed Limit Assist/Speed Assist Warning/Off
To select the functions.
* For more details, refer to "Intelligent Speed Limit Assist (ISLA) (if
equipped)" on page 6-106.
Warning Timing
å
Standard/Late
To select the warning timing
Warning Volume
å
High/Medium/Low/Off
To select the warning volume
Haptic Warning
å
On/Off
To select the haptic warning
Forward Safety
To adjust Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist.
å
Active Assist/Warning Only/Off
To select the functions.
* For more details, refer to "Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)
(Sensor fusion) (if equipped)" on page 6-64.
Lane Safety
To adjust Lane Keeping Assist.
å
Lane Keeping Assist/Lane Departure Warning/Off
To select the functions.
* For more details, refer to "Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)" on page 6-78.
Features of your vehicle
885
LCD display
* The information provided may differ depending on which systems are applicable to
your vehicle.
3. Door (if equipped)
Blind-Spot Safety
å
Safe Exit Assist
For more details, refer to "Safe Exit Warning (SEW) (if equipped)" on
page 6-96 or "Safe Exit Assist (SEA) (if equipped)" on page 6-99.
å
Active Assist/Warning Only/Off
* For more details, refer to "Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA)
(if equipped)" on page 6-84.
Parking Safety
å
Parking Distance Warning Auto On
å
Rear Cross-Traffic Safety
To Activate or deactivate Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist.
* For more details, refer to "Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist (RCCA) (if equipped)" on page 6-153.
Items Explanation
Automatically Lock
å
Enable on shift (for Automatic transmission): All doors will be auto
-
matically locked if the vehicle is shifted from the P (Park) position to
the R (Reverse), N (Neutral), or D (Drive) position. (With the Engine
ON, it is activated.)
å
Enable on speed (for Automatic transmission): All doors will be auto
-
matically locked when the vehicle speed exceeds 15 km/h (9.3 mph)
å
Off: The auto door unlock operation will be canceled.
* If the setting is changed while the vehicle is in motion, the changed
setting may not immediately operate.
Automatically Unlock
å
On shift to P (for Automatic transmission): All doors will be automat
-
ically unlocked if the gear is shifted to the P (Park) position. (With
the Engine ON, it is activated.)
å
Vehicle Off: All doors will be automatically unlocked when the
ENGINE START/STOP button is set to the OFF position.
å
Off: The auto door unlock operation will be canceled.
2 Press Unlock
If this item is checked, the two press unlock will be activated. The
driver's door will unlock if the door unlock button is pressed. When the
door unlock button is pressed again within 4 seconds, the remaining
doors will unlock.
Horn Feedback If this item is checked, Horn Feedback will be activated.
Power Liftgate If this item is checked, Power Liftgate will be activated.
Power Liftgate Speed
å
Normal/Fast
To adjust the power liftgate speed.
Power Liftgate Opening
Height
å
Level 1/Level 2/Level 3/Full Open/User Height Setting
To select the height.
* For more details, refer to "Power liftgate (if equipped)" on page 5-27.
Items Explanation
89
5
5
Features of your vehicle LCD display
* The information provided may differ depending on which systems are applicable to
your vehicle.
4. Lights (if equipped)
* The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable
to your vehicle.
5. Sound (if equipped)
6. Convenience (if equipped)
Smart Liftgate
To activate or deactivate the Smart Liftgate.
* For more details, refer to "Smart Liftgate with Auto Open (if
equipped)" on page 5-34.
Items Explanation
Illumination To adjust the instrument cluster illumination.
One Touch Turn Signal
å
Off: The one touch turn signal function will be deactivated.
å
3, 5, 7 flashes: The turn signal indicator will blink 3, 5, or 7 times
when the turn signal lever is moved slightly.
* For more details, refer to "Lighting" on page 5-129.
Ambient Light Brightness
å
Off/1/2/3/4
To adjust the ambient light brightness.
Ambient Light Color To adjust the ambient light color.
Headlamp Delay If this item is checked, the headlamp delay function will be activated.
High Beam Assist If this item is checked, High Beam Assist will be activated.
Items Explanation
Welcome Sound If this item is checked, the welcome sound function will be activated.
Items Explanation
Seat (forward/backward) Easy
Access
å
Off/Normal/Extended
To select the seat movement
Rear Occupant Alert
If this item is checked, the Rear Occupant Alert (ROA) display will be
activated.
Welcome Mirror/Light
å
On Door Unlock/On Driver Approach
To select the welcome mirror/light function.
Wireless Charging System If this item is checked, the wireless charging function will be activated.
Items Explanation
Features of your vehicle
905
LCD display
* The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable
to your vehicle.
7. Service interval (if equipped)
NOTICE
To use the service interval menu, consult
an authorized Kia dealer.
If the service interval is activated and the
time and distance is adjusted, messages
are displayed in the following situations
each time the vehicle is turned on.
å
Service in: Displayed to inform the
driver the remaining mileage and
days to service.
å
Service required: Displayed when the
mileage and days to service has been
reached or passed.
If any of the following conditions occur,
the mileage and number of days to ser
-
vice may be incorrect.
å
The battery cable is disconnected.
å
The battery is discharged.
å
The fuse switch is turned off.
Auto Rear Wiper (in R)
If this item is checked, the Auto Rear Wiper will be activated when the
front wiper is On and the gear is selected in (R) (Reverse).
Vehicle Auto-Shut Off
å
60 min/30 min: To set the vehicle auto-shut off timer
å
Disable: The vehicle auto-shut off function will be canceled.
* For more details, refer to "Vehicle Auto Shut-off system (if equipped)"
on page 6-47.
Icy Road Warning If this item is checked, the icy road warning will be activated.
Items Explanation
Enable Service Interval If this item is checked, the Service Interval function will be activated.
Adjust Interval
If the service interval menu is activated, you may adjust the time and
distance.
Reset To reset the service interval function.
Items Explanation
91
5
5
Features of your vehicle LCD display
8. Theme Selection
* The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable
to your vehicle.
9. Other
* The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable
to your vehicle.
10. ECO Vehicle (if equipped)
* The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable
to your vehicle.
Items Explanation
Theme Selection You can select the theme in the User Setting mode.
Items Explanation
Speedometer Unit
å
mph, km/h
To select the Speedometer unit.
Fuel Economy Unit
å
L/100 km, US gallon, UK gallon
To select the Fuel economy unit.
For more details, refer to "Trip information (trip computer)" on page 5-
93.
Temperature Unit
å
°F/°C
To select the Temperature unit.
Tire Pressure Unit
å
psi, kPa
To select the Tire Pressure Unit
Items Explanation
Coasting Guide
å
Coasting Guide
To select the function.
å
Sound On/Sound Off
To activate or deactivate the sound.
Start Coasting
å
Later/Normal/Early
To select the coasting timing.
Features of your vehicle
925
LCD display
11. Language
* The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable
to your vehicle.
12. Reset
Items Explanation
Language You can select the language in the User Setting mode.
Items Explanation
Reset
You can reset the menus in the User Settings mode. All menus in the
User Settings mode are reset to factory settings, except language and
service interval.
93
5
5
Features of your vehicle LCD displays
LCD displays
LCD displays show the following infor
-
mation to drivers.
å
Trip information
å
LCD modes
å
Warning messages
Trip information (trip computer)
The trip computer is a microcomputer-
controlled driver information system
that displays information related to driv
-
ing.
NOTICE
Some driving information stored in the
trip computer resets if the battery is dis
-
connected.
Trip Modes
Type A
OMQ4PH041634L
Features of your vehicle
945
LCD displays
Type B
*1: For Plug-in Hybrid vehicle
* : if equipped
To change the trip mode, toggle the
switch ( / ) on the steering wheel.
Fuel economy
This information is always displayed at
the bottom center of the Full LCD clus
-
ter.
Average Fuel Economy (1)
å
The average fuel economy is calcu
-
lated by the total driving distance and
fuel consumption since the last aver
-
age fuel economy resets.
- Fuel economy range: 0 ~ 99.9 mpg
or km/L, L/100 km
NOTICE
The average fuel economy is not dis
-
played for more accurate calculation if
the vehicle does not drive more than 10
seconds or 0.03 mi (50 m) since the
ENGINE START/STOP button is turned
to ON.
OMQ4PH041635L
OKA4040530
95
5
5
Features of your vehicle LCD displays
Instant Fuel Economy (2)
å
This mode displays the instant fuel
economy during the last few seconds
when the vehicle speed is more than
6.2 mph (10 km/h).
- Fuel economy range:
0.0~30 km/L, L/100 km or
0.0~50.0 mpg
Accumulated driving information
mode
This display shows the accumulated trip
distance, the average fuel efficiency, and
the total driving time.
å
Accumulated information is calculated
after the vehicle has run for more
than 0.19 miles (300 m).
å
If you press "OK" button for more than
1 second after the Cumulative Infor
-
mation is displayed, the information
will be reset.
å
If the engine is running, even when
the vehicle is not in motion, the infor
-
mation will be accumulated.
Drive info display
This display shows the trip distance (1),
the average fuel efficiency (2), and the
total driving time (3) information once
per one ignition cycle.
å
Fuel efficiency is calculated after the
vehicle has run for more than 0.19
miles (300 m).
å
The information will automatically
reset when the driver's door is opened
after the vehicle is turned off, or
approximately 3 minutes have passed
after the vehicle is turned off.
å
If the engine is running, even when
the vehicle is not in motion, the infor
-
mation will be accumulated.
NOTICE
The vehicle must be driven for a mini
-
mum of 0.19 miles (300 m) since the last
ignition cycle before the average accu
-
mulated driving information is recalcu
-
lated.
OMQ4AH040138
OMQ4AH040139
Features of your vehicle
965
LCD displays
Information since refueling
This display shows the trip distance, the
average fuel efficiency, and the instant
fuel efficiency (or the total driving time)
since refueling.
å
Information since refueling is calcu
-
lated after the vehicle has run for
more than 0.19 miles (300 m).
å
If you press "OK" button for more than
1 second after the information since
refueling is displayed, the information
will be reset.
å
If the engine is running, even when
the vehicle is not in motion, the infor
-
mation will be accumulated.
NOTICE
The vehicle must be driven for a mini
-
mum of 0.19 miles (300 m) since the last
ignition cycle before the average accu
-
mulated driving information is recalcu
-
lated.
Range (Plug-in hybrid vehicle)
The range is the estimated distance the
vehicle can be driven with the remaining
high-voltage (hybrid) battery (1, Electric)
and fuel in the fuel tank (2, Gasoline).
å
If the estimated distance is below 1
mile (1 km), the trip computer will dis
-
play â---â as distance to empty.
- Distance range: 1 ~ 510 miles or 1 ~
510 km.
NOTICE
å
If the vehicle is not on level ground or
the battery power has been inter
-
rupted, the range function may not
operate correctly.
å
The range may differ from the actual
driving distance as it is an estimate of
the available driving distance.
å
The trip computer may not register
additional fuel if less than 1.6 gallons
(6 liters) of fuel are added to the vehi
-
cle.
å
The range may vary significantly
based on driving conditions, driving
habits, and condition of the vehicle.
OMQ4A041560N
OMQ4PH041599L
97
5
5
Features of your vehicle LCD displays
Energy flow
The hybrid system informs the driver
about its energy flow in various operat
-
ing modes. While driving, the current
energy flow is specified in 11 modes.
* For more details, refer to "Energy flow"
on page 1-32.
Service mode
This mode reminds you of scheduled
maintenance information.
Service Interval
It calculates and displays when you need
a scheduled maintenance service (mile
-
age or days).
If the remaining mileage or time reaches
900 miles (1,500 km) or 30 days, "Ser
-
vice interval" message is displayed for
several seconds each time you set the
ENGINE START/STOP button to the ON
position.
Service required
If you do not have your vehicle serviced
according to the already inputted ser
-
vice interval, "Service required" message
is displayed for several seconds each
time you set the ENGINE START/STOP
button to the ON position.
To reset the service interval to the mile
-
age and days you inputted before:
å
Press the OK button (Reset) for more
than 1 second.
NOTICE
If any of the following conditions occurs,
the mileage and days may be incorrect.
å
The battery cable is disconnected.
å
The battery is discharged.
OMQ4HQ010004L
OMQ4AH040127
Features of your vehicle
985
LCD displays
LCD display messages
Door, hood, liftgate, sunroof
open
å
This warning is displayed indicating
which door, the hood, the liftgate or
the sunroof is open.
Low pressure warning display
This warning message is displayed if the
tire pressure is low. The corresponding
tire on the vehicle will appear.
* For more details, refer to "Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (TPMS)" on page 7-
8.
Lights mode
This indicator displays which exterior
light is selected using the lighting con
-
trol.
You can activate or deactivate Wiper/
Lights Display function from the User
Settings mode in the cluster LCD display.
Wiper mode
This indicator displays which wiper
speed is selected using the wiper con
-
trol.
You can activate or deactivate Wiper/
Lights Display function from the User
Settings mode in the cluster LCD display.
OMQ4040130
OMQ4040126L
OMQ4AH040161
OMQ4AH040162
99
5
5
Features of your vehicle LCD displays
Low washer fluid
This warning message is displayed if the
washer fluid level in the reservoir is
nearly empty.
Have the washer fluid reservoir refilled.
Icy road warning
This warning is to warn the driver the
road may be icy.
When the following conditions occur, the
warning light (including outside tem
-
perature gauge) blinks 5 times and then
appears, and also warning chime sounds
once.
å
The temperature on the outside tem
-
perature gauge is below approxi
-
mately 40 °F (4 °C).
NOTICE
If the icy road warning appears while
driving, you should drive more atten
-
tively and safely refraining from over-
speeding, rapid acceleration, sudden
braking or sharp turning, etc.
Engine overheated
å
This warning message appears when
the engine coolant temperature is
above 248 °F (120 °C). This mean that
the engine is overheated and may be
damaged.
* If your vehicle is overheated, refer to "If
the engine overheats" on page 7-6.
Low key battery
å
This warning message appears if the
battery of the smart key is discharged
when the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton changes to the OFF position.
Press START button while turn
-
ing wheel
å
This warning message appears if the
steering wheel does not unlock nor
-
mally when the ENGINE START/STOP
button is pressed.
å
It means that you should press the
ENGINE START/STOP button while
turning the steering wheel right and
left.
Steering wheel unlocked
å
This warning message appears if the
steering wheel does not lock when the
ENGINE START/STOP button changes
to the OFF position.
OMQ4H040108L
OMQ4040163L
Features of your vehicle
1005
LCD displays
Check steering wheel lock system
å
This warning message appears if the
steering wheel does not lock normally
when the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton changes to the OFF position.
Key not in vehicle
å
This warning message appears if the
smart key is not in the vehicle when
you press the ENGINE START/STOP
button.
å
It means that you should always have
the smart key with you.
Key not detected
å
This warning message appears if the
smart key is not detected when you
press the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton.
Shift to P or N to start engine
å
This warning message appears if you
try to start the engine with the gear
not in the P (Park) or N (Neutral) posi
-
tion.
Press brake pedal to start engine
å
This warning message appears if the
ENGINE START/STOP button changes
to the ACC position twice by pressing
the button repeatedly without
depressing the brake pedal.
å
It means that you should depress the
brake pedal to start the engine.
Battery discharging due to exter
-
nal electrical devices
The vehicle can detect self-discharge of
the battery due to over-current that is
generated by unauthorized electrical
devices such as dashboard camera
(dash cam) mounting during parking.
If the warning continues even after
external electrical devices are removed,
have your vehicle inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer.
Press start button again
å
This warning message appears if you
can not operate the ENGINE START/
STOP button when there is a problem
with the ENGINE START/STOP button
system.
å
It means that you could start the
engine by pressing the ENGINE
START/STOP button once more.
å
If the warning appears each time you
press the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton, have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer.
Press START button with key
å
This warning message appears if you
press the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton while the warning message "Key
not detected" appears.
å
At this time, the immobilizer indicator
light blinks.
Check BCW system (if equipped)
This warning message is displayed if
there is a problem with Blind spot Colli
-
sion Warning. In this case, have the vehi
-
cle inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
101
5
5
Features of your vehicle LCD displays
Coasting guide (if equipped)
A chime will sound and the coasting
guide indicator will be displayed to
inform the driver when to take the foot
off the accelerator by anticipating a
decelerating event* based on the analy
-
sis of driving routes and road conditions
stored in the navigation system. It
encourages the driver to remove the
foot from the pedal and allow coasting
down the road with EV motor only. This
helps preventing unnecessary fuel con
-
sumption and increases fuel efficiency.
* Example of a deceleration event is
going down an extended hill, slowing
down approaching a toll booth, and
approaching reduced speed zones.
å
User settings
Press the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton and put the shift dial in P (Park). In
the User Settings Mode, select Driver
assistance, Coasting Guide, and then
On to turn on the system. Cancel the
selection of coasting guide to turn off
the system. For the explanation of the
system, press and hold the [OK] but
-
ton.
å
Operation conditions
To activate the system, take the fol
-
lowing procedures. Enter your desti
-
nation information on the navigation
and select the driving route. Select the
ECO mode in the Integrated Driving
Control System. Then, satisfy the fol
-
lowing:
- The driving speed should be
between 19 mph (30 km/h) and 99
mph (160 km/h).
* The operating speed may vary due to
difference between instrument cluster
and navigation effected by tire infla
-
tion level.
Unplug vehicle to start (Plug-in
hybrid vehicle)
The message is displayed when you
start the engine without unplugging the
charging cable. Unplug the charging
cable, and then start the vehicle.
Remaining Time (Plug-in hybrid
vehicle)
The message is displayed to notify the
remaining time to fully charge the bat
-
tery.
Shift to P to charge (Plug-in
hybrid vehicle)
The message is displayed when the
charging connector is plugged with the
shift dial in R (Reverse), N (Neutral) or D
(Drive). Move the shift dial to P (Park)
and re-start the charging process.
Electric mode/Automatic mode/
Hybrid mode (Plug-in hybrid
vehicle)
A corresponding message is displayed
when a mode is selected by pressing the
HEV button.
OMQ4PH050357L
Features of your vehicle
1025
LCD displays
Low battery. Maintaining Hybrid
mode (Plug-in hybrid vehicle)
This message is displayed when unable
to convert to EV mode even when press
-
ing the HEV button during HEV mode
driving due to insufficient high-voltage
(hybrid) battery level.
Low system temperature. Switch
-
ing to Hybrid mode/ High system
temperature. Switching to Hybrid
mode (Plug-in hybrid vehicle)
This message is displayed when the
temperature of the high-voltage (hybrid)
battery is too low or high.
This warning message is to protect the
battery and the hybrid system.
Low system temperature. Main
-
taining Hybrid mode/ High sys
-
tem temperature. Maintaining
Hybrid mode (Plug-in hybrid
vehicle)
This message is displayed when the
temperature of the high-voltage (hybrid)
battery is too low or too high. This warn
-
ing message is to protect the battery
and the hybrid system.
Wait until fuel door opens (Plug-
in hybrid vehicle)
This message is displayed when you
attempt to open the fuel filler door with
the fuel tank pressurized. Wait until the
fuel tank is depressurized.
Fuel door open (Plug-in hybrid
vehicle)
This message is displayed when the fuel
filler door opens after the fuel tank is
depressurized. If this message is dis
-
played, you can refuel the fuel tank.
Charging stopped. Check the AC
charger (Plug-in hybrid vehicle)
This messages is displayed when the
charging failed by external charger
error.
The purpose of this message is to let you
know the error has occurred in the char
-
ger itself, not in the vehicle.
Charging stopped. Check the
cable connection (Plug-in hybrid
vehicle)
This messages is displayed when
charging is stopped because the
charging connector is not correctly con
-
nected to the charging inlet. If this
occurs, separate the charging connector
and re-connect it and check whether
there is any problem (external damage,
foreign substances, etc.) with the
charging connector and charging inlet. If
the same problem occurs when charging
the vehicle with a replaced charging
cable or genuine Kia portable charger,
have the vehicle inspected by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
Charging Door Open (Plug-in
hybrid vehicle)
This message indicates that the
charging door is open while in driving-
ready state to encourage you to inspect
and close the door.(Driving with the
charging door open may result in mois
-
ture inflow or damage. This message is
used to prevent such occurrences.)
103
5
5
Features of your vehicle LCD displays
Switching to Hybrid mode to
allow heating or air conditioning
(Plug-in hybrid vehicle)
å
When the outdoor temperature is
lower than 5 °F (-15 °C) and the cool
-
ant temperature is lower than 158 °F
(70 °C), you turn the climate control
On for heating, the above message
will be displayed in the cluster. Then,
the vehicle will automatically switch to
HEV mode and EV mode will not be
activated (although EV/HEV button is
pressed)
å
When the outdoor temperature is
higher than 14 °F (-10 °C), or the cool
-
ant temperature is higher than 176 °F
(80 °C) or you turn the climate control
Off, the vehicle will automatically
return to EV mode.
Switching to Hybrid mode for
self-diagnosis (Plug-in hybrid
vehicle)
This message is displayed for self-diag
-
nosis of the hybrid mode system.
Low engine oil
å
This warning message appears when
the engine oil level is insufficient.
å
Refill the engine oil.
å
It is recommended to look for the
nearest fueling station and refuel as
soon as possible.
* For more details, refer to"Engine oil" on
page 8-16.
WARNING
When the engine oil level warning light
occurs, it is necessary to check whether
maintenance schedule (Engine oil
replacement) in owner's manual has
been followed before replenishing the
oil, and if not followed, the engine oil
must be replaced first.
Engine oil change due soon.
Reset oil life after oil change
å
This warning message appears when
the remaining engine oil life reaches
5% or below.
å
Replace engine oil from an authorized
Kia dealer. After that, select 'Conve
-
nience â Oil Change Reminder' from
the User Settings menu on the cluster
or 'Vehicle â Cluster â Oil Change
Reminderâ from Settings menu on the
infotainment system screen to reset
the remaining oil life.
* For more details, refer to"Engine oil" on
page 8-16.
Engine oil change due now. Reset
oil life after oil change
å
This warning message appears when
the remaining engine oil life reaches
1% or below.
å
Replace engine oil immediately from
an authorized Kia dealer. After that,
select 'Convenience â Oil Change
Reminder' from the User Settings
menu on the cluster or 'Vehicle â
Cluster â Oil Change Reminderâ from
Settings menu on the infotainment
system screen to reset the remaining
oil life.
* For more details, refer to"Engine oil" on
page 8-16.
Features of your vehicle
1045
Warning and indicator lights
Warning and indicator lights
The warning light and indicator light
indicate a situation where the driver
should be careful and whether the vari
-
ous functions are activated.
Warning lights
The warning light indicates situations
that require the driver to pay attention.
NOTICE
Warning lights
Make sure that all warning lights are
OFF after starting the engine. If any light
is still ON, this indicates a situation that
needs attention.
Air bag warning light
This warning light appears:
å
Once you set the ENGINE START/
STOP button to the ON position.
- It appears for approximately 3 ~ 6
seconds and then goes off.
å
When there is a malfunction with the
SRS.
In this case, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
Seat belt warning light
This warning light informs the
driver that the seat belt is not fas
-
tened.
* For more details, refer to "Seat belts" on
page 4-22.
Parking brake & brake fluid
warning light
This warning light appears:
å
Once you set the ENGINE START/
STOP button to the ON position.
- It appears for approximately 3 sec
-
onds
- It remains on if the parking brake is
applied.
å
When the parking brake is applied.
å
When the brake fluid level in the res
-
ervoir is low.
- If the warning light appears with
the parking brake released, it indi
-
cates the brake fluid level in reser
-
voir is low.
If the brake fluid level in the res
-
ervoir is low:
1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe
location and stop your vehicle.
2. With the engine stopped, check the
brake fluid level immediately and add
fluid as required (For more details,
refer to "Brake fluid" on page 8-22).
Then check all brake components for
fluid leaks. If any leak on the brake
system is still found, the warning light
remains on, or the brakes do not
operate properly, do not drive the
vehicle.
In this case, have your vehicle towed
to an authorized Kia dealer and
inspected.
Dual-diagonal braking system
Your vehicle is equipped with dual-diag
-
onal braking systems. This means you
still have braking on two wheels even if
one of the dual systems should fail.
105
5
5
Features of your vehicle Warning and indicator lights
With only one of the dual systems work
-
ing, more than normal pedal travel and
greater pedal pressure are required to
stop the vehicle.
Also, the vehicle will not stop in as short
a distance with only a portion of the
brake system working.
If the brakes fail while you are driving,
shift to a lower gear for additional
engine braking and stop the vehicle as
soon as it is safe to do so.
NOTICE
Parking brake & brake fluid warning
light
Driving the vehicle with a warning light
ON is dangerous. If the parking brake &
brake fluid warning light appears with
the parking brake released, it indicates
that the brake fluid level is low.
In this case, have your vehicle inspected
by an authorized Kia dealer.
Anti-lock brake system (ABS)
warning light
This warning light appears:
å
Once you set the ENGINE START/
STOP button to the ON position.
- It appears for approximately 3 sec
-
onds and then goes off.
å
When there is a malfunction with the
ABS (The normal braking system will
still be operational without the assis
-
tance of the anti-lock brake system).
In this case, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
Electronic Brake Force Distribu
-
tion (EBD) system warning light
These two warning lights appear
at the same time while driving:
å
When the ABS and regular brake sys
-
tem are not working, have your vehi
-
cle inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
WARNING
Electronic Brake Force Distribution
(EBD) system warning light
When both ABS and parking brake &
brake fluid warning lights are on, the
brake system will not work normally and
you may experience an unexpected and
dangerous situation during sudden
braking.
In this case, avoid high speed driving
and abrupt braking.
Have your vehicle inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer as soon as possi
-
ble.
Electronic Parking Brake (EPB)
warning light
This warning light appears:
å
Once you set the ENGINE START/
STOP button to the ON position.
- It appears for approximately 3 sec
-
onds and then goes off.
å
When there is a malfunction with the
EPB.
In this case, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
(3%
Features of your vehicle
1065
Warning and indicator lights
NOTICE
Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) warn
-
ing light
The Electronic Parking Brake (EPB)
warning light may appear when the
Electronic Stability Control (ESC) indica
-
tor light comes on to indicate that the
ESC is not working properly (This does
not indicate malfunction of the EPB).
All Wheel Drive (AWD) warning
light (if equipped)
This warning light appears:
å
Once you set the ENGINE START/
STOP button to the ON position.
- It appears for approximately 3 sec
-
onds and then goes off.
å
When there is a malfunction with the
AWD.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
Electric Power Steering (EPS)
warning light
This warning light appears:
å
Once you set the ENGINE START/
STOP button to the ON position.
- This indicator light comes on after
the ENGINE START/STOP button is
pressed to the ON position and
then goes out after approximately 3
seconds.
å
When there is a malfunction with the
EPS.
In this case, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
Charging System warning light
This warning light appears:
å
Once you set the ENGINE START/
STOP button to the ON position.
å
When there is a malfunction with
either the alternator or electrical
charging system.
If there is a malfunction with
either the alternator or electrical
charging system:
1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe
location and stop your vehicle.
2. Turn the engine off and check the
alternator drive belt for looseness or
breakage.
In this case, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)
This warning light appears:
å
When you set the ENGINE START/
STOP button to the ON position.
- The malfunction indicator light
appears for about 3 seconds and
then goes off.
å
Whenever there is a malfunction with
either the emission control system or
the engine or the vehicle powertrain.
If this occurs, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
107
5
5
Features of your vehicle Warning and indicator lights
CAUTION
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)
å
Driving with the Malfunction Indicator
Lamp (MIL) on may cause damage to
the emission control systems which
could effect drivability and/or fuel
economy.
å
If the enhanced engine protection
system becomes activated due to lack
of engine oil, engine power will be lim
-
ited. If such condition continues
repeatedly, the Malfunction Indicator
Lamp will appear.
CAUTION
If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)
appears, potential catalytic converter
damage is possible which could result in
loss of engine power. In this case, have
the vehicle inspected by an authorized
Kia dealer.
Engine oil pressure warning light
This warning light appears:
å
Once you set the ENGINE START/
STOP button to the ON position.
- It remains on until the engine is
started.
å
When the engine oil pressure is low.
If the engine oil pressure is low:
å
Drive carefully to the nearest safe
location and stop your vehicle.
å
Turn the engine off and check the
engine oil level (For more details, refer
to "Engine oil and filter" on page 8-14).
If the level is low, add oil as required.
å
If the warning light remains on after
adding oil or if oil is not available,
have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer. Continued driv
-
ing with the warning light on may
cause engine failure.
NOTICE
å
When engine oil pressure decreases
due to insufficient engine oil, etc., the
Engine Oil Pressure warning light will
appear.
å
The enhanced engine protection sys
-
tem which limits engine power will be
activated. When the engine oil pres
-
sure is restored, the warning light and
the enhanced engine protection sys
-
tem will turn off after the engine is
restarted.
CAUTION
Engine overheating
Do not continue driving with the engine
overheated. Otherwise, the engine may
be damaged.
CAUTION
Engine damage
If the engine is not stopped immediately
after the engine oil pressure warning
light appears and stays on while the
engine is running, serious engine dam
-
age may result.
Ready indicator
This indicator appears:
When the vehicle is ready to be driven.
å
ON: Normal driving is possible.
å
OFF: Normal driving is not possible, or
a problem has occurred.
Features of your vehicle
1085
Warning and indicator lights
Engine coolant temperature
warning light
The warning light appears:
When the temperature of the engine
coolant is extremely high. Do not con
-
tinue driving with an overheated engine.
If your vehicle overheats, refer to "If the
engine overheats" on page 7-6
NOTICE
If the Engine Coolant Temperature
warning light appears, it indicates over
-
heating that may damage the engine.
EV mode indicator
This indicator appears:
When the vehicle is driven by the electric
motor.
å
"EV" indicator ON : Vehicle is driven
using the electric motor or the gaso
-
line engine is stopped.
å
"EV" indicator OFF : Vehicle is driven
using the gasoline engine.
Service warning light
This warning light appears:
å
When you set the ENGINE START/
STOP button to the ON position.
- The service warning light appears
for approximately 3 seconds and
then turns off when all checks have
been performed.
å
When there is a problem with the
hybrid vehicle control system or hard
-
ware.
When the warning light appears while
driving, or does not go OFF after starting
the vehicle, have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized Kia dealer.
Regenerative brake warning light
(red color) (yellow color)
This warning light appears:
When the regenerative brake does not
operate and the brake does not perform
well. This causes the Brake Warning light
(red) and Regenerative Brake Warning
Light (yellow) to appear simultaneously.
If this occurs, drive safely and have your
vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer. The operation of the brake pedal
may be more difficult than normal and
the braking distance may increase.
Low fuel level warning light
This warning light appears:
When the fuel tank is nearly empty.
If the fuel tank is nearly empty:
Add fuel as soon as possible.
CAUTION
Low fuel level
Driving with the low fuel level warning
light on or with the fuel level below "E"
can cause the engine to misfire and
damage the catalytic converter.
109
5
5
Features of your vehicle Warning and indicator lights
Master warning light
This indicator light appears:
å
This warning light informs the driver
the following situations
- LED headlamp malfunction (if
equipped)
- Lamp malfunction
- High Beam Assist malfunction (if
equipped)
To identify the details of the warning
look at the LCD display.
If the warning situation is solved, the
master warning light will turn off.
Low tire pressure warning light
This warning light appears:
å
Once you set the ENGINE START/
STOP button to the ON position.
- It appears for approximately 3 sec
-
onds and then goes off.
å
When one or more of your tires are
significantly under inflated. (The loca
-
tion of the underinflated tires are dis
-
played on the LCD display).
* For more details, refer to "Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (TPMS)" on page 7-
8.
This warning light remains on
after blinking for approximately
60 seconds or repeats blinking on
and off at the intervals of
approximately 3 seconds:
å
When there is a malfunction with the
TPMS.
In this case, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
* For more details, refer to "Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (TPMS)" on page 7-
8.
WARNING
Low tire pressure
å
Significantly low tire pressure makes
the vehicle unstable and can contrib
-
ute to loss of vehicle control and
increased braking distances.
å
Continued driving or low pressure
tires will cause the tires to overheat
and fail.
WARNING
Safe stopping
å
The TPMS cannot alert you to severe
and sudden tire damage caused by
external factors.
å
If you notice any vehicle instability,
immediately take your foot off the
accelerator pedal, apply the brakes
gradually with light force, and slowly
move to a safe position off the road.
LED headlamp warning light
This warning light appears:
å
Once you set the ENGINE START/
STOP button to the ON position.
- It appears for approximately 3 sec
-
onds and then goes off.
å
When there is a malfunction with the
LED headlamp.
In this case, have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized Kia dealer.
This warning light blinks:
å
When there is a malfunction with a
LED headlamp related part.
Features of your vehicle
1105
Warning and indicator lights
In this case, have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized Kia dealer.
CAUTION
LED headlamp warning light
Continuous driving with the LED head
-
lamp warning light on or blinking can
reduce LED headlamp (low beam) life.
Forward Safety warning light
(if equipped)
This indicator light appears:
å
When there is a malfunction with For
-
ward Collision-Avoidance Assist.
In this case, have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized Kia dealer.
Icy road warning light (if
equipped)
This indicator light appears:
This warning light is to warn the driver
the road may be icy. When the tempera
-
ture on the outside temperature gauge
is approximately below 39 °F (4 °C), the
icy road warning light and outside tem
-
perature gauge blinks and then appears.
Also, the warning chime sounds 1 time.
Indicator lights
Charging cable connection indi
-
cator light (Plug-in hybrid
vehicle)
This indicator appears in red when the
charging cable is connected.
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
indicator light
This indicator light appears:
å
Once you set the ENGINE START/
STOP button to the ON position.
- It appears for approximately 3 sec
-
onds and then goes off.
å
When there is a malfunction with the
ESC system.
In this case, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
This indicator light blinks:
While the ESC is operating.
* For more details, refer to "Electronic
Parking Brake (EPB)" on page 6-31.
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
OFF indicator light
This indicator light appears:
å
Once you set the ENGINE START/
STOP button to the ON position.
- It appears for approximately 3 sec
-
onds and then goes off.
å
When you deactivate the ESC system
by pressing the ESC OFF button.
* For more details, refer to "Electronic
Stability Control (ESC) system" on
page 6-40.
AUTO HOLD indicator light
(AUTO HOLD)
This indicator light appears:
å
White
When you activate the auto
hold system by pressing the AUTO
HOLD button.
111
5
5
Features of your vehicle Warning and indicator lights
å
Green
When you stop the vehicle
completely by depressing the brake
pedal with the auto hold system acti
-
vated.
å
Yellow
When there is a malfunction
with the auto hold system. In this case,
have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer.
* For more details, refer to "AUTO HOLD"
on page 6-36.
Immobilizer indicator light (with
smart key)
This indicator light appears for
up to 30 seconds:
å
When the vehicle detects the smart
key in the vehicle properly while the
ENGINE START/STOP button is ACC
or ON.
- At this time, you can start the
engine.
- The indicator light goes off after
starting the engine.
This indicator light blinks for a
few seconds:
å
When the smart key is not in the vehi
-
cle.
- At this time, you can not start the
engine.
This indicator light appears for 2
seconds and goes off:
å
When the vehicle can not detect the
smart key which is in the vehicle while
the ENGINE START/STOP button is
ON.
In this case, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
This indicator light blinks:
å
When the battery of the smart key is
weak.
- At this time, you can not start the
engine. However, you can start the
engine if you press the ENGINE
START/STOP button with the smart
key. (For more details, refer to
"Immobilizer system" on page 5-12).
å
When there is a malfunction with the
immobilizer system.
In this case, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
Turn signal indicator light
This indicator light blinks:
å
When you turn the turn signal light on.
If any of the following occurs, there may
a malfunction with the turn signal sys
-
tem. In this case, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
å
The indicator light does not blink but
appears.
å
The indicator light blinks more rapidly.
å
The indicator light does not appear at
all.
Low beam indicator light
This indicator light appears:
å
When the headlamps are on.
High beam indicator light
This indicator light appears:
å
When the headlamps are on and in
the high beam position.
å
When the turn signal lever is pulled
into the Flash-to-Pass position.
Features of your vehicle
1125
Warning and indicator lights
High Beam Assist indicator light
(if equipped)
This indicator light appears:
å
When the high beam is on with the
light switch in the AUTO light position.
å
If your vehicle detects oncoming or
preceding vehicles, High Beam Assist
will switch the high beam to low beam
automatically.
* For more details, refer to "High Beam
Assist (HBA)" on page 5-133.
Light ON indicator light
This indicator light appears:
å
When the taillamps or headlamps are
on.
Front fog indicator light (if
equipped)
This indicator light appears:
å
When the front fog lights are on.
Lane Safety indicator (if
equipped)
Lane Safety indicator will appear when
you turn Lane Keeping Assist on by
pressing Lane Safety button.
If there is a problem with Lane Keeping
Assist, the yellow Lane Safety indicator
will appear.
* For more details, refer to "Lane Keeping
Assist (LKA)" on page 6-78.
Cruise Control indicator light
(if equipped)
This indicator light appears:
å
When Cruise Control is enabled.
* For more details, refer to "Cruise Con
-
trol (CC) (if equipped)" on page 6-119.
Downhill Brake Control (DBC)
indicator light
This indicator light appears:
å
When you set the ENGINE START/
STOP button to the ON position.
- It appears for approximately 3 sec
-
onds and then goes off.
å
When you activate the system by
pressing the DBC button.
This indicator light blinks:
å
When the DBC is operating.
This indicator light illuminates
yellow:
å
When there is a malfunction with the
DBC system.
If this occurs, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
* For more details, refer to "Downhill
Brake Control (DBC)" on page 6-42.
All Wheel Drive (AWD) LOCK
indicator light (if equipped)
This warning light appears:
å
Once you set the ENGINE START/
STOP button to the ON position.
- It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then goes off.
113
5
5
Features of your vehicle Head-Up Display (HUD)
å
When you select AWD lock mode by
pressing the AWD LOCK button.
- The AWD lock mode is to increase
the drive power when driving on
wet pavement, snow covered roads
and/or off-road.
NOTICE
AWD lock mode
Do not use AWD LOCK mode on dry
paved roads or highway, it can cause
noise, vibration or damage of AWD
related parts.
SPORT Mode indicator light
This indicator light appears :
å
When you select "SPORT" mode as
drive mode.
For more details, refer to "Drive mode
integrated control system" on page 6-49.
ECO Mode indicator light
This indicator light appears:
å
When you select "ECO" mode as drive
mode.
For more details, refer to "Drive mode
integrated control system" on page 6-49.
Head-Up Display (HUD) (if
equipped)
The Head-Up Display is a transparent
display that projects an image of certain
information from the instrument cluster
and navigation system on the windshield
glass.
å
The head up display image on the
HUD screen may be invisible when:
- Sitting posture is bad.
- Wearing a polarized sunglasses.
- There is an object on the cover of
the head up display.
- Driving on a wet road.
- An inadequate lighting is turned on
inside the vehicle.
- Any light comes from the outside.
- Wearing an inadequate glasses to
your eyesight.
å
If the head up display image is not
shown well, adjust the height, rotation
or illumination of the head up display
in the LCD display.
å
When the Head-Up Display needs
inspection or repair, have your vehicle
inspected or repaired by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
OMQ4AH040038
Features of your vehicle
1145
Head-Up Display (HUD)
WARNING
Head-Up Display
å
Do not make the front windshield
glass have window tint or other types
of metallic coating. Otherwise, the
Head-Up Display image may be invisi
-
ble.
å
Do not place any accessories on the
crash pad or attach any objects on the
windshield glass.
å
As Blind-Spot Collision Warning is a
supplemental device for your safe
driving, it may be dangerous to rely
on only the Blind-Spot Collision Warn
-
ing information of the Head-Up Dis
-
play image when changing the lane.
Always pay attention to drive safely.
Head-Up Display Information
1. Turn By Turn navigation information
(if equipped)
2. Road signs
3. Speedometer
4. SCC set speed information (if
equipped)
5. SCC vehicle distance information (if
equipped)
6. Lane Safety information (if equipped)
7. Blind-Spot Safety information (if
equipped)
8. Warning lights (Low fuel)
9. AV mode information
10.Lane Following Assist information (if
equipped)
11.Highway Driving Assist information (if
equipped)
12.Highway Auto Speed Change infor
-
mation (if equipped)
NOTICE
Road Signs and Turn By Turn navigation
information are available depending on
the region.
Head-Up Display Setting
On the LCD display, you can change the
head up display settings as follows.
1. Display height
2. Rotation
3. Brightness
4. Content selection
* For more details, refer to "LCD display
modes" on page 5-83.
OMQ4A040449MX
115
5
5
Features of your vehicle Rear View Monitor (RVM)
Rear View Monitor (RVM) (if
equipped)
Rear View Monitor will show the area
behind the vehicle to assist you when
parking or backing up.
WARNING
The outside rear view camera does not
cover the complete area behind the
vehicle. The driver should always check
the rear area directly through the rear
view mirror and side view mirrors before
parking or backing up.
Detecting sensor
Wide-rear view camera
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting sensor.
WARNING
The image shown on the screen may dif
-
fer from the actual distance of the
object. Make sure to directly check the
vehicle's surroundings for safety.
CAUTION
If the camera lens is covered with for
-
eign material, Rear View Monitor may
not operate normally. Always keep the
camera lens clean.
However, do not use chemical solvents
such as strong detergents containing
high alkaline or volatile organic solvents
(gasoline, acetone etc.). This may dam
-
age the camera lens.
Rear View Monitor Settings
å
You can change Rear View Monitor
settings by pressing the setup icon
ã ã on the screen while the func
-
tion is operating, or select 'Driver
Assistance â Parking Safety â Cam
-
era Settings' from the Settings menu
while the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton is in the ON position.
OMQ4040040L
OMQ4AH041489
OMQ4AH050163
Features of your vehicle
1165
Rear View Monitor (RVM)
Parking/View button
Press the Parking/View button (1) to turn
Rear View Monitor on or off.
Rear View Monitor Operation
Rear view
The function will operate when the fol
-
lowing conditions are satisfied:
å
ENGINE START/STOP button in the
ON position
å
The gear is changed to R (Reverse)
and the back up light turns on
Extended Rear View Monitor
å
When parking, the rear view will main
-
tain showing on the screen if the fol
-
lowing conditions are satisfied:
- The gear is changed from R
(Reverse) to N (Neutral) or D (Drive)
- Vehicle speed is below 6 mph (10
km/h)
å
The rear view will turn off when vehi
-
cle speed is above 6 mph (10 km/h).
Rear top view
When you touch the icon (1), the top
view is displayed on the screen and
shows the distance from the vehicle in
the back of your vehicle while parking.
Rear View Monitor Malfunction
and Limitations
Rear View Monitor malfunction
When Rear View Monitor is not working
properly, or the screen flickers, or the
camera image does not display nor
-
mally, have the function be inspected by
an authorized Kia dealer.
Limitations of Rear View Monitor
When the vehicle is stopped for a long
time in winter or when the vehicle is
parked in an indoor parking lot, the
exhaust fumes may temporarily blur the
image.
OMQ4H040004
OMQ4AH040467
117
5
5
Features of your vehicle Surround View Monitor (SVM)
Surround View Monitor (SVM)
(if equipped)
Surround View Monitor will assist in
parking by allowing the driver to see
around the vehicle.
WARNING
ALWAYS look around your vehicle to
make sure there are no objects or obsta
-
cles before moving the vehicle. What
you see on the screen may differ from
the actual vehicle's location.
CAUTION
Surround View Monitor is designed to be
used on a flat surface. Therefore, if used
on roads with different heights such as
curbs and speed bumps, the image in
the screen may not look correct.
Detecting sensor
Wide-front view camera, Wide-side
view camera (under the outside rear
view mirror)
Wide-rear view camera
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting sen
-
sors.
WARNING
The image shown on the screen may dif
-
fer from the actual distance of the
object. Make sure to directly check the
vehicle's surroundings for safety.
OMQ4041468L
OMQ4H041010
OMQ4AH041565
Features of your vehicle
1185
Surround View Monitor (SVM)
CAUTION
If the camera lens is covered with for
-
eign material, the Surround View Moni
-
tor may not operate normally. Always
keep the camera lens clean.
However, do not use chemical solvents
such as strong detergents containing
high alkaline or volatile organic solvents
(gasoline, acetone etc.). This may dam
-
age the camera lens.
Surround View Monitor Settings
å
You can change Surround View Moni
-
tor settings by pressing the setup icon
ã ã on the screen while the func
-
tion is operating or select 'Driver
Assistance â Parking Safety â Cam
-
era Settings' from the Settings menu
while the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton is in the ON position.
- Display Contents: Display Contents:
To change the settings of Top View
Parking Guidance, Parking Guide in
Rear View, and Parking Distance
Warning function.
- Display Settings: To change the
screen's brightness and contrast.
NOTICE
The settings menu may not be depend
-
ing on the specifications of the vehicle
specifications.
Surround View Monitor Auto On
With the vehicle on, select or deselect
'Setup â Vehicle â Driver Assistance â
Parking Safety â Surround View Moni
-
tor Auto On' from the infotainment sys
-
tem screen to set whether or not to use
each function.
NOTICE
For more details on the limitations of
Surround View Monitor Auto On, refer to
"Surround View Monitor Operation" on
page 5-119.
Parking/View button
Press the Parking/View button (1) to turn
Rear View Monitor on or off.
Press the button again to turn off the
function.
OMQ4AH040450
OMQ4H040004
119
5
5
Features of your vehicle Surround View Monitor (SVM)
Surround View Monitor Opera
-
tion
Parking assist view
Operating Conditions
å
The function will operate when the
following conditions are satisfied:
- The gear is changed to R (Reverse)
- The gear is changed from R
(Reverse) to N (Neutral) or D (Drive)
when vehicle speed is below 9 mph
(15 km/h)
-Parking/View button is pressed
with the gear in D (Drive) or N (Neu
-
tral) when vehicle speed is below 9
mph (15 km/h)
-Parking/View button is pressed
with the gear in P (Parking)
- Parking Distance Warning warns
the driver when the gear is in D
(Drive)
However, 'Driver Assistance â
Parking Safety â Surround View
Monitor Auto On' must be selected
from the Settings menu.
å
An indicator on the screen appears
when:
- The liftgate is opened
- The driver or front passenger door
is opened
- The outside rear view mirror is
folded
å
Other view modes can be selected by
touching the view icons on the Sur
-
round View Monitor screen.
Off Conditions
å
Parking/View button is repressed.
å
When vehicle speed is above 9 mph
(15 km/h), Surround View Monitor will
turn off and the screen will change
back to the previous infotainment sys
-
tem screen.
å
When the gear is in R (Reverse), Sur
-
round View Monitor will turn ON
regardless of vehicle speed or button
status. However, if vehicle speed is
above 9 mph (15 km/h) with the gear
in D (Drive), the function will turn off.
å
One of the infotainment system but
-
tons is pressed without the gear in R
(Reverse). The screen will change
back to the previous infotainment sys
-
tem screen.
Surround View Monitor Malfunc
-
tion and Limitations
Surround View Monitor malfunc
-
tion
When Surround View Monitor is not
working properly, or the screen flickers,
or the camera image does not display
normally, have the function be inspected
by an authorized Kia dealer.
Limitations of Surround View
Monitor
When the vehicle is stopped for a long
time in winter or when the vehicle is
parked in an indoor parking lot, the
exhaust fumes may temporarily blur the
image.
Features of your vehicle
1205
Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW)
Reverse Parking Distance
Warning (PDW) (if equipped)
Reverse Parking Distance Warning will
help warn the driver if a person, an ani
-
mal or an object is detected within a cer
-
tain distance when the vehicle is moving
in reverse.
Detecting sensor
Rear ultrasonic sensors
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting sen
-
sors.
Reverse Parking Distance Warn
-
ing Settings
Warning Sound and Haptic
With the vehicle on, touch
Settings
â
Vehicle
â
Driver Assistance
â
Warn
-
ing Sound and Haptic
on the infotain
-
ment system to change the Warning
Sound and Haptic.
å
Warning Volume
: You can adjust the
Warning Volume from level 1 to 3. If
equipped with steering wheel vibra
-
tion, the volume level can be set from
0 to 3.
å
Steering Wheel Vibration Warning
:
Steering wheel vibration can be
selected. (if equipped)
NOTICE
å
Ensure that
Warning Sound and
Haptic
you have set may apply to the
Warning volume of other Driver Assis
-
tance systems.
å
Warning Sound and Haptic
will
maintain its last setting even if the
vehicle is restarted.
å
If not equipped with the navigation
system, select
User Settings
â
Driver Assistance
to adjust the Warn
-
ing Volume.
å
The setting menu may not be avail
-
able for your vehicle depending on
the vehicle features and specifica
-
tions.
å
Descriptions of each Driver Assistance
system may be slightly different from
the owner's manual after updating the
software of your infotainment system.
In this case, scan the QR code in the
infotainment system manual to
access the web manual for checking
the changes.
OMQ4AH041566
OMQ4PH052470N
121
5
5
Features of your vehicle Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW)
Reverse Parking Distance Warn
-
ing Operation
Parking Safety button
Press the Parking Safety ( ) button to
turn on or off Reverse Parking Distance
Warning.
å
When Reverse Parking Distance
Warning is off (button indicator light
off), if you shift the gear to R
(Reverse), Reverse Parking Distance
Warning will automatically turn on.
å
If you shift the gear to R (Reverse),
Reverse Parking Distance Warning
will not turn off even if you press the
Parking Safety ( ) button for your
safety.
Reverse Parking Distance Warn
-
ing
Reverse Parking Distance Warning will
operate under the following conditions.
å
Shift the gear to R (Reverse).
å
The vehicle's speed is below 6 mph(10
km/h).
Function indications and warn
-
ings
å
The corresponding indicator will
appear on the cluster or infotainment
whenever each ultrasonic sensor
detects a person, animal or object in
its sensing range. Also an audible
warning will sound.
å
When more than two objects are
detected at the same time, the closest
one will be warned with an audible
warning.
å
Distance from object may be detected
differently when obstacles are not
located in front of the sensor.
å
The shape of the indicator in the illus
-
tration may differ from the actual
vehicle.
Reverse Parking Distance Warn
-
ing Malfunction and Precautions
Reverse Parking Distance Warn
-
ing malfunction
After starting the vehicle, a beep will
sound once when the gear is shifted to R
(Reverse) to indicate Reverse Parking
Distance Warning is operating normally.
However, if one or more of the following
occurs, first check whether the ultra
-
sonic sensor is damaged or blocked with
foreign material. If it still does not work
OMQ4PH040508L
Types of warning sound Indicator
When an object is 24 in~48 in (60 cm~120
cm) from the rear bumper: Buzzer beeps
intermittently
When an object is 12 in~24 in (30 cm~60
cm) from the rear bumper: Buzzer beeps
more frequently.
When an object is within 12 in (30 cm) of
the rear bumper: Buzzer beeps continu
-
ously.
Features of your vehicle
1225
Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW)
properly have the checked by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
å
The audible warning does not sound.
å
The buzzer sounds intermittently.
å
The warning message appears on the
cluster.
Limitations of Reverse Parking
Distance Warning
å
Reverse Parking Distance Warning
may not operate normally when:
- Moisture is frozen to the sensor
(Reverse Parking Distance Warn
-
ing will operate normally when it is
melted.)
- Sensor is covered with foreign
material, such as snow or water
(Reverse Parking Distance Warn
-
ing will operate normally when
such foreign material are removed.)
- The weather is extremely hot or
cold
- The sensor or sensor assembly is
disassembled
- The surface of the sensor is
pressed hard or an impact is
applied with a hard object
- The surface of the sensor is
scratched with a sharp object
- The sensors or its surrounding area
is directly sprayed with high pres
-
sure washer
OMQ4AH040510
123
5
5
Features of your vehicle Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW)
å
Reverse Parking Distance Warning
may malfunction when:
- Heavy rain or water spray is pres
-
ent
- Water flows on the surface of the
sensor
- Affected by another vehicle's sen
-
sors
- The sensor is covered with snow
- Driving on uneven road, gravel
roads or bushes
- Objects that generates ultrasonic
waves are near the sensor
- Installing the license plate differ
-
ently from the original location
- The vehicle bumper height or ultra
-
sonic sensor installation has been
modified
- Attaching equipments or accesso
-
ries around the ultrasonic sensors
å
The following objects may not be
detected:
- Sharp or slim objects, such as
ropes, chains or small poles.
- Objects, which tend to absorb sen
-
sor frequency, such as clothes,
spongy material or snow.
- Objects smaller than 40 in.(100 cm)
in length and narrower than 6 in.
(14 cm) in diameter.
- Pedestrians, animals or objects that
are very close to the ultrasonic sen
-
sors
WARNING
å
Reverse Parking Distance Warning is
a supplemental function. The opera
-
tion of Reverse Parking Distance
Warning can be affected by several
factors (including environmental con
-
ditions). It is the responsibility of the
driver to always check the rear view
before and while parking.
å
Your vehicle warranty does not cover
any accidents or damage to the vehi
-
cle due to the malfunction of Reverse
Parking Distance Warning.
å
Pay close attention when driving near
objects, pedestrians, and especially
children. Some objects may not be
detected by the ultrasonic sensors,
due to the objects distance, size mate
-
rial, all of which can limit the effective
-
ness of the sensors.
å
Parking Distance Warning indicator
may not occur sequentially depending
on vehicle speed or obstacle shape.
å
If Forward/Reverse Parking Distance
Warning needs repair have the
checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
Features of your vehicle
1245
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW)
Forward/Reverse Parking Dis
-
tance Warning (PDW) (if
equipped)
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance
Warning will warn the driver if an obsta
-
cle is detected when the vehicle is mov
-
ing forward or backward at low speeds.
Detecting sensor
Front ultrasonic sensors
Rear ultrasonic sensors
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting sensor.
Forward/Reverse Parking Dis
-
tance Warning Settings
Warning Sound and Haptic
With the vehicle on, touch
Settings
â
Vehicle
â
Driver Assistance
â
Warn
-
ing Sound and Haptic
on the infotain
-
ment system to change the Warning
Sound and Haptic.
å
Warning Volume
: You can adjust the
Warning Volume from level 1 to 3. If
equipped with steering wheel vibra
-
tion, the volume level can be set from
0 to 3.
å
Steering Wheel Vibration Warning
:
Steering wheel vibration can be
selected. (if equipped)
NOTICE
å
Ensure that
Warning Sound and
Haptic
you have set may apply to the
Warning volume of other Driver Assis
-
tance systems.
å
Warning Sound and Haptic
will
maintain its last setting even if the
vehicle is restarted.
å
If not equipped with the navigation
system, select
User Settings
â
Driver Assistance
to adjust the Warn
-
ing Volume.
OMQ4H041007
OMQ4AH041566
OMQ4PH052470N
125
5
5
Features of your vehicle Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW)
å
The setting menu may not be avail
-
able for your vehicle depending on
the vehicle features and specifica
-
tions.
å
Descriptions of each Driver Assistance
system may be slightly different from
the owner's manual after updating the
software of your infotainment system.
In this case, scan the QR code in the
infotainment system manual to
access the web manual for checking
the changes.
Parking Distance Warning Auto
On
You can set the Parking Distance Waring
to be ON at low speeds. To use Parking
Distance Warning Auto On function,
select 'Settings â Driver Assistance â
Parking Safety â Parking Distance
Warning Auto On' from cluster or the
infotainment system with the Engine
ON.
NOTICE
If Parking Distance Warning Auto On is
selected, the Parking Safety ( ) but
-
ton indicator light will turn on.
Forward/Reverse Parking Dis
-
tance Warning Operation
Parking Safety button
Press the Parking Safety ( ) button to
turn on or off Foward/Reverse Parking
Distance Warning.
å
When Reverse Parking Distance
Warning is off (button indicator light
off), if you shift the gear to R
(Reverse), Reverse Parking Distance
Warning will automatically turn on.
å
If you shift the gear to R (Reverse),
Reverse Parking Distance Warning
will not turn off even if you press the
Parking Safety ( ) button for your
safety.
Forward Parking Distance Warn
-
ing
Forward Parking Distance Warning will
operate when one of the condition is sat
-
isfied.
å
The gear is shifted from R (Reverse)
to D (Drive)
å
The gear is in D (Drive) and the Park
-
ing Safety ( ) button indicator
light is on
å
'Parking Distance Warning Auto On' is
selected from the Settings menu and
the gear is in D (Drive)
OMQ4PH040508L
Features of your vehicle
1265
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW)
å
The function warns the driver when
'Settings â Driver Assistance â Park
-
ing Safety â Parking Distance Warn
-
ing Auto On' is selected from cluster
or the infotainment system, and the
gear is in D (Drive)
å
Vehicle speed is below 6 mph(10 km/
h)
NOTICE
å
Forward Parking Distance Warning
does not operate when the vehicle's
forward speed is above 6 mph (10
km/h) even when the function is on
(Parking Safety button indicator is on).
Forward Parking Distance Warning
will operate again when the vehicle's
forward speed decreases below 6
mph (10 km/h).
å
When the vehicle's forward speed is
above 18 mph(30 km/h), the Forward
Parking Distance Warning will turn off
(Parking Safety button indicator off).
Although you drive below 6 mph(10
km/h) again, Forward Parking Dis
-
tance Warning will not automatically
turn on.
Function indications and warn
-
ings
å
The corresponding indicator will
appear on the cluster or infotainment
system screen whenever each ultra
-
sonic sensor detects a person, animal
or object in its sensing range. Also an
audible warning will sound.
å
When more than two objects are
detected at the same time, the closest
one will be warned with an audible
warning.
å
Distance from object may be detected
differently when obstacles are not
located in front of the sensor.
å
The shape of the indicator in the illus
-
tration may differ from the actual
vehicle.
Reverse Parking Distance Warn
-
ing
Reverse Parking Distance Warning will
operate when one of the condition is sat
-
isfied.
å
The gear is shifted to R (Reverse).
å
The vehicle's rearward speed is below
6 mph (10 km/h).
Distance
from object
Warning indicator
when driving forward
Warning sound
24~40 in.
(60~100
cm)
Buzzer beeps inter
-
mittently
12~24 in.
(30 ~60
cm)
Beeps more fre
-
quently
within 12 in.
(30 cm)
Beeps continu
-
ously
127
5
5
Features of your vehicle Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW)
NOTICE
When the vehicle's rearward speed is
below 6 mph (10 km/h), both the front
and rear ultrasonic sensors will detect
objects. However, the front ultrasonic
sensors can detect a person, animal or
object when it is within 24 in. (60 cm)
from the sensors.
Function indications and warn
-
ings
å
The corresponding indicator will
appear on the cluster or infotainment
system screen whenever each ultra
-
sonic sensor detects a person, animal
or object in its sensing range. Also an
audible warning will sound.
å
When more than two objects are
detected at the same time, the closest
one will be warned with an audible
warning.
å
Distance from object may be detected
differently when obstacles are not
located in front of the sensor.
å
The shape of the indicator in the illus
-
tration may differ from the actual
vehicle.
Forward/Reverse Parking Dis
-
tance Warning Malfunction and
Precautions
Forward/Reverse Parking Dis
-
tance Warning malfunction
After starting the vehicle, a beep will
sound once when the gear is shifted to R
(Reverse) to indicate Forward/Reverse
Parking Distance Warning is operating
normally.
However, if one or more of the following
occurs, first check whether the ultra
-
sonic sensor is damaged or blocked with
foreign material. If it still does not work
properly have the checked by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
å
The audible warning does not sound.
å
The buzzer sounds intermittently.
å
The warning message appears on the
cluster.
Distance from
object
Warning indicator
when driving back
-
ward
Warning
sound
24~48 in.
(60~120 cm)
Buzzer beeps
intermittently
12~24 in. (30
~60 cm)
Beeps more
frequently
within 12 in. (30
cm)
Beeps contin
-
uously
OMQ4AH040557
Features of your vehicle
1285
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW)
Limitations of Forward/Reverse
Parking Distance Warning
å
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance
Warning may not operate normally
when:
- Moisture is frozen to the sensor
(Reverse Parking Distance Warn
-
ing will operate normally when it is
melted.)
- Sensor is covered with foreign
material, such as snow or water
(Reverse Parking Distance Warn
-
ing will operate normally when
such foreign material are removed.)
- The weather is extremely hot or
cold
- The sensor or sensor assembly is
disassembled
- The surface of the sensor is
pressed hard or an impact is
applied with a hard object
- The surface of the sensor is
scratched with a sharp object
- The sensors or its surrounding area
is directly sprayed with high pres
-
sure washer
å
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance
Warning may malfunction when:
- Heavy rain or water spray is pres
-
ent
- Water flows on the surface of the
sensor
- Affected by another vehicle's sen
-
sors
- The sensor is covered with snow
- Driving on uneven road, gravel
roads or bushes
- Objects that generates ultrasonic
waves are near the sensor
- Installing the license plate differ
-
ently from the original location
- The vehicle bumper height or ultra
-
sonic sensor installation has been
modified
- Attaching equipments or accesso
-
ries around the ultrasonic sensors
å
The following objects may not be
detected:
- Sharp or slim objects, such as
ropes, chains or small poles.
- Objects, which tend to absorb sen
-
sor frequency, such as clothes,
spongy material or snow.
- Objects smaller than 40 in.(100 cm)
in length and narrower than 6 in.
(14 cm) in diameter.
- Pedestrians, animals or objects that
are very close to the ultrasonic sen
-
sors
129
5
5
Features of your vehicle Lighting
WARNING
å
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance
Warning is a supplemental function.
The operation of Forward/Reverse
Parking Distance Warning can be
affected by several factors (including
environmental conditions). It is the
responsibility of the driver to always
check the rear view before and while
parking.
å
Your vehicle warranty does not cover
any accidents or damage to the vehi
-
cle due to the malfunction of Reverse
Parking Distance Warning.
å
Pay close attention when driving near
objects, pedestrians, and especially
children. Some objects may not be
detected by the ultrasonic sens s, due
to the objects distance, size material,
all of which can limit the effectiveness
of the sens.
å
Parking Distance Warning indicator
may not occur sequentially depending
on vehicle speed or obstacle shape.
å
If Forward/Reverse Parking Distance
Warning needs repair have the
checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
Lighting
This vehicle is equipped with a variety of
lights to illuminate the interior and exte
-
rior of the vehicle.
CAUTION
To prevent the battery from being dis
-
charged, do not leave the headlamp and
interior light on for a prolonged time
while the engine is not running.
Battery saver function
The purpose of this feature is to prevent
the battery from being discharged if the
lights are left in the ON position. The
system automatically shuts off the park
-
ing lights after the engine is off and the
driver's door is opened.
However, the position lamps stay ON
even when the driver-side door is
opened if the light switch is operated
after the engine is turned off.
If necessary, to keep the lamps on turn
the position lamps OFF and ON again
using the headlamp switch on the steer
-
ing column after the engine is turned off.
Headlamp delay function
If you place the ENGINE START/STOP
button in the ACC or OFF position with
the headlamps ON, the headlamps (and/
or position lamps) remain on for about 5
minutes. However, with the engine off if
the driver's door is opened and closed,
the headlamps (and/or position lamps)
are turned off after 15 seconds.
The headlamps (and/or position lamps)
can be turned off by pressing the lock
button on the smart key twice or turning
the light switch to the OFF or AUTO
position. However, if you turn the light
switch to the AUTO position when it is
Features of your vehicle
1305
Lighting
dark outside, the headlamps will not be
turned off.
You can activate or deactivate the Head
-
lamp Delay function from the User Set
-
tings Mode in the LCD display. For more
details, refer to "LCD display modes" on
page 5-83. If your vehicle is equipped
with additional navigation, please refer
to the infotainment system manual sep
-
arately supplied.
NOTICE
If the driver exits the vehicle through
another door besides the driver door,
the battery saver function does not
operate and the headlamp delay func
-
tion does not turn OFF automatically.
This may cause the battery to discharge.
To avoid battery discharge, turn OFF the
headlamps manually from the headlamp
switch before exiting the vehicle.
Daytime Running Light (DRL) (if
equipped)
The Daytime Running Light (DRL) can
make it easier for others to see the front
of your vehicle during the day.
The DRL can be helpful in many differ
-
ent driving conditions, and it is especially
helpful after dawn and before sunset.
The DRL will turn the dedicated lamp
OFF when:
å
The headlamps are on.
å
The vehicle is off.
å
The front fog light is on. (if equipped)
å
Engaging the parking brake.
Lighting control
The light switch has a headlamp and a
position lamp position.
To operate the lights, turn the knob at
the end of the control lever to one of the
following positions:
1. OFF position
2. Auto light position
3. Position & Taillamp
4. Headlamp position
Position & Taillamp
When the light switch is in the position
lamp position, the front position lamp,
taillamp, and the license plate lamp will
turn ON.
OMQ4AH040051
OMQ4AH040055
131
5
5
Features of your vehicle Lighting
Headlamp (Low Beam)
When the light switch is in the headlamp
position, headlamp (low beam), tail,
license light will turn ON.
NOTICE
The ENGINE START/STOP button must
be in the ON position to turn on the
headlamps.
Auto light
When the light switch is in the AUTO
light position, the taillamps and head
-
lamps will turn ON or OFF automatically
depending on the amount of light out
-
side the vehicle.
CAUTION
å
Never place anything over the sensor
(1) located on the instrument panel as
this will ensure better auto-light sys
-
tem control.
å
Don't clean the sensor using a window
cleaner, the cleaner may leave a light
film which could interfere with sensor
operation.
å
If your vehicle has window tint or
other types of metallic coating on the
front windshield, the Auto light system
may not work properly.
Operating high beam
To turn on the high beam headlamp:
å
Push the lever away from you.
The lever will return to its original
position.
The high beam indicator will light
when the headlamp high beams are
switched on.
OMQ4AH040053
OMQ4AH040052
OMQ4AH040056
Features of your vehicle
1325
Lighting
WARNING
High beams
Do not use high beam when there are
other vehicles in front of or approaching
your vehicle. Using high beam could
obstruct the other driver's vision.
To flash the headlamps:
å
Pull the lever towards you.
It will return to the normal (low beam)
position when released. The head
-
lamp switch does not need to be on to
use this flashing feature.
Operating turn signals and lane
change signals
The ENGINE START/STOP button must
be on for the turn signals to function.
To turn on the turn signals:
å
Move the lever up or down (A).
The green arrow indicators on the
instrument panel indicate which turn
signal is operating.
They will self-cancel after a turn is
completed. If the indicator continues
to flash after a turn, manually return
the lever to the OFF position.
To signal a lane change:
å
Move the turn signal lever slightly and
hold it in position (B).
The lever will return to the OFF posi
-
tion when released.
If an indicator stays on and does not
flash or if it flashes abnormally, one of
the turn signal bulbs may be burned out
and will require replacement.
One-touch lane change function
To activate a one-touch lane change
function, move the turn signal lever
slightly and then release it. The lane
change signals will blink 3, 5 or 7 times.
You can activate or deactivate the One
Touch Turn Signal function or choose
the number of blinking (3, 5, or 7) by
selecting "User Settings âLights â One
Touch Turn signal".
NOTICE
If an indicator flash is abnormally quick
or slow, a bulb may be burned out or
have a poor electrical connection in the
circuit. The bulb may require replace
-
ment.
OMQ4AH040054
OMQ4AH040057
133
5
5
Features of your vehicle Lighting
Operating front fog light (if
equipped)
Fog lights are designed to provide
improved visibility when visibility is poor
due to fog, rain or snow, etc.
The fog lights will turn on when the fog
light switch (1) is turned to the on posi
-
tion after the headlamp is turned on.
To turn off the fog lights:
å
Turn the fog light switch (1) to the ON
position.
CAUTION
When in operation, the fog lights con
-
sume large amounts of vehicle electrical
power. Only use the fog lights when visi
-
bility is poor.
High Beam Assist (HBA)
High Beam Assist is a function that auto
-
matically adjusts the headlamp range
(switches between high beam and low
beam) depending on the brightness of
detected vehicles and certain road con
-
ditions.
Detecting sensor
Front view camera
The front view camera is used as a
detecting sensor to detect ambient light
and brightness while driving.
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting sensor.
OMQ4AH040058
OMQ4AH040059
OMQ4H051009
Features of your vehicle
1345
Lighting
NOTICE
å
Always keep the front view camera in
good condition to maintain optimal
performance of High Beam Assist.
å
For more details on the precautions of
the front view camera, refer to"For
-
ward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)
(Front view camera only) (if
equipped)" on page 6-53.
High Beam Assist setting
With the ENGINE START/STOP button in
the ON position, select 'Lights â High
Beam Assist' from the Settings menu to
turn on High Beam Assist and deselect
to turn off the function.
WARNING
For your safety, adjust your high beam
settings only after parking the vehicle at
a safe location.
High Beam Assist operation
Display and control
å
After selecting 'High Beam Assist' in
the Settings menu, High Beam Assist
will operate by following the proce
-
dure below.
- Place the headlamp switch in the
AUTO position and push the head
-
lamp lever towards the instrument
cluster. The High Beam Assist ( )
indicator light will appear on the
cluster and the function will be
enabled.
- When the function is enabled, high
beam will turn on when vehicle
speed is above 25 mph (40 km/h).
When vehicle speed is below 15
mph (25 km/h), high beam will not
turn on.
- The High Beam ( ) indicator light
will appear on the cluster when
high beam is on.
å
When High Beam Assist is operating,
if the headlamp lever or switch is
used, the function operates as follow:
- If the headlamp lever is pulled
towards you when the high beam is
off, the high beam will turn on with
-
out High Beam Assist canceled.
When your hand is off the lever, it
will move to the middle and the
high beam will turn off.
- If the headlamp lever is pulled
towards you when the high beam is
on by High Beam Assist, low beam
will be on and the function will turn
off.
- If the headlamp switch is placed
from AUTO to another position
(headlamp/position/off), High
Beam Assist will turn off and the
corresponding lamp will turn on.
å
When High Beam Assist is operating,
high beam switches to low beam if
any of the following conditions occur:
- When the headlamp of an oncom
-
ing vehicle is detected.
- When the taillamp of a vehicle in
front is detected.
- When the headlamp or taillamp of a
motorcycle or a bicycle is detected.
- When the surrounding ambient
light is bright enough that high
beams are not required.
- When streetlights or other lights are
detected.
135
5
5
Features of your vehicle Lighting
High Beam Assist malfunction
and limitations
High Beam Assist malfunction
When High Beam Assist is not working
properly, the 'Check High Beam Assist
(HBA) system' warning message will
appear and warning light ( ) will
appear on the cluster. Have the function
be inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
Limitations of High Beam Assist
High Beam Assist may not work properly
in the following situations:
å
Light from a vehicle is not detected
because of lamp damage, or because
it is hidden from sight, etc.
å
Headlamp of a vehicle is covered with
dust, snow or water.
å
A vehicle's headlamps are off but the
fog lamps are on and etc.
å
There is a lamp that has a similar
shape as a vehicle's lamp.
å
Headlamps have been damaged or
not repaired properly.
å
Headlamps are not aimed properly.
å
Driving on a narrow curved road,
rough road, uphill or downhill.
å
Vehicle in front is partially visible on a
crossroad or curved road.
å
There is a traffic light, reflecting sign,
flashing sign or mirror ahead.
å
There is a temporary reflector or flash
ahead (construction area).
å
The road conditions are bad such as
being wet, iced or covered with snow.
å
A vehicle suddenly appears from a
curve.
å
The vehicle is tilted from a flat tire or
is being towed.
å
Light from a vehicle is not detected
because of exhaust fume, smoke, fog,
snow, etc.
NOTICE
For more details on the limitations of the
front view camera, refer to "Forward Col
-
lision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Front view
camera only) (if equipped)" on page 6-
53.
NOTICE
å
At times, High Beam Assist may not
work properly. The function is for your
convenience only. It is the responsibil
-
ity of the driver for safe driving prac
-
tices and always check the road
conditions for your safety.
å
When High Beam Assist does not
operate normally, change the head
-
lamp position manually between high
beam and low beam.
OMQ4HQ010031L
Features of your vehicle
1365
Wipers and washers
Wipers and washers
The wipers and washers remove foreign
substances from the windshield and rear
window, helping to maintain visibility.
A: Wiper speed control
å
MIST â Single wipe
å
OFF â Off
å
INT â Intermittent wipe
AUTO* â Auto control wipe
å
LO â Low wiper speed
å
HI â High wiper speed
B: Intermittent control wipe time
adjustment/Auto control wipe time
adjustment*
C: Wash with brief wipes
D: Rear wiper/washer control
å
HI - Continuous wipe
å
LO - Intermittent wipe
å
OFF - Off
E: Wash with brief wipes (rear)
*: if equipped
Windshield wipers
Operate as follows when the ENGINE
START/STOP button is ON.
å
MIST: For a single wiping cycle, move
the lever to this position and release it.
The wipers will operate continuously if
the lever is held in this position.
å
OFF: Wiper is not in operation
å
INT: Wiper operates intermittently at
the same wiping intervals. Use this
mode in light rain or mist. To vary the
speed setting, turn the speed control
knob.
å
LO: Normal wiper speed
å
HI: Fast wiper speed
NOTICE
If there is heavy accumulation of snow
or ice on the windshield, defrost the
windshield for about 10 minutes, or until
the snow and/or ice is removed before
using the windshield wipers to ensure
proper operation. If you do not remove
the snow and/or ice before using the
wiper and wash-er, it may damage the
wiper and washer system.
WARNING
Do not use the washer in freezing tem
-
peratures without first warming the
windshield with the defrosters; the
washer solution could freeze on the
windshield and obscure your vision.
OMQ4040061
OMQ4040062
137
5
5
Features of your vehicle Wipers and washers
Auto control (if equipped)
The rain sensor (A) located on the upper
end of the windshield glass senses the
amount of rainfall and controls the wip
-
ing cycle for the proper interval. The
more it rains, the faster the wiper oper
-
ates. When the rain stops, the wiper
stops.
To vary the speed setting, turn the
speed control knob (B).
If the wiper switch is set in AUTO mode
when the ENGINE START/STOP button
is ON, the wiper will operate once to per
-
form a self-check of the system. Set the
wiper to OFF position when the wiper is
not in use.
WARNING
When the ENGINE START/STOP button
is ON and the windshield wiper switch is
placed in the AUTO mode, use caution in
the following situations to avoid any
injury to the hands or other parts of the
body:
å
Do not touch the upper end of the
windshield glass facing the rain sen
-
sor.
å
Do not wipe the upper end of the
windshield glass with a damp or wet
cloth.
å
Do not put pressure on the windshield
glass.
CAUTION
å
When washing the vehicle, set the
wiper switch in the OFF position to
stop the auto wiper operation.
The wiper may operate and be dam
-
aged if the switch is set in the AUTO
mode while washing the vehicle.
å
Do not remove the sensor cover
located on the upper end of the pas
-
senger side windshield glass. Damage
to system parts could occur and may
not be covered by your vehicle war
-
ranty.
å
When starting the vehicle in winter,
set the wiper switch in the OFF posi
-
tion. Otherwise, wipers may operate
and ice may damage the windshield
wiper blades. Always remove all snow
and ice and defrost the windshield
properly prior to operating the wind
-
shield wipers.
å
When tinting the windshield, be care
-
ful of any fluid getting into the sensor
located in the top center of the front
windshield. It may damage the related
parts.
OMQ4040064
Features of your vehicle
1385
Wipers and washers
Operating windshield washers
1. Move the wiper speed control switch
to In OFF position.
2. Pull the lever gently toward you to
spray washer fluid on the windshield
and to run the wipers 1-3 cycles. Use
this function when the windshield is
dirty. The spray and wiper operation
will continue until you release the
lever.
If the washer does not work, check the
washer fluid level. If the fluid level is not
sufficient, you will need to add appropri
-
ate non-abrasive windshield washer
fluid to the washer reservoir.
The reservoir filler neck is located in the
front of the engine compartment on the
passenger side.
CAUTION
To prevent possible damage to the
washer pump, do not operate the
washer when the fluid reservoir is
empty.
WARNING
Do not use the washer in freezing tem
-
peratures without first warming the
windshield with the defrosters; the
washer solution could freeze on the
windshield and obscure your vision.
CAUTION
å
To prevent possible damage to the
wipers or windshield, do not operate
the wipers when the windshield is dry.
å
To prevent damage to the wiper
blades, do not use gasoline, kerosene,
paint thinner, or other solvents on or
near them.
å
To prevent damage to the wiper arms
and other components, do not
attempt to move the wipers manually.
å
To prevent possible damage to the
wipers and washer system, use anti-
freezing washer fluids in the winter
season or cold weather.
Operating rear window wiper and
washer switch
The rear window wiper and washer
switch is located at the end of the wiper
and washer switch lever.
å
Turn the switch to the desired position
to operate the rear wiper and washer.
å
HI - Normal wiper operation
å
LO - Intermittent wiper operation
å
OFF - Wiper is not in operation
OMQ4040066
OMQ4AH040495
139
5
5
Features of your vehicle Welcome system
å
Push the lever away from you to
spray rear washer fluid and to run the
rear wipers several times.
The spray and wiper operation will con
-
tinue until you release the lever.
When the front wiper is activated and
the gear is switched to R (Reverse) posi
-
tion, the rear wiper will be activated once
to provide better visibility.
Welcome system (if equipped)
The welcome system is a function that
illuminates the surroundings or the inte
-
rior when the driver approaches or exits
the vehicle.
Door handle lamp (if equipped)
When all the doors (and liftgate) are
closed and locked, the door handle lamp
will come on for about 15 seconds if any
of the below is performed.
å
When the door unlock button is
pressed on the smart key.
å
When the button of the outside door
handle is pressed.
å
When the vehicle is approached with
the smart key in possession.
OMQ4040067
OMQ4H041006
Features of your vehicle
1405
Interior lights
Headlamp escort function
The headlamps (and/or taillamps)
remain on for approximately 5 minutes
after the vehicle is turned off. However,
if the driver's door is opened and closed,
the headlamps are turned off after 15
seconds.
The headlamps can be turned off by
pressing the lock button on the transmit
-
ter or smart key twice or turning off the
light switch from the headlamp or Auto
light position.
Interior light
When the interior light switch is in the
DOOR position and all doors (and lift
-
gate) are locked and closed, the room
lamp will come on for 30 seconds if any
of the following occurs:
å
With the smart key system
- When the door unlock button is
pressed on the smart key.
- When the button of the outside
door handle is pressed.
At this time, if you press the door lock
button, the lamps will turn off immedi
-
ately.
Interior lights
This vehicle is equipped with lights
throughout the vehicle to illuminate the
interior.
CAUTION
Do not use the interior lights for
extended periods when the engine is not
running.
It may cause battery discharge.
WARNING
Do not use the interior lights when driv
-
ing in the dark. Accidents could happen
because the view may be obscured by
interior lights.
Automatic turn off function
The interior lights automatically turn off
approximately 20 minutes after the
ENGINE START/STOP button is turned
off, if the lights are in the ON position.
If your vehicle is equipped with the theft
alarm system, the interior lights auto
-
matically turn off approximately 5 sec
-
onds after the system is armed.
141
5
5
Features of your vehicle Interior lights
Map lamp
Type A
Type B
å
Press the lens (1) to turn ON the map
lamp.
To turn the map lamp OFF press the
lens (1) again.
å
(2): DOOR mode
- The map lamp and room lamp
come on when a door is opened.
The lamps go out after approxi
-
mately 30 seconds.
- The map lamp and room lamp
come on for approximately 30 sec
-
onds when doors are unlocked with
a smart key as long as the doors
are not opened.
- The map lamp and room lamp will
stay on for approximately 20 min
-
utes if a door is opened with the
ENGINE START/STOP button in the
ACC or OFF position.
- The map lamp and room lamp will
stay on continuously if the door is
opened with the ENGINE START/
STOP button in the ON position.
- The map lamp and room lamp will
go out immediately if the ENGINE
START/STOP button is changed to
the ON position or all doors are
locked.
- To turn off the DOOR mode, press
the DOOR button (2) once again
(not pressed).
å
(3): Press this switch to turn the
front and rear room lamps on and off.
NOTICE
The DOOR mode and ROOM mode can
not be selected at a time.
OMQ4AH040087
OMQ4041567N
Features of your vehicle
1425
Interior lights
Room lamp (if equipped)
Personal lamp
Press the switch to turn the room lamp
on and off.
Luggage room lamp
å
: The lamp will always turn on
when the liftgate is opened/closed.
å
: The lamp is on when the liftgate
is opened, and off when the liftgate is
closed.
å
: The lamp will always turn off
when the liftgate is opened/closed.
Type A
Type B
The luggage room lamp comes on when
the liftgate is opened.
CAUTION
The luggage room lamp comes on as
long as the liftgate opens. To prevent
unnecessary charging system drain,
close the liftgate securely after using the
luggage room.
OMQ4040411
OMQ4040412
OMQ4040410
OMQ4040409
143
5
5
Features of your vehicle Interior lights
Vanity mirror lamp
Push the switch to turn the light on or
off.
å
: The lamp will turn on if this but
-
ton is pressed.
å
: The lamp will turn off if this button
is pressed.
CAUTION
Vanity mirror lamp
Always close the lid of the vanity mirror
in the off position when the vanity mirror
lamp is not in use. If the sun visor is
closed without the lamp off, it may dis
-
charge the battery or damage the sun
visor.
Glove box lamp
The glove box lamp comes on when the
glove box is opened.
NOTICE
To prevent unnecessary charging sys
-
tem drain, close the glove box securely
after using the glove box.
OMQ4040092
OMQ4040417
Features of your vehicle
1445
Climate control system
Climate control system
The climate control system uses cooling
and heating to help maintain a pleasant
environment inside the vehicle.
System operation
Ventilation
1. Set the mode to the ( ) position.
2. Set the air intake control to the out
-
side (fresh) air position.
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
Heating
1. Set the mode to the ( ) position.
2. Set the air intake control to the out
-
side (fresh) air position.
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
5. If dehumidified heating is desired,
turn the air conditioning system on.
å
If the windshield fogs up, set the
mode to the ( ) or ( ) posi
-
tion.
Operation tips
å
To keep dust or unpleasant fumes
from entering the vehicle through the
ventilation system, temporarily set the
air intake control to the recirculated
air position. Be sure to return the con
-
trol to the fresh air position when the
irritation has passed to keep fresh air
in the vehicle. This will help keep the
driver alert and comfortable.
å
Air for the heating/cooling system is
drawn in through the grilles just at the
base of the windshield. Care should
be taken that these are not blocked
by leaves, snow, ice or other obstruc
-
tions.
å
To prevent fog from forming on the
inside of the windshield:
- Set the air intake control to the
fresh air position and the fan speed
to the desired position.
- Turn on the air conditioning sys
-
tem, and adjust the temperature
control to desired temperature.
Air conditioning (A/C)
All Kia air conditioning systems are filled
with R-1234yf refrigerant.
1. Start the vehicle. Press the A/C but
-
ton.
2. Set the mode to the ( ) position.
3. Set the air intake control to the out
-
side-air or recirculated air position.
4. Adjust the fan speed control and tem
-
perature control to maintain maxi
-
mum comfort.
145
5
5
Features of your vehicle Climate control system
CAUTION
å
The refrigerant system should only be
serviced by trained and certified tech
-
nicians to insure proper and safe
operation.
å
The refrigerant system should be ser
-
viced in a well-ventilated place.
å
The air conditioning evaporator (cool
-
ing coil) shall never be repaired or
replaced with one removed from a
used or salvaged vehicle and new
replacement MAC evaporators shall
be certified (and labeled) as meeting
SAE Standard J2842.
CAUTION
Excessive air conditioning use
When using the air conditioning system,
monitor the temperature gauge closely
while driving up hills or in heavy traffic
when outside temperatures are high. Air
conditioning system operation may
cause vehicle overheating. Continue to
use the blower fan but turn the air con
-
ditioning system off if the temperature
gauge indicates vehicle overheating.
CAUTION
The air conditioning system should only
be used with the windows and sunroof
closed to prevent condensation inside
the vehicle that may cause damage to
electrical components.
Air conditioning system opera
-
tion tips
å
If the vehicle has been parked in
direct sunlight during hot weather,
open the windows for a short time to
let the hot air inside the vehicle
escape.
å
To help reduce moisture inside of the
windows on rainy or humid days,
decrease the humidity inside the vehi
-
cle by operating the air conditioning
system.
å
During air conditioning system opera
-
tion, you may occasionally notice a
slight change in vehicle speed as the
air conditioning compressor cycles.
This is a normal characteristic of sys
-
tem operation.
å
To ensure maximum system perfor
-
mance, the air conditioning system
should be run for a few minutes each
month.
å
When using the air conditioning sys
-
tem, you may notice clear water drip
-
ping (or even puddling) on the ground
under the passenger side of the vehi
-
cle. This is a normal characteristic of
system operation.
å
Operating the air conditioning system
in the recirculated air position pro
-
vides maximum cooling; however,
continual operation in this mode may
cause the air inside the vehicle to
become stale.
å
During cooling operation, you may
occasionally notice a misty air flow
because of rapid cooling and humid
air intake. This is a normal character
-
istic of system operation.
Features of your vehicle
1465
Climate control system
Climate control air filter
The climate control air filter installed
behind the glove box filters the dust or
other pollutants that come into the vehi
-
cle from the outside through the heating
and air conditioning system.
A: Outside air
B: Recirculated air
C: Climate control air filter
D: Blower
E: Evaporator core
F: Heater core
If dust or other pollutants accumulate in
the filter over a period of time, the air
flow from the air vents may decrease.
This leads to moisture accumulating on
the inside of the windshield even when
the outside (fresh) air position is
selected. If this happens, have the cli
-
mate control air filter replaced by an
authorized Kia dealer.
NOTICE
å
Replace the filter according to the
Maintenance Schedule. If the vehicle
is being driven in severe conditions
such as dusty or rough roads, more
frequent air conditioner filter inspec
-
tions and changes are required.
å
When the air flow rate suddenly
decreases, have the system checked
by an authorized Kia dealer.
Air conditioning refrigerant label
* The actual air conditioning refrigerant
label in the vehicle may differ from the
illustration.
Each symbol and specification on the air
conditioning refrigerant label is repre
-
sented below:
1. Classification of refrigerant
2. Amount of refrigerant
3. Classification of Compressor lubricant
4. Caution
5. Flammable Refrigerant
6. Registered technician to service Air
Conditioning system
You can find out which air conditioning
refrigerant is applied your vehicle at the
label inside of the engine compartment.
ODEEV068230NR
OMQ4PH041604
147
5
5
Features of your vehicle Climate control system
Refer to "Refrigerant label" on page 9-10
for more detail on the location of air con
-
ditioning refrigerant label.
Checking the amount of air con
-
ditioner refrigerant and compres
-
sor lubricant
When the amount of refrigerant is low,
the performance of the air conditioning
is reduced. Overfilling also has a nega
-
tive impact on the air conditioning sys
-
tem.
Therefore, if abnormal operation is
found, have the system inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer.
WARNING
The oil and refrigerant in your vehicle's
air conditioning system is under very
high pressure. If proper service proce
-
dures are not followed, an explosion
may result. To reduce the risk of serious
injury or death, the air conditioning sys
-
tem in your vehicle should only be ser
-
viced by trained and certified
technicians.
CAUTION
It is important that the correct type and
amount of oil and refrigerant is used,
otherwise damage to the vehicle may
occur. To prevent damage, the air condi
-
tioning system in your vehicle should
only be serviced by trained and certified
technicians.
WARNING
Vehicles equipped with R-1234yf*
Since the refrigerant is mildly flammable
and operated at high pressure, the air
conditioning system should only be ser
-
viced by trained and certified techni
-
cians.
It is important that the correct type and
amount of oil and refrigerant are used.
All refrigerants should be reclaimed with
proper equipment. Venting refrigerants
directly to the atmosphere is harmful to
individuals and environment. Failure to
heed these warnings can lead to serious
injuries.
Features of your vehicle
1485
Automatic climate control system
Automatic climate control system
The automatic climate control system uses cooling and heating to help maintain a
pleasant environment inside the vehicle.
Type A
Type B
OMQ4H040301L
OMQ4H040300L
149
5
5
Features of your vehicle Automatic climate control system
3rd row seat
1. Driver's temperature control button
2. Passenger's temperature control button
3. AUTO (automatic control) button
4. OFF button
5. Fan speed control button
6. Mode selection button
7. Front windshield defroster button
8. Rear window defroster button
9. SYNC button
10.Air intake control button
11.Air conditioning (A/C) button
12.Driver's side only HVAC button
13.Climate control display
14.3rd row air conditioning ON/OFF button (if equipped)
15.3rd row air conditioning fan speed control knob (if equipped)
NOTICE
Operating the blower when the ENGINE
START/STOP button is in the ON posi
-
tion could cause the battery to dis
-
charge. Operate the blower when the
engine is running.
OMQ4H040303L
Features of your vehicle
1505
Automatic climate control system
Heating and air conditioning
automatically
1. Press the AUTO button.
The modes, fan speeds, air intake and
air-conditioning will be controlled
automatically by setting the tempera
-
ture.
2. Press the temperature control button
to the desired temperature.
NOTICE
å
To turn the automatic operation off,
select any button or switch of the fol
-
lowing:
- Mode selection button
- Air conditioning button
- Front windshield defroster button
(Press the button one more time to
deselect the front windshield
defroster function. The AUTO sign
will appear on the information dis
-
play once again.)
- Fan speed control knob
The selected function will be con
-
trolled manually while other functions
operate automatically.
å
For your convenience and to improve
the effectiveness of the climate con
-
trol, use the AUTO button and set the
temperature to 72 °F (22 °C).
Level Indicator LCD Display Air flow
High 1~8
Medium 1~7
Low 1~5
OMQ4040350L
OMQ4040351L
151
5
5
Features of your vehicle Automatic climate control system
NOTICE
Never place anything over the sensor
located on the instrument panel to
ensure better control of the heating and
cooling system.
OMQ4040068
Features of your vehicle
1525
Automatic climate control system
Heating and air conditioning manually
The heating and cooling system can be controlled manually by pressing buttons
other than the AUTO button.
In this case, the system works sequentially according to the order of buttons selected.
1. Start the vehicle.
2. Set the mode to the desired position.
For improving the effectiveness of heating and cooling;
å
Heating:
å
Cooling:
3. Set the temperature control to the desired position.
4. Set the air intake control to the outside (fresh) air position.
5. Set the fan speed control to the desired speed.
If air conditioning is desired, turn the air conditioning system on.
Press the AUTO button in order to con
-
vert to fully automatic control of the sys
-
tem.
OMQ4041339L
153
5
5
Features of your vehicle Automatic climate control system
Mode selection
The mode selection button controls the
direction of the air flow through the ven
-
tilation system.
The air flow outlet ports are switched in
the following sequence:
Face-Level (B, D, H)
Air flow is directed toward the upper
body and face. Additionally, each outlet
can be controlled to direct the air dis
-
charged from the outlet.
Bi-Level (B, C, D, E, F, H)
Air flow is directed towards the face and
the floor.
Floor-Level (A, C, D, E, F, H)
Most of the air flow is directed to the
floor, with a small amount of the air
being directed to the windshield, side
window defrosters and side air vents.
Floor/Defrost-Level (A, C, D, E, F,
H)
Most of the air flow is directed to the
floor and the windshield with a small
amount directed to the side window
defrosters and side air vents.
Defrost-Level (A, D)
Most of the air flow is directed to the
windshield with a small amount of air
directed to the side window defrosters
and side air vents.
Instrument panel vents
Front
Center
OMQ4040319L
OMQ4041336L
OMQ4040335
Features of your vehicle
1545
Automatic climate control system
Rear
You can adjust the direction of air deliv
-
ered from these vents using the vent
control lever as shown.
Temperature control
The temperature will increase to the
maximum (HI) by moving the switch
upwards.
The temperature will decrease to the
minimum (Lo) by moving the switch
downwards.
When moving the switch, the tempera
-
ture will increase or decrease by 0.5 °F.
When set to the lowest temperature set
-
ting, the air conditioning will operate
continuously.
NOTICE
When starting the vehicle in cold
weather using manual temperature con
-
trol, operate the system in the following
method to improve heating.
å
Turn off or lower the blower, right
after starting the engine.
å
Allow the engine to warm up during
this time since the air flow from the
heater is still cold.
å
After a few minutes of engine warm
up, turn on or set the fan to a higher
level and adjust the temperature set
-
ting to hot.
Adjusting the driver and passen
-
ger side temperature equally
1. Press the "SYNC" button to adjust the
driver and passenger side tempera
-
ture equally.
The passenger side temperature will
be set to the same temperature as the
driver side temperature.
2. Move the driver side temperature
control switch. The driver and passen
-
ger side temperature will be adjusted
equally.
OMQ4040337
OMQ4040321
OMQ4040322
155
5
5
Features of your vehicle Automatic climate control system
3. If you move the passenger's tempera
-
ture control switch, the SYNC button
is off and the passenger side tem
-
perature can be operated individually.
Adjusting the driver and passen
-
ger side temperature individually
Press the "SYNC" button again to adjust
the driver and passenger side tempera
-
ture individually. The button indicator
will turn off.
Changing temperature scale
You can switch the temperature mode
from Centigrade to Fahrenheit as fol
-
lows:
å
While pressing the OFF button, press
the AUTO button for 3 seconds or
more.
The display will change from Centigrade
to Fahrenheit, or from Fahrenheit to
Centigrade. If the battery has been dis
-
charged or disconnected, the tempera
-
ture mode display will reset to
Centigrade.
Controlling air intake
This is used to select the outside (fresh)
air position or recirculated air position.
To change the air intake control position:
å
Push the desired control button.
Recirculated air position
With the recirculated air position
selected, air from the passenger com
-
partment will be drawn through the
heating system and heated or cooled
according to the function selected.
Outside (fresh) air position
With the outside (fresh) air position
selected, air enters the vehicle from out
-
side and is heated or cooled according
to the function selected.
NOTICE
Prolonged operation of the heater in the
recirculated air position (without air con
-
ditioning selected) may cause fogging of
the windshield and side windows and
the air within the passenger compart
-
ment may become stale.
In addition, prolonged use of the air con
-
ditioning with the recirculated air posi
-
tion selected will result in excessively dry
air in the passenger compartment.
Type A Type B
Type A Type B
Features of your vehicle
1565
Automatic climate control system
WARNING
å
Continued climate control system
operation in the recirculated air posi
-
tion may allow humidity to increase
inside the vehicle which may fog the
glass and obscure visibility.
å
Do not sleep in a vehicle with the air
conditioning or heating system on. It
may cause serious harm or death due
to a drop in the oxygen level and/or
body temperature.
å
Continued climate control system
operation in the recirculated air posi
-
tion can cause drowsiness or sleepi
-
ness, and loss of vehicle control. Set
the air intake control to the outside
(fresh) air position as much as possi
-
ble while driving.
Controlling fan speed
The fan speed can be set to the desired
speed by operating the fan speed con
-
trol button.
To change the fan speed:
å
Press right button for higher speed, or
press left button for lower speed.
To turn the fan speed control off:
å
Press the OFF button.
Air conditioning (A/C)
å
Press the A/C button to turn the air
conditioning system on (indicator light
will appear.
å
Press the button again to turn the air
conditioning system off.
WARNING
Reduced visibility
Continuous use of the climate control
system in the recirculated air position
may allow humidity to increase inside
the vehicle, which may fog the glass and
obscure visibility.
WARNING
Recirculated air
Continued use of the climate control sys
-
tem in the recirculated air position can
cause drowsiness or sleepiness, and loss
of vehicle control. Set the air intake con
-
trol to the outside (fresh) air position as
much as possible while driving.
OMQ4040327
OMQ4040328L
157
5
5
Features of your vehicle Automatic climate control system
WARNING
Sleeping with A/C on
Do not sleep in a vehicle with the air con
-
ditioning or heating on as this may
cause serious harm or death due to a
drop in the oxygen level and/or body
temperature.
Turning off the front air climate
control
å
Press the OFF button to turn off the
air climate control system.
However, you can still operate the
mode and air intake buttons as long
as the ENGINE START/STOP button is
in the ON position.
Clean air (if equipped)
When the ENGINE START/STOP button
is in the ON position, the clean air func
-
tion turns on automatically.
Also, the clean air function turns off
automatically, when the ENGINE START/
STOP button is in the OFF position.
3rd row air conditioning (if
equipped)
To turn on the 3rd row air conditioning
control system.
1. You can operate the third row air con
-
ditioning system from the first row
control panel. Changing the front
row's fan speed by pressing the con
-
trol button will automatically change
the third row's fan speed as well.
When the front row air conditioning
has been turned off and you want to
stop the A/C in the third row, press
the third row air conditioning select
button one more time. Then, the third
row's A/C will also turn off.
2. The third row A/C system can be sep
-
arately controlled by the control but
-
tons in the third row. When the A/C is
ON or OFF, the third row A/C control
button in the front row will turn ON or
OFF, informing the front passengers
of the situation.
3. The fan speed of the third row air con
-
ditioning can also be separately con
-
trolled by turning the fan speed
control knob.
OMQ4040329
OMQ4H040306L
Features of your vehicle
1585
Windshield defrosting and defogging
Windshield defrosting and
defogging
When the windshield is covered with
frost or moisture, the front view is
blurred, you should remove the frost
and moisture.
WARNING
Windshield heating
Do not use the or position
during cooling operation in extremely
humid weather. The difference between
the temperature of the outside air and
the windshield could cause the outer
surface of the windshield to fog up,
causing loss of visibility. In this case, set
the mode selection to the position
and fan speed control to the lower
speed.
å
For maximum defrosting, set the tem
-
perature control to the extreme right/
hot position and the fan speed control
to the highest speed.
å
If warm air to the floor is desired while
defrosting or defogging, set the mode
to the floor-defrost position.
å
Before driving, clear all snow and ice
from the windshield, rear window,
outside rear view mirrors, and all side
windows.
å
Clear all snow and ice from the hood
and air inlet in the cowl grill to
improve heater and defroster effi
-
ciency and to reduce the probability
of fogging up the inside of the wind
-
shield.
Defogging inside windshield
1. Set the fan speed to the desired posi
-
tion.
2. Select desired temperature.
3. Press the defroster button ( ).
4. The outside (fresh) air position will be
selected automatically and the air
conditioning will turn on according to
the detected ambient temperature.
If the air conditioning and outside (fresh)
air position are not selected automati
-
cally, adjust the corresponding button
manually. If the position is
selected, lower fan speed is adjusted to
a higher fan speed.
OMQ4040342
159
5
5
Features of your vehicle Windshield defrosting and defogging
Defrosting outside windshield
1. Set the fan speed to the highest posi
-
tion.
2. Set the temperature to the extreme
hot (HI) position.
3. Press the defroster button ( ).
4. The outside (fresh) air position will be
selected automatically and the air
conditioning will turn on according to
the detected ambient temperature.
Auto defogging system
Auto defogging helps reduce the possi
-
bility of fogging up the inside of the
windshield by automatically sensing the
moisture on inside the windshield.
The auto defogging system oper
-
ates when the heater or air condi
-
tioning is on.
When the Auto Defogging System oper
-
ates, the indicator will appear.
If a high amount of humidity is detected
in the vehicle, the Auto Defogging Sys
-
tem will be enabled.
The following steps will be performed
automatically:
1. The A/C button will turn ON.
2. The air intake control will change to
Fresh mode under low outside tem
-
perature.
3. The mode will be changed to defrost
to direct airflow to the windshield.
4. The fan speed will be increased.
To cancel or reset the Auto Defogging
System
Press the front windshield defroster but
-
ton for 3 seconds when the ENGINE
START/STOP button is in the ON posi
-
tion.
When the Auto Defogging System is
canceled, defrost button indicator will
blink 3 times.
When the Auto Defogging System is
reset, defrost button indicator will blink 6
times without a signal.
NOTICE
å
When the air conditioning is turned on
by Auto defogging system, if you try
to turn off the air conditioning, the
indicator will blink 3 times and the air
conditioning will not be turned off.
å
To maintain the effectiveness and
efficiency of the Auto Defogging Sys
-
tem, do not select Recirculation mode
while the system is operating.
OMQ4040343
OMQ4040561BR
Features of your vehicle
1605
Windshield defrosting and defogging
å
When the Auto Defogging System is
operating, the fan speed adjustment
knob, the temperature adjustment
knob, and the air intake control button
are all disabled.
NOTICE
Do not remove the sensor cover located
on the upper end of the driver side wind
-
shield glass.
Damage to system parts could occur
and may not be covered by your vehicle
warranty.
Defroster
The vehicle is equipped with a defroster
for removing frost or fog from the rear
window.
CAUTION
Conductors
To prevent damage to the conductors
bonded to the inside surface of the rear
window, never use sharp instruments or
window cleaners containing abrasives to
clean the window.
If you want to defrost and defog the
front windshield, refer to "Windshield
defrosting and defogging" on page 5-
158.
Operating rear window defroster
The defroster heats the window to
remove frost, fog and thin ice from the
rear window, while the engine is on.
If there is heavy accumulation of snow
on the rear window, brush it off before
operating the rear defroster.
To activate the rear window defroster:
å
Press the rear window defroster but
-
ton located in the heater control
panel.
The indicator on the rear window
defroster button illuminates when the
defroster is ON.
The rear window defroster automati
-
cally turns off after approximately 20
minutes or when the ENGINE START/
STOP button is turned off.
To turn off the defroster:
å
Press the rear window defroster but
-
ton again.
Outside mirror defroster (if
equipped)
If your vehicle is equipped with the out
-
side mirror defrosters, they will operate
at the same time you turn on the rear
window defroster.
OMQ4040332
161
5
5
Features of your vehicle Storage compartment
Defogging logic (if equipped)
To reduce the possibility of fogging up
the inside of the windshield, the air
intake or air conditioning is controlled
automatically according to certain con
-
ditions such as or position.
To cancel automatic defogging logic or
return to the automatic defogging logic,
do the following.
Canceling/returning automatic
defogging logic
1. Turn the ENGINE START/STOP button
to the ON position.
2. Press the defroster button ( ).
3. While pressing the air conditioning (A/
C) button, press the air intake control
button at least 5 times within 3 sec
-
onds.
The recirculation indicator blinks 3
times in 0.5 second of intervals. It indi
-
cates that the defogging logic is can
-
celed or returned to the programmed
status.
If the battery has been discharged or
disconnected, it resets to the defog logic
status.
Storage compartment
These compartments can be used to
store small items required by the driver
or passengers.
å
To avoid possible theft, do not leave
valuables in the storage compart
-
ment.
å
Always keep the storage compart
-
ment covers closed while driving. Do
not attempt to place so many items in
the storage compartment that the
storage compartment cover cannot
close securely.
WARNING
Flammable materials
Do not store, propane cylinders or other
flammable/explosive materials in the
vehicle. These items may catch fire and/
or explode if the vehicle is exposed to
hot temperatures for extended periods.
Center console storage
To open the center console storage:
å
Pull up the lever.
OMQ4040345L
OMQ4AH040427
Features of your vehicle
1625
Interior features
Glove box
The glove box can be locked and
unlocked with the mechanical key (1).
To open the glove box:
å
Pull the handle and the glove box will
automatically open (2).
Close the glove box after use.
WARNING
Glove box
To reduce the risk of injury in an acci
-
dent or sudden stop, always keep the
glove box door closed while driving.
CAUTION
Do not keep food in the glove box for a
long time.
NOTICE
If the temperature control switch is in
the warm or hot position, warm or hot air
will flow into the glove box.
Interior features
There are various features inside the
vehicle for the convenience of the occu
-
pants.
Ambient light (if equipped)
The ambient lights are applied to the
front passenger's crash pad and front
door.
OMQ4040430
OMQ4040089
OMQ4040090
163
5
5
Features of your vehicle Interior features
When the headlamp light is on, the
ambient light is on at the same time
could be set in the infotainment menu.
Refer to the infotainment manual for
details.
Cup holder
Front
Rear
3rd row seats
Cups or small beverage cans may be
placed in the cup holders.
OMQ4040423
OMQ4040424
OMQ4H040025
OMQ4040072
OMQ4040074
Features of your vehicle
1645
Interior features
WARNING
Hot liquids
Do not place uncovered cups with hot
liquid in the cup holder while the vehicle
is in motion. If the hot liquid spills, you
may burn yourself. Such a burn to the
driver could lead to loss of control of the
vehicle.
WARNING
Keep cans or bottles out of direct sun
light and do not put them in a vehicle
that is heated up. It may explode.
CAUTION
å
Keep your drinks sealed while driving
to prevent spilling your drink. If liquid
spills, it may get into the vehicle's
electrical/electronic system and dam
-
age electrical/electronic parts.
å
When cleaning spilled liquids, do not
use heat to dry the cup holders. This
may damage the cup holder.
Seat warmer (if equipped)
The seat warmer is provided to warm
the front seats during cold weather.
Front seat
Rear seat
With the ENGINE START/STOP button in
the ON position:
å
Push either of the levers/switch to
warm the driver's seat or the front
passenger's seat.
During mild weather or under conditions
where the operation of the seat warmer
is not needed, keep the levers/switch in
the "OFF" position.
The seat warmer defaults to the OFF
position whenever the ENGINE START/
STOP button is in the ON position.
Temperature control (Manual)
å
Each time you press the levers/switch,
the temperature setting of the seat
will change as follows:
-Front seat
-Rear seat
OMQ4H040027
OMQ4AH040083
165
5
5
Features of your vehicle Interior features
Temperature control (Automatic)
The seat warmer starts to automatically
control the seat temperature in order to
prevent low-temperature burns after
being manually turned ON.
You may manually press the button to
increase the seat temperature. However,
it soon returns to the automatic mode
again.
å
When pressing the levers/switch for
more than 1.5 seconds with the seat
warmer operating, the seat warmer
will turn OFF.
NOTICE
With the seat warmer levers/switch in
the ON position, the heating system in
the seat turns off or on automatically
depending on the seat temperature.
CAUTION
å
When cleaning the seats, do not use
an organic solvent such as paint thin
-
ner, benzene, alcohol and gasoline.
Doing so may damage the surface of
the heater or seats.
å
To prevent overheating the seat
warmer, do not place anything on the
seats that insulates against heat, such
as blankets, cushions or seat covers
while the seat warmer is in operation.
å
Do not place heavy or sharp objects
on seats equipped with seat warmers.
Damage to the seat warming compo
-
nents could occur.
å
Do not change the seat cover. It may
damage the seat warmer or air venti
-
lation system.
WARNING
Seat warmer burns
Passengers should use extreme caution
when using seat warmers due to the
possibility of excess heating or burns.
The seat warmer may cause burns even
at low temperatures, especially if used
for long periods of time. In particular, the
driver must exercise extreme care for
the following types of passengers:
1. Infants, children, elderly or handi
-
capped persons, or hospital outpa
-
tients
2. Persons with sensitive skin or those
that burn easily
3. Fatigued individuals
4. Intoxicated individuals
5. Individuals taking medication that can
cause drowsiness or sleepiness
(sleeping pills, cold tablets, etc.)
Air ventilation seat (if equipped)
The temperature setting of the seat
changes according to the levers position.
å
To ventilate your seat cushion, push
the levers.
OMQ4H040028
Features of your vehicle
1665
Interior features
Each time you push the levers, the air
-
flow will change as follows:
The seat warmer (with air ventilation)
defaults to the OFF position whenever
the ENGINE START/STOP button is
turned on.
NOTICE
This function is designed to automati
-
cally change the temperature setting of
the seat (High -> Low) to maintain maxi
-
mum comfort inside in case the engine
is stopped by ISG (Idle Stop and Go) sys
-
tem (if equipped).
CAUTION
Seat damage
å
When cleaning the seats, do not use
an organic solvent such as paint thin
-
ner, benzene, alcohol and gasoline.
Doing so may damage the air ventila
-
tion seat.
å
Do not place heavy or sharp objects
on the seat. Those things may dam
-
age the air ventilation seat.
å
Be careful not to spill liquid such as
water or beverages on the seat. If you
spill some liquid, wipe the seat with a
dry towel. Before using the air ventila
-
tion seat, dry the seat completely.
Sun visor
Use the sun visor to shield direct light
through the front or side windows.
å
To use the sun visor, pull it downward.
å
To use the sun visor for the side win
-
dow, pull it downward, unsnap it from
the bracket (1) and swing it to the side
(2). You can slide the sun visor if nec
-
essary (3).
å
To use the vanity mirror, pull down
the visor and slide the mirror cover
(4).
Press the ON button ( ) to turn on
the lamp inside the sun visor when
using a mirror. Before returning the
sun visor to the original position, be
sure to press the OFF button ( ) to
turn it off.
The ticket holder (5) is provided for
holding a tollgate ticket.
WARNING
For your safety, do not block your view
when using the sun visor.
NOTICE
Do not put several tickets in the ticket
holder at one time. This could cause
damage to the ticket holder.
OMQ4040075
167
5
5
Features of your vehicle Interior features
USB charger (if equipped)
The USB car charger allows drivers to
charge their digital devices like smart
-
phones, and PC tablets.
Front
Rear
Seat (if equipped)
3rd row (if equipped)
Plug the cable into the USB port, and
charging will begin.
The USB car charger is available with
either the ACC on or the vehicle on. We
recommend you connect the USB port
and digital devices with the engine run
-
ning. See the display screen of the
device to check its charging process
completion. Your smartphone or table
PC could get heated up while charging.
This is no reason to worry, as it doesn't
impact life or functions of the device. For
the safety reason, charging can be
stopped if the battery gets heated up to
a certain point of temperature that the
devices can be negatively affected.
Charging some digital devices is not
OMQ4H040026
OMQ4AH040080
OMQ4040081
OMQ4040422
Features of your vehicle
1685
Interior features
available or requires special dedicated
adapters if their charging methods don't
fit the way the USB car charger works.
Quick Charge 2.0 is available on the
smart phone or the table PC equipped
with fast charging capabilities. The appli
-
cable is as follows: (https://www.qual
-
comm.com/documents/quick-charge-
device-list)
The smart phone or PC tablet without
fast charging is charged at a regular
speed.
Rated output:
å
Digital devices with fast charging:
-9.0 V, 1.67 A
å
Digital devices with normal charging:
-5.0 V, 2.1 A
CAUTION
å
Use the USB car charger with the
vehicle on. Otherwise, Vehicle battery
can be discharged.
å
Use the official USB cable of the man
-
ufacturer of the digital device to be
charged.
å
Make sure that any foreign object,
drinks, and water do not come into
contact with the USB car charger.
Water or foreign object can damage
the USB charger.
å
Do not use the device those current
consumption exceeds 2.1 A.
å
If the charger is connected incorrectly,
it can cause serious damage on the
devices. Please note that damages
due to incorrect usage are not cov
-
ered by warranty service.
Power outlet
The power outlet is designed to provide
power for mobile telephones or other
devices designed to operate with vehicle
electrical systems.
2nd row
3rd row (if equipped)
The devices should draw less than 15
amps with the vehicle on.
OMQ4AH040076
OMQ4AH040078
169
5
5
Features of your vehicle Interior features
WARNING
å
Use the power outlet only when the
vehicle is on and remove the acces
-
sory plug after use. Using the acces
-
sory plug for prolonged periods of
time with the vehicle off could cause
the battery to discharge.
å
Only use 12 V electric accessories
which are less than 15 A in electric
capacity.
å
Adjust the air-conditioner or heater to
the lowest operating level when using
the power outlet.
å
Close the cover when not in use.
å
Some electronic devices can cause
electronic interference when plugged
into a vehicle's power outlet. These
devices may cause excessive audio
static and malfunctions in other elec
-
tronic systems or devices used in your
vehicle.
å
Push the plug in as far as it will go. If
good contact is not made, the plug
may overheat and the fuse may open.
å
Plug in battery equipped electronic
devices with reverse current protec
-
tion. The current from the battery may
flow into the vehicle's electrical/elec
-
tronic system and cause system mal
-
function.
WARNING
Electric shock
Do not put a finger or a foreign object
(pen, etc.) into a power outlet and do not
touch with a wet hand. You may get an
electric shock.
AC Inverter (if equipped)
The AC inverter supplies 115V/150W
electric power to operate electric acces
-
sories or equipments.
å
Rated Voltage: AC 115V
å
Maximum electric power: 150W
å
In order to avoid an electrical system
failure, electric shock, etc., be sure to
read owner's manual before use.
å
Be sure to close the cover except the
time of use.
WARNING
To reduce a risk of serious or fatal inju
-
ries:
å
Do not use a heated electric device
such as a coffee pot, toaster, heater,
iron, etc.
å
Do not insert foreign objects into the
outlet and do not touch the outlet as
you may get shocked.
å
Do not let children touch the AC
inverter.
OMQ4AH040077
Features of your vehicle
1705
Interior features
NOTICE
å
To prevent the battery from being dis
-
charged, do not use the AC inverter
while the engine is not running.
å
When not using the AC inverter, make
sure to close the AC inverter cover.
å
After using an electric accessory or
equipment, pull the plug out. Leaving
the accessory or equipment plugged
in for a long time may cause battery
discharge.
å
Do not use an electric accessory or
equipment the power consumption of
which is greater than 150W (115V).
å
Some electric accessories or equip
-
ments can cause electronic interfer
-
ence. It may cause excessive audio
noise and malfunctions in other elec
-
tric systems or devices in the vehicle.
å
Do not use broken electric accessories
or equipments, which may damage
the AC inverter and electrical systems
of the vehicle.
å
Do not use two or more electric acces
-
sories or equipments at the same
time. It may cause damage to the
electrical systems of the vehicle.
å
When the input voltage is lower, outlet
LED will blink and the AC inverter will
turn off automatically. If the input
voltage goes up to normal, the AC
inverter will turn on again.
Wireless smart phone charging
system (if equipped)
A wireless smart phone charging system
is located in front of the center console.
[A]: Indicator, [B]: Charging pad
Firmly close all doors, and the ENGINE
START/STOP button is ON. To start wire
-
less charging, place the smart phone
equipped with wireless charging func
-
tion on the wireless charging pad.
For best wireless charging results, place
the smart phone on the center of the
charging pad.
The wireless charging system is
designed for one smart phone equipped
with QI only. Please refer to the smart
phone accessory cover or the smart
phone manufacturer homepage to
check whether your smart phone sup
-
ports QI function.
WARNING
If any metallic object such as coins is
located between the wireless charging
system and the smart phone, the
charging may be disrupted. Also, the
metallic object may heat up.
OMQ4H040029
171
5
5
Features of your vehicle Interior features
Wireless smart phone charging
1. Remove any object on the smart
phone charging pad including the
smart key. If there is any foreign
object on the pad other than a smart
phone, the wireless charging function
may not operate properly.
2. Place the smart phone on the center
of the wireless charging pad.
3. The indicator light will change to
orange once the wireless charging
begins. After the charging is com
-
plete, the orange light will change to
green.
4. You can choose to turn the wireless
charging function to either ON or OFF
by selecting the USM on the instru
-
ment cluster. (Please refer to "Instru
-
ment cluster" on page 5-73 for
details).
If the wireless charging does not work,
gently move your smart phone around
the pad until the charging indicator light
turns yellow. Depending on the smart
phone, the charging indicator light may
not turn green even after the charging is
complete.
If the wireless charging is not function
-
ing properly, the orange light will blink
and flash for ten seconds then turn off.
In such cases, remove the smart phone
from the pad and replace it on the pad
again, or double check the charging sta
-
tus.
If you leave the smart phone on the
charging pad when the vehicle is OFF,
the vehicle will alert you through warn
-
ing messages and sound (applicable for
vehicles with voice guidance function)
after the 'Good bye' function on the
instrument cluster ends.
For some manufacturers' smart phones,
the system may not warn you even
though the smart phone is left on the
wireless charging unit. This is due to the
particular characteristic of the smart
phone and not a malfunction of the
wireless charging.
WARNING
Distracted driving
Driving while distracted can result in a
loss of vehicle control that may lead to
an accident, severe bodily injury, or
death. The driver's primary responsibility
is in the safe and legal operation of a
vehicle. Any use of handheld devices,
other equipment, or vehicle systems that
take the driver's eyes, attention, and
focus away from the safe operation of a
vehicle are not permissable by law.
These should never be used during the
operation of the vehicle.
CAUTION
Liquid in wireless charging system
To prevent liquid from damaging the
wireless smart phone charging system in
your vehicle, be sure not to spill liquid
over the charging system.
CAUTION
Metal in wireless charging system
If any metallic object such as a coin is
located between the wireless charging
system and the smart phone, the
charging may be disrupted. Also, the
metallic object may heat up and poten
-
tially damage the charging system. If
there is any metallic object between the
smart phone and the charging pad,
immediately remove the smart phone.
Remove the metallic object after it has
cooled down.
Features of your vehicle
1725
Interior features
CAUTION
å
When the interior temperature of the
wireless charging system rises above
a set temperature, the wireless
charging will cease to function. After
the interior temperature drops below
the threshold, the wireless charging
function will resume.
å
The wireless charging may not func
-
tion properly when there is a heavy
accessory cover on the smart phone.
å
The wireless charging will stop when
using the wireless smart key search
function to prevent radio wave disrup
-
tion.
å
The wireless charging will stop when
the smart key is moved out of the
vehicle with the vehicle in ON.
å
The wireless charging will stop when
any of the doors are opened (applica
-
ble for vehicles equipped with smart
keys).
å
The wireless charging will stop when
the vehicle is turned OFF.
å
The wireless charging will stop when
the smart phone is not in complete
contact with the wireless charging
pad.
å
Items equipped with magnetic com
-
ponents such as credit card, tele
-
phone card, bankbook or any
transportation ticket may become
damaged during wireless charging.
å
Place the smart phone on the center
of the charge pad for best results. The
smart phone may not charge when
placed near the rim of the charging
pad. When the smart phone does get
charged, it may heat up excessively.
å
For smart phones without built-in
wireless charging system, an appro
-
priate accessory has to be equipped
in order to use the vehicle's wireless
charging system.
å
Certain smart phones may display
messages on a weak current. This is
due to the particular characteristics of
that smart phone, and does not imply
a malfunction of the wireless charging
function.
å
The indicator light of some manufac
-
turers' smart phones may still be
orange after the smart phone is fully
charged. This is due to the particular
characteristic of the smart phone and
not a malfunction of the wireless
charging.
å
When any smart phone without a
wireless charging function or a metal
-
lic object is placed on the charging
pad, a small noise may sound. This
small noise is due to the vehicle dis
-
cerning compatibility of the object
placed on the charging pad. It does
not affect your vehicle or the smart
phone in any way.
å
The wireless cellular phone charging
system may not support certain cellu
-
lar phones, which are not verified for
the Qi specification ( ).
å
When placing your smart phone on
the charging pad, position the phone
in the middle of the pad for maximum
efficiency.
If your smart phone is off to the side,
the charging speed may slow down,
and in some cases, your phone may
experience higher heat conduction.
å
When charging some smart phones
with a self-protection feature, the
wireless charging speed may
decrease, and the charging may stop.
173
5
5
Features of your vehicle Interior features
å
A smart phone that supports the wire
-
less charging can only be charged
wireless.
å
The wireless charging pad has an
internal cooling system which can cre
-
ate noise to keep your phone cool
while it charges.
This device complies with part 15
of the FCC Rules
Operation is subject to the following two
conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference.
2. This device must accept any interfer
-
ence received, including interference
that may cause undesired operation.
Coat hook
A Coat hook is next to the rear grab han
-
dle.
* This actual feature may differ from the
illustration.
CAUTION
Hanging clothing
Do not hang heavy clothes, since they
may damage the hook.
WARNING
Do not hang other objects such as hang
-
ers or hard objects except clothes. Also,
do not put heavy, sharp or breakable
objects in the clothing's pockets. In an
accident or when the curtain air bag is
inflated, it may cause vehicle damage or
body injury.
Side curtain (if equipped)
To use the side curtain:
1. Lift the curtain by the knob (1).
2. Hang the curtain on both sides of the
hook.
OMQ4040086
OMQ4040469
OMQ4040421
Features of your vehicle
1745
Interior features
NOTICE
å
Always hang both sides of the curtain
on the hook. This could cause damage
to the side curtain if only one side of
the curtains is hooked.
å
Do not let any foreign materials get in
between the door trim and side cur
-
tain. The side curtain may not be lifted
up.
Floor mat anchors (if equipped)
When using a floor mat on the front floor
carpet, make sure it attaches to the floor
mat anchors in your vehicle. This keeps
the floor mat from sliding forward.
WARNING
å
After market floor mat
- Do not install after market floor
mats that are not capable of being
securely attached to the vehicle's
floor mat anchors.
Unsecured floor mats can interfere
with pedal operation.
å
Use floor mats not too thick and
designed to be properly secured on
the floor to avoid the interference with
pedals. Make sure that installing the
floor mats without removing plastic
films on carpets may damage or
break floor mat fix rings, resulting in
the mats to be unsecured. Especially
for a driver's seat, the unsecured mats
may cause unintended acceleration/
brake. Ensure to remove all the plastic
films on the carpets before installing
the mats.
The following must be observed when
installing ANY floor mat to the vehicle.
å
Ensure that the floor mats are
securely attached to the vehicle's floor
mat anchor(s) before driving the vehi
-
cle.
å
Do not use ANY floor mat that cannot
be firmly attached to the vehicle's
floor mat anchors.
å
Do not stack floor mats on top of one
another (e.g., all-weather rubber mat
on top of a carpeted floor mat). Only a
single floor mat should be installed in
each position.
OMQ4AH040472
175
5
5
Features of your vehicle Interior features
Luggage net holder
To keep items from shifting in the cargo
area, you can use the 4 holders located
in the cargo area to attach the luggage
net (if equipped), or you can fold the
luggage net into half and attach it
upwards by using the additional 2 hold
-
ers located on each side.
If necessary, contact an authorized Kia
dealer.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the goods or the
vehicle, be careful when carrying fragile
or bulky objects in the luggage compart
-
ment.
WARNING
DO NOT over-stretch the luggage net
and ALWAYS keep your face and body
out of the luggage net's recoil path. Fail
-
ure to comply with these instructions
may result in severe facial injuries. DO
NOT use the luggage net when the strap
has visible signs of wear or damage.
Cargo security screen (if
equipped)
Use the cargo security screen to hide
items stored in the cargo area.
NOTICE
Since the cargo security screen may be
damaged or malformed, do not put lug
-
gage on it when it is used.
WARNING
å
Do not place objects on the cargo
security screen. Such objects may
move around inside the vehicle and
possibly injure vehicle occupants
during an accident or when braking.
å
Never allow anyone to ride in the lug
-
gage compartment. It is designed for
luggage only.
OMQ4AH040462
OMQ4AH040413
OMQ4AH040473
Features of your vehicle
1765
Interior features
å
Maintain the balance of the vehicle
and locate the weight as forward as
possible.
To use the cargo security screen
1. Pull the cargo security screen towards
the rear of the vehicle by the handle
(1).
2. Insert the guide pin into the guide (2).
NOTICE
Pull out the cargo security screen using
the handle in the center to prevent the
guide pin from falling out of the guide.
When the cargo security screen is not in
use:
1. Pull the cargo security screen back
-
ward and up to release it from the
guides.
2. The cargo security screen will auto
-
matically slide back in.
NOTICE
The cargo security screen may not auto
-
matically slide back in if the cargo secu
-
rity screen is not fully pulled out. Fully
pull it out and then let go.
To remove the cargo security
screen
1. Push the guide pin in the direction as
shown in the picture below.
2. While pushing the guide pin, pull out
the cargo security screen.
3. Keep the cargo security screen in the
guide pin above the tray.
Luggage board
The battery and the tools are located
beneath the luggage board for easy
access.
1. Grasp the handle on the top of the
cover and lift it.
2. Fold the rear part of luggage board
frontward.
3. Lift up upward luggage board front
-
ward (Luggage board)
OMQ4A040561
OMQ4A040475
OMQ4AH040476
177
5
5
Features of your vehicle Interior features
Luggage tray (if equipped)
You can place a first aid kit, a reflector
triangle (luggage tray), tools, etc. in the
box for easy access.
luggage tray (for hybrid vehicle)
luggage tray (for plug-in hybrid vehicle)
å
Grasp the handle on the top of the
cover and lift it.
Luggage side tray (if equipped)
The luggage side tray can be used for
storing small items.
å
To open the cover, pull up the handle
and lift the cover.
OMQ4PH040509L
OMQ4PH040489L
OMQ4AH040484
Features of your vehicle
1785
Exterior features
Exterior features
Roof rack (if equipped)
If the vehicle has a roof rack, you can
load cargo on top of your vehicle.
Crossbars and fixing components
needed to install the roof rack on your
vehicle may be obtained from an autho
-
rized Kia dealer or other qualified shop.
NOTICE
å
The crossbars (if equipped) should be
placed in the proper load carrying
positions prior to placing items onto
the roof rack.
å
If the vehicle is equipped with a sun
-
roof, be sure not to position cargo
onto the roof rack in such a way that it
could interfere with sunroof opera
-
tion.
å
When the roof rack is not being used
to carry cargo, the crossbars may
need to be repositioned if wind noise
is detected.
CAUTION
å
When carrying cargo on the roof rack,
take the necessary precautions to
make sure the cargo does not dam
-
age the roof of the vehicle.
å
When carrying large objects on the
roof rack, make sure they do not
exceed the overall roof length or
width.
å
When you are carrying cargo on the
roof rack, do not operate the sunroof.
(if equipped)
WARNING
å
The following specification is the max
-
imum weight that can be loaded onto
the roof rack. Distribute the load as
evenly as possible across the cross
-
bars (if equipped) and roof rack and
secure the load firmly.
Loading cargo or luggage in excess of
the specified weight limit on the roof
rack may damage your vehicle.
å
The vehicle center of gravity will be
higher when items are loaded onto
the roof rack. Avoid sudden starts,
braking, sharp turns, abrupt maneu
-
vers or high speeds that may result in
loss of vehicle control or rollover
resulting in an accident.
OMQ4AH040093
ROOF LOAD
220 lbs. (100 kg)
EVENLY DISTRIBUTED
179
5
5
Features of your vehicle Infotainment system
å
Always drive slowly and turn corners
carefully when carrying items on the
roof rack. Severe wind updrafts,
caused by passing vehicles or natural
causes, can cause sudden upward
pressure on items loaded on the roof
rack. This is especially true when car
-
rying large, flat items such as wood
panels or mattresses. This could
cause the items to fall off the roof
rack and cause damage to your vehi
-
cle or others around you.
å
To prevent damage or loss of cargo
while driving, check frequently before
or while driving to make sure the
items on the roof rack are securely
fastened.
Infotainment system
Audio system
NOTICE
If you install an aftermarket HID head
-
lamp, your vehicle's audio and electronic
device may malfunction.
* If your vehicle is equipped with info
-
tainment system, refer to a separately
supplied manual for detailed informa
-
tion.
Antenna
Type A
Type B
OMQ4AH041094
OMQ4AH051329
Features of your vehicle
1805
Infotainment system
1. Shark fin antenna (Type A, if
equipped)
The shark fin antenna receives data
transmitted from base stations and
satellites (e.g. AM/FM, GPS, Sirius XM,
LTE) and also transmits to base sta
-
tions (e.g. LTE).
2. Pole antenna (Type B, if equipped)
The pole antenna receives data trans
-
mitted from base stations and satel
-
lites (e.g. AM/FM, GPS).
NOTICE
å
Avoid adding metallic coatings such
as Ni, Cd, etc. These can degrade the
receiving AM and FM broadcast sig
-
nals.
USB port
You can use the USB port to plug in an
USB.
CAUTION
Depending on the size, length, or shape
of the USB stick, if you forcibly close the
tray cover, the USB device may be dam
-
aged or deformed or the cover may not
reopen as the device is stuck.
When the stick is stuck, forcibly opening
the cover can also cause damage to the
device.
If the USB stick does not fit into the
space, do not close the cover and try
another USB stick with different specifi
-
cations.
How vehicle radio works
FM reception
AM and FM radio signals are broadcast
from transmitter towers located around
your city. They are intercepted by the
radio antenna on your vehicle. This sig
-
nal is then processed by the radio and
sent to your vehicle speakers.
However, in some cases the signal com
-
ing to your vehicle may not be strong
and clear.
This can be due to factors, such as the
distance from the radio station, close
-
ness of other strong radio stations or the
presence of buildings, bridges or other
large obstructions in the area.
OMQ4AH040096
ODEEV068216NR
181
5
5
Features of your vehicle Infotainment system
AM reception
AM broadcasts can be received at
greater distances than FM broadcasts.
This is because AM radio waves are
transmitted at low frequencies. These
long distance, low frequency radio
waves can follow the curvature of the
earth rather than traveling straight. In
addition, they curve around obstructions
resulting in better signal coverage.
FM radio station
FM broadcasts are transmitted at high
frequencies and do not bend to follow
the earth's surface. Because of this, FM
broadcasts generally begin to fade
within short distances from the station.
Also, FM signals are easily affected by
buildings, mountains, and obstructions.
This can lead to undesirable or unpleas
-
ant listening conditions which might lead
you to believe a problem exists with your
radio.
The following conditions are normal and
do not indicate radio trouble:
å
Fading - As your vehicle moves away
from the radio station, the signal will
weaken and sound will begin to fade.
When this occurs, we suggest that you
select another station with a stronger
signal.
å
Flutter/Static - Weak FM signals or
large obstructions between the trans
-
mitter and your radio can disturb the
signal causing static or fluttering
noises to occur. Reducing the treble
level may lessen this effect until the
disturbance clears.
å
Station Swapping - As an FM signal
weakens, another more powerful sig
-
nal near the same frequency may
begin to play. This is because your
radio is designed to lock onto the
clearest signal. If this occurs, select
another station with a stronger signal.
ODEEV068217NR
ODEEV068219NR
OSK3048403NR
Features of your vehicle
1825
Infotainment system
å
Multi-Path Cancellation - Radio sig
-
nals being received from several
directions can cause distortion or flut
-
tering. This can be caused by a direct
and reflected signal from the same
station, or by signals from two sta
-
tions with close frequencies. If this
occurs, select another station until the
condition has passed.
Using a cellular phone or a two-
way radio
When a cellular phone is used inside the
vehicle, noise may be produced from the
audio system. This does not mean that
something is wrong with the audio
equipment. In such a case, try to operate
mobile devices as far from the audio
equipment as possible.
When using a communication system
such as a cellular phone or a radio set
inside the vehicle, a separate external
antenna must be fitted. When a cellular
phone or a radio set is used with only the
internal antenna, it may interfere with
the vehicle's electrical system and
adversely affect the safe operation of
the vehicle.
WARNING
Cell phone use
Do not use a cellular phone while driv
-
ing. Stop at a safe location to use a cellu
-
lar phone.
WARNING
Distracted driving
Driving while distracted can result in a
loss of vehicle control that may lead to
an accident, severe bodily injury, or
death. The driver's primary responsibility
is in the safe and legal operation of a
vehicle. Any use of handheld devices,
other equipment, or vehicle systems that
take the driver's eyes, attention, and
focus away from the safe operation of a
vehicle are not permissable by law.
These should never be used during the
operation of the vehicle.
ODEEV068220NR
183
5
5
Features of your vehicle Declaration of Conformity
Declaration of Conformity
FCC
This equipment has been tested and
found to comply with the limits for a
Class B digital device, pursuant to part
15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are
designed to provide reasonable protec
-
tion against harmful interference in a
residential installation.
This equipment generates, uses and can
radiate radio frequency energy and, if
not installed and used in accordance
with the instructions, may cause harmful
interference to radio communications.
However, there is no guarantee that
interference will not occur in a particular
installation. If this equipment does cause
harmful interference to radio or televi
-
sion reception, which can be determined
by turning the equipment off and on, the
user is encouraged to try to correct the
interference by one or more of the fol
-
lowing measures:
å
Reorient or relocate the receiving
antenna.
å
Increase the separation between the
equipment and receiver.
å
Connect the equipment into an outlet
on a circuit different from that to
which the receiver is connected.
å
Consult the dealer or an experienced
radio/TV technician for help.
CAUTION
Any changes or modifications to this
device that is not explicitly approved by
the manufacturer could void your
authority to operate this equipment.
This device complies with part 15 of the
FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the
following two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference.
2. This device must accept any interfer
-
ence received, including interference
that may cause undesired operation.
This equipment complies with FCC radi
-
ation exposure limits set forth for an
uncontrolled environment.
This equipment should be installed and
operated with minimum 8 in (20 cm)
between the radiator and your body.
This transmitter must not be collocated
or operating in conjunction with any
other antenna or transmitter unless
authorized to do so by the FCC.
6Driving your vehicle
Driv ing your vehicle
Be sure the exhaust system does not leak.................................6-6
Before driving ................................................................................6-6
ENGINE START/STOP button......................................................6-8
å
Illuminated ENGINE START/STOP button............................................. 6-8
å
ENGINE START/STOP button position ...................................................6-8
å
Starting the engine........................................................................................6-10
Automatic transmission (Dial SBW) .......................................... 6-12
å
Automatic transmission operation ..........................................................6-12
å
Transmission position ...................................................................................6-12
å
Good driving practices ................................................................................ 6-17
å
Paddle shifter................................................................................................... 6-19
All Wheel Drive (AWD) system ................................................. 6-20
å
AWD (AWD/SNOW MODE) ....................................................................... 6-20
å
For safe All Wheel Drive (AWD) operation..........................................6-23
Brake system................................................................................6-29
å
Power brakes ...................................................................................................6-29
å
Electronic Parking Brake (EPB)................................................................ 6-31
å
AUTO HOLD .....................................................................................................6-36
å
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ..................................................................6-38
å
Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system...........................................6-40
å
Downhill Brake Control (DBC) ..................................................................6-42
å
Hill-start Assist Control (HAC) ................................................................. 6-44
å
Vehicle Stability Management (VSM) system................................... 6-44
å
Trailer Stability Assist (TSA) system...................................................... 6-45
å
Brake Assist System (BAS)........................................................................ 6-45
å
Good braking practices.............................................................................. 6-46
Vehicle Auto Shut-off system....................................................6-47
å
Prerequisite for activation..........................................................................6-47
å
Setting Shut-off Time .................................................................................. 6-48
å
Resetting the time......................................................................................... 6-48
å
Canceling the Vehicle Auto Shut-off system.................................... 6-48
6 Driving your vehicle
Drive mode integrated control system .................................... 6-49
å
Drive mode .......................................................................................................6-49
å
Smart shift on trip computer ....................................................................6-52
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Front view
camera only)................................................................................ 6-53
å
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist Settings ....................................6-54
å
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist Operation ................................6-56
å
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist Malfunction and
Limitations .........................................................................................................6-58
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor
fusion) .......................................................................................... 6-64
å
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist Settings ....................................6-66
å
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist Operation ................................6-68
å
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist Malfunction and
Limitations ..........................................................................................................6-71
Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)........................................................ 6-78
å
Lane Keeping Assist Settings....................................................................6-79
å
Lane Keeping Assist Operation .............................................................. 6-80
å
Lane Keeping Assist Malfunction and Limitations ..........................6-82
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA) .........................6-84
å
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist Settings................................6-86
å
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist Operation........................... 6-88
å
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist Malfunction and
Limitations ......................................................................................................... 6-91
Safe Exit Warning (SEW) ........................................................... 6-96
å
Safe Exit Warning Settings ........................................................................6-96
å
Safe Exit Warning Operation ....................................................................6-97
Safe Exit Assist (SEA) ................................................................. 6-99
å
Safe Exit Assist Settings ...........................................................................6-100
å
Safe Exit Assist Operation........................................................................6-101
å
Safe Exit Assist Malfunction and Limitations...................................6-102
6Driving your vehicle
Manual Speed Limit Assist (MSLA) ........................................ 6-104
å
Manual Speed Limit Assist Operation................................................ 6-104
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist (ISLA)...................................... 6-106
å
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist Settings ............................................... 6-107
å
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist Operation........................................... 6-107
å
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist Malfunction and Limitations...... 6-109
Driver Attention Warning (DAW).............................................6-111
å
Driver Attention Warning Settings......................................................... 6-111
å
Driver Attention Warning Operation.....................................................6-112
å
Driver Attention Warning Malfunction and Limitations .............. 6-115
Blind-Spot View Monitor (BVM) ...............................................6-117
å
Blind-Spot View Monitor Settings......................................................... 6-118
å
Blind-Spot View Monitor Operation..................................................... 6-118
å
Blind-Spot View Monitor Malfunction................................................. 6-119
Cruise Control (CC) ................................................................... 6-119
å
Cruise Control Operation.......................................................................... 6-119
Smart Cruise Control (SCC)...................................................... 6-122
å
Smart Cruise Control Settings ................................................................6-123
å
Smart Cruise Control Operation............................................................6-126
å
Smart Cruise Control Malfunction and Limitations.......................6-132
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control (NSCC)................... 6-137
å
Navigation-Based Smart Cruise Control Settings..........................6-138
å
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control operation.......................6-138
å
Limitations of Navigation-Based Smart Cruise Control .............6-140
Lane Following Assist (LFA).....................................................6-143
å
Lane Following Assist Settings .............................................................. 6-144
å
Lane Following Assist Operation.......................................................... 6-145
å
Lane Following Assist Malfunction and Limitations......................6-147
Highway Driving Assist (HDA).................................................6-147
å
Highway Driving Assist Settings........................................................... 6-148
6 Driving your vehicle
å
Highway Driving Assist Operation Function operation...............6-149
å
Highway Driving Assist Malfunction and Limitations ...................6-151
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA)........6-153
å
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision- Avoidance Assist Settings.............6-154
å
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision- Avoidance Assist Operation ........6-155
å
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision- Avoidance Assist Malfunction
and Limitations..............................................................................................6-159
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist (PCA) ..............6-163
å
Reverse Parking Distance Warning Settings ...................................6-164
å
Reverse Parking Distance Warning Operation...............................6-165
å
Reverse Parking Distance Warning Malfunction and
Limitations .......................................................................................................6-166
Remote Smart Parking Assist (RSPA) .................................... 6-169
å
Remote Smart Parking Assist Settings............................................... 6-172
å
Remote Smart Parking Assist Operation...........................................6-175
å
Remote Smart Parking Assist Malfunction and Limitations .... 6-180
Declaration of conformity ........................................................6-183
Economical operation............................................................... 6-185
Special driving conditions ........................................................6-187
Winter driving ............................................................................6-191
Trailer towing............................................................................ 6-194
å
Hitches..............................................................................................................6-195
å
Safety chains..................................................................................................6-196
å
Trailer brakes.................................................................................................6-196
å
Driving with a trailer ...................................................................................6-196
å
Maintenance when trailer towing .........................................................6-199
å
If you do decide to pull a trailer.............................................................6-199
Vehicle load limit ......................................................................6-202
å
Steps for Determining Correct Load Limitâ...................................6-203
å
Certification label ........................................................................................6-205
6Driving your vehicle
Vehicle weight .......................................................................... 6-207
å
Base curb weight.........................................................................................6-207
å
Vehicle curb weight....................................................................................6-207
å
Cargo weight.................................................................................................6-207
å
GAW (Gross axle weight).........................................................................6-207
å
GAWR (Gross axle weight rating) ........................................................6-207
å
GVW (Gross vehicle weight)...................................................................6-207
å
GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rating) ..................................................6-207
Overloading...............................................................................6-208
Driving your vehicle
66
Be sure the exhaust system does not leak.
Driving your vehicle
Be sure the exhaust system
does not leak.
The exhaust system should be checked
whenever the vehicle is raised to change
the oil or for any other purpose.
If you hear a change in the sound of the
exhaust or if you drive over something
that strikes the underneath side of the
vehicle, have the exhaust system
checked as soon as possible by an
authorized Kia dealer.
WARNING
Engine exhaust
Do not inhale exhaust fumes or leave
your engine running in an enclosed area
for a prolonged time. Exhaust fumes
contain carbon monoxide, a colorless
and odorless gas that can cause uncon
-
sciousness and death by asphyxiation.
WARNING
Open liftgate
Do not drive with the liftgate open. Poi
-
sonous exhaust gases can enter the pas
-
senger compartment. If you must drive
with the liftgate open proceed as fol
-
lows:
1. Close all windows.
2. Open side vents.
3. Set the air intake control at "Fresh",
the air flow control at "Floor" or "Face",
and the fan at the highest speed.
Before driving
Before getting into the vehicle, you
should examine the vehicle and its sur
-
roundings. After getting into the vehicle,
you should check a number of things
before driving.
Before entering vehicle
å
Be sure that all windows, outside mir
-
ror(s), and outside lights are clean.
å
Check the condition of the tires.
å
Check under the vehicle for any sign
of leaks.
å
Be sure there are no obstacles behind
you if you intend to back up.
Necessary inspections
Fluid levels, such as engine oil, engine
coolant, brake fluid, and washer fluid
should be checked on a regular basis, at
the exact interval depending on the
fluid. Further details are provided in
"Maintenance" on page 8-5.
WARNING
Distracted driving
Focus on the road while driving. The
driver's primary responsibility is in the
safe and legal operation of the vehicle.
Use of any hand-held devices, other
equipment or vehicle systems that dis
-
tract the driver should not be used
during vehicle operation.
7
6
6
Driving your vehicle Before driving
Before starting
å
Close and lock all doors.
å
Position the seat so that all controls
are easily reached.
å
Buckle your seat belt.
å
Adjust the inside and outside rear
view mirrors.
å
Be sure that all lights work.
å
Check all gauges.
å
Check the operation of warning lights
when the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton is turned to the ON position.
å
Release the parking brake and make
sure the brake warning light is not on.
For safe operation, be sure you are
familiar with your vehicle and its equip
-
ment.
WARNING
When you intend to park or stop the
vehicle with the engine on, be careful
not to depress the accelerator pedal for
a long period of time. It may overheat
the engine or exhaust system and cause
fire.
WARNING
Check surroundings
Always check the surrounding areas
near your vehicle for people, especially
children, before putting a vehicle into D
(Drive) or R (Reverse).
WARNING
Loose objects
Securely store items in your vehicle.
When you make a sudden stop or turn
the steering wheel rapidly, loose objects
may drop on the floor and it could inter
-
fere with the operation of the foot ped
-
als, possibly causing an accident.
WARNING
Driving under the influence
Do not drive while under the influence of
alcohol, drugs, or other impairing sub
-
stances. Drinking and driving is danger
-
ous. Even a small amount of alcohol will
affect your reflexes, perceptions and
judgment.
Driving while under the influence of
drugs or other impairing substances is
as dangerous as or more dangerous
than driving drunk.
WARNING
Proper footwear
Always wear appropriate shoes when
operating your vehicle. Unsuitable shoes
(high heels, ski boots, sandals, etc.) may
interfere with your ability to use the
brake and accelerator pedals.
Driving your vehicle
86
ENGINE START/STOP button
ENGINE START/STOP button
(if equipped)
Illuminated ENGINE START/STOP
button
The light will go off after about 30 sec
-
onds when the door is closed. It will also
go off immediately when the theft-alarm
system is armed.
ENGINE START/STOP button
position
Your vehicle is equipped with four differ
-
ent ignition positions.
OFF
To turn off the engine (START/RUN posi
-
tion) or vehicle power (ON position),
press the ENGINE START/STOP button
with the gear in the P (Park) position.
When you press the ENGINE START/
STOP button without the gear in the P
(Park) position, the ENGINE START/
STOP button will not change to the OFF
position but to the ACC position.
Anti-theft steering column lock
(if equipped)
The steering wheel locks when the
ENGINE START/STOP button is in the
OFF position to protect you against
theft.
It locks when the door is opened.
If the steering wheel is not locked prop
-
erly when you open the driver's door, the
warning chime will sound. Try locking
the steering wheel again. If the problem
is not solved, have the system checked
by an authorized Kia dealer.
In addition, if the ENGINE START/STOP
button is in the OFF position after the
driver's door is opened, the steering
wheel will not lock and the warning
chime will sound. In such a situation,
close the door. Then the steering wheel
will lock and the warning chime will stop.
NOTICE
If the steering wheel doesn't unlock
properly, the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton will not work. Press the ENGINE
START/STOP button while turning the
steering wheel right and left to release
the tension.
NOTICE
You are able to turn off the engine
(START/RUN) or vehicle power (ON),
only when the vehicle is not in motion.
CAUTION
In an emergency situation while the
vehicle is in motion, you are able to turn
the engine off and to the ACC position
by pressing the ENGINE START/STOP
button for more than 2 seconds or 3
times repeatedly within 3 seconds.
OMQ4050016
9
6
6
Driving your vehicle ENGINE START/STOP button
If the vehicle is still moving, to restart the
vehicle:
å
Press the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton when vehicle speed is 3 mph (5
km/h) or over.
ACC (Accessory)
Press the ENGINE START/STOP button
while it is in the OFF position without
depressing the brake pedal.
The steering wheel unlocks and electri
-
cal accessories are operational.
If the ENGINE START/STOP button is in
the ACC position for more than 1 hour,
the button is turned off automatically to
prevent battery discharge.
ON
Press the ENGINE START/STOP button
while it is in the ACC position without
depressing the brake pedal.
The warning lights can be checked
before the engine is started. Do not
leave the ENGINE START/STOP button
in the ON position for a long time. The
battery may discharge, because the
engine is not running.
NOTICE
If you leave the ENGINE START/STOP
button in the ACC or ON position for a
long time, the battery will discharge.
START/RUN
To start the engine, depress the brake
pedal and press the ENGINE START/
STOP button with the gear in the P
(Park) or the N (Neutral) position. For
your safety, start the engine with the
gear in the P (Park) position.
NOTICE
If you press the ENGINE START/STOP
button without pressing the brake pedal,
the engine will not start and the ENGINE
START/STOP button changes as follow:
OFF â ACC â ON â OFF or ACC
WARNING
å
Never press the ENGINE START/STOP
button while the vehicle is in motion.
This would result in loss of directional
control and braking function, which
could cause an accident.
å
Before leaving the driver's seat,
always make sure the gear is shifted
to P (Park) position, set the parking
brake fully and shut the engine off.
Unexpected and sudden vehicle
movement may occur if these precau
-
tions are not taken.
å
Never reach for the ENGINE START/
STOP button or any other controls
through the steering wheel while the
vehicle is in motion. The presence of
your hand or arm in the area could
cause loss of vehicle control, an acci
-
dent and serious bodily injury or
death.
OMQ4050294L
Driving your vehicle
106
ENGINE START/STOP button
å
Do not place any movable objects
around the driver's seat as they may
move while driving, interfere with the
driver and lead to an accident.
Starting the engine
WARNING
å
Do not start the vehicle with the accel
-
erator pedal engaged. The vehicle can
move and lead to an accident.
å
Wait until the engine rpm is normal.
The vehicle may suddenly move if the
brake pedal is released when the rpm
is high.
Starting the engine with smart
key
At the time that the vehicle doors are
opened or when the ENGINE START/
STOP button is pressed the vehicle will
check for the smart key.
If the smart key is not in the vehicle, the
" " indicator and a message "Key is
not in the vehicle" will appear on the
instrument cluster and LCD window. And
if all doors are closed, the chime will
sound for 5 seconds. The indicator or
warning will turn off while the vehicle is
moving. Always have the smart key with
you.
WARNING
The engine will start, only when the
smart key is in the vehicle. Never allow
children or any person who is unfamiliar
with the vehicle touch the ENGINE
START/STOP button or related parts.
Pushing the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton while the smart key is in the vehicle
may result in unintended engine activa
-
tion and/or unintended vehicle move
-
ment.
CAUTION
If the engine stalls while the vehicle is in
motion, do not attempt to move the gear
to the P (Park) position. If the traffic and
road conditions permit, you may put the
gear in the N (Neutral) position while the
vehicle is still moving and press the
ENGINE START/STOP button in an
attempt to restart the engine.
NOTICE
å
If the battery is weak or the smart key
does not work correctly, you can start
the engine by pressing the ENGINE
START/STOP button with the smart
key.
When you press the ENGINE START/
STOP button directly with the smart
key, the smart key should contact the
button at a right angle.
11
6
6
Driving your vehicle ENGINE START/STOP button
å
When the stop lamp fuse is blown,
you cannot start the engine normally.
Replace the fuse with a new one. If it
is not possible, you can start the
engine by pressing the ENGINE
START/STOP button for 10 seconds
while it is in the ACC position. The
engine can start without pressing the
brake pedal. But for your safety
always press the brake pedal before
starting the engine.
CAUTION
å
Do not press the ENGINE START/
STOP button for more than 10 sec
-
onds except when the stop lamp fuse
is blown.
å
Do not press the ENGINE START/
STOP button with the engine running.
It may damage the starter.
CAUTION
Do not press the ENGINE START/STOP
button for more than 10 seconds, except
when the stop lamp fuse is blown.
Starting the engine
1. Carry the smart key or leave it inside
the vehicle.
2. Make sure the parking brake is firmly
applied.
3. Make sure the gear is shifted to P
(Park) position. Depress the brake
pedal fully.
4. Press the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton.
It should be started without depress
-
ing the accelerator pedal.
5. Do not wait for the engine to warm up
while the vehicle remains stationary.
Start driving at moderate engine
speeds. (Steep accelerating and
decelerating should be avoided.)
Starting and stopping the engine
for turbocharger intercooler
1. Do not race or accelerate the engine
immediately after starting.
If the engine is cold, idle for several
seconds before sufficient lubrication
is ensured in the turbocharger unit.
2. After high speed or extended driving,
requiring a heavy engine load, idle the
engine about 1 minute before turning
it off.
This idle time will allow the turbo
-
charger to cool prior to shutting the
engine off.
CAUTION
Do not turn the engine off immediately
after it has been subjected to a heavy
load. Doing so may cause severe dam
-
age to the engine or turbocharger unit.
OMQ4051018L
Driving your vehicle
126
Automatic transmission (Dial SBW)
Automatic transmission (Dial
SBW)
The automatic transmission has 6 for
-
ward speeds and one reverse speed.
The individual speeds are selected auto
-
matically, depending on the balance
between the fuel economy and the
power.
Automatic transmission opera
-
tion
Select transmission positions by turning
the shift dial SBW.
WARNING
Automatic transmission
To reduce the risk of serious injury or
death:
å
ALWAYS check the surrounding areas
near your vehicle for people, espe
-
cially children, before shifting a vehi
-
cle into D (Drive) or R (Reverse).
å
Before leaving the driver's seat,
always make sure the gear is in the P
(Park) position, then set the parking
brake, and place the ENGINE START/
STOP button in the OFF position.
Unexpected and sudden vehicle
movement can occur if these precau
-
tions are not followed.
For your safety, always depress the
brake pedal while shifting to another
gear.
Transmission position
Type A
Type B
The indicator in the instrument cluster
displays the transmission position when
the ENGINE START/STOP button is in
the ON position.
OMQ4050043
OMQ4040120
OMQ4AH051327
13
6
6
Driving your vehicle Automatic transmission (Dial SBW)
P (Park)
Always come to a complete stop before
shifting into P (Park).
To shift the gear from R (Reverse), N
(Neutral) or D (Drive) to P (Park), press
the [P] button.
If you turn off the vehicle in D (Drive), N
(Neutral) or R (Reverse), the gear auto
-
matically shifts to P (Park).
With the vehicle on, the gear automati
-
cally shifts to P (Park) if you open the
driver's door when the gear is in N (Neu
-
tral), R (Reverse) or D (Drive) and the fol
-
lowing conditions are met:
å
The brake/accelerator pedal is not
depressed.
å
The seat belt is unfastened.
å
The vehicle speed is below 1 mph (2
km/h).
When the vehicle is over a certain speed,
the gear does not shift to P (Park) when
the P button is pressed.
WARNING
å
Shifting into P (Park) while the vehicle
is in motion may cause you to lose
control of the vehicle.
å
After the vehicle has stopped, always
make sure the gear is in P (Park),
apply the parking brake, and turn the
vehicle off.
å
Do not use the P (Park) position in
place of the parking brake.
R (Reverse)
Use this position to drive the vehicle
backward.
To shift to R (Reverse), turn the shift dial
SBW to the [R] position while depressing
the brake pedal.
CAUTION
Shifting
Always come to a complete stop before
shifting into or out of R (Reverse); you
may damage the transmission if you
shift into R (Reverse) while the vehicle is
in motion, except on "Rocking the vehi
-
cle" ("Rocking the vehicle" on page 6-
188).
N (Neutral)
The wheels and gear are not engaged.
To shift to N (Neutral), turn the shift dial
SBW to the [N] position while depressing
the brake pedal.
Always depress the brake pedal when
you are shifting from N (Neutral) to
another gear.
In N (Neutral), if the driver attempts to
turn off the vehicle, the vehicle is turned
OFF and shifted to the P (Park) position
automatically.
Stay in N (Neutral) position when
engine is Off
If you want to keep the N (Neutral) posi
-
tion after the engine is OFF, do the fol
-
lowing.
OMQ4050044
Driving your vehicle
146
Automatic transmission (Dial SBW)
1. Deactivate the AUTO HOLD and
release the parking brake when the
ENGINE START/STOP button is ON.
2. Turn the shift dial SBW to the N (Neu
-
tral) position by depressing the brake
pedal. If the message ("Press and hold
OK button to stay in Neutral when
vehicle is Off") appears on the cluster
LCD display, press and hold the OK
button on the steering wheel for more
than 1 second. After the message is
disappeared, the vehicle will keep the
N position when the engine is off.
3. Turn off the engine after the message
("Vehicle will stay in (N). Change gear
to cancel") appears on the cluster LCD
display.
In this situation, if you unfasten the
driver's seat belt and open the driver's
door within 3 minutes, the gear shifts to
P (Park) position and the ENGINE
START/STOP button is turned off.
When the battery is discharged:
You cannot shift the shift dial SBW,
when the battery is discharged.
In emergencies, do the following to
move the shift dial SBW to N (Neutral) on
a level ground.
1. Connect the battery cables from
another vehicle or from a another bat
-
tery to the jump-starting terminals
inside the engine compartment. For
more details, refer to "Jump-starting"
on page 7-4.
2. Release the parking brake with the
ENGINE START/STOP button in the
ON position.
3. Shift the gear to the N (Neutral) posi
-
tion. If you want to keep the N position
after the engine is off, disconnect the
battery from vehicle or refer to "Stay
in N (Neutral) position when engine is
Off" on page 6-13.
CAUTION
å
Always park the vehicle in "P"(Park)
for safety and engage the parking
brake. If left in "N", the vehicle may
move and cause serious damage and
injury.
å
After the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton has been turned off, the electronic
parking brake cannot be disengaged.
å
For EPB (Electronic Parking Brake)
equipped vehicles with AUTO HOLD
function used while driving, if the
ENGINE START/STOP button has
been turned "OFF", the electronic
parking brake will be engaged auto
-
matically. Therefore, AUTO HOLD
function should be turned off before
the ENGINE START/STOP button is
turned off.
OMQ4PH051328
15
6
6
Driving your vehicle Automatic transmission (Dial SBW)
D (Drive)
This is the normal driving position.
To shift to D (Drive), move the shift dial
SBW to the D (Drive) position while
depressing the brake pedal.
In D (Drive), if the driver attempts to turn
off the vehicle, the vehicle is turned OFF
and shifted to the P (Park) position auto
-
matically.
Shift-lock system
For your safety, your vehicle has a shift-
lock system which prevents shifting the
gear from P (Park) or N (Neutral) into R
(Reverse) or D (Drive) unless the brake
pedal is depressed.
To shift from P (Park) or N (Neutral) into
R (Reverse) or D (Drive), from R
(Reverse) into D (Drive) or from D (Drive)
into R (Reverse):
1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.
2. Start the vehicle or place the ENGINE
START/STOP button in the ON posi
-
tion.
3. Turn the shift dial SBW to the R
(Reverse) or D (Drive) position.
LCD display messages
If a message appears on the LCD dis
-
play, refer to the next section for the
appropriate steps to take.
Shifting conditions not met
The message appears on the LCD dis
-
play in the following conditions:
å
When driving speed is too fast to shift
the gear. Decrease the vehicle speed
or slow down before shifting the gear.
Press brake pedal to change gear
The message appears on the LCD dis
-
play, when the brake pedal is not
depressed while shifting the gear.
Depress the brake pedal and then shift
the gear.
OMQ4PH051393L
OMQ4050007L
Driving your vehicle
166
Automatic transmission (Dial SBW)
Shift to P
The message appears on the LCD dis
-
play when the gear is shifted to P (Park)
while the vehicle is moving.
Stop the vehicle before shifting to P
(Park).
Gear already selected
The message appears on the LCD dis
-
play when the P gear is selected again or
the gear is overheated.
PARK malfunction. Engage park
-
ing brake when parking vehicle
The message is displayed when there is
a problem with function engaging P
(Park) position.
Immediately have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized Kia dealer.
Check P button
The message appears on the LCD dis
-
play when there is problem with the P
button.
Immediately have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized Kia dealer.
OMQ4PH051394L
OMQ4050005L
OMQ4050012L
OMQ4050014L
17
6
6
Driving your vehicle Automatic transmission (Dial SBW)
Check shift dial SBW
The message appears on the LCD dis
-
play when there is problem with the shift
dial SBW.
Immediately have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized Kia dealer
Rotary shifter stuck
The message appears on the LCD dis
-
play when the shift dial SBW is continu
-
ously stuck or there is problem with the
shift dial SBW.
Make sure that there is no object around
the shift dial SBW. If the problem per
-
sists, immediately have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
When the battery (12 V) is dis
-
charged
You cannot shift the gear when the bat
-
tery is discharged.
Jump start your vehicle (refer to "Jump-
starting" on page 7-4) or contact an
authorized Kia dealer.
Good driving practices
å
Never move the shift dial SBW from P
(Park) or N (Neutral) to any other
position with the accelerator pedal
depressed.
å
Never move the shift dial SBW into P
(Park) when the vehicle is in motion.
å
Be sure the vehicle is completely
stopped before you attempt to shift
into R (Reverse) or D (Drive).
å
Never take the vehicle out of gear and
coast down a hill. This may be
extremely hazardous. Always leave
the vehicle in gear when moving.
å
Do not "ride" the brakes. This can
cause them to overheat and malfunc
-
tion. Instead, when you are driving
down a long hill, slow down and shift
to a lower gear. When you do this,
engine braking will help slow down
the vehicle.
å
Slow down before shifting to a lower
gear. Otherwise, the lower gear may
not be engaged.
å
Always use the parking brake. Do not
depend on placing the transmission in
P (Park) to keep the vehicle from
moving.
å
Exercise extreme caution when driv
-
ing on a slippery surface. Be espe
-
cially careful when braking,
accelerating or shifting gears. On a
slippery surface, an abrupt change in
vehicle speed can cause the drive
OMQ4050013L
OMQ4050015L
Driving your vehicle
186
Automatic transmission (Dial SBW)
wheels to lose traction and the vehicle
to go out of control.
å
Optimum vehicle performance and
economy is obtained by smoothly
depressing and releasing the acceler
-
ator pedal.
WARNING
å
When driving uphill or downhill,
always shift to D (Drive) for driving
forward or shift to R (Reverse) for
driving backwards, and check the
gear position indicated on the cluster
before driving. Driving in the opposite
direction of the selected gear can lead
to a dangerous situation by shutting
off the engine and affecting the brak
-
ing performance.
å
Always buckle-up! In a collision, an
unbelted occupant is significantly
more likely to be seriously injured or
killed than a properly belted occu
-
pant.
å
Avoid high speeds when cornering or
turning.
å
Do not make quick steering wheel
movements, such as sharp lane
changes or fast, sharp turns.
å
The risk of a rollover is greatly
increased if you lose control of your
vehicle at highway speeds.
å
Losing control often occurs if two or
more wheels drop off the roadway
and the driver oversteers to reenter
the roadway.
å
In the event your vehicle leaves the
roadway, do not steer sharply.
Instead, slow down before pulling
back into the travel lanes.
å
Never exceed posted speed limits.
WARNING
If your vehicle becomes stuck in snow,
mud, sand, etc., then you may attempt
to rock the vehicle free by moving it for
-
ward and backward. Do not attempt this
procedure if people or objects are any
-
where near the vehicle. During the rock
-
ing operation the vehicle may suddenly
move forward or backward as it
becomes unstuck, causing injury or
damage to nearby people or objects.
Moving up a steep grade from a
standing start
To move up a steep grade from a stand
-
ing start:
1. Depress the brake pedal, shift the
shift dial SBW to D (Drive).
2. Select the appropriate gear depend
-
ing on load weight and steepness of
the grade, and release the parking
brake. Depress the accelerator gradu
-
ally after releasing the service brakes.
19
6
6
Driving your vehicle Automatic transmission (Dial SBW)
Paddle shifter
The paddle shift function is available
when the shift dial SBW is in the D
(Drive) position.
With the shift dial SBW in the D
position
Pull the [+] or [-] paddle shifter once to
shift up or down one gear and the sys
-
tem changes from automatic mode to
manual mode.
To change back to automatic shift mode
from manual shift mode, do one of the
followings:
å
Pull the [+] paddle shifter for more
than one second.
The manual shift mode also changes
back to automatic shift mode in one of
following situations:
å
When the accelerator pedal is gently
depressed for more than approxi
-
mately 6 seconds while driving
å
When the vehicle speed is lower than
2 mph (3 km/h) (after driving more
than 7 mph (10 km/h)
NOTICE
If you pull the [+] and [-] paddle shifters
at the same time, you cannot shift the
gear.
OMQ4051042
Driving your vehicle
206
All Wheel Drive (AWD) system
All Wheel Drive (AWD) system
(if equipped)
The All Wheel Drive (AWD) system deliv
-
ers engine power to front and rear
wheels for maximum traction.
AWD is useful when extra traction is
required, such as when driving slippery,
muddy, wet, or snow-covered roads.
If the system determines there is a need
for four wheel drive, the engine's driving
power will be distributed to all four
wheels automatically.
WARNING
Off road driving
This vehicle is designed primarily for on
road use although it can operate effec
-
tively off road. However, it was not
designed to drive in challenging off-road
conditions. Driving in conditions that
exceed the vehicle's intended design or
the driver's experience level may result
in severe injury or death.
NOTICE
If the AWD warning light ( ) stays on
the instrument cluster, your vehicle may
have a malfunction with the AWD sys
-
tem. When the AWD warning light ( )
appears, have your vehicle checked by
an authorized Kia dealer.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY
or DEATH:
å
Do not drive in conditions that exceed
the vehicle's intended design such as
challenging off-road conditions.
å
Avoid high speeds when cornering or
turning.
å
Do not make quick steering wheel
movements, such as sharp lane
changes or fast, sharp turns.
å
The risk of a rollover is greatly
increased if you lose control of your
vehicle at highway speeds.
å
Loss of control often occurs if two or
more wheels drop off the roadway
and the driver over steers to reenter
the roadway.
å
In the event your vehicle leaves the
roadway, do not steer sharply.
Instead, slow down before pulling
back into the travel lanes.
AWD (AWD/SNOW MODE)
AWD helps the vehicle to maintain its
best driving performance by controlling
4 wheels, engine, transmission and brak
-
ing according to road conditions such as
snow, mud, sand, etc.
Advantages of AWD
å
Enhance safety when driving straight.
å
Improve performance when corner
-
ing.
å
Ensure operability in tough driving
conditions such as snow, rain, sand,
etc.
21
6
6
Driving your vehicle All Wheel Drive (AWD) system
Switching from/to SNOW MODE
(if equipped)
You can switch from DRIVE MODE to
SNOW mode by turning the knob. If you
turn the DRIVE/SNOW mode button
again, the vehicle will go back to DRIVE
MODE.
NOTICE
å
Even though you turned off the vehi
-
cle in SNOW mode, DRIVE mode will
be set when you restart the vehicle.
å
When the AWD LOCK mode is deacti
-
vated, a shock may be felt as the drive
power is delivered entirely to the front
wheels. This shock is not a mechanical
failure.
OMQ4A050292
Driving your vehicle
226
All Wheel Drive (AWD) system
AWD transfer mode selection
Transfer
mode
Selection mode Description
DRIVE
MODE
-
å
DRIVE MODE is used when driving on roads
in normal conditions, roads in urban areas,
and on highways.
å
All wheels are in operation when a vehicle
travels at a constant speed. Required trac
-
tions applying on front and rear wheels vary
depending on road driving conditions and
driving conditions, which will be automatically
controlled by the computing system.
å
When the cluster's DRIVE MODE display
mode is selected, the cluster displays the sta
-
tus of how four wheels' traction forces are
distributed.
SNOW
SNOW mode is used to appropriately distribute
the vehicle's traction forces and prevent wheel
slippage when driving on snowy or slippery
road.
AWD
LOCK
(Indicator lightis
appear)
The main goal of AWD Lock mode is to allow a
driver to maximize the vehicle's traction under
extreme driving conditions such as unpaved off-
road, sandy roads, and muddy roads.
SNOW
23
6
6
Driving your vehicle All Wheel Drive (AWD) system
CAUTION
Normal road conditions
å
Maintain DRIVE mode when driving
on roads in normal conditions.
å
Driving in TERRAIN mode on normal
roads may damage the AWD system
and cause mechanical vibration or
noise.
å
When driving under normal road con
-
ditions (especially when cornering) in
AWD Lock mode, a driver may find
minor mechanical vibration or noise,
which is extremely normal phenome
-
non, not a malfunction. When AWD
Lock mode is released, such noise or
vibration will be immediately gone.
å
When you turn off AWD Lock mode, it
can lead to little shocks but this is a
normal phenomenon that lasts until
the traction forces on the front and
rear wheels of the vehicle are
released.
For safe All Wheel Drive (AWD)
operation
NOTICE
All Wheel Drive
The conditions of on-road or off-road
that demand All Wheel Drive mean all
functions of your vehicle are exposed to
extreme stress than under normal road
conditions. Slow down and be ready for
changes in the composition and traction
of the surface under your tires. If you
have any doubt about the safety of the
conditions you are facing, stop and con
-
sider the best way to proceed.
å
Do not try to drive in deep standing
water or mud since such conditions
can stall your engine and clog your
exhaust pipes. Do not drive down
steep hills since it requires extreme
skill to maintain control of the vehicle.
å
When you are driving up or down hills
drive as straight as possible. Use
extreme caution in going up or down
steep hills, since you may flip your
vehicle over depending on the grade,
terrain and water/mud conditions.
OON058159NR
OON058160NR
Driving your vehicle
246
All Wheel Drive (AWD) system
WARNING
Hills
Driving across the contour of steep hills
can be extremely dangerous. This dan
-
ger can come from slight changes in the
wheel angle which can destabilize the
vehicle or, even if the vehicle is main
-
taining stability under power, it can lose
that stability if the vehicle stops its for
-
ward motion. Your vehicle may roll over
without warning and without time for
you to correct a mistake that could
cause serious injury or death.
å
You must learn how to corner in a
AWD vehicle. Do not rely on your
experience in conventional FWD vehi
-
cles when cornering the vehicle in
AWD mode. For starters, you must
drive slower in AWD.
WARNING
All Wheel Drive (AWD)
Reduce speed when you turn corners.
The center of gravity of AWD vehicles is
higher than that of conventional FWD
vehicles, making them more likely to roll
over when you turn corners too fast.
WARNING
Steering wheel
Do not grab the inside of the steering
wheel when you are driving on unpaved
roads. You may hurt your arm by a sud
-
den steering maneuver or from steering
wheel rebound due to impact with
objects on the ground. You could lose
control of the steering wheel.
å
Always hold the steering wheel firmly
when you are driving on unpaved
roads.
å
Make sure all passengers are wearing
seat belts.
WARNING
Wind danger
If you are driving in heavy wind, the
vehicle's higher center of gravity
decreases your steering control capacity
and requires you to drive more slowly.
WARNING
Driving through water
Drive slowly. If you are driving too fast in
water, the water can get into the engine
compartment and wet the ignition sys
-
tem, causing your vehicle to suddenly
stop. If this happens and your vehicle is
in a tilted position, your vehicle may roll
over.
NOTICE
å
Do not drive in water if the level is
higher than the bottom of the vehicle.
å
Check your brake condition once you
are out of mud or water. Press the
brake pedal several times as you
move slowly until you feel normal
braking forces return.
OMQ4051269L
25
6
6
Driving your vehicle All Wheel Drive (AWD) system
å
Shorten your scheduled maintenance
interval if you drive in offroad condi
-
tions such as sand, mud or water
(refer to "Maintenance under severe
usage conditions" on page 8-13).
Always wash your vehicle thoroughly
after off-road use, especially cleaning
the bottom of the vehicle.
å
Since the driving torque is always
applied to the 4 wheels the perfor
-
mance of the AWD vehicle is greatly
affected by the condition of the tires.
Be sure to equip the vehicle with four
tires of the same size and type.
å
A full time All Wheel Drive vehicle can
-
not be towed by an ordinary tow
truck. Make sure that the vehicle is
placed on a flat bed truck for moving.
WARNING
All Wheel Drive (AWD) driving
å
Avoid high cornering speed.
å
Do not make quick steering wheel
movements, such as sharp lane
changes or fast, sharp turns.
å
The risk of rollover is greatly
increased if you lose control of your
vehicle at high speed.
å
In a collision, an unbelted person is
significantly more likely to die com
-
pared to a person wearing a seat belt.
å
Loss of control often occurs if two or
more wheels drop off the roadway
and the driver over-steers to re-enter
the roadway. In the event your vehicle
leaves the roadway, do not steer
sharply. Instead, slow down before
pulling back into the travel lanes.
CAUTION
Mud or snow
If one of the front or rear wheels begins
to spin in mud, snow, etc. the vehicle can
sometimes be driven out by engaging
the accelerator pedal further; however
avoid running the engine continuously
at high rpm because doing so could
damage the AWD system.
Driving in sand or mud
å
Maintain slow and constant speed.
Operate the accelerator pedal slowly
to ensure safe driving (wheel-slip pre
-
vention).
å
Keep sufficient distance between your
vehicle and the vehicle in front of you.
å
Reduce vehicle speed and always
check the road condition.
å
Avoid speeding, rapid acceleration,
sudden brake applications, and sharp
turns to prevent getting stuck.
å
When the vehicle is stuck in snow,
sand or mud, the tires may not oper
-
ate.
å
This is to protect the transmission and
not a malfunction.
NOTICE
Moving the vehicle forcibly to get out of
mud or sand can cause damage/over
-
heat of the engine or damage/break
-
down of the transmission, differential or
4WD system as well as damage to tires.
If excessive wheel slip occurs after
entering a sandy/muddy road, the vehi
-
cle may fall into the sand/mud. When it
happens, put a stone or a tree branch
under the tire, and then try to pull out
the vehicle, or try to get it unstuck by
repeatedly moving forwards and back
-
wards.
Driving your vehicle
266
All Wheel Drive (AWD) system
Transmission overheated
å
When driving on muddy and sandy
roads under the severe condition, the
transmission could be overheated.
å
When the transmission is overheated,
the safe protection mode engages
and the "Transmission Hot! Park with
engine on" warning message will
appear on the LCD display with a
chime.
å
If this occurs, pull over to a safe loca
-
tion, stop the vehicle with the engine
running, apply the brakes and shift
the vehicle to P (Park), and allow the
transmission to cool.
å
If you ignore this warning, the driving
condition may become worse. You
may experience abrupt shifts, fre
-
quent shifts, or jerkiness. To return to
the normal driving condition, stop the
vehicle and apply the foot brake or
shift into P (Park). Then allow the
transmission to cool for a few minutes
with engine on, before driving off.
å
When the message "Trans cooled.
Resume driving" appears you can
continue to drive your vehicle.
If the warning messages in the LCD dis
-
play continue to blink, for your safety,
have the system checked by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
Tire precautions
Always pay attention to tires for AWD
(all-wheel drive) vehicles.
When driving in all-wheel drive, driving
force is applied to all tires, and the driv
-
ing performance of the vehicle is greatly
affected by the degree of tire wear:
å
When replacing tires, be sure to equip
all four tires with the same size, type,
tread, brand and load-carrying capac
-
ity. Do not use tire and wheel with dif
-
ferent size and type from the one
originally installed on your vehicle. It
can affect the safety and perfor
-
mance of your vehicle, which could
lead to steering failure or rollover
causing serious injury.
å
Replace the front and rear tire posi
-
tions every 6,000 miles (10,000 km).
å
Each tire should be checked monthly
when cold and inflated to inflation
pressure recommended by the vehi
-
cle manufacturer on the vehicle plac
-
ard or tire inflation pressure label.
OMQ4050023L
OMQ4050032L
27
6
6
Driving your vehicle All Wheel Drive (AWD) system
å
For AWD (all-wheel drive) vehicles,
install the chains on the front wheels.
However, this may damage the AWD
system, so keep the travel distance as
short as possible.
* Refer to "Tire chains" on page 6-191.
Towing precautions
AWD vehicle
FWD vehicle
The AWD vehicle should never be towed
with the wheels on the ground. Your
vehicle must be towed with a wheel lift
and dollies or flatbed equipment with all
the wheels off the ground.
* Refer to "Trailer towing (if equipped)"
on page 6-194.
CAUTION
The AWD vehicle cannot be towed with
sling-type equipment. Use wheel lift or
flatbed equipment.
WARNING
Your vehicle is equipped with tires
designed to provide safe ride and han
-
dling capability. Do not use tires and
wheels that are different in size and type
from the originally installed ones. It can
affect the safety and performance of
your vehicle, which could lead to steer
-
ing failure or rollover and serious injury.
When replacing the tires, be sure to
equip all four tires with the tire and
wheel of the same size, type, tread,
brand and load-carrying capacity.
WARNING
Jacked vehicle
While the full-time AWD vehicle is being
raised on a jack, never start the engine
or cause the tires to rotate.
There is the danger that rotating tires
touching the ground could cause the
vehicle to go off the jack and to jump
forward.
å
Full-time AWD vehicles must be
tested on a special four wheel chassis
dynamometer.
OMQ4H060010
OMQ4H060011
Driving your vehicle
286
All Wheel Drive (AWD) system
NOTICE
Never engage the parking brake while
performing these tests.
å
A full-time AWD vehicle should not be
tested on a FWD roll tester. If a FWD
roll tester must be used, perform the
following:
[A]: Roll tester
[B]: Temporary free roller
1. Check the tire pressures recom
-
mended for your vehicle.
2. Place the front wheels on the roll tes
-
ter (A) for a speedometer test.
3. Release the parking brake.
4. Place the rear wheels on the tempo
-
rary free roller (B).
WARNING
Dynamometer testing
Keep away from the front of the vehicle
while the vehicle is in gear on the dyna
-
mometer. This is very dangerous as the
vehicle can jump forward and cause
serious injury or death.
CAUTION
å
When lifting up the vehicle, do not
operate front and rear wheel sepa
-
rately. All four wheels should be oper
-
ated.
å
If you need to operate the front wheel
and rear wheel when lifting up the
vehicle, you should release the park
-
ing brake.
OMQ4PH051041N
29
6
6
Driving your vehicle Brake system
Brake system
Your vehicle has power-assisted brakes,
parking brake, and various braking sys
-
tems for safe driving.
Power brakes
Your vehicle has power-assisted brakes
that adjust automatically through nor
-
mal usage.
In the event that the power-assisted
brakes lose power because of a stalled
engine or some other reason, you can
still stop your vehicle by applying
greater force to the brake pedal than
you normally would. The stopping dis
-
tance, however, will be longer.
When the engine is not running, the
reserve brake power is partially depleted
each time the brake pedal is applied. Do
not pump the brake pedal when the
power assist has been interrupted.
NOTICE
å
When stepping on the brake pedal
under a certain driving or weather
condition. you may witness your car
make a sound of squealing or some
other noises. This is not a brake mal
-
function but a normal phenomenon.
å
When driving on the road to which
deicing chemicals are applied, the
vehicle may witness noises from the
brake or abnormal abrasion of tires
because of such deicing chemicals.
You should operate brake additionally
so that you would be able to remove
the deicing chemicals on the brake
disk and pad under a safe traffic con
-
dition.
CAUTION
Brake pedal
Do not drive with your foot resting on
the brake pedal. This will create abnor
-
mally high brake temperatures which
can cause excessive brake lining and
pad wear.
WARNING
Steep hill braking
Avoid continuous application of the
brakes when descending a long or steep
hill by shifting to a lower gear. Continu
-
ous brake application will cause the
brakes to overheat and could result in a
temporary loss of braking performance.
WARNING
HEV driving down hill
Do not turn off the vehicle while going
down a hill.The brake booster may not
work sufficiently and the braking dis
-
tance may be longer.
Wet brakes may impair the vehicle's abil
-
ity to safely slow down; the vehicle may
also pull to one side when the brakes are
applied. Applying the brakes lightly will
indicate whether they have been
affected in this way. Always test your
brakes in this fashion after driving
through deep water. To dry the brakes,
apply them lightly while maintaining a
safe forward speed until brake perfor
-
mance returns to normal.
Driving your vehicle
306
Brake system
In the event of brake failure
If service brakes fail to operate while the
vehicle is in motion, you can make an
emergency stop with the parking brake.
The stopping distance, however, will be
much greater than normal.
WARNING
Parking brake
Avoid applying the parking brake to stop
the vehicle while it is moving except in
an emergency situation. Applying the
parking brake while the vehicle is mov
-
ing at normal speeds can cause a sud
-
den loss of control of the vehicle. If you
must use the parking brake to stop the
vehicle, use great caution in applying the
brake.
Brake Over Accelerator
In the event the accelerator pedal
becomes stuck or entrapped, apply
steady and firm pressure to the brake
pedal to slow the vehicle and reduce
engine power.
If you experience this condition, take the
following steps:
1. Apply the brakes and bring your vehi
-
cle to a safe stop.
2. Move the transmission to P (Park),
switch the engine off and apply the
parking brake.
3. Inspect the accelerator pedal for any
interference.
If none are found and the condition per
-
sists, have your vehicle towed to an
authorized Kia dealer.
Disc brakes wear indicator
When your brake pads are worn and
new pads are required, you will hear a
high-pitched warning sound from your
front brakes or rear brakes. You may
hear this sound come and go or it may
occur whenever you press the brake
pedal.
Always replace the front or rear brake
pads as pairs.
CAUTION
Replace brake pads
Do not continue to drive with worn brake
pads. Continuing to drive with worn
brake pads can damage the braking sys
-
tem and result in costly brake repairs.
WARNING
Brake wear
Do not ignore high pitched wear sounds
from your brakes. If you ignore this audi
-
ble warning, you will eventually lose
braking performance, which could lead
to a serious accident.
NOTICE
Brake dust may accumulate on the
wheels, even under normal driving con
-
ditions. Some dust is inevitable as the
brakes wear and contribute to brake
noise.
31
6
6
Driving your vehicle Brake system
Electronic Parking Brake (EPB)
After parking the vehicle, apply the Elec
-
tronic Parking Brake (EPB) to prevent
the vehicle from being moved by the
external force.
Applying the parking brake
Applying the parking brake man
-
ually
1. Depress the brake pedal.
2. Pull up the EPB switch.
Make sure the warning light comes on.
Also, the EPB is applied automatically if
the AUTO HOLD button is on when the
vehicle is turned off. In addition, if you
pull up the EPB switch after the vehicle
is turned off, the EPB will be applied.
NOTICE
On a steep incline or when pulling a
trailer, if the vehicle does not remain at a
standstill, do as follows:
1. Apply the EPB.
2. Pull up the EPB switch for more than 3
seconds.
Do not operate the EPB while the vehicle
is moving except in an emergency situa
-
tion.
NOTICE
A click or electric brake motor whine
sound may be heard while operating or
releasing the EPB. These conditions are
normal and indicate that the EPB is func
-
tioning properly.
Applying the parking brake auto
-
matically
The EPB is applied automatically under
following conditions.
å
The EPB is overheated
å
The driver turns the vehicle OFF while
AUTO HOLD is operating
å
Requested by other systems
NOTICE
For Electronic Parking Brake (EPB)
equipped vehicles with AUTO HOLD
function used while driving, if the
ENGINE START/STOP button has been
turned OFF, the EPB will be engaged
automatically. Therefore,
AUTO HOLD function should be turned
off before the ENGINE START/STOP
button is turned off.
NOTICE
For Electronic Parking Brake (EPB)
equipped vehicles with AUTO HOLD
function used while driving, if the
ENGINE START/STOP button has been
turned OFF, the EPB will be engaged
automatically. Therefore, AUTO HOLD
function should be turned off before the
ENGINE START/STOP button is turned
off.
OMQ4H050025
Driving your vehicle
326
Brake system
Emergency braking
If there is a problem with the brake
pedal while driving, emergency braking
is possible by pulling up and holding the
EPB switch. Braking is possible only
while you are holding the EPB switch.
However, braking distance will be longer
than normal.
WARNING
Do not operate the Electronic Parking
Brake (EPB) while the vehicle is moving
except in an emergency situation. Apply
-
ing the EPB while the vehicle is moving
at normal speeds can cause a sudden
loss of control of the vehicle. If you must
use the EPB to stop the vehicle, use
great caution in applying the brake.
NOTICE
During emergency braking by the EPB,
the parking brake warning light will
appear to indicate that the system is
operating.
NOTICE
If you notice a continuous noise or burn
-
ing smell when the EPB is used for emer
-
gency braking, have your vehicle
checked by a professional workshop.
Visit an authorized Kia dealer.
Releasing the parking brake
Releasing the parking brake man
-
ually
1. Have the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton in the ON position.
2. Press the brake pedal.
3. Make sure the gear is shifted to P
(Park) position.
4. Press the EPB switch.
5. Make sure the brake warning light
goes off.
Releasing the parking brake
automatically
å
Under following conditions, the EPB is
released automatically after slowly
depressing the accelerator pedal. For
your safety, check if the brake warn
-
ing light is turned off.
- The vehicle engine is running
- The driver's seat belt is fastened
- The driver's door, hood, trunk is
closed
- The gear is in R (Reverse) or D
(Drive)
OMQ4AH050026
33
6
6
Driving your vehicle Brake system
NOTICE
å
For your safety, you can engage the
EPB even though the ENGINE START/
STOP button is in the OFF position,
but you cannot release it.
å
For your safety, depress the brake
pedal and release the parking brake
manually with the EPB switch when
you drive downhill or when backing
up the vehicle.
NOTICE
å
If the parking brake warning light is
still on even though the EPB has been
released, have the system checked by
a professional workshop. Visit an
authorized Kia dealer.
å
Do not drive your vehicle with the EPB
applied. It may cause excessive brake
pad and brake rotor wear.
EPB warning messages
To release EPB, fasten seatbelt,
close door, hood, and trunk
å
If you try to drive off while engaging
the accelerator pedal with the EPB
applied, but the EPB doesn't release
automatically, a warning will sound
and a message will appear.
å
If the driver's seat belt is not fastened
and the vehicle hood, driver's door or
trunk is opened, a warning will sound
and a message will appear.
å
If there is a problem with the vehicle, a
warning may sound and a message
may appear.
If the situation occurs, press the brake
pedal and release EPB by pressing the
EPB switch.
WARNING
å
Whenever leaving the vehicle or park
-
ing, always come to a complete stop
and continue to depress the brake
pedal.
Shift the gear into P (Park), pull the
EPB switch, and press the ENGINE
START/STOP button to the OFF posi
-
tion. Take the key with you when leav
-
ing the vehicle.
Vehicles not fully engaged in P (Park)
with the parking brake set are at risk
for moving inadvertently and causing
injury to yourself or others.
å
Never allow a passenger to touch the
parking brake. If the parking brake is
released unintentionally, serious
injury may occur.
å
Only release EPB when you are
seated inside the vehicle with your
foot firmly on the brake pedal.
OMQ4AH050049
Driving your vehicle
346
Brake system
NOTICE
å
Do not apply the accelerator pedal
while the parking brake is engaged. If
you depress the accelerator pedal
with EPB engaged, a warning will
sound and a message will appear.
Damage to the parking brake may
occur.
å
Driving with the parking brake on can
overheat the braking system and
cause premature wear or damage to
brake parts. Make sure EPB is
released and the Parking Brake warn
-
ing light is off before driving.
NOTICE
å
A click or electric brake motor whine
sound may be heard while operating
or releasing the EPB. These conditions
are normal and indicate that the EPB
is functioning properly.
å
When leaving your keys with a park
-
ing lot attendant or valet, make sure
to inform him/her how to operate the
EPB.
Press brake pedal to deactivate
AUTO HOLD
When the conversion from AUTO HOLD
to EPB is not working properly a warning
will sound and a message will appear.
Parking brake automatically
engaged
When EPB is applied while AUTO HOLD
is activated, a warning will sound and a
message will appear.
OMQ4050056L
OMQ4050054L
35
6
6
Driving your vehicle Brake system
EPB malfunction
This warning light appears if the ENGINE
START/STOP button is changed to the
ON position and goes off in approxi
-
mately 3 seconds if the system is operat
-
ing normally.
If the EPB malfunction indicator remains
on, comes on while driving, or does not
come on when the ENGINE START/
STOP button is changed to the ON posi
-
tion, this indicates that the EPB may
have malfunctioned.
If this occurs, have your vehicle checked
by a professional workshop as soon as
possible. Visit an authorized Kia dealer.
The EPB malfunction indicator may
appear when the ESC indicator comes
on to indicate that the ESC is not work
-
ing properly, but it does not indicate a
malfunction of the EPB.
NOTICE
å
If the EPB warning light is still on, have
the system checked by a professional
workshop. Visit an authorized Kia
dealer.
å
If the parking brake warning light
does not appear or blinks even
though the EPB switch was pulled up,
the EPB is not applied.
å
If the parking brake warning light
blinks when the EPB warning light is
on, press the EPB switch, then pull it
up. Once more press it back to its
original position and pull it back up. If
the EPB warning does not go off, have
the system checked by a professional
workshop. Visit an authorized Kia
dealer.
When the EPB is not released
If the EPB does not release normally,
take your vehicle to a professional work
-
shop by loading the vehicle on a flatbed
tow truck and have the system checked.
Visit an authorized Kia dealer.
OMQ4AH050050
Driving your vehicle
366
Brake system
AUTO HOLD
The Auto Hold is designed to maintain
the vehicle in a standstill even though
the brake pedal is not pressed after the
driver brings the vehicle to a complete
stop by pressing the brake pedal.
Applying Auto Hold function
1. Press the brake pedal and start the
vehicle.
2. Press the Auto Hold button. The white
AUTO HOLD indicator will come on
indicating the system is in standby.
Before the Auto Hold will engage, the
driver's door, liftgate and engine hood
must be closed.
When coming to a complete stop by
pressing the brake pedal, the AUTO
HOLD indicator changes from white to
green indicating the AUTO HOLD is
engaged. The vehicle will remain at a
standstill even if you release the brake
pedal.
If EPB is applied, Auto Hold will be
released.
If you press the accelerator pedal with
the gear in D (Drive), R (Reverse) or
Manual mode, the Auto Hold will be
released automatically and the vehicle
will start to move. The indicator changes
from green to white indicating the Auto
Hold is in standby and the EPB is
released.
When driving off from Auto Hold by
pressing the accelerator pedal, always
check the surrounding area near your
vehicle.
Slowly press the accelerator pedal for a
smooth launch.
Canceling Auto Hold function
å
To cancel the Auto Hold operation,
press the Auto Hold switch. The AUTO
HOLD indicator will go out.
å
To cancel the Auto Hold operation
when the vehicle is at a standstill,
press the Auto Hold switch while
pressing the brake pedal.
OMQ4H050027
OMQ4050052
OMQ4H050028
37
6
6
Driving your vehicle Brake system
NOTICE
å
The following are conditions when the
Auto Hold will not engage (Auto Hold
light will not turn green and the Auto
Hold system remains in stand by):
- The driver's door is opened
- The engine hood is opened
- The liftgate is opened
- The gear is in P (Park)
- The EPB is applied
å
For your safety, the Auto Hold auto
-
matically switches to EPB under any
of the following conditions (Auto Hold
light remains white and the EPB auto
-
matically applies):
- The driver's door is opened.
- The engine hood is opened.
- The liftgate is opened
- The vehicle is in a standstill for
more than 10 minutes.
- The vehicle is standing on a steep
slope.
- The vehicle moved for a few sec
-
onds.
In these cases, the brake warning
light comes on, the AUTO HOLD
indicator changes from green to
white, and a warning sounds and a
message will appear to inform you
that EPB has been automatically
engaged. Before driving off again,
press foot brake pedal, check the
surrounding area near your vehicle
and release parking brake manu
-
ally with the EPB switch.
å
If the AUTO HOLD indicator lights up
yellow, the Auto Hold is not working
properly. Take your vehicle and have
the system checked by an authorized
Kia dealer.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of an accident, do not
activate Auto Hold while driving down
-
hill, backing up or parking your vehicle.
If there is a malfunction with the driver's
door, liftgate or engine hood open
detection system, the Auto Hold may not
work properly.
Take your vehicle and have the system
checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
NOTICE
A click or electric brake motor whine
sound may be heard while operating or
releasing the EPB, but these conditions
are normal and indicate that the EPB is
functioning properly.
Warning messages
The Auto Hold function will display a
warning message with sound under cer
-
tain conditions.
When the EPB is applied from Auto Hold,
a warning will sound and a message will
appear.
When the conversion from Auto Hold to
EPB is not working properly a warning
will sound and a message will appear.
OMQ4050054L
Driving your vehicle
386
Brake system
NOTICE
When this message is displayed, the
Auto Hold and EPB may not operate. For
your safety, press the brake pedal.
If you do not apply the brake pedal
when you release the Auto Hold by
pressing the [AUTO HOLD] switch, a
warning will sound and a message will
appear.
When you press the [AUTO HOLD]
switch, if the driver's door, liftgate and
engine hood are not closed, a warning
will sound and a message will appear on
the LCD display.
At this moment, press the [AUTO HOLD]
button after closing the driver's door and
engine hood and liftgate.
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)
The Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) pre
-
vents the wheels from locking. So the
vehicle remains stable and can still be
steered.
ABS (or ESC) will not prevent accidents
due to improper or dangerous driving
maneuvers. Even though vehicle control
is improved during emergency braking,
always maintain a safe distance
between you and objects ahead. Vehicle
speeds should always be reduced during
extreme road conditions. The vehicle
should be driven at reduced speeds in
the following circumstances:
å
When driving on rough, gravel or
snow-covered roads
å
When driving with tire chains installed.
å
When driving on roads where the road
surface is pitted or has different sur
-
face heights.
Driving in these conditions increases the
stopping distance for your vehicle.
OMQ4050055L
OMQ4050056L
OMQ4AH050057
39
6
6
Driving your vehicle Brake system
The ABS continuously senses the speed
of the wheels. If the wheels are going to
lock, the ABS repeatedly modulates the
hydraulic brake pressure to the wheels.
When you apply your brakes under con
-
ditions which may lock the wheels, you
may hear a "tik-tik'' sound from the
brakes, or feel a corresponding sensa
-
tion in the brake pedal. This is normal
and it means your ABS is active.
In order to obtain the maximum benefit
from your ABS in an emergency situa
-
tion, do not attempt to modulate your
brake pressure and do not try to pump
your brakes. Press your brake pedal as
hard as possible to allow the ABS to con
-
trol the force being delivered to the
brakes.
NOTICE
A click sound may be heard in the vehi
-
cle compartment when the vehicle
begins to move after the vehicle is
started. These conditions are normal
and indicate that the Anti-lock Brake
System is functioning properly.
Even with the Anti-lock Brake System,
your vehicle still requires sufficient stop
-
ping distance. Always maintain a safe
distance from the vehicle in front of you.
Always slow down when cornering. The
Anti-lock Brake System cannot prevent
accidents resulting from excessive
speeds.
On loose or uneven road surfaces, oper
-
ation of the Anti-lock Brake System may
result in a longer stopping distance than
for vehicles equipped with a conven
-
tional brake system.
The ABS warning light will stay on for
approximately 3 seconds after the
ENGINE START/STOP button is ON.
During that time, the ABS will go through
self-diagnosis and the light will go off if
everything is normal. If the light stays on,
you may have a problem with your ABS.
Contact and visit an authorized Kia
dealer.
When you drive on a road having poor
traction, such as an icy road, and have
operated your brakes continuously, the
ABS will be active continuously and the
ABS warning light may appear. Pull your
vehicle over to a safe place and stop the
vehicle.
Restart the vehicle. If the ABS warning
light goes off, then your ABS is normal.
Otherwise, you may have a problem
with the ABS. Contact and visit an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
NOTICE
When you jump start your vehicle
because of a drained battery, the vehicle
may not run as smoothly and the ABS
warning light may turn on at the same
time. This happens because of low bat
-
tery voltage. It does not mean your ABS
has malfunctioned.
å
Do not pump your brakes!
å
Have the battery recharged before
driving the vehicle.
Driving your vehicle
406
Brake system
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
system
The Electronic Stability Control (ESC) is
designed to stabilize the vehicle during
cornering maneuvers.
ESC applies the brakes on individual
wheels and intervenes with the vehicle
management system to stabilize the
vehicle.
ESC will not prevent accidents. Excessive
speed in turns, abrupt maneuvers and
hydroplaning on wet surfaces can still
result in serious accidents.
Only a safe and attentive driver can pre
-
vent accidents by avoiding maneuvers
that cause the vehicle to lose traction.
Even with ESC installed, always follow all
the normal precautions for driving -
including driving at safe speeds for the
conditions.
WARNING
For maximum protection, always wear
your seat belt. No system, no matter
how advanced, can compensate for all
driver error and/or driving conditions.
Always drive responsibly.
The ESC system is an electronic system
designed to help the driver maintain
vehicle control under adverse condi
-
tions. It is not a substitute for safe driv
-
ing practices. Factors including speed,
road conditions and driver steering input
can all affect whether ESC will be effec
-
tive in preventing a loss of control. It is
still your responsibility to drive and cor
-
ner at reasonable speeds and to leave a
sufficient margin of safety.
When you apply your brakes under con
-
ditions which may lock the wheels, you
may hear a "tik-tik'' sound from the
brakes, or feel a corresponding sensa
-
tion in the brake pedal. This is normal
and it means your ESC is active.
NOTICE
A click sound may be heard in the vehi
-
cle compartment when the vehicle
begins to move after the vehicle is
started. These conditions are normal
and indicate that the Electronic Stability
Control system is functioning properly.
ESC operation
ESC ON condition
å
When the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton is turned ON, ESC and ESC OFF
indicator lights appear for approxi
-
mately 3 seconds, then ESC is turned
on.
å
Press the ESC OFF button for at least
half a second after turning the vehicle
ON to turn ESC off. (ESC OFF indica
-
tor will appear). To turn the ESC on,
press the ESC OFF button (ESC OFF
indicator light will go off).
å
When starting the vehicle, you may
hear a slight ticking sound. This is the
ESC performing an automatic system
self-check and does not indicate a
problem.
OMQ4051058
41
6
6
Driving your vehicle Brake system
When operating
When the ESC is in operation, the
ESC indicator light blinks.
When the Electronic Stability
Control is operating properly, you can
feel a slight pulsation in the vehicle. This
is only the effect of brake control and
indicates nothing unusual.
When moving out of the mud or driving
on a slippery road, pressing the acceler
-
ator pedal may not cause the vehicle
rpm (revolutions per minute) to increase.
ESC operation off
This vehicle has 2 kinds of ESC off
states.
If the vehicle stops when ESC is
off, ESC remains off. Upon restarting the
vehicle, the ESC will automatically turn
on again.
ESC off state 1
To turn off the traction control function
and only operate the brake control func
-
tion of the ESC, press the ESC OFF but
-
ton (ESC OFF ) for less than 3
seconds and the ESC OFF indicator light
(ESC OFF ) will appear.
ESC off state 2
To turn off the traction control function
and the brake control function of the
ESC, press the ESC OFF button (ESC
OFF ) for more than 3 seconds. ESC
OFF indicator light (ESC OFF ) will
appear and ESC OFF warning chime will
sound. At this state, the vehicle stability
control function does not operate any
more.
Indicator light
ESC indicator light
ESC OFF indicator light
When ENGINE START/STOP button is
turned to ON, the indicator light
appears, then goes off if the ESC system
is operating normally.
The ESC indicator light blinks whenever
ESC is operating or appears when ESC
fails to operate.
OMQ4050059L
OMQ4050060L
Driving your vehicle
426
Brake system
The ESC OFF indicator light comes on
when the ESC is turned off with the but
-
ton.
WARNING
Electronic Stability Control
Drive carefully even though your vehicle
has Electronic Stability Control. It can
only assist you in maintaining control
under certain circumstances.
ESC OFF usage
When driving
å
ESC should be turned on for daily
driving whenever possible.
å
To turn ESC off while driving, press
the ESC OFF button while driving on a
flat road surface.
WARNING
Operating ESC
Never press the ESC OFF button while
ESC is operating (ESC indicator light
blinks).
If ESC is turned off while ESC is operat
-
ing, the vehicle may slip out of control.
NOTICE
å
When operating the vehicle on a
dynamometer, ensure that the ESC is
turned off (ESC OFF light appear). If
the ESC is left on, it may prevent the
vehicle speed from increasing, and
result in false diagnosis.
å
Turning the ESC off does not affect
ABS or brake system operation.
Downhill Brake Control (DBC)
The Downhill Brake Control (DBC) fea
-
ture assists the driver to descend down a
steep hill without having to depress the
brake pedal.
The system automatically applies the
brakes to maintain the vehicle speed 2.5
mph (4 km/h) ~ 25 mph (40 km/h) and
allows the driver to concentrate on
steering the vehicle down hill.
Always turn off the DBC on normal
roads. The DBC might activate inadver
-
tently from the stand by mode when
driving through speed bumps or making
sharp curves.
NOTICE
The DBC defaults to the OFF position
whenever the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton is placed in the ON position.
Noise or vibration may occur from the
brakes when the DBC is activated.
The rear stop light comes on when DBC
is activated.
OMQ4H050029
43
6
6
Driving your vehicle Brake system
DBC operation
NOTICE
If the DBC yellow indicator light appears,
the system may have overheated or
have malfunctioned. When the warning
light appears even though the DBC sys
-
tem has cooled off, have your vehicle
checked by an authorized Kia dealer as
soon as possible.
NOTICE
å
The DBC may not deactivate on steep
inclines even though the brake or
accelerator pedal is depressed.
å
The DBC does not operate when:
-The gear is in P (Park).
- The ESC is activated.
Mode Indicator light Description
Standby
appear
Press the DBC button when vehicle speed is under 38 mph (60
km/h). The DBC system will turn ON and enter the standby
mode.
The system does not turn ON if vehicle speed is over 38 mph (60
km/h).
Activated
blinks
In the standby mode, It enters the operating mode when the fol
-
lowing conditions are met.
å
The road surface should be more than a certain angle of incli
-
nation
å
The accelerator pedal must not be depressed.
å
The vehicle speed should be within 0mph (0km/h) ~ 25mph
(40km/h)
Within operating vehicle speed 2.5 mph (4 km/h) ~ 25 mph (40
km/h), the driver can lower or raise the vehicle speed by stepping
on the brake pedal or accelerator pedal.
Temporarily
deactivated
appear
In the activated mode, the DBC will temporarily deactivate under
the following conditions:
å
The hill is not steep enough.
å
The accelerator pedal is depressed.
å
When the vehicle speed is in the range of 25 mph (40 km/h) ~
38 mph (60 km/h)
If the above conditions are not met, the DBC will automatically
activate again.
OFF
not appear
The DBC will turn OFF under the following conditions:
å
The DBC button is pressed again.
å
When the accelerator pedal is depressed and the vehicle
speed exceeds 38 mph (60 km/h)
Driving your vehicle
446
Brake system
Hill-start Assist Control (HAC)
A vehicle has the tendency to roll back
on a steep hill when it starts to go after
stopping. The Hill-start Assist Control
(HAC) prevents the vehicle from rolling
back by applying the brakes automati
-
cally for about 2 seconds.
The brakes are released when the accel
-
erator pedal is engaged or after about 2
seconds.
The HAC is activated only for about 2
seconds, so when the vehicle is starting
off always engaged the accelerator
pedal.
WARNING
Maintaining brake pressure on incline
HAC does not replace the need to apply
brakes while stopped on an incline.
While stopped, make sure you maintain
brake pressure sufficient to prevent your
vehicle from rolling backward and caus
-
ing an accident. Don't release the brake
pedal until you are ready to accelerate
forward.
Vehicle Stability Management
(VSM) system
The Vehicle Stability Management (VSM)
provides further enhancements to vehi
-
cle stability and steering responses
under the following condition:
å
when driving on a slippery road or
å
when a change in the coefficient of
friction between left and right wheels
is detected.
WARNING
Tire/wheel size
When replacing tires and wheels, make
sure they are the same size as the origi
-
nal tires and wheels installed. Driving
with varying tire or wheel sizes may
diminish any supplemental safety bene
-
fits of the VSM system.
VSM operation
When the VSM is operating properly,
you can feel a slight pulsation in the
vehicle and/or abnormal steering
responses (Electric Power Steering
(EPS)). This is only the effect of brake
and EPS control and indicates nothing
unusual.
The VSM does not operate when:
å
Driving on a sloping road such as a
gradient or incline
å
Driving in reverse
å
ESC OFF indicator light ( ) remains
on the instrument cluster
å
EPS indicator light remains on the
instrument cluster
VSM operation off
If you press the ESC OFF button to turn
off the ESC, the VSM will also cancel and
the ESC OFF indicator light ( )
appears.
To turn on the VSM, press the button
again. The ESC OFF indicator light goes
out.
45
6
6
Driving your vehicle Brake system
WARNING
Vehicle Stability Management
Drive carefully even though your vehicle
has Vehicle Stability Management. It can
only assist you in maintaining control of
the vehicle under certain circumstances.
Malfunction indicator
The VSM can be deactivated even if you
don't cancel the VSM operation by
pressing the ESC OFF button. It indicates
that a malfunction has been detected
somewhere in the Electric Power Steer
-
ing system or VSM system. If the ESC
indicator light ( ) or EPS warning light
remains on, take your vehicle and have
the system checked by an authorized
Kia dealer.
The VSM is not a substitute for safe driv
-
ing practices but a supplementary func
-
tion only. It is the responsibility of the
driver to always check the speed and the
distance to the vehicle ahead. Always
hold the steering wheel firmly while driv
-
ing.
Your vehicle is designed to activate
according to the driver's intention, even
with installed VSM. Always follow all the
normal precautions for driving at safe
speeds for the conditions â including
driving in clement weather and on a slip
-
pery road.
WARNING
For maximum protection, always wear
your seat belt. No system, no matter
how advanced, can compensate for all
driver error and/or driving conditions.
Always drive responsibly.
Trailer Stability Assist (TSA) sys
-
tem
The Trailer Stability Assist (TSA) is oper
-
ated as a vehicle stability control system.
The TSA is designed to stabilize the vehi
-
cle and trailer when the trailer sways or
oscillates. There are various factors that
make the vehicle sway or oscillate.
Such incidents mostly happen at high
speed, but, there is also a risk of swaying
when the trailer is affected by cross
-
winds, buffeting or improper overload
-
ing.
Factors of swaying such as:
å
High speed
å
Strong crosswinds
å
Improper overloading
å
Sudden controlling of steering wheel
å
Uneven road
The TSA continuously analyzes the vehi
-
cle and trailer instability. When the TSA
detects some sway, the brakes are
applied automatically to stabilize the
vehicle. When the vehicle becomes sta
-
ble, the TSA does not operate.
Brake Assist System (BAS)
The Brake Assistant System provides
additional pressure when the brake
pedal is momentarily and strongly
depressed in a situation sudden braking
is required while driving.
The Brake Assistant System reduces the
time for ABS (Anti-Lock Brake System)
control to enter and consequently
reduces the braking distance, by provid
-
ing additional pressure up to the point of
ABS intervention.
Driving your vehicle
466
Brake system
BAS operation
å
When the vehicle speed is more than
30 km/h and the ABS control is not
entered.
å
When the brake pedal is depressed
strongly over a certain level.
å
When the friction of the road.
BAS operation off
å
The vehicle speed is below 10 km/ h.
å
The brake pedal is depressed over a
certain conditions.
å
The friction of the road surface is
below a certain level.
WARNING
The system may not operate depending
on driver's driving habit, the degree to
which the brake pedal is depressed and
the road surface condition.
Good braking practices
Good braking practices help keep occu
-
pants safe and extend brake life.
å
Check to be sure the parking brake is
not engaged and the parking brake
indicator light is out before driving
away.
å
Driving through water may get the
brakes wet. They can also get wet
when the vehicle is washed. Wet
brakes can be dangerous! Your vehi
-
cle will not stop as quickly if the
brakes are wet. Wet brakes may
cause the vehicle to pull to one side.
To dry the brakes, apply the brakes
lightly until the braking action returns
to normal, taking care to keep the
vehicle under control at all times. If
the braking action does not return to
normal, stop as soon as it is safe to do
so and visit an authorized Kia dealer.
å
Don't coast down hills with the vehicle
out of gear. This is extremely hazard
-
ous. Keep the vehicle in gear at all
times, use the brakes to slow down,
then shift to a lower gear so that vehi
-
cle braking will help you maintain a
safe speed.
å
Don't "ride" the brake pedal. Resting
your foot on the brake pedal while
driving can be dangerous because the
brakes might overheat and lose their
effectiveness. It also increases the
wear of the brake components.
å
If a tire goes flat while you are driving,
apply the brakes gently and keep the
vehicle pointed straight ahead while
you slow down. When you are moving
slowly enough for it to be safe to do
so, pull off the road and stop in a safe
place.
å
Be cautious when parking on a hill.
Firmly engage the parking brake and
place the shift dial SBW in P. If your
vehicle is facing downhill, turn the
front wheels into the curb to help
keep the vehicle from rolling.
If your vehicle is facing uphill, turn the
front wheels away from the curb to
help keep the vehicle from rolling. If
there is no curb or if it is required by
other conditions to keep the vehicle
from rolling, block the wheels.
47
6
6
Driving your vehicle Vehicle Auto Shut-off system
å
Under some conditions your parking
brake can freeze in the engaged posi
-
tion. This is most likely to happen
when there is an accumulation of
snow or ice around or near the rear
brakes or if the brakes are wet. If
there is a risk that the parking brake
may freeze, apply it only temporarily
while you put the shift dial SBW in P
(Parking) and block the rear wheels so
the vehicle cannot roll. Then release
the parking brake.
å
Do not hold the vehicle on an incline
with the accelerator pedal. This can
cause the transmission to overheat.
Always use the brake pedal or parking
brake.
Vehicle Auto Shut-off system
(if equipped)
The vehicle auto shut-off system is
designed to automatically shut off the
vehicle after a certain time the driver
sets to reduce fuel consumption and
energy consumption of the vehicle and
to prevent carbon monoxide (CO) poi
-
soning.
Prerequisite for activation
This system can be activated, when the
following all prerequisites are satisfied.
å
The ENGINE START/STOP button is in
ON position.
å
The vehicle is in P (Park) position.
å
The vehicle stops.
å
The vehicle speed is under 2 mph (3
km/h).
å
The driver's seat belt is unfastened.
å
The door is opened.
å
The passenger's seat is not occupied.
OMQ4A050356
Driving your vehicle
486
Vehicle Auto Shut-off system
Setting Shut-off Time
The driver can set the shut-off time on
the cluster LCD display.
The option can be found under the fol
-
lowing menu:
å
Go to 'User Settings â Convenience
â Vehicle Auto-Shut Off â 60 min./
30 min./Disable' to select the vehicle's
shut-off time.
NOTICE
å
The default setting will be retained
until the timer is reset.
å
The timer will revert back to the previ
-
ous setting at the next startup if the
driver selects 'Disable' in the User Set
-
tings mode.
NOTICE
å
The default setting is 30 minutes.
Resetting the time
The system can be initialized and
restarted under the following conditions:
å
When pressing and releasing the
brake pedal.
å
When the accelerator pedal is
depressed.
å
When the driver manually resets the
timer.
å
When the driver manually press the
OK button on the steering wheel.
Canceling the Vehicle Auto Shut-
off system
The system will be canceled automati
-
cally when:
å
The vehicle speed is over 2 mph (3
km/h).
å
The vehicle is shifted to D (Drive), R
(Reverse) or N (Neutral).
å
The driver's seat belt is fastened.
49
6
6
Driving your vehicle Drive mode integrated control system
Drive mode integrated control
system
Drive mode
The drive mode may be selected accord
-
ing to the driver's preference or road
condition.
NOTICE
If there is a problem with the instrument
cluster, the drive mode will be in ECO
mode and may not change to SMART
mode or SPORT mode.
The mode changes when you toggle the
DRIVE MODE button.
å
ECO mode :
ECO mode helps improve fuel effi
-
ciency for eco-friendly driving.
å
SPORT mode :
SPORT mode provides sporty but firm
riding.
The drive mode will change to ECO
mode when the engine is restarted.
When changing the drive mode setting,
the responsiveness of Smart Cruise Con
-
trol changes. (If equipped)
ECO mode
When the Drive Mode is set to
ECO mode, the engine and
transmission control logic are changed
to maximize fuel efficiency.
å
When the ECO mode is selected by
using the DRIVE MODE button, the
ECO indicator will appear.
å
Whenever the engine is restarted, the
drive mode remains in ECO mode.
NOTICE
Fuel efficiency depends on the driver's
driving habit and road condition.
When ECO mode is activated:
å
The acceleration response may be
slightly reduced as the accelerator
pedal is depressed moderately.
å
The air conditioner performance may
be limited.
å
The shift pattern of the automatic
transmission may change.
å
The engine noise may get louder.
The above situations are normal condi
-
tions when ECO mode is activated to
improve fuel efficiency.
OMQ4AH050030
OMQ4050319L
Drive Mode SCC Responsiveness
ECO Slow
SPORT Fast
SMART Normal
Driving your vehicle
506
Drive mode integrated control system
Limitation of ECO mode opera
-
tion:
If the following conditions occur while
ECO mode is operating, the system
operation is limited even though there is
no change in ECO indicator.
å
When the coolant temperature is low:
The system will be limited until engine
performance becomes normal.
å
When driving up a hill:
The system will be limited to gain
power when driving uphill because
engine torque is restricted.
å
When the accelerator pedal is deeply
depressed for a few seconds:
The system will be limited, judging
that the driver wants to speed up.
SPORT mode
SPORT mode manages the
driving dynamics by auto
-
matically adjusting the steering effort,
the engine and transmission control
logic for enhanced driver performance.
å
When SPORT mode is selected by
using the DRIVE MODE button, the
SPORT indicator will appear.
å
Whenever the engine is restarted, the
Drive Mode will revert back to ECO
mode. If SPORT mode is desired, re-
select SPORT mode from the DRIVE
MODE button.
å
When SPORT mode is activated:
- The engine rpm will tend to remain
raised over a certain length of time
even after releasing the accelerator
-Upshifts are delayed when acceler
-
ating
NOTICE
In SPORT mode, the fuel efficiency may
decrease.
SMART mode
SMART mode selects the
proper driving mode
among ECO and SPORT by judging the
driver's driving habits (i.e. Economic or
Aggressive (Sportive)) from the brake
pedal depression or the steering wheel
operation.
å
Toggle the DRIVE MODE button to
select SMART mode. When SMART
mode is selected, the indicator
appears on the instrument cluster.
å
SMART mode automatically controls
the vehicle driving, such as gear shift
-
ing patterns and engine torque, in
accordance with the driver's driving
habits.
NOTICE
å
When you mildly drive the vehicle in
SMART mode, the driving mode
changes to ECO mode to improve fuel
efficiency. However, the actual fuel
efficiency may differ in accordance
with your driving situations (i.e.
upward/downward slope, vehicle
deceleration/acceleration).
å
When you dynamically drive the vehi
-
cle in SMART mode by abruptly decel
-
erating or sharply turning the driving
mode changes to SPORT mode. How
-
ever, it may adversely affect fuel
economy.
51
6
6
Driving your vehicle Drive mode integrated control system
Various driving situations, which
you may encounter in SMART
mode
å
The driving mode automatically
changes to ECO mode after a certain
period of time, when you gently
depress the accelerator pedal. (Your
driving is categorized to be eco
-
nomic.)
å
The driving mode automatically
changes to SMART ECO mode after a
certain period of time, when you
sharply or repetitively depress the
accelerator pedal.
å
The driving mode automatically
changes to SMART ECO mode with
the same driving patterns, when the
vehicle starts to drive on an upward
slope of a certain angle. The driving
mode automatically returns to SMART
ECO mode, when the vehicle enters a
leveled road.
å
The driving mode automatically
changes to SMART SPORT, when you
abruptly accelerate the vehicle or
repetitively operate the steering
wheel. (Your driving is categorized to
be sporty.) In this mode, your vehicle
drives in a lower gear for abrupt
accelerating/decelerating and
increases the engine brake perfor
-
mance.
å
You may still sense the engine brak
-
ing performance, even when you
release the accelerator pedal in
SMART SPORT mode. It is because
your vehicle remains in lower gear
over a certain period of time for next
acceleration. Thus, it is a normal driv
-
ing situation, not indicating any mal
-
function.
å
The driving mode automatically
changes to SMART SPORT mode only
in harsh driving situations. In most of
the normal driving situations, the driv
-
ing mode sets to be in SMART ECO
mode.
Active Snow Mode (ASM)
When the vehicle recognizes frequent
wheel slips on low friction roads, Active
Snow Mode improves driving stability by
minimizing these wheel slips.
Operating conditions
ASM is activated when all of the follow
-
ing conditions are met:
å
Low outside ambient temperature
å
Frequent Electronic Stability Control
(ESC) activation due to wheel slip
When operating
The vehicle's acceleration response is
reduced, which is similar to depressing
the accelerator pedal slowly.
Non-operating conditions
ASM is deactivated when one of the fol
-
lowing conditions or more are met:
å
Increase of outside ambient tempera
-
ture
å
The accelerator pedal is hardly
depressed
å
Driving in high speed (e.g. highway
driving)
Driving your vehicle
526
Drive mode integrated control system
Limitation of SMART mode
The SMART mode may be limited in fol
-
lowing situations. (The OFF indicator
appears in those situations.)
å
Cruise Control or Smart Cruise Con
-
trol is activated:
Cruise Control or Smart Cruise Con
-
trol may deactivate the SMART mode
when the vehicle is controlled by the
set speed of Cruise Control or Smart
Cruise Control. (SMART mode is not
deactivated just by activating Cruise
Control or Smart Cruise Control.)
å
The transmission oil temperature is
either extremely low or extremely
high:
The SMART mode can be active in
most of the normal driving situations.
However, an extremely high/low
transmission oil temperature may
temporarily deactivate the SMART
mode, because the transmission con
-
dition is out of normal operation con
-
dition.
Smart shift on trip computer (if
equipped)
Select the Trip Computer mode on the
instrument cluster LCD display and
move to the smart shift screen. Then, the
driver can see the drive mode selected
and the drive mode which is automati
-
cally switched by the SMART mode.
The drive mode selected by the driver
and the driving style gauge showing the
driver's driving style are displayed on
the screen.
OMQ4AH050330
53
6
6
Driving your vehicle Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Front view camera
only)
Driver's style gauge in SMART
mode
With the standard driving style in the
center, the left side of the gauge is
'Econ.' and right side is 'Dynamic' style.
When the left side of the driver's style
gauge is filled up and after a certain
time passes, the SMART ECO mode is
activated automatically. When the right
side of the gauge is filled up and sporty
driving condition is detected, the SMART
SPORT mode is activated.
To maintain the SMART ECO mode for
fuel efficiency, drive with the left side of
the gauge filled up.
Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist (FCA) (Front view cam
-
era only) (if equipped)
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist is
designed to help detect and monitor the
vehicle ahead or help detect a pedes
-
trian in the roadway and warn the driver
that a collision is imminent with a warn
-
ing message and an audible warning,
and if necessary, apply emergency brak
-
ing.
Detecting sensor
Front view camera
OMQ4050285L
OMQ4050286L
OMQ4H052598
OMQ4H051009
Driving your vehicle
546
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Front view camera
only)
CAUTION
Take the following precautions to main
-
tain optimal performance of the detect
-
ing sensor:
å
Never disassemble the detecting sen
-
sor or sensor assembly, or apply any
impact on it.
å
Never install any accessories or stick
-
ers on the front windshield, or tint the
front windshield.
å
If the detecting sensors have been
replaced or repaired, have the vehicle
be inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
å
Pay extreme caution to keep the front
view camera dry.
å
Never place any reflective objects (i.e.
white paper, mirror) over the dash
-
board. Any light reflection may pre
-
vent the function from functioning
properly.
Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist Settings
Forward Safety
With the ENGINE START/STOP button in
the ON position, select or deselect
'Driver Assistance â Forward Safety'
from the Settings menu to set whether
or not to use each function.
å
If 'Active Assist' is selected, the func
-
tion will warn the driver with a warn
-
ing message, an audible warning and
steering wheel vibration depending
on the collision risk levels. Braking
assist will be applied depending on
the collision risk.
å
If 'Warning Only' is selected, the func
-
tion will warn the driver with a warn
-
ing message, an audible warning and
steering wheel vibration depending
on the collision risk levels. Braking will
not be assisted.
å
If 'Off' is selected, the function will be
turned off. The( )warning light will
appear on the cluster.
The driver can monitor Forward Colli
-
sion-Avoidance Assist ON/OFF status
from the Settings menu. If the
( )warning light remains ON when
the function is ON, have the function be
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
WARNING
When the engine is restarted, Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist will always
turn on. However, if 'Off' is selected after
the engine is restarted, the driver should
always be aware of the surroundings
and drive safely.
CAUTION
å
If 'Warning Only' is selected, braking is
not assisted.
å
Steering wheel vibration can be
turned on or off. Select or deselect
'Driver Assistance â Haptic Warning'
from the Settings menu.
OMQ4AH050344
55
6
6
Driving your vehicle Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Front view camera
only)
NOTICE
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist will
turn off when ESC is turned off by press
-
ing and holding the ESC OFF button.
The( )warning light will appear on
the cluster.
Warning Timing
With the ENGINE START/STOP button in
the ON position, select 'Driver Assistance
â Warning Timing' from the Settings
menu to change the initial warning acti
-
vation time for Forward Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist.
When the vehicle is first delivered, Warn
-
ing Timing is set to 'Standard'. If you
change the Warning Timing, the warning
time of other Driver Assistance systems
may change.
Warning Sound and Haptic
With the vehicle on, touch
Settings
â
Vehicle
â
Driver Assistance
â
Warn
-
ing Sound and Haptic
on the infotain
-
ment system to change the Warning
Sound and Haptic.
å
Warning Volume
: You can adjust the
Warning Volume from level 1 to 3. If
equipped with steering wheel vibra
-
tion, the volume level can be set from
0 to 3.
å
Steering Wheel Vibration Warning
:
Steering wheel vibration can be
selected. (if equipped)
å
Driving Safety Priority
: For safe driv
-
ing, the audio volume will temporarily
decrease to warn the driver with the
audible warning.
NOTICE
å
Ensure that
Warning Sound and
Haptic
you have set may apply to the
Warning volume of other Driver Assis
-
tance systems.
å
Warning Sound and Haptic
will
maintain its last setting even if the
vehicle is restarted.
å
If not equipped with the navigation
system, select
User Settings
â
Driver Assistance
to adjust the Warn
-
ing Volume.
OMQ4PH052469N
OMQ4PH052470N
Driving your vehicle
566
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Front view camera
only)
å
The setting menu may not be avail
-
able for your vehicle depending on
the vehicle features and specifica
-
tions.
å
Descriptions of each Driver Assistance
system may be slightly different from
the owner's manual after updating the
software of your infotainment system.
In this case, scan the QR code in the
infotainment system manual to
access the web manual for checking
the changes.
Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist Operation
Warning and control
The basic function for Forward Collision-
Avoidance Assist is to warn and control
the vehicle depending on the collision
level: 'Collision Warning', 'Emergency
Braking' and 'Stopping vehicle and end
-
ing brake control'.
Collision Warning
å
To warn the driver of a collision, the
'Collision Warning' warning message
will appear on the cluster, an audible
warning will sound and the steering
wheel will vibrate.
å
If a vehicle is detected in front, the
function will operate when your vehi
-
cle speed is between approximately 6
~ 112 mph (10 ~ 180 km/h).
å
If a pedestrian is detected in front, the
function will operate when your vehi
-
cle speed is between approximately 6
~ 37 mph (10 ~ 60 km/h).
å
If 'Active Assist' is selected, braking
may be assisted.
Emergency Braking
å
To warn the driver that emergency
braking will be assisted, the 'Emer
-
gency Braking' warning message will
appear on the cluster, an audible
warning will sound and the steering
wheel will vibrate.
å
If a vehicle is detected in front, the
function will operate when your vehi
-
cle speed is between approximately 6
~ 37 mph (10 ~ 60 km/h).
å
If a pedestrian is detected in front, the
function will operate when your vehi
-
cle speed is between approximately 6
~ 37 mph (10 ~ 60 km/h).
å
In emergency braking situation, brak
-
ing is assisted with strong braking
power by the function to help prevent
OMQ4050071L
OMQ4050072L
57
6
6
Driving your vehicle Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Front view camera
only)
collision with the vehicle or pedes
-
trian.
Stopping vehicle and ending
brake control
å
When the vehicle is stopped due to
emergency braking, the 'Drive care
-
fully' warning message will appear on
the cluster.
å
For your safety, the driver should
depress the brake pedal immediately
and check the surroundings.
å
Brake control will end after the vehicle
is stopped by emergency braking for
approximately 2 seconds.
WARNING
å
For your safety, change the Settings
after parking the vehicle at a safe
location.
å
With 'Active Assist' or 'Warning Only'
selected, when ESC is turned off by
pressing and holding the ESC OFF
button, Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist will turn off automatically. In
this case, the function cannot be set
from the Settings menu and the warn
-
ing light will appear on the cluster
which is normal. If ESC is turned on by
pressing the ESC OFF button, Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist will main
-
tain the last setting.
å
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
does not operate in all situations or
cannot avoid all collisions.
å
The driver should hold the responsi
-
bility to control the vehicle. Do not
solely depend on Forward Collision-
Avoidance Assist. Rather, maintain a
safe braking distance, and if neces
-
sary, depress the brake pedal to
reduce driving speed or to stop the
vehicle.
å
Never deliberately operate Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist on people,
animal, objects, etc. It may cause seri
-
ous injury or death.
å
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not operate if the driver
depresses the brake pedal to avoid
collision.
å
Depending on the road and driving
conditions, Forward Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist may warn the driver late
or may not warn the driver.
å
During Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist operation, the vehicle may stop
suddenly injuring passengers and
shifting loose objects. Always have the
seat belt on and keep loose objects
secured.
å
If any other function's warning mes
-
sage is displayed or audible warning
is generated, Forward Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist warning message may not
be displayed and audible warning
may not be generated.
å
You may not hear the warning sound
of Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
if the surrounding is noisy.
å
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
may turn off or may not operate prop
-
erly or may operate unnecessarily
OMQ4040504L
Driving your vehicle
586
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Front view camera
only)
depending on the road conditions and
the surroundings.
NOTICE
å
Even if there is a problem with For
-
ward Collision-Avoidance Assist, the
vehicle's basic braking performance
will operate normally.
å
During emergency braking, braking
control by the function will automati
-
cally cancel when the driver exces
-
sively depresses the accelerator pedal
or sharply steers the vehicle.
CAUTION
Depending on the condition of the vehi
-
cle, pedestrian in front and the sur
-
roundings, the speed range to operate
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist may
reduce. The function may only warn the
driver, or the function may not operate.
NOTICE
When a collision is imminent, the For
-
ward Collision-Avoidance Assist may
assist the driver with brakes if the driver
fails to brake enough.
Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist Malfunction and Limita
-
tions
Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist malfunction
When Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist is not working properly, the
'Check Forward Safety system' warning
message will appear, and the( )
and( )warning lights will appear on
the cluster. Have the function be
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist disabled
OMQ4050074L
OMQ4050073L
59
6
6
Driving your vehicle Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Front view camera
only)
When the front windshield where the
front view camera is located, is covered
with foreign material, such as snow or
rain, it can reduce the detecting perfor
-
mance and temporarily limit or disable
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist.
If this occurs, the 'Forward Safety Func
-
tion disabled. Camera obscured' warning
message, and the( )
and( )warning lights will appear on
the cluster.
The function will operate normally when
snow, rain or foreign matter is removed.
Always keep it clean.
If the function does not operate normally
after obstruction (snow, rain, or foreign
material) is removed, have the function
be inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
NOTICE
å
Even though the warning message or
warning light does not appear on the
cluster, Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist may not properly operate.
å
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not properly operate in an area
(e.g. open terrain), where any sub
-
stance are not detected after turning
ON the engine.
Limitations of Forward Collision-
Avoidance Assist
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist may
not operate normally, or the function
may operate unexpectedly under the
following circumstances:
å
The detecting sensor or the surround
-
ings are contaminated or damaged
å
The temperature around the front
view camera is high or low
å
The camera lens is contaminated due
to tinted, filmed or coated windshield,
damaged glass, or stuck of foreign
material (sticker, bug, etc.) on the
glass
å
Moisture is not removed or frozen on
the windshield
å
Washer fluid is continuously sprayed,
or the wiper is on
å
Driving in heavy rain or snow, or thick
fog
å
The field of view of the front view
camera is obstructed by sun glare
å
Street light or light from an oncoming
vehicle is reflected on the wet road
surface, such as a puddle on the road
å
An object is placed on the dashboard
å
Your vehicle is being towed
å
The surrounding is very bright
å
The surrounding is very dark, such as
in a tunnel, etc.
å
The brightness changes suddenly, for
example when entering or exiting a
tunnel
å
The brightness outside is low, and the
headlamps are not on or are not
bright
å
Driving through steam, smoke or
shadow
å
Only part of the vehicle, pedestrian is
detected
å
The vehicle in front is a bus, heavy
truck, truck with a unusually shaped
luggage, trailer, etc.
å
The vehicle in front has no taillamps,
taillamps are located unusually, etc.
å
The brightness outside is low, and the
taillamps are not on or are not bright
å
The rear of the front vehicle is small or
the vehicle does not look normal, such
as when the vehicle is tilted, over
-
Driving your vehicle
606
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Front view camera
only)
turned, or the side of the vehicle is vis
-
ible, etc.
å
The front vehicle's ground clearance
is low or high
å
A vehicle or pedestrian suddenly cuts
in front
å
The vehicle in front is detected late
å
The vehicle in front is suddenly
blocked by a obstacle
å
The vehicle in front suddenly changes
lane or suddenly reduces speed
å
The vehicle in front is bent out of
shape
å
The front vehicle's speed is fast or
slow
å
The vehicle in front steers in the
opposite direction of your vehicle to
avoid a collision
å
With a vehicle in front, your vehicle
changes lane at low speed
å
The vehicle in front is covered with
snow
å
You are departing or returning to the
lane
å
Unstable driving
å
You are on a roundabout and the
vehicle in front is not detected
å
You are continuously driving in a cir
-
cle
å
The vehicle in front has an unusual
shape
å
The vehicle in front is driving uphill or
downhill.
å
The pedestrian is not fully detected,
for example, if the pedestrian is lean
-
ing over or is not fully walking upright
å
The pedestrian is wearing clothing or
equipment that makes it difficult to
detect as a pedestrian
Following image shows the image the
sensor recognizes as vehicle and
pedestrian.
å
The pedestrian in front is moving very
quickly
å
The pedestrian in front is short or is
posing a low posture
å
The pedestrian in front has impaired
mobility
å
The pedestrian in front is moving
intersected with the driving direction
å
There is a group of pedestrians or a
large crowd in front
å
The pedestrian is wearing clothing
that easily blends into the back
-
ground, making it difficult to detect
å
The pedestrian is difficult to distin
-
guish from the similar shaped struc
-
ture in the surroundings
å
You are driving by a pedestrian, traffic
signs, structures, etc. near the inter
-
section
å
You are driving by a pedestrian, traffic
signs, structures, etc. near the inter
-
section
å
Driving in a parking lot
å
Driving through a tollgate, construc
-
tion area, unpaved road, partial paved
road, uneven road, speed bumps, etc.
OJA040544
61
6
6
Driving your vehicle Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Front view camera
only)
å
Driving on an incline road, curved
road, etc.
å
Driving through a roadside with trees
or streetlights
å
The adverse road conditions cause
excessive vehicle vibrations while
driving
å
Your vehicle height is low or high due
to heavy loads, abnormal tire pres
-
sure, etc.
å
Driving through a narrow road where
trees or grass or overgrown
å
There is interference by electromag
-
netic waves, such as driving in an area
with strong radio waves or electrical
noise
WARNING
å
Driving on a curved road
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not detect other vehicles, pedes
-
trians in front of you on curved roads
adversely affecting the performance
of the sensors. This may result in no
warning, braking assist or steering
assist when necessary.
When driving on a curve, you must
maintain a safe braking distance, and
if necessary, steer the vehicle and
depress the brake pedal to reduce
your driving speed in order to main
-
tain a safe distance.
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
may detect a vehicle, pedestrian in
the next lane or outside the lane when
driving on a curved road.
If this occurs, the function may unnec
-
essarily warn the driver and control
the brake or steering wheel. Always
OMQ4H052599
OCD059188
OCD059191
OCD059190
Driving your vehicle
626
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Front view camera
only)
check the traffic conditions around
the vehicle.
å
Driving on an inclined road
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not detect other vehicles, pedes
-
trians in front of you while driving
uphill or downhill adversely affecting
the performance of the sensors.
This may result in unnecessary warn
-
ing, braking assist or steering assist or
no warning, braking assist or steering
assist when necessary.
Also, vehicle speed may rapidly
decrease when a vehicle or pedestrian
ahead is suddenly detected.
Always have your eyes on the road
while driving uphill or downhill and if
necessary, steer your vehicle and
depress the brake pedal to reduce
your driving speed in order to main
-
tain a safe distance.
å
Changing lanes
[A]: Your vehicle
[B]: Lane changing vehicle
When a vehicle [B] moves into your
lane from an adjacent lane, it cannot
be detected by the sensor until it is in
the sensor's detection range. Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist may not
immediately detect the vehicle when
the vehicle changes lanes abruptly. In
this case, you must maintain a safe
braking distance, and if necessary,
steer your vehicle and depress the
brake pedal to reduce your driving
speed in order to maintain a safe dis
-
tance.
OMQ4H052600
OCD059192
OMQ4H052601
63
6
6
Driving your vehicle Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Front view camera
only)
[A]: Your vehicle
[B]: Lane changing vehicle,
[C]: Same lane vehicle
When a vehicle [B] in front of you
merges out of the lane, Forward Colli
-
sion-Avoidance Assist may not imme
-
diately detect the vehicle [C] that is
now in front of you. In this case, you
must maintain a safe braking dis
-
tance, and if necessary, steer your
vehicle and depress the brake pedal
to reduce your driving speed in order
to maintain a safe distance.
å
Detecting vehicle
If the vehicle in front of you has cargo
that extends rearward from the cab,
or when the vehicle in front of you has
higher ground clearance, additional
special attention is required. Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist may not be
able to detect the cargo extending
from the vehicle. In these instances,
you must maintain a safe braking dis
-
tance from the rearmost object, and if
necessary, steer your vehicle and
depress the brake pedal to reduce
your driving speed in order to main
-
tain distance.
WARNING
å
When you are towing a trailer or
another vehicle, we recommend that
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist is
turned off due to safety reasons.
å
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
may operate if objects that are similar
in shape or characteristics to vehicles
and pedestrians are detected.
å
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
does not operate on motorcycles, or
smaller wheeled objects, such as lug
-
gage bags, shopping carts, or strollers
that are dragged by a pedestrian.
å
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not operate normally if interfered
by strong electromagnetic waves.
å
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not operate for approximately 15
seconds after the vehicle is started, or
the front view camera is initialized.
OMQ4H052602
OMQ4H050008
Driving your vehicle
646
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor fusion)
This device complies with Part 15
of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
three conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference.
2. This device must accept any interfer
-
ence received, including interference
that may cause undesired operation.
3. Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void
the user's authority to operate the
device.
Radio frequency radiation expo
-
sure information:
This equipment complies with FCC radi
-
ation exposure limits set forth for an
uncontrolled environment. This equip
-
ment should be installed and operated
with minimum distance of 8 in (20 cm)
between the radiator (antenna) and your
body.
This transmitter must not be colocated
or operating in conjunction with any
other antenna or transmitter.
Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist (FCA) (Sensor fusion) (if
equipped)
Basic function
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist is
designed to help detect and monitor the
vehicle ahead or help detect a pedes
-
trian or cyclist in the roadway and warn
the driver that a collision is imminent
with a warning message and an audible
warning, and if necessary, apply emer
-
gency braking.
Junction Turning function
Junction Turning function will help avoid
a collision with an oncoming vehicle in
an adjacent lane when turning left at a
OMQ4H052603
OMQ4H052646
65
6
6
Driving your vehicle Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor fusion)
crossroad with the turn signal on by
applying emergency braking.
Detecting sensor
Front view camera
Front radar
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting sen
-
sors.
CAUTION
Take the following precautions to main
-
tain optimal performance of the detect
-
ing sensor:
å
Never disassemble the detecting sen
-
sor or sensor assembly, or apply any
impact on it.
å
Never install any accessories or stick
-
ers on the front windshield, or tint the
front windshield.
å
If the detecting sensors have been
replaced or repaired, have the vehicle
be inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
å
Pay extreme caution to keep the front
view camera dry.
å
Never place any reflective objects (i.e.
white paper, mirror) over the dash
-
board. Any light reflection may pre
-
vent the function from functioning
properly.
å
Do not apply license plate frame or
objects, such as a bumper sticker, film
or a bumper guard, near the front
radar cover.
å
Always keep the front radar and cover
clean and free of dirt and debris. Use
only a soft cloth to wash the vehicle.
Do not spray pressurized water
directly on the sensor or sensor cover.
å
If unnecessary force has been applied
to the radar or around the radar, For
-
ward Collision-Avoidance Assist may
not properly operate even though a
warning message does not appear on
the cluster. Have the vehicle be
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
å
The genuine Kia front radar sensor
covers are parts with quality and per
-
formance ensured. If arbitrarily apply
-
ing paint on or changing the cover,
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not function properly. Use only
Kia Genuine Parts or those of an
equivalent standard with proven qual
-
ity and performance to repair or
replace the radar sensor covers.
å
Do not place any objects near the
front windshield or install any acces
-
sories on the front windshield. It can
OMQ4H051009
OMQ4051077
Driving your vehicle
666
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor fusion)
affect the performance of the defog
-
ging and defrosting function of the cli
-
mate control system, which may
prevent the Driver Assistance systems
from operating.
Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist Settings
Forward Safety
With the ENGINE START/STOP button in
the ON position, select or deselect
'Driver Assistance â Forward Safety'
from the Settings menu to set whether
or not to use each function.
å
If 'Active Assist' is selected, the func
-
tion will warn the driver with a warn
-
ing message, an audible warning and
steering wheel vibration depending
on the collision risk levels. Braking
assist will be applied depending on
the collision risk.
å
If 'Warning Only' is selected, the func
-
tion will warn the driver with a warn
-
ing message, an audible warning and
steering wheel vibration depending
on the collision risk levels. Braking will
not be assisted.
å
If 'Off' is selected, the function will off.
The( )warning light will appear
on the cluster.
The driver can monitor Forward Colli
-
sion-Avoidance Assist ON/OFF status
from the Settings menu. If the
( )warning light remains ON when
the function is ON, have the function be
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
WARNING
When the engine is restarted, Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist will always
turn on. However, if 'Off' is selected after
the engine is restarted, the driver should
always be aware of the surroundings
and drive safely.
CAUTION
å
If 'Warning Only' is selected, braking is
not assisted.
å
The settings for Forward Safety
include 'Basic function' and 'Junction
Turning'.
å
Steering wheel vibration can be
turned on or off. Select or deselect
'Driver Assistance â Haptic Warning'
from the Settings menu.
NOTICE
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist will
turn off when ESC is turned off by press
-
ing and holding the ESC OFF button.
The( )warning light will appear on
the cluster.
OMQ4AH050344
67
6
6
Driving your vehicle Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor fusion)
Warning Timing
With the ENGINE START/STOP button in
the ON position, select 'Driver Assistance
â Warning Timing' from the Settings
menu to change the initial warning acti
-
vation time for Forward Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist.
When the vehicle is first delivered, Warn
-
ing Timing is set to 'Standard'.
If you change the Warning Timing, the
warning time of other Driver Assistance
systems may change.
Warning Sound and Haptic
With the vehicle on, touch
Settings
â
Vehicle
â
Driver Assistance
â
Warn
-
ing Sound and Haptic
on the infotain
-
ment system to change the Warning
Sound and Haptic.
å
Warning Volume
: You can adjust the
Warning Volume from level 1 to 3. If
equipped with steering wheel vibra
-
tion, the volume level can be set from
0 to 3.
å
Steering Wheel Vibration Warning
:
Steering wheel vibration can be
selected. (if equipped)
å
Driving Safety Priority
: For safe driv
-
ing, the audio volume will temporarily
decrease to warn the driver with the
audible warning.
NOTICE
å
Ensure that
Warning Sound and
Haptic
you have set may apply to the
Warning volume of other Driver Assis
-
tance systems.
å
Warning Sound and Haptic
will
maintain its last setting even if the
vehicle is restarted.
å
If not equipped with the navigation
system, select
User Settings
â
Driver Assistance
to adjust the Warn
-
ing Volume.
å
The setting menu may not be avail
-
able for your vehicle depending on
the vehicle features and specifica
-
tions.
å
Descriptions of each Driver Assistance
system may be slightly different from
the owner's manual after updating the
software of your infotainment system.
In this case, scan the QR code in the
infotainment system manual to
access the web manual for checking
the changes.
OMQ4PH052469N
OMQ4PH052470N
Driving your vehicle
686
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor fusion)
Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist Operation
Basic function
Warning and control
The basic function for Forward Collision-
Avoidance Assist is to warn and control
the vehicle depending on the collision
level: 'Collision Warning', 'Emergency
Braking' and 'Stopping vehicle and end
-
ing brake control'.
Collision Warning
å
To warn the driver of a collision, the
'Collision Warning' warning message
will appear on the cluster, an audible
warning will sound and the steering
wheel will vibrate.
å
If a vehicle is detected in front, the
function will operate when your vehi
-
cle speed is between approximately 6
~ 112 mph (10 ~ 180 km/h).
å
If a pedestrian or cyclist is detected in
front, the function will operate when
your vehicle speed is between
approximately 6 ~ 53 mph (10 ~ 85
km/h).
å
If 'Active Assist' is selected, braking
may be assisted.
Emergency Braking
å
To warn the driver that emergency
braking will be assisted, the 'Emer
-
gency Braking' warning message will
appear on the cluster, an audible
warning will sound and the steering
wheel will vibrate.
å
If a vehicle is detected in front, the
function will operate when your vehi
-
cle speed is between approximately 6
~ 47 mph (10 ~ 75 km/h).
å
If a pedestrian or cyclist is detected in
front, the function will operate when
your vehicle speed is between
approximately 6 ~ 40 mph (10 ~ 65
km/h).
å
In emergency braking situation, brak
-
ing is assisted with strong braking
power by the function to help prevent
collision with the vehicle, pedestrian
or cyclist ahead.
OMQ4051338L
OMQ4050072L
69
6
6
Driving your vehicle Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor fusion)
Stopping vehicle and ending
brake control
å
When the vehicle is stopped due to
emergency braking, the 'Drive care
-
fully' warning message will appear on
the cluster.
For your safety, the driver should
depress the brake pedal immediately
and check the surroundings.
å
Brake control will end after the vehicle
is stopped by emergency braking for
approximately 2 seconds.
Junction Turning function
Warning and control
Junction Turning function will warn and
control the vehicle depending on the col
-
lision level: 'Collision Warning', 'Emer
-
gency Braking' and 'Stopping vehicle
and ending brake control'.
Collision Warning
å
To warn the driver of a collision, the
'Collision Warning' warning message
will appear on the cluster, an audible
warning will sound and the steering
wheel will vibrate.
å
The function will operate when your
vehicle speed is between approxi
-
mately 6 ~ 19 mph (10 ~ 30 km/h) and
the oncoming vehicle speed is
between approximately 19 ~ 44 mph
(30 ~ 70 km/h).
å
If 'Active Assist' is selected, braking
may be assisted.
Emergency Braking
å
To warn the driver that emergency
braking will be assisted, the 'Emer
-
OMQ4040504L
OMQ4050212L
OMQ4050211L
Driving your vehicle
706
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor fusion)
gency Braking' warning message will
appear on the cluster, an audible
warning will sound and the steering
wheel will vibrate.
å
The function will operate when your
vehicle speed is between approxi
-
mately 6 ~ 19 mph (10 ~ 30 km/h) and
the oncoming vehicle speed is
between approximately 19 ~ 44 mph
(30 ~ 70 km/h).
å
In emergency braking situation, brak
-
ing is assisted with strong braking
power by the function to help prevent
collision with the oncoming vehicle.
Stopping vehicle and ending
brake control
å
When the vehicle is stopped due to
emergency braking, the 'Drive care
-
fully' warning message will appear on
the cluster.
For your safety, the driver should
depress the brake pedal immediately
and check the surroundings.
å
Brake control will end after the vehicle
is stopped by emergency braking for
approximately 2 seconds.
WARNING
å
For your safety, change the Settings
after parking the vehicle at a safe
location.
å
With 'Active Assist' or 'Warning Only'
selected, when ESC is turned off by
pressing and holding the ESC OFF
button, Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist will turn off automatically. In
this case, the function cannot be set
from the Settings menu and the
warning light will appear on the clus
-
ter which is normal. If ESC is turned on
by pressing the ESC OFF button, For
-
ward Collision-Avoidance Assist will
maintain the last setting.
å
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
does not operate in all situations or
cannot avoid all collisions.
å
The driver should hold the responsi
-
bility to control the vehicle. Do not
solely depend on Forward Collision-
Avoidance Assist. Rather, maintain a
safe braking distance, and if neces
-
sary, depress the brake pedal to
reduce driving speed or to stop the
vehicle.
å
Never deliberately operate Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist on people,
animal, objects, etc. It may cause seri
-
ous injury or death.
å
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not operate if the driver
depresses the brake pedal to avoid
collision.
å
Depending on the road and driving
conditions, Forward Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist may warn the driver late
or may not warn the driver.
å
During Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist operation, the vehicle may stop
suddenly injuring passengers and
OMQ4040504L
71
6
6
Driving your vehicle Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor fusion)
shifting loose objects. Always have the
seat belt on and keep loose objects
secured.
å
If any other function's warning mes
-
sage is displayed or audible warning
is generated, Forward Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist warning message may not
be displayed and audible warning
may not be generated.
å
You may not hear the warning sound
of Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
if the surrounding is noisy.
å
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
may turn off or may not operate prop
-
erly or may operate unnecessarily
depending on the road conditions and
the surroundings.
WARNING
å
Even if there is a problem with For
-
ward Collision-Avoidance Assist, the
vehicle's basic braking performance
will operate normally.
å
During emergency braking, braking
control by the function will automati
-
cally cancel when the driver exces
-
sively depresses the accelerator pedal
or sharply steers the vehicle.
CAUTION
å
Depending on the condition of the
vehicle, pedestrian and cyclist in front
and the surroundings, the speed
range to operate Forward Collision-
Avoidance Assist may reduce. The
function may only warn the driver, or
the function may not operate.
å
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
will operate under certain conditions
by judging the risk level based on the
condition of the oncoming vehicle,
driving direction, speed and sur
-
roundings.
NOTICE
When a collision is imminent, the For
-
ward Collision-Avoidance Assist may
assist the driver with brakes if the driver
fails to brake enough.
Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist Malfunction and Limita
-
tions
Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist malfunction
When Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist is not working properly, the
'Check Forward Safety system' warning
message will appear, and the ( ) and
( ) warning lights will appear on the
cluster. Have the function be inspected
by an authorized Kia dealer.
OMQ4050074L
Driving your vehicle
726
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor fusion)
Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist disabled
When the front windshield where the
front view camera is located, front radar
cover, sensor is covered with foreign
material, such as snow or rain, it can
reduce the detecting performance and
temporarily limit or disable Forward Col
-
lision-Avoidance Assist.
If this occurs the 'Forward Safety Func
-
tion disabled. Camera obscured' or the
'Forward Safety Function disabled.
Radar blocked' warning message, and
the ( ) and( ) warning lights will
appear on the cluster.
The function will operate normally when
snow, rain or foreign matter is removed.
Always keep it clean.
If the function does not operate normally
after obstruction (snow, rain, or foreign
material) is removed, have the function
be inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
WARNING
å
Even though the warning message or
warning light does not appear on the
cluster, Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist may not properly operate.
å
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not properly operate in an area
(e.g. open terrain), where any sub
-
stance are not detected after turning
ON the engine.
Limitations of Forward Collision-
Avoidance Assist
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist may
not operate normally, or the function
may operate unexpectedly under the
following circumstances:
å
The detecting sensor or the surround
-
ings are contaminated or damaged
å
The temperature around the front
view camera is high or low
å
The camera lens is contaminated due
to tinted, filmed or coated windshield,
damaged glass, or stuck of foreign
material (sticker, bug, etc.) on the
glass
å
Moisture is not removed or frozen on
the windshield
å
Washer fluid is continuously sprayed,
or the wiper is on
å
Driving in heavy rain or snow, or thick
fog
å
The field of view of the front view
camera is obstructed by sun glare
OMQ4050073L
OMQ4050079L
73
6
6
Driving your vehicle Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor fusion)
å
Street light or light from an oncoming
vehicle is reflected on the wet road
surface, such as a puddle on the road
å
An object is placed on the dashboard
å
Your vehicle is being towed
å
The surrounding is very bright
å
The surrounding is very dark, such as
in a tunnel, etc.
å
The brightness changes suddenly, for
example when entering or exiting a
tunnel
å
The brightness outside is low, and the
headlamps are not on or are not
bright
å
Driving through steam, smoke or
shadow
å
Only part of the vehicle, pedestrian or
cyclist is detected
å
The vehicle in front is a bus, heavy
truck, truck with a unusually shaped
luggage, trailer, etc.
å
The vehicle in front has no taillamps,
taillamps are located unusually, etc.
å
The brightness outside is low, and the
taillamps are not on or are not bright
å
The rear of the front vehicle is small or
the vehicle does not look normal, such
as when the vehicle is tilted, over
-
turned, or the side of the vehicle is vis
-
ible, etc.
å
The front vehicle's ground clearance
is low or high
å
A vehicle, pedestrian or cyclist sud
-
denly cuts in front
å
The bumper around the front radar is
impacted, damaged or the front radar
is out of position
å
The temperature around the front
radar is high or low
å
Driving through a tunnel or iron
bridge
å
Driving in large areas where there are
few vehicles or structures (i.e. desert,
meadow, suburb, etc.)
å
Driving near areas containing metal
substances, such as a construction
zone, railroad, etc.
å
A material is near that reflects very
well on the front radar, such as a
guardrail, nearby vehicle, etc.
å
The cyclist in front is on a bicycle
made of material that does not reflect
on the front radar
å
The vehicle in front is detected late
å
The vehicle in front is suddenly
blocked by a obstacle
å
The vehicle in front suddenly changes
lane or suddenly reduces speed
å
The vehicle in front is bent out of
shape
å
The front vehicle's speed is fast or
slow
å
The vehicle in front steers in the
opposite direction of your vehicle to
avoid a collision
å
With a vehicle in front, your vehicle
changes lane at low speed
å
The vehicle in front is covered with
snow
å
You are departing or returning to the
lane
å
Unstable driving
å
You are on a roundabout and the
vehicle in front is not detected
å
You are continuously driving in a cir
-
cle
å
The vehicle in front has an unusual
shape
å
The vehicle in front is driving uphill or
downhill.
å
The pedestrian or cyclist is not fully
detected, for example, if the pedes
-
Driving your vehicle
746
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor fusion)
trian is leaning over or is not fully
walking upright
å
The pedestrian or cyclist is wearing
clothing or equipment that makes it
difficult to detect as a pedestrian or
cyclist
Following image shows the image the
sensor recognizes as vehicle, pedes
-
trian, and cyclist.
å
The pedestrian or cyclist in front is
moving very quickly
å
The pedestrian or cyclist in front is
short or is posing a low posture
å
The pedestrian or cyclist in front has
impaired mobility
å
The pedestrian or cyclist in front is
moving intersected with the driving
direction
å
There is a group of pedestrians,
cyclists or a large crowd in front
å
The pedestrian or cyclist is wearing
clothing that easily blends into the
background, making it difficult to
detect
å
The pedestrian or cyclist is difficult to
distinguish from the similar shaped
structure in the surroundings
å
You are driving by a pedestrian,
cyclist, traffic signs, structures, etc.
near the intersection
å
Driving in a parking lot
å
Driving through a tollgate, construc
-
tion area, unpaved road, partial paved
road, uneven road, speed bumps, etc.
å
Driving on an incline road, curved
road, etc.
å
Driving through a roadside with trees
or streetlights
å
Unstable driving
å
The adverse road conditions cause
excessive vehicle vibrations while
driving
å
Your vehicle height is low or high due
to heavy loads, abnormal tire pres
-
sure, etc.
å
Driving through a narrow road where
trees or grass or overgrown
å
There is interference by electromag
-
netic waves, such as driving in an area
with strong radio waves or electrical
noise
WARNING
å
Driving on a curved road
OADAS044
OMQ4H052608
75
6
6
Driving your vehicle Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor fusion)
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not detect other vehicles, pedes
-
trians or cyclists in front of you on
curved roads adversely affecting the
performance of the sensors. This may
result in no warning, and braking
assist when necessary.
When driving on a curve, you must
maintain a safe braking distance, and
if necessary, steer the vehicle and
depress the brake pedal to reduce
your driving speed in order to main
-
tain a safe distance.
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
may detect a vehicle, pedestrian or
cyclist in the next lane or outside the
lane when driving on a curved road.
If this occurs, the function may unnec
-
essarily warn the driver and control
the brake. Always check the traffic
conditions around the vehicle.
ODEEV069238NR
ODEEV069239NR
ODEEV069240NR
ODEEV069241NR
ODEEV069242NR
Driving your vehicle
766
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor fusion)
å
Driving on an inclined road
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not detect other vehicles, pedes
-
trians or cyclists in front of you while
driving uphill or downhill adversely
affecting the performance of the sen
-
sors.
This may result in unnecessary warn
-
ing, braking assist or no warning,
braking assist when necessary.
Also, vehicle speed may rapidly
decrease when a vehicle, pedestrian
or cyclist ahead is suddenly detected.
Always have your eyes on the road
while driving uphill or downhill and if
necessary, steer your vehicle and
depress the brake pedal to reduce
your driving speed in order to main
-
tain a safe distance.
å
Changing lanes
[A]: Your vehicle
[B]: Lane changing vehicle
When a vehicle [B] moves into your
lane from an adjacent lane, it cannot
be detected by the sensor until it is in
the sensor's detection range. Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist may not
immediately detect the vehicle when
the vehicle changes lanes abruptly. In
this case, you must maintain a safe
braking distance, and if necessary,
steer your vehicle and depress the
brake pedal to reduce your driving
speed in order to maintain a safe dis
-
tance.
OMQ4H052609
ODEEV069244NR
ODEEV069245NR
OMQ4H052610
77
6
6
Driving your vehicle Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor fusion)
[A]: Your vehicle
[B]: Lane changing vehicle
[C]: Same lane vehicle
When a vehicle [B] in front of you
merges out of the lane, Forward Colli
-
sion-Avoidance Assist may not imme
-
diately detect the vehicle [C] that is
now in front of you. In this case, you
must maintain a safe braking dis
-
tance, and if necessary, steer your
vehicle and depress the brake pedal
to reduce your driving speed in order
to maintain a safe distance.
å
Detecting vehicle
If the vehicle in front of you has cargo
that extends rearward from the cab,
or when the vehicle in front of you has
higher ground clearance, additional
special attention is required. Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist may not be
able to detect the cargo extending
from the vehicle. In these instances,
you must maintain a safe braking dis
-
tance from the rearmost object, and if
necessary, steer your vehicle and
depress the brake pedal to reduce
your driving speed in order to main
-
tain distance.
WARNING
å
When you are towing a trailer or
another vehicle, we recommend that
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist is
turned off due to safety reasons.
å
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
may operate if objects that are similar
in shape or characteristics to vehicles,
pedestrians and cyclists are detected.
å
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
does not operate on bicycles, motor
-
cycles, or smaller wheeled objects,
such as luggage bags, shopping carts,
or strollers that are dragged by a
pedestrian or a cyclist.
å
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not operate normally if interfered
by strong electromagnetic waves.
å
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not operate for approximately 15
seconds after the vehicle is started, or
the front view camera is initialized.
OMQ4H052611
OMQ4H050038
Driving your vehicle
786
Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)
This device complies with Part 15
of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
three conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference.
2. This device must accept any interfer
-
ence received, including interference
that may cause undesired operation.
3. Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void
the user's authority to operate the
device.
Radio frequency radiation expo
-
sure information:
This equipment complies with FCC radi
-
ation exposure limits set forth for an
uncontrolled environment. This equip
-
ment should be installed and operated
with minimum distance of 8 in (20 cm)
between the radiator (antenna) and your
body.
This transmitter must not be colocated
or operating in conjunction with any
other antenna or transmitter.
Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)
Lane Keeping Assist is designed to help
detect lane markings (or road edges)
while driving over a certain speed. The
function will warn the driver if the vehi
-
cle leaves the lane without using the turn
signal, or will automatically assist the
driver's steering to help prevent the
vehicle from departing the lane.
Detecting sensor
Front view camera
The front view camera is used as a
detecting sensor to detect lane markings
(or road edges).
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting sensor.
CAUTION
For more details on the precautions of
the front view camera, refer to "Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sen
-
sor fusion) (if equipped)" on page 6-64.
OMQ4H051009
79
6
6
Driving your vehicle Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)
Lane Keeping Assist Settings
Lane Safety
With the ENGINE START/STOP button in
the ON position, select or deselect
'Driver Assistance â Lane Safety' from
the Settings menu to set whether or not
to use each function.
å
If 'Lane Keeping Assist' is selected, the
function will automatically assist the
driver's steering when lane departure
is detected to help prevent the vehicle
from moving out of its lane.
å
If 'Lane Departure Warning' is
selected, the function will warn the
driver with an audible warning and
steering wheel vibration when lane
departure is detected. The driver must
steer the vehicle.
å
If 'Off' is selected, the function will
turn off. The ( ) indicator light
will turn off on the cluster.
WARNING
å
If 'Lane Departure Warning' is
selected, steering is not assisted.
å
Lane Keeping Assist does not control
the steering wheel when the vehicle is
driven in the middle of the lane.
å
The driver should always be aware of
the surroundings and steer the vehi
-
cle if 'Off' is selected.
Turning On/Off
With the ENGINE START/STOP button in
the ON position, press the Lane Safety
button located on the instrument panel
to turn on Lane Keeping Assist. The
white or green ( ) indicator light will
appear on the cluster.
NOTICE
å
If the engine is restarted, Lane Keep
-
ing Assist will maintain the last setting.
å
When Lane Keeping Assist is turned
off with the Lane Safety button, Lane
Safety settings will turn off.
OMQ4AH050345
OMQ4051081
Driving your vehicle
806
Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)
Warning Sound and Haptic
With the vehicle on, touch
Settings
â
Vehicle
â
Driver Assistance
â
Warn
-
ing Sound and Haptic
on the infotain
-
ment system to change the Warning
Sound and Haptic.
å
Warning Volume
: You can adjust the
Warning Volume from level 1 to 3. If
equipped with steering wheel vibra
-
tion, the volume level can be set from
0 to 3.
å
Steering Wheel Vibration Warning
:
Steering wheel vibration can be
selected. (if equipped)
å
Driving Safety Priority
: For safe driv
-
ing, the audio volume will temporarily
decrease to warn the driver with the
audible warning.
NOTICE
å
Ensure that
Warning Sound and
Haptic
you have set may apply to the
Warning volume of other Driver Assis
-
tance systems.
å
Warning Sound and Haptic
will
maintain its last setting even if the
vehicle is restarted.
å
If not equipped with the navigation
system, select
User Settings
â
Driver Assistance
to adjust the Warn
-
ing Volume.
å
The setting menu may not be avail
-
able for your vehicle depending on
the vehicle features and specifica
-
tions.
å
Descriptions of each Driver Assistance
system may be slightly different from
the owner's manual after updating the
software of your infotainment system.
In this case, scan the QR code in the
infotainment system manual to
access the web manual for checking
the changes.
Lane Keeping Assist Operation
Warning and control
Lane Keeping Assist will warn and con
-
trol the vehicle with Lane Departure
Warning and Lane Keeping Assist.
Lane Departure Warning
Left
OMQ4PH052470N
OMQ4050085
81
6
6
Driving your vehicle Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)
Right
å
To warn the driver that the vehicle is
departing from the projected lane in
front, the green ( ) indicator light
will blink on the cluster, the lane line
will blink on the cluster depending on
which direction the vehicle is veering,
and an audible warning will sound.
Also, the steering wheel will vibrate.
å
The function will operate when your
vehicle speed is between approxi
-
mately 40 ~ 120 mph (60 ~ 200 km/
h).
Lane Keeping Assist
å
To warn the driver that the vehicle is
departing from the projected lane in
front, the green ( ) indicator light
will blink on the cluster, and the steer
-
ing wheel will make adjustments to
keep vehicle inside the lane.
å
The function will operate when your
vehicle speed is between approxi
-
mately 40 ~ 120 mph (60 ~ 200 km/
h).
Hands-off warning
If the driver takes their hands off the
steering wheel for several seconds, the
'Keep hands on the steering wheel'
warning message will appear on the
cluster, and an audible warning will
sound in stages.
WARNING
å
The steering wheel may not be
assisted if the steering wheel is held
very tight or the steering wheel is
steered over a certain degree.
å
Lane Keeping Assist does not operate
at all times. It is the responsibility of
the driver to safely steer the vehicle
and to maintain the vehicle in its lane.
å
The handsâoff warning message may
appear late depending on road condi
-
tions. Always have your hands on the
steering wheel while driving.
å
If the steering wheel is held very
lightly, the handsâoff warning mes
-
sage may appear because the func
-
tion may not recognize that the driver
has their hands on the steering wheel.
å
If you attach objects to the steering
wheel, the hands-off warning may not
work properly.
OMQ4050086
OMQ4051155L
Driving your vehicle
826
Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)
NOTICE
å
For more details on the setting cluster,
refer to "Instrument cluster" on page
5-73.
å
When lane markings (or road edges)
are detected, the lane lines on the
cluster will change from grey to white
and the green ( ) indicator light
will appear.
Lane undetected
Lane detected
å
Even though the steering is assisted
by Lane Keeping Assist, the driver
may control the steering wheel.
å
The steering wheel may feel heavier
or lighter when the steering wheel is
assisted by Lane Keeping Assist than
when it is not.
Lane Keeping Assist Malfunction
and Limitations
Lane Keeping Assist malfunction
When Lane Keeping Assist is not work
-
ing properly, the 'Check Lane Keeping
Assist (LKA) system' warning message
will appear and the yellow ( ) indi
-
cator light will appear on the cluster. If
this occurs, have the function be
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
Limitations of Lane Keeping
Assist
Lane Keeping Assist may not operate
normally or may operate unexpectedly
under the following circumstances:
å
The lane is contaminated or difficult
to distinguish because,
- The lane markings (or road edge) is
covered with rain, snow, dirt, oil,
etc.
- The color of the lane marking (or
road edge) is not distinguishable
from the road
- There are markings (or road edges)
on the road near the lane or the
markings (or road edges) on the
OMQ4050296L
OMQ4050084
OMQ4050214L
83
6
6
Driving your vehicle Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)
road looks similar to the lane mark
-
ings (or road edges)
- The lane marking (or road edge) is
indistinct or damaged
- The shadow is on the lane marking
(or road edge) by a median strip,
trees, guardrail, noise barriers, etc.
å
There are more than two lane mark
-
ings (or road edges) on the road
å
The lane number increases or
decreases, or the lane markings are
crossing
å
The lane markings (or road edges) are
complicated or a structure substitutes
for the lines, such as a construction
area
å
There are road markings, such as zig
-
zag lanes, crosswalk markings and
road signs
å
The lane suddenly disappears, such
as at the intersection
å
The lane (or road width) is very wide
or narrow
å
There is a road edge without a lane
å
There is a boundary structure in the
roadway, such as a tollgate, sidewalk,
curb, etc.
å
The distance to the front vehicle is
extremely short or the vehicle in front
is covering the lane marking (or road
edge)
å
The vehicle is driving to the bus lane,
or driving at the left or right side of
the bus lane
CAUTION
For more details on the limitations of the
front view camera, refer to "Forward Col
-
lision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor
fusion) (if equipped)" on page 6-64.
NOTICE
Take the following precautions when
using Lane Keeping Assist:
å
The driver should hold the responsi
-
bility to safely drive and control the
vehicle. Do not solely rely on the func
-
tion and drive dangerously.
å
The operation of Lane Keeping Assist
can be canceled or not work properly
depending on road conditions and
surroundings. Always be cautious
while driving.
å
Refer to "Limitations" if the lane is not
detected properly.
å
When you are towing a trailer or
another vehicle, we recommend that
Lane Keeping Assist is turned off due
to safety reasons.
å
If the vehicle is driven at high speed,
the steering wheel will not be con
-
trolled. The driver must always follow
the speed limit when using the func
-
tion.
å
If any other function's warning mes
-
sage is displayed or audible warning
is generated, Lane Keeping Assist
warning message may not be dis
-
played and audible warning may not
be generated.
å
You may not hear the warning sound
of Lane Keeping Assist if the sur
-
rounding is noisy.
å
If you attach objects to the steering
wheel, steering may not be assisted
properly.
å
Lane Keeping Assist may not operate
for approximately 15 seconds after
the vehicle is started, or the Front
view camera is initialized.
Driving your vehicle
846
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA)
å
Lane Keeping Assist will not operate
when:
- The turn signal or hazard waring
flasher is turned on
- The vehicle is not driven in the cen
-
ter of the lane when the function is
turned on or right after changing a
lane
- ESC (Electronic Stability Control) or
VSM (Vehicle Stability Manage
-
ment) is activated
- The vehicle is driven on a sharp
curve
- Vehicle speed is below 34 mph (55
km/h) or above 130 mph (210 km/
h)
- The vehicle makes sharp lane
changes
- The vehicle brakes suddenly
This device complies with Part 15
of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following two
conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference.
2. This device must accept any interfer
-
ence received, including interference
that may cause undesired operation.
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist (BCA) (if
equipped)
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist is
designed to help detect and monitor
approaching vehicles in the driver's blind
spot area and warn the driver of a possi
-
ble collision with a warning message and
audible warning.
In addition, if there is a risk of collision
when changing lanes or driving forward
out of a parking space, the function will
help avoid collision by applying the
brake.
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
will help detect and inform the driver
that a vehicle is in the blind spot.
CAUTION
The detecting range may vary depend
-
ing on the speed of your vehicle. How
-
ever, even if there is a vehicle in the
blind spot, the function may not warn
you when you pass by at high speeds.
OMQ4H052612
85
6
6
Driving your vehicle Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA)
Blind-Spot Collision Assist help detect
and informs the driver that a vehicle is
approaching at high speed from the
blind spot area.
CAUTION
Warning Timing may vary depending on
the speed of the vehicle approaching at
high speed.
When changing lanes by detecting the
lane ahead, if the function judges that
there is a collision risk with an approach
-
ing vehicle in the blind spot, the function
will help avoid collision by applying the
differential brake.
When you are driving forward out of a
parking space, if Blind-Spot Collision-
Avoidance Assist judges that there is a
collision risk with an approaching vehicle
in the blind spot, the function will help
avoid collision by applying the brake.
Detecting sensor
Front view camera
OMQ4H052613
OMQ4H052614
OMQ4H052615
OMQ4H051009
Driving your vehicle
866
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA)
Rear corner radar
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting sen
-
sors.
CAUTION
Take the following precautions to main
-
tain optimal performance of the detect
-
ing sensor:
å
Never disassemble the rear corner
radar or radar assembly, or apply any
impact on it.
å
If there is impact on the rear corner
radar or near the radar, even though
the warning message does not appear
on the cluster, Blind-Spot Collision-
Avoidance Assist may not operate
properly. Have the function be
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
å
If the rear corner radars have been
replaced or repaired, Have the vehicle
be inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
å
The genuine Kia rear bumpers which
the Rear corner radar sensors are
mounted are parts with quality and
performance ensured. If arbitrarily
applying paint on or changing the
bumper, the Blind-Spot Collision-
Avoidance Assist may not function
properly. Use only Kia Genuine Parts
or those of an equivalent standard
with proven quality and performance
to repair or replace the bumper.
å
Do not apply license plate frame or
objects, such as a bumper sticker, film
or a bumper guard near the rear cor
-
ner radar.
å
The function may not work properly if
the bumper has been replaced, or the
surroundings of the rear corner radar
has been damaged or paint has been
applied.
å
If a trailer, carrier, etc. is installed, it
may adversely affect the performance
of the rear corner radar or the func
-
tion may not operate.
CAUTION
For more details on the precautions of
the front view camera, refer to "Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sen
-
sor fusion) (if equipped)" on page 6-64.
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist Settings
Blind-Spot Safety
With the ENGINE START/STOP button in
the ON position, select or deselect
'Driver Assistance â Blind-Spot Safety'
OMQ4AH051330
OMQ4A050340
87
6
6
Driving your vehicle Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA)
from the Settings menu to set whether
or not to use each function.
å
If 'Active Assist' is selected, the func
-
tion will warn the driver with a warn
-
ing message, an audible warning,
steering wheel vibration and braking
assist will be applied depending on
the collision risk levels.
å
If 'Warning Only' is selected, the func
-
tion will warn the driver with a warn
-
ing message, an audible warning and
steering wheel vibration depending
on the collision risk levels. Braking will
not be assisted.
å
If 'Off' is selected, the function will
turn off.
When the engine is restarted with the
function off, the 'Blind-Spot Safety Sys
-
tem is Off' message will appear on the
cluster.
If you change the setting from 'Off' to
'Active Assist' or 'Warning Only', the
warning light on the side view mirror will
blink for approximately 3 seconds.
In addition, if the engine is turned on,
when the function is set to 'Active Assist'
or 'Warning Only', the warning light on
the side view mirror will blink for approx
-
imately 3 seconds.
WARNING
å
'If 'Warning Only' is selected, braking
is not assisted.
å
If 'Off' is selected, the driver should
always be aware of the surroundings
and drive safely.
NOTICE
If the engine is restarted, Blind-Spot Col
-
lision-Avoidance Assist will maintain the
last setting.
Warning Timing
With the ENGINE START/STOP button in
the ON position, select 'Driver Assistance
â Warning Timing' from the Settings
menu to change the initial warning acti
-
vation time for Blind-Spot Collision-
Avoidance Assist.
When the vehicle is first delivered, Warn
-
ing Timing is set to 'Standard'. If you
change the Warning Timing, the warning
time of other Driver Assistance systems
may change.
OMQ4050293L
OMQ4PH052469N
Driving your vehicle
886
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA)
Warning Sound and Haptic
With the vehicle on, touch
Settings
â
Vehicle
â
Driver Assistance
â
Warn
-
ing Sound and Haptic
on the infotain
-
ment system to change the Warning
Sound and Haptic.
å
Warning Volume
: You can adjust the
Warning Volume from level 1 to 3. If
equipped with steering wheel vibra
-
tion, the volume level can be set from
0 to 3.
å
Steering Wheel Vibration Warning
:
Steering wheel vibration can be
selected. (if equipped)
å
Driving Safety Priority
: For safe driv
-
ing, the audio volume will temporarily
decrease to warn the driver with the
audible warning.
NOTICE
å
Ensure that
Warning Sound and
Haptic
you have set may apply to the
Warning volume of other Driver Assis
-
tance systems.
å
Warning Sound and Haptic
will
maintain its last setting even if the
vehicle is restarted.
å
If not equipped with the navigation
system, select
User Settings
â
Driver Assistance
to adjust the Warn
-
ing Volume.
å
The setting menu may not be avail
-
able for your vehicle depending on
the vehicle features and specifica
-
tions.
å
Descriptions of each Driver Assistance
system may be slightly different from
the owner's manual after updating the
software of your infotainment system.
In this case, scan the QR code in the
infotainment system manual to
access the web manual for checking
the changes.
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist Operation
Warning and control
Vehicle detection
å
To warn the driver a vehicle is
detected, the warning light on the side
view mirror and head-up display (if
equipped) will appear.
å
The function will operate when your
vehicle speed is above 12 mph (20
km/h) and the speed of the vehicle in
the blind spot area is above 7 mph (10
km/h).
OMQ4PH052470N
OMQ4050098
89
6
6
Driving your vehicle Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA)
Collision Warning
å
Collision Warning will operate when
the turn signal is turned on in the
direction of the detected vehicle.
å
If 'Warning Only' is selected from the
Settings menu, the collision warning
will operate when your vehicle
approaches the lane the blind spot
vehicle is detected.
å
To warn the driver of a collision, the
warning light on the side view mirror
and head-up display (if equipped) will
blink. At the same time, an audible
warning will sound and the steering
wheel will vibrate.
å
When the turn signal is turned off, the
collision warning will be canceled and
the function will return to vehicle
detection state.
NOTICE
å
The detecting range of the rear corner
radar is determined by a standard
road width, therefore, on a narrow
road, the function may detect other
vehicles in the next lane and warn
you. In contrast, on a wide road, the
function may not be able to detect a
vehicle driving in the next lane and
may not warn you.
å
When the hazard warning flasher is
on, the collision warning by the turn
signal will not operate.
NOTICE
If the driver's seat is on the left side, the
collision warning may occur when you
turn left. Maintain a proper distance with
the vehicles in the left lane. If the driver's
seat is on the right side, the collision
warning may occur when you turn right.
Maintain a proper distance with the
vehicles in the right lane.
Collision-Avoidance Assist (while
driving)
å
To warn the driver of a collision, the
warning light on the side view mirror
will blink and a warning message will
appear on the cluster. At the same
time, an audible warning will sound,
warning light on the head-up display
(if equipped) will blink and the steer
-
ing wheel will vibrate.
å
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
will operate when your vehicle speed
is between 40 ~ 120 mph (60 ~ 200
km/h) and both lane markings of the
driving lane are detected.
å
Emergency braking will be assisted to
help prevent collision with the vehicle
in the blind spot area.
NOTICE
å
Collision-Avoidance Assist will be can
-
celed under the following circum
-
stances:
- Your vehicle enters the next lane by
a certain distance
- Your vehicle is away from the colli
-
sion risk
OMQ4051281L
Driving your vehicle
906
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA)
- The steering wheel is sharply
steered
- The brake pedal is depressed
- Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
is operating
å
After Function Operation or changing
lane, you must drive to the center of
the lane. The function will not operate
if the vehicle is not driven in the cen
-
ter of the lane.
Collision-Avoidance Assist (while
departing)
å
To warn the driver of a collision, the
warning light on the side view mirror
will blink and a warning message will
appear on the cluster. At the same
time, an audible warning will sound,
warning light on the head-up display
(if equipped) will blink and the steer
-
ing wheel will vibrate.
å
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
will operate when your vehicle speed
is below 2 mph (3 km/h) and the
speed of the vehicle in the blind spot
area is above 3 mph (5 km/h).
å
Emergency braking will be assisted to
help prevent collision with the vehicle
in the blind spot area.
Stopping vehicle and ending
brake control
å
When the vehicle is stopped due to
emergency braking, the 'Drive care
-
fully' warning message will appear on
the cluster.
å
For your safety, the driver should
depress the brake pedal immediately
and check the surroundings.
å
Brake control will end after the vehicle
is stopped by emergency braking for
approximately 2 seconds.
WARNING
Take the following precautions when
using Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist:
å
For your safety, change the Settings
after parking the vehicle at a safe
location.
å
If any other function's warning mes
-
sage is displayed or audible warning
is generated, Blind-Spot Collision-
Avoidance Assist's warning message
may not be displayed and audible
warning may not be generated.
å
You may not hear the warning sound
of Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist if the surrounding is noisy.
OMQ4051339L
OMQ4040504L
91
6
6
Driving your vehicle Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA)
å
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not operate if the driver applies
the brake pedal to avoid collision.
å
When Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist is operating, braking control by
the function will automatically cancel
when the driver excessively depresses
the accelerator pedal or sharply steers
the vehicle.
å
During Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist operation, the vehicle may stop
suddenly injuring passengers and
shifting loose objects. Always have the
seat belt on and keep loose objects
secured.
å
Even if there is a problem with Blind-
Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist, the
vehicle's basic braking performance
will operate normally.
å
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
does not operate in all situations or
cannot avoid all collisions.
å
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
may warn the driver late or may not
warn the driver depending on the
road and driving conditions.
å
Driver should maintain control of the
vehicle at all times. Do not depend on
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist.
Maintain a safe braking distance, and
if necessary, depress the brake pedal
to reduce driving speed or to stop the
vehicle.
å
Never operate Blind-Spot Collision-
Avoidance Assist on people, animal,
objects, etc. It may cause serious
injury or death.
WARNING
å
The brake control may not operate
properly depending on the status of
ESC (Electronic Stability Control).
å
There will only be a warning when:
- The ESC (Electronic Stability Con
-
trol) warning light is on
- ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is
engaged in a different function
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist Malfunction and Limita
-
tions
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist malfunction
When Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist is not working properly, the
'Check Blind-Spot Safety system' warn
-
ing message will appear on the cluster,
and the function will turn off automati
-
cally or the function will be limited. Have
the function be inspected by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
OMQ4050229L
Driving your vehicle
926
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA)
When the side view mirror warning light
is not working properly, the 'Check side
view mirror warning light' warning mes
-
sage will appear on the cluster. Have the
function be inspected by an authorized
Kia dealer.
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist disabled
When the rear bumper around the rear
corner radar or sensor is covered with
foreign material, such as snow or rain, or
installing a trailer or carrier, it can reduce
the detecting performance and tempo
-
rarily limit or disable Blind-Spot Colli
-
sion-Avoidance Assist.
If this occurs, the 'Blind-Spot Safety
Function disabled. Radar blocked' warn
-
ing message will appear on the cluster.
The function will operate normally when
such foreign material or trailer, etc. is
removed, and then the engine is
restarted.
If the function does not operate normally
after it is removed, have the function be
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
WARNING
å
Even though the warning message
does not appear on the cluster, Blind-
Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist may
not properly operate.
å
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not properly operate in an area
(e.g. open terrain) where any sub
-
stance are not detected right after the
engine is turned on, or when the
detecting sensor is blocked with for
-
eign material right after the engine is
turned on.
CAUTION
Turn off Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist to install a trailer, carrier, etc., or
remove the trailer, carrier, etc. to use
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist.
OMQ4050291L
OMQ4050230L
93
6
6
Driving your vehicle Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA)
Limitations of Blind-Spot Colli
-
sion- Avoidance Assist
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not operate normally, or the func
-
tion may operate unexpectedly under
the following circumstances:
å
There is inclement weather, such as
heavy snow, heavy rain, etc.
å
The rear corner radar is covered with
snow, rain, dirt, etc.
å
The temperature around the rear cor
-
ner radar is high or low
å
Driving on a highway (or motorway)
ramp
å
The road pavement (or the peripheral
ground) abnormally contains metallic
components (i.e. possibly due to sub
-
way construction).
å
There is a fixed object near the vehi
-
cle, such as sound barriers, guardrails,
central dividers, entry barriers, street
lamps, signs, tunnels, walls, etc.
(including double structures)
å
Driving in large areas where there are
few vehicles or structures (i.e. desert,
meadow, suburb, etc.)
å
Driving through a narrow road where
trees or grass are overgrown
å
Driving in large areas where there are
few vehicles or structures (i.e. desert,
meadow, suburb, etc.)
å
Driving on a wet road surface, such as
a puddle on the road
å
The other vehicle drives very close
behind your vehicle, or the other vehi
-
cle passes by your vehicle in close
proximity
å
The speed of the other vehicle is very
fast that it passes by your vehicle in a
short time
å
Your vehicle passes by the other vehi
-
cle
å
Your vehicle changes lane
å
Your vehicle has started at the same
time as the vehicle next to you and
has accelerated
å
The vehicle in the next lane moves
two lanes away from you, or when the
vehicle two lanes away moves to the
next lane from you
å
A trailer or carrier is installed around
the rear corner radar
å
The bumper around the rear corner
radar is covered with objects, such as
a bumper sticker, bumper guard, bike
rack, etc.
å
The bumper around the rear corner
radar is impacted, damaged or the
radar is out of position
å
Your vehicle height is low or high due
to heavy loads, abnormal tire pres
-
sure, etc.
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not operate normally, or the func
-
tion may operate unexpectedly when
the following objects are detected:
å
A motorcycle or bicycle is detected
å
A vehicle such as a flat trailer is
detected
å
A big vehicle such as a bus or truck is
detected
å
A moving obstacle such as a pedes
-
trian, animal, shopping cart or a baby
stroller is detected
å
A vehicle with low height such as a
sports car is detected
Braking control may not work, driver's
attention is required in the following cir
-
cumstances:
å
The vehicle severely vibrates while
driving over a bumpy road, uneven
road or concrete patch
å
Driving on a slippery surface due to
snow, water puddle, ice, etc.
Driving your vehicle
946
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA)
å
The tire pressure is low or a tire is
damaged
å
The brake is reworked
å
The vehicle makes abrupt lane
changes
CAUTION
For more details on the limitations of the
front view camera, refer to "Forward Col
-
lision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Front view
camera only) (if equipped)" on page 6-
53.
WARNING
å
Driving on a curved road
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not operate properly when driv
-
ing on a curved road. The function
may not detect the vehicle in the next
lane.
Always pay attention to road and driv
-
ing conditions while driving.
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not operate properly when driv
-
ing on a curved road. The function
may recognize a vehicle in the same
lane.
Always pay attention to road and driv
-
ing conditions while driving.
å
Driving where the road is merging/
dividing
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not operate properly when driv
-
ing where the road merges or divides.
The function may not detect the vehi
-
cle in the next lane.
Always pay attention to road and driv
-
ing conditions while driving.
OMQ4H052616
OMQ4H052617
OMQ4H052618
95
6
6
Driving your vehicle Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA)
å
Driving on an inclined road
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not operate properly when driv
-
ing on a slope. The function may not
detect the vehicle in the next lane or
may incorrectly detect the ground or
structure.
Always pay attention to road and driv
-
ing conditions while driving.
å
Driving where the heights of the lanes
are different
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not operate properly when driv
-
ing where the heights of the lanes are
different. The function may not detect
the vehicle on a road with different
lane heights (underpass joining sec
-
tion, grade separated intersections,
etc.).
Always pay attention to road and driv
-
ing conditions while driving.
WARNING
å
When you are towing a trailer or
another vehicle, make sure that you
turn off Blind-Spot Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist.
å
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not operate normally if interfered
by strong electromagnetic waves.
å
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not operate for approximately 15
seconds after the vehicle is started, or
the front view camera or rear corner
radars are initialized.
This device complies with Part 15
of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following two
conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference.
2. This device must accept any interfer
-
ence received, including interference
that may cause undesired operation.
OMQ4H052619
OMQ4H052620
Driving your vehicle
966
Safe Exit Warning (SEW)
Safe Exit Warning (SEW) (if
equipped)
After the vehicle stops, when an
approaching vehicle from the rear area
is detected as soon as a passenger
opens a door, Safe Exit Warning will
warn the driver with a warning message
and an audible warning to help prevent
a collision.
CAUTION
Warning Timing may vary depending on
the speed of the approaching vehicle.
Detecting sensor
Rear corner radar
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting sensor.
NOTICE
For more details on the precautions of
the rear corner radars, refer to "Blind-
Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA) (if
equipped)" on page 6-84.
Safe Exit Warning Settings
Safe Exit Warning
With the ENGINE START/STOP button in
the ON position, select 'Driver Assistance
â Blind-Spot Safety â Safe Exit Assist'
from the Settings menu to turn on Safe
Exit Warning and deselect to turn off the
function.
WARNING
The driver should always be aware of
unexpected and sudden situations from
occurring. If Safe Exit Assist is dese
-
lected, the function cannot assist you.
NOTICE
If the engine is restarted, Safe Exit Warn
-
ing will maintain the last setting.
OMQ4H052621
OMQ4AH051330
OMQ4AH050336
97
6
6
Driving your vehicle Safe Exit Warning (SEW)
Warning Sound and Haptic
With the vehicle on, touch
Settings
â
Vehicle
â
Driver Assistance
â
Warn
-
ing Sound and Haptic
on the infotain
-
ment system to change the Warning
Sound and Haptic.
å
Warning Volume
: You can adjust the
Warning Volume from level 1 to 3. If
equipped with steering wheel vibra
-
tion, the volume level can be set from
0 to 3.
å
Steering Wheel Vibration Warning
:
Steering wheel vibration can be
selected. (if equipped)
å
Driving Safety Priority
: For safe driv
-
ing, the audio volume will temporarily
decrease to warn the driver with the
audible warning.
NOTICE
å
Ensure that
Warning Sound and
Haptic
you have set may apply to the
Warning volume of other Driver Assis
-
tance systems.
å
Warning Sound and Haptic
will
maintain its last setting even if the
vehicle is restarted.
å
If not equipped with the navigation
system, select
User Settings
â
Driver Assistance
to adjust the Warn
-
ing Volume.
å
The setting menu may not be avail
-
able for your vehicle depending on
the vehicle features and specifica
-
tions.
å
Descriptions of each Driver Assistance
system may be slightly different from
the owner's manual after updating the
software of your infotainment system.
In this case, scan the QR code in the
infotainment system manual to
access the web manual for checking
the changes.
Safe Exit Warning Operation
Warning
Collision Warning when exiting
vehicle
å
When an approaching vehicle from
the rear is detected at the moment a
door is opened, the 'Watch for traffic'
warning message will appear on the
cluster, and an audible warning will
sound.
å
Safe Exit Warning will warn the driver
when your vehicle speed is below 2
mph (3 km/h), and the speed of the
approaching vehicle from the rear is
above 3 mph (5 km/h).
OMQ4PH052470N
OMQ4040505L
Driving your vehicle
986
Safe Exit Warning (SEW)
NOTICE
Take the following precautions when
using Safe Exit Warning :
å
For your safety, change the Settings
after parking the vehicle at a safe
location.
å
If any other function's warning mes
-
sage is displayed or audible warning
is generated, Safe Exit Warning warn
-
ing message may not be displayed
and audible warning may not be gen
-
erated.
å
You may not hear the warning sound
of Safe Exit Warning if the surround
-
ing is noisy.
å
Safe Exit Warning does not operate in
all situations or cannot prevent all col
-
lisions.
å
Safe Exit Warning may warn the
driver late or may not warn the driver
depending on the road and driving
conditions. Always check vehicle sur
-
roundings.
å
The driver and passengers are
responsible for accidents that occurs
while exiting the vehicle. Always check
the surroundings before you exit the
vehicle.
å
Never deliberately operate Safe Exit
Warning. Doing so may lead to serious
injury or death.
å
Safe Exit Warning does not operate if
there is a problem with Blind-Spot
Collision-Avoidance Assist. The warn
-
ing message of Blind-Spot Collision-
Avoidance Assist will appear when :
- Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist sensor or the sensor sur
-
rounding is polluted or covered
- Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist fails to warn passengers or
falsely warn passengers
NOTICE
After the engine is turned off, Safe Exit
Warning operates approximately for 3
minutes, but turns off immediately if the
doors are locked.
99
6
6
Driving your vehicle Safe Exit Assist (SEA)
Safe Exit Assist (SEA) (if
equipped)
After the vehicle stops, when an
approaching vehicle from the rear area
is detected as soon as a passenger
opens a door, Safe Exit Assist will warn
the driver with a warning message and
an audible warning to help prevent a
collision.
In addition, when the electronic child
safety lock button is in the LOCK posi
-
tion and an approaching vehicle from
the rear area is detected, the electronic
child safety lock button will not unlock
even if the driver presses the button to
prevent the rear doors from opening.
CAUTION
Warning Timing may vary depending on
the speed of the approaching vehicle.
Detecting sensor
Rear corner radar
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting sensor.
NOTICE
For more details on the precautions of
the rear corner radars, refer to "Blind-
Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA) (if
equipped)" on page 6-84.
OMQ4H052632
OMQ4AH040008
OMQ4AH051330
Driving your vehicle
1006
Safe Exit Assist (SEA)
Safe Exit Assist Settings
Safe Exit Assist
With the ENGINE START/STOP button in
the ON position, select 'Driver Assistance
â Blind-Spot Safety â Safe Exit Assist'
from the Settings menu to turn on Safe
Exit Assist and deselect to turn off the
function.
WARNING
The driver should always be aware of
unexpected and sudden situations from
occurring. If 'Safe Exit Assist' is dese
-
lected, the function cannot assist you.
NOTICE
If the engine is restarted, Safe Exit Assist
will maintain the last setting.
Warning Sound and Haptic
With the vehicle on, touch
Settings
â
Vehicle
â
Driver Assistance
â
Warn
-
ing Sound and Haptic
on the infotain
-
ment system to change the Warning
Sound and Haptic.
å
Warning Volume
: You can adjust the
Warning Volume from level 1 to 3. If
equipped with steering wheel vibra
-
tion, the volume level can be set from
0 to 3.
å
Steering Wheel Vibration Warning
:
Steering wheel vibration can be
selected. (if equipped)
å
Driving Safety Priority
: For safe driv
-
ing, the audio volume will temporarily
decrease to warn the driver with the
audible warning.
NOTICE
å
Ensure that
Warning Sound and
Haptic
you have set may apply to the
Warning volume of other Driver Assis
-
tance systems.
å
Warning Sound and Haptic
will
maintain its last setting even if the
vehicle is restarted.
å
If not equipped with the navigation
system, select
User Settings
â
Driver Assistance
to adjust the Warn
-
ing Volume.
OMQ4AH050336
OMQ4PH052470N
101
6
6
Driving your vehicle Safe Exit Assist (SEA)
å
The setting menu may not be avail
-
able for your vehicle depending on
the vehicle features and specifica
-
tions.
å
Descriptions of each Driver Assistance
system may be slightly different from
the owner's manual after updating the
software of your infotainment system.
In this case, scan the QR code in the
infotainment system manual to
access the web manual for checking
the changes.
Safe Exit Assist Operation
Warning and control
Collision Warning when exiting
vehicle
å
When an approaching vehicle from
the rear is detected at the moment a
door is opened, the 'Watch for traffic'
warning message will appear on the
cluster, and an audible warning will
sound.
å
Safe Exit Assist will warn the driver
when your vehicle speed is below 2
mph (3 km/h), and the speed of the
approaching vehicle from the rear is
above 3 mph (5 km/h).
Safe Exit Assist linked with Elec
-
tronic child safety lock
å
When Electric child safety lock is oper
-
ating and an approaching vehicle
from the rear area is detected, the
rear doors cannot be unlocked even if
the driver tries to unlock the rear
doors using the electronic child safety
lock button. The 'Check surroundings
then try again' warning message will
appear on the cluster.
å
Safe Exit Assist will warn the driver
when vehicle speed is below 2 mph (3
km/h) and the speed of the approach
-
ing vehicle from the rear is above 3
mph (5 km/h).
å
For more details on electric child
safety lock button, refer to "Electronic
child safety lock system (if equipped)"
on page 5-20.
CAUTION
If the driver presses the electronic child
lock button again approximately within
10 seconds after the warning message
appears, Safe Exit Assist judges that the
driver has unlocked the doors acknowl
-
edging the rear status. The electronic
child safety lock will turn off (button indi
-
cator OFF) and the rear doors will
unlock. Always check the surroundings
OMQ4040505L
OMQ4040506L
Driving your vehicle
1026
Safe Exit Assist (SEA)
before turning off the electronic child
safety lock button.
WARNING
Take the following precautions when
using Safe Exit Assist:
å
For your safety, change the Settings
after parking the vehicle at a safe
location.
å
If any other function's warning mes
-
sage is displayed or audible warning
is generated, Safe Exit Assist warning
message may not be displayed and
audible warning may not be gener
-
ated.
å
You may not hear the warning sound
of Safe Exit Assist if the surrounding is
noisy.
å
Safe Exit Assist does not operate in all
situations or cannot prevent all colli
-
sions.
å
Safe Exit Assist may warn the driver
late or may not warn the driver
depending on the road and driving
conditions. Always check vehicle sur
-
roundings.
å
The driver and passengers are
responsible for accidents that occurs
while exiting the vehicle. Always check
the surroundings before you exit the
vehicle.
å
Never deliberately operate Safe Exit
Assist. Doing so may lead to serious
injury or death.
å
Safe Exit Assist does not operate if
there is a problem with Blind-Spot
Collision-Avoidance Assist.
- The warning message of Blind-Spot
Collision-Avoidance Assist will
appears
- Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist sensor or the sensor sur
-
rounding is polluted or covered
- Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist fails to warn passengers or
falsely warn passengers
NOTICE
After the engine is turned off, Safe Exit
Assist operates approximately for 3 min
-
utes, but turns off immediately if the
doors are locked.
Safe Exit Assist Malfunction and
Limitations
Safe Exit Assist malfunction
When Safe Exit Assist is not working
properly, the 'Check Blind-Spot Safety
system' warning message will appear on
the cluster, and the function will turn off
automatically or the function will be lim
-
ited. Have the function be inspected by
an authorized Kia dealer.
When the side view mirror warning light
is not working properly, the `Check side
view mirror warning light' warning mes
-
sage will appear on the cluster for sev
-
eral seconds, and the master ( )
warning light will appear on the cluster.
OMQ4050229L
103
6
6
Driving your vehicle Safe Exit Assist (SEA)
If the master warning light appears,
have the vehicle inspected by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
Safe Exit Assist disabled
When the rear bumper around the rear
corner radar or sensor is covered with
foreign matters, such as snow or rain, or
installing a trailer or carrier, it can reduce
the detecting performance and tempo
-
rarily limit or disable Safe Exit Assist.
If this occurs, the 'Blind-Spot Safety sys
-
tem disabled. Radar blocked' warning
message will appear on the cluster.
The function will operate normally when
such foreign matters or trailer, etc. is
removed. Always keep it clean.
If the function does not operate normally
after it is removed, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
NOTICE
å
Even though the warning message
does not appear on the cluster, Safe
Exit Assist may not properly operate.
å
Safe Exit Assist may not properly
operate in an area (e.g., open terrain),
where any substance are not detected
after turning ON the engine.
CAUTION
Turn off Safe Exit Assist to install a
trailer, carrier, etc., or remove the trailer,
carrier, etc. to use Safe Exit Assist.
Limitations of Safe Exit Assist
Safe Exit Assist may not operate nor
-
mally, or the function may operate unex
-
pectedly under the following
circumstances:
å
Driving through a narrow road where
trees or grass or overgrown
å
Driving on a wet road surface, such as
a puddle in the road
å
The speed of the other vehicle is very
fast or slow
NOTICE
For more details on the precautions of
the rear corner radars, refer to "Blind-
Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA) (if
equipped)" on page 6-84.
WARNING
å
Safe Exit Assist may not operate nor
-
mally if interfered by strong electro
-
magnetic waves.
å
Safe Exit Assist may not operate for
approximately 3 seconds after the
vehicle is started, or the rear corner
radars are initialized.
OMQ4050292L
Driving your vehicle
1046
Manual Speed Limit Assist (MSLA)
Manual Speed Limit Assist
(MSLA)
1. Speed Limit indicator
2. Set speed
You can set the speed limit when you do
not want to drive over a specific speed.
If you drive over the preset speed limit,
the warning system operates (set speed
limit will blink and chime will sound) until
the vehicle speed returns within the
speed limit.
Manual Speed Limit Assist Opera
-
tion
Setting speed limit
1. Press and hold Driving Assist
( ) button at the desired
speed.
The speed limit indicator light will
appear on the cluster.
2. Push the + switch up or - switch down,
and release it at the desired speed.
Push the + switch up or - switch down
and hold it. The speed will increase or
decrease to the nearest multiple of
five (multiple of ten in km/h) at first,
and then increase or decrease by 5
mph (10 km/h).
3. The set speed limit will be displayed
on the cluster.
The set speed limit will blink and
chime will sound until you return the
vehicle speed within the speed limit.
OMQ4AH050312
OMQ4051128L
OMQ4051129L
OMQ4051130L
105
6
6
Driving your vehicle Manual Speed Limit Assist (MSLA)
NOTICE
å
When the accelerator pedal is not
depressed beyond the pressure point,
vehicle speed will maintain within the
speed limit.
To temporarily pause Manual
Speed Limit Assist
Press the ( ) switch to temporarily
pause the set speed limit. The set speed
limit will turn off but the Speed Limit
indicator will stay on.
To resume Manual Speed Limit
Assist
To resume Manual Speed Limit Assist
after the function was paused, operate
the +, -, ( )switch.
If you operate the + switch up or â
switch down, vehicle speed will be set to
the current speed on the cluster.
If you press the ( )switch, vehicle
speed will resume to the preset speed.
To turn off Manual Speed Limit
Assist
Press the Driving Assist ( )but
-
ton to turn Manual Speed Limit Assist
off. The Speed Limit indicator will go off.
Always press the Driving Assist
( )button to turn Manual Speed
Limit Assist off when not in use.
OMQ4AH050346
OMQ4PH052454N
OMQ4050205L
OMQ4051128L
Driving your vehicle
1066
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist (ISLA)
WARNING
Take the following precautions when
using Manual Speed Limit Assist :
å
Always set the vehicle speed to the
speed limit in your country.
å
Keep Manual Speed Limit Assist off
when the function is not in use, to
avoid inadvertently setting a speed.
Check that the Speed Limit indicator
is off.
å
Manual Speed Limit Assist does not
substitute for proper and safe driving.
It is the responsibility of the driver to
always drive safely and should always
be aware of unexpected and sudden
situations from occurring. Pay atten
-
tion to the road conditions at all times.
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist
(ISLA) (if equipped)
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist uses infor
-
mation from the detected road sign and
navigation system to inform the driver of
the speed limit of the current road. Also,
the function helps the driver to maintain
within the speed limit of the road.
NOTICE
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist may not
operate properly if the function is used
in other countries.
Detecting sensor
Front view camera
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting sensor.
CAUTION
For more details on the precautions of
the front view camera, refer to "Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sen
-
sor fusion) (if equipped)" on page 6-64.
OMQ4H051009
107
6
6
Driving your vehicle Intelligent Speed Limit Assist (ISLA)
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist Set
-
tings
Speed limit
With the ENGINE START/STOP button in
the ON position, select or deselect
'Driver Assistance â Speed Limit' from
the Settings menu to set whether or not
to use each function.
å
If 'Speed Limit Assist' is selected, the
function will inform the driver of
speed limit. In addition, the function
will inform the driver to change set
speed of Manual Speed Limit Assist
and/or Smart Cruise Control to help
the driver stay within the speed limit.
å
If 'Speed Limit Warning' is selected,
the function will inform the driver of
speed limit. In addition, the function
will warn the driver when the vehicle
is driven faster than the speed limit.
å
If 'Off' is selected, the function will
turn off.
Speed limit offset
With the ENGINE START/STOP button in
the ON position, when 'Driver Assistance
â Speed Limit â Speed Limit Offset' is
selected, the Speed Limit Offset can be
changed. Speed Limit Warning and
Speed Limit Assist will operate by apply
-
ing the Speed Limit Offset setting to the
detected speed limit.
WARNING
å
For your safety, change the Settings
after parking the vehicle at a safe
location.
å
Speed Limit Assist function operates
based on the Offset setting added to
the speed limit. If you want to change
the set speed according to the speed
limit, set the offset to '0'.
å
Speed Limit Warning function warns
the driver when driving speed
exceeds the speed at which the set
Offset is added to speed limit. If you
want Speed Limit Warning to warn
you immediately when the driving
speed exceeds the speed limit, set the
offset to '0'.
å
The setting of Speed Limit Offset is
not reflected in Navigation-based
Smart Cruise Control (NSCC). (if
equipped)
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist
Operation
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist will warn
and control the vehicle by 'Displaying
speed limit', 'Warning overspeed' and
'Changing set speed'.
NOTICE
å
Function warning and control are
described based on the Offset set to
'0'. For details on Offset setting, refer
to "Intelligent Speed Limit Assist Set
-
tings" on page 6-107.
Driving your vehicle
1086
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist (ISLA)
Displaying speed limit
Speed limit information is displayed on
the instrument cluster.
Changing set speed
If the speed limit of the road changes
during the operation of Manual Speed
Limit Assist or Smart Cruise Control, an
arrow in the direction of up or down is
displayed to inform the driver that the
set speed needs to be changed. At this
time, the driver can change the set
speed according to the speed limit by
using the + or â switch on the steering
wheel.
WARNING
å
If the Offset is set over '0', the set
speed will change to a higher speed
than the speed limit of the road. If you
want to drive below the speed limit,
set the Offset under '0' or use the â
switch on the steering wheel to lower
the set speed.
å
Even after changing the set speed
according to the speed limit of the
road, the vehicle can still be driven
over the speed limit. If necessary,
depress the brake pedal to reduce
your driving speed.
å
If the speed limit of the road is under
20 mph (30 km/h), the set speed
change function will not work.
å
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist oper
-
ates using the speed unit in the instru
-
ment cluster set by the driver. If the
speed unit is set to a unit other than
the speed unit used in your country,
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist may not
operate properly.
OMQ4AH050337
OMQ4A050357
OMQ4A050358
109
6
6
Driving your vehicle Intelligent Speed Limit Assist (ISLA)
NOTICE
å
For more details on function opera
-
tion of Manual Speed Limit Assist,
refer to "Manual Speed Limit Assist
(MSLA)" on page 6-104.
å
For more details on operation of
Smart Cruise Control, refer to "Smart
Cruise Control (SCC) (if equipped)" on
page 6-122.
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist
Malfunction and Limitations
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist
malfunction
When Intelligent Speed Limit Assist is not
working properly, the 'Check speed limit
system' warning message will appear on
the cluster. If this occurs, have the func
-
tion checked by an authorized Kia
dealer.
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist dis
-
abled
When the front windshield where the
front view camera is located is covered
with foreign material, such as snow or
rain, it can reduce the detecting perfor
-
mance and temporarily limit or disable
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist.
If this occurs the âSpeed limit system dis
-
abled. Camera obscured' warning mes
-
sage will appear on the cluster. The
function will operate normally when
snow, rain or foreign material is
removed.
If Intelligent Speed Limit Assist does not
operate normally after it is removed,
have the function checked by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
NOTICE
Even though the warning message or
warning light does not appear on the
cluster, Intelligent Speed Limit Assist
may not operate properly.
OMQ4050304L
OMQ4050305L
Driving your vehicle
1106
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist (ISLA)
Limitations of Intelligent Speed
Limit Assist
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist may not
operate normally, or the function may
operate unexpectedly under the follow
-
ing circumstances:
å
The road sign is contaminated or
indistinguishable
- The road sign is difficult to see due
to bad weather, such as rain, snow,
fog, etc.
- The road sign is not clear or dam
-
aged
- The road sign is partially obscured
by surrounding objects or shadow
å
The road signs do not conform to the
standard
- The text or picture on the road sign
is different from the standard
- The road sign is installed between
the main line and the exit road or
between diverging roads
- A conditional road sign is not
installed with a sign located on the
road to enter or exit
- A sign is attached to another vehi
-
cle
å
The brightness changes suddenly, for
example when entering or exiting a
tunnel or passing under a bridge
å
Headlamps are not used or the bright
-
ness of the headlamps are weak at
night or in the tunnel
å
Road signs are difficult to recognize
due to the reflection of sunlight, street
lights, or oncoming vehicles
å
The field of view of the Front view
camera is obstructed by sun glare
å
Driving on a road that is sharply
curved or continuously curved
å
Driving through speed bumps, or driv
-
ing up and down or left to right on
steep inclines
å
The vehicle is shaking heavily
WARNING
å
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist is a sup
-
plemental function that helps the
driver to comply with the speed limit
on the road, and may not display the
correct speed limit or control the driv
-
ing speed properly.
å
Always set the vehicle speed to the
speed limit in your country.
CAUTION
For more details on the limitations of the
front view camera, refer to "Forward Col
-
lision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Front view
camera only) (if equipped)" on page 6-
53.
111
6
6
Driving your vehicle Driver Attention Warning (DAW)
Driver Attention Warning
(DAW)
Basic function
Driver Attention Warning will help deter
-
mine the driver's attention level by ana
-
lyzing driving pattern, driving time, etc.
while vehicle is being driven. The func
-
tion will recommend a break when the
driver's attention level falls below a cer
-
tain level.
Leading vehicle departure alert
function
Leading Vehicle Departure Alert function
will inform the driver when the front
vehicle departs from a stop.
Detecting sensor
Front view camera
The front view camera is used as a
detecting sensor to detect driving pat
-
terns and front vehicle departure while
vehicle is being driven.
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting sensor.
CAUTION
Always keep the front view camera in
good condition to maintain optimal per
-
formance of Driver Attention Warning.
For more details on the precautions of
the front view camera, refer to "Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Front
view camera only) (if equipped)" on
page 6-53.
Driver Attention Warning Set
-
tings
Driver Attention Warning
With the ENGINE START/STOP button in
the ON position, select or deselect
'Driver Assistance â Driver Attention
Warning' from the Settings menu to set
whether or not to use each function.
å
If 'Inattentive Driving Warning' is
selected, the function will inform the
driver the driver's attention level and
will recommend taking a break when
the level falls below a certain level.
OMQ4H051009
OMQ4PH052471N
Driving your vehicle
1126
Driver Attention Warning (DAW)
NOTICE
If the engine is restarted, Driver Atten
-
tion Warning will maintain the last set
-
ting.
Leading Vehicle Departure Alert
å
If 'Leading Vehicle Departure Alert' is
selected, the function will inform the
driver when the front vehicle departs
from a stop.
Warning Timing
With the ENGINE START/STOP button in
the ON position, select 'Driver Assistance
â Warning Timing' from the Settings
menu to change the initial warning acti
-
vation time for Driver Attention Warning.
When the vehicle is first delivered, Warn
-
ing Timing is set to 'Standard'. If you
change the Warning Timing, the warning
time of other Driver Assistance systems
may change.
NOTICE
If the engine is restarted, Driver Warning
Time will maintain the last setting.
Driver Attention Warning Opera
-
tion
Basic function
Display and warning
The basic function of Driver Attention
Warning is to inform the driver the
'Attention Level' and to warn the driver
'Consider taking a break'.
Attention level
Function off
OMQ4A050338
OMQ4PH052469N
OMQ4050113L
113
6
6
Driving your vehicle Driver Attention Warning (DAW)
Standby
Attentive driving
Inattentive driving
å
The driver can monitor his/her driving
conditions on the cluster.
- When the 'Inattentive Driving Warn
-
ing' is deselected from the Settings
menu, 'System Off' is displayed.
- The function will operate when
vehicle speed is between 0 ~ 110
mph (0 ~ 180 km/h).
- When vehicle speed is not within
the operating speed, the message
'Standby' will be displayed.
å
The driver's attention level is dis
-
played on the scale of 1 to 5. The
lower the level is, the more inattentive
the driver is.
å
The level decreases when the driver
does not take a break for a certain
period of time.
Taking a break
å
The 'Consider taking a break' mes
-
sage will appear on the cluster and an
audible warning will sound to suggest
that the driver take a break, when the
driver's attention level is below 1.
å
Driver Attention Warning will not sug
-
gest a break when the total driving
time is shorter than 10 minutes or 10
minutes has not passed after the last
break was suggested.
OMQ4050117L
OMQ4050114L
OMQ4050115L
OMQ4050116L
Driving your vehicle
1146
Driver Attention Warning (DAW)
WARNING
For your safety, change the Settings
after parking the vehicle at a safe loca
-
tion.
CAUTION
å
Driver Attention Warning may suggest
a break depending on the driver's
driving pattern or habits, even if the
driver doesn't feel fatigue.
å
Driver Attention Warning is a supple
-
mental function and may not be able
to determine whether the driver is
inattentive.
å
The driver who feels fatigued should
take a break at a safe location, even
though there is no break suggestion
by Driver Attention Warning.
NOTICE
å
For more details on setting the func
-
tions in the infotainment system, refer
to the infotainment system manual.
å
Driver Attention Warning will reset the
last break time to 00:00 in the follow
-
ing situations:
- The engine is turned off
- The driver unfastens the seat belt
and opens the driver's door.
- The vehicle is stopped for more
than 10 minutes.
å
When the driver resets Driver Atten
-
tion Warning, the last break time is set
to 00:00 and the driver's attention
level is set to High.
Leading vehicle departure alert
function
When the front vehicle departs from a
stop, Leading Vehicle Departure Alert
will inform the driver by displaying the
'Leading vehicle is driving away' mes
-
sage on the cluster and an audible warn
-
ing will sound.
WARNING
å
If any other function's warning mes
-
sage is displayed or audible warning
is generated, Leading Vehicle Depar
-
ture Alert warning message may not
be displayed and audible warning
may not be generated.
å
The driver should hold the responsi
-
bility to safely drive and control the
vehicle.
CAUTION
å
Leading Vehicle Departure Alert is a
supplemental function and may not
alert the driver whenever the front
vehicle departs from a stop.
å
Always check the front of the vehicle
and road conditions before departure.
OMQ4040507L
115
6
6
Driving your vehicle Driver Attention Warning (DAW)
Driver Attention Warning Mal
-
function and Limitations
Driver Attention Warning Mal
-
function
When Driver Attention Warning is not
working properly, the 'Check Driver
Attention Warning (DAW) system' warn
-
ing message will appear on the cluster. If
this occurs, have the function be
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
Limitations of Driver Attention
Warning
Driver Attention Warning may not work
properly in the following situations:
å
The vehicle is driven violently
å
The vehicle intentionally crosses over
lanes frequently
å
The vehicle is controlled by Driver
Assistance system, such as Lane
Keeping Assist
Leading vehicle departure alert
feature
å
When the vehicle cuts in
[A]: Your vehicle, [B]: Front vehicle
If a vehicle cuts in front of your vehi
-
cle, Leading Departure Alert may not
operate properly.
OMQ4050118L
OMQ4H052622
OMQ4H052623
Driving your vehicle
1166
Driver Attention Warning (DAW)
å
When the vehicle ahead sharply
steers
[A]: Your vehicle, [B]: Front vehicle
If the vehicle in front makes a sharp
turn, such as to turn left or right or
make a U- turn, etc., Leading Vehicle
Departure Alert may not operate
properly.
å
When the vehicle ahead abruptly
departures
If the vehicle in front abruptly depar
-
tures, Leading Vehicle Departure Alert
may not operate properly.
å
When a pedestrian or bicycle is
between you and the vehicle ahead
If there is a pedestrian(s) or bicycle(s)
in between you and the vehicle in
front, Leading Vehicle Departure Alert
may not operate properly.
å
When in a parking lot
If a vehicle parked in front drives
away from you, Leading Vehicle
Departure Alert may alert you that the
parked vehicle is driving away.
OMQ4H052624
OMQ4H052625
ODL3059051
OMQ4H052626
117
6
6
Driving your vehicle Blind-Spot View Monitor (BVM)
å
The vehicle in front is difficult to be
specified
If you pass a tollgate or intersection
with lots of vehicles or you drive
where lanes are merged or divided
frequently, Leading Vehicle Departure
Alert may not operate properly.
CAUTION
For more details on the precautions of
the front view camera, refer to "Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Front
view camera only) (if equipped)" on
page 6-53.
Blind-Spot View Monitor
(BVM) (if equipped)
Left side
Right side
Blind-Spot View Monitor displays the
rear blind spot area of the vehicle in the
cluster when the turn signal is turned on
to help safely change lanes.
WARNING
Vehicles may look closer than they actu
-
ally are. Failure to visually confirm that it
is safe to change lanes before doing so
may result in an accident leading to seri
-
ous injury.
* For detailed information, refer to the
infotainment system manual.
OMQ4H052627
OMQ4AH050243
OMQ4AH050244
Driving your vehicle
1186
Blind-Spot View Monitor (BVM)
Detecting sensor
Wide-side view camera
(camera located at bottom of the mirror)
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting sen
-
sors.
WARNING
The image shown on the cluster may dif
-
fer from the actual distance of the
object. Make sure to directly check the
vehicle's surroundings for safety.
CAUTION
If the camera lens is covered with for
-
eign material, Blind-Spot View Monitor
may not operate normally. Always keep
the camera lens clean.
However, do not use chemical solvents
such as strong detergents containing
high alkaline or volatile organic solvents
(gasoline, acetone etc.). This may dam
-
age the camera lens.
Blind-Spot View Monitor Settings
Blind-Spot View
å
With the ENGINE START/STOP button
in the ON position, select 'Driver Assis
-
tance â Blind-Spot Safety â Blind
Spot View' from the Settings menu to
turn on Blind-Spot View Monitor and
deselect to turn off the function.
Blind-Spot View Monitor Opera
-
tion
Operating conditions
å
ENGINE START/STOP button is in the
ON position
å
Turn signal is ON
Off conditions
å
ENGINE START/STOP button is in the
OFF position
å
Turn signal is OFF
å
Hazard warning flasher is ON
å
Other warnings pops up and takes
priority over the Blind-Spot View Mon
-
itor
OMQ4051247R
OMQ4AH050340
119
6
6
Driving your vehicle Cruise Control (CC)
Blind-Spot View Monitor Mal
-
function
å
When Blind-Spot View Monitor is not
working properly, or the cluster dis
-
play flickers, or the camera image
does not display normally, have the
function inspected by an authorized
Kia dealer.
Cruise Control (CC) (if
equipped)
1. Cruise indicator
2. Set speed
Cruise Control will allow you to drive at
speeds above 20 mph (30 km/h) without
depressing the accelerator pedal.
Cruise Control Operation
Setting speed
1. Accelerate to the desired speed,
which must be more than 20 mph (30
km/h).
2. Press the Driving Assist ( )
button at the desired speed. The set
speed and Cruise ( ) indica
-
tor will appear on the cluster.
OMQ4AH050127
OMQ4051128L
Driving your vehicle
1206
Cruise Control (CC)
3. Release the accelerator pedal.
Vehicle speed will maintain the set
speed even when the accelerator
pedal is not depressed.
NOTICE
On a steep slope, the vehicle may
slightly slow down or speed up while
driving uphill or downhill.
To increase set speed
å
Push the + switch up and release it
immediately. The set speed will
increase by 1 mph (1 km/h) each time
the switch is operated in this manner.
å
Push the + switch up and hold it while
monitoring the set speed on the clus
-
ter. The set speed will increase to the
nearest multiple of ten at first, and
then increase by 5 mph (10 km/h)
each time the switch is operated in
this manner.
Release the switch when the desired
speed is shown and the vehicle will
accelerate to that speed.
To decrease set speed
å
Push the - switch down and release it
immediately. The set speed will
decrease by 1 mph (1 km/h) each time
the switch is operated in this manner.
å
Push the - switch down and hold it
while monitoring the set speed on the
cluster. The set speed will decrease to
the nearest multiple of ten at first, and
then decrease by 5 mph (10 km/h)
each time the switch is operated in
this manner.
Release the switch at the speed you
want to maintain.
To temporarily cancel Cruise
Control
Cruise Control will be canceled when:
å
Depressing the brake pedal.
OMQ4051324L
OMQ4051325L
OMQ4050326L
121
6
6
Driving your vehicle Cruise Control (CC)
å
Pressing the ( ) button.
å
Shifting the gear to N (Neutral).
å
Decreasing vehicle speed to less than
approximately 20 mph (30 km/h).
å
ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is
operating.
å
Downshifting to 2nd gear when in
Manual Shift mode.
The set speed will turn off but the Cruise
( ) indicator will stay on.
To resume Cruise Control
Operate the +, - switch or ( ) button.
If you push the + switch up or - switch
down, vehicle speed will be set to the
current speed on the cluster.
If you press the ( ) button, vehicle
speed will resume to the preset speed.
Vehicle speed must be above 20 mph
(30 km/h) for the function to resume.
To turn off Cruise Control
Press the Driving Assist ( ) but
-
ton to turn Cruise Control off. The Cruise
( ) indicator will go off.
Always press the Driving Assist
( ) button to turn Cruise Control
off when not in use.
NOTICE
Take the following precautions when
using Cruise Control:
å
Always set the vehicle speed under
the speed limit in your country.
å
Keep Cruise Control off when the
function is not in use, to avoid inad
-
vertently setting a speed. Check that
the Cruise ( ) indicator is
off.
å
Cruise Control does not substitute for
proper and safe driving. It is the
responsibility of the driver to always
drive safely and should always be
aware of unexpected and sudden sit
-
uations from occurring.
OMQ4050205L
OMQ4051128L
Driving your vehicle
1226
Smart Cruise Control (SCC)
å
Always drive cautiously to prevent
unexpected and sudden situations
from occurring. Pay attention to the
road conditions at all times.
å
Do not use Cruise Control when it may
be unsafe to keep the vehicle at a
constant speed:
- When driving in heavy traffic, or
when traffic conditions make it dif
-
ficult to drive at a constant speed
- When driving on rainy, icy, or snow-
covered roads
- When driving on hilly or windy
roads
- When driving in windy areas
- When driving with limited view
(possibly due to bad weather, such
as fog, snow, rain and sandstorm)
å
Do not use Cruise Control when tow
-
ing a trailer.
Smart Cruise Control (SCC) (if
equipped)
Smart Cruise Control is designed to
detect the vehicle ahead and help main
-
tain the desired speed and minimum
distance with the vehicle ahead.
Overtaking Acceleration Assist
While Smart Cruise Control is operating,
if the function judges that the driver is
determined to overtake the vehicle in
front, acceleration will be assisted.
Detecting sensor
Front view camera
Front radar
OMQ4H051009
OMQ4051077
123
6
6
Driving your vehicle Smart Cruise Control (SCC)
The front view camera and front radar
are used as a detecting sensor to detect
front vehicles.
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting sensor.
CAUTION
Always keep the front view camera and
front radar in good condition to maintain
optimal performance of Smart Cruise
Control. For more details on the precau
-
tions of the front view camera and front
radar, refer to "Forward Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist (FCA) (Sensor fusion) (if
equipped)" on page 6-64.
Smart Cruise Control Settings
To turn on Smart Cruise Control
å
Press the Driving Assist ( )
button to turn on the function. The
speed will be set to the current speed
on the cluster.
å
If there is no vehicle in front of you,
the set speed will be maintained, but if
there is a vehicle in front of you, the
speed may decrease to maintain the
distance to the vehicle ahead. If the
vehicle ahead accelerates, your vehi
-
cle will travel at a steady cruising
speed after accelerating to the set
speed.
NOTICE
If your vehicle speed is between 0 ~ 20
mph (0 ~ 30 km/h) when you press the
Driving Assist ( ) button, the
Smart Cruise Control speed will be set to
20 mph (30 km/h).
To set vehicle distance
Each time the Vehicle Distance button is
pressed, the vehicle to vehicle distance
changes as follows:
NOTICE
å
If you drive at 56 mph (90 km/h), the
distance is maintained as follows:
Distance 4 - approximately 172 ft.
(52.5 m)
Distance 3 - approximately 130 ft. (40
m)
Distance 2 - approximately 106 ft.
(32.5 m)
Distance 1 - approximately 82 ft. (25
m)
OMQ4051128L
OMQ4051265
Driving your vehicle
1246
Smart Cruise Control (SCC)
å
The distance is set to the last set dis
-
tance when the engine is restarted, or
when the function was temporarily
canceled.
To increase set speed
å
Push the + switch up and release it
immediately. The set speed will
increase by 1 mph (1 km/h) each time
the switch is operated in this manner.
å
Push the + switch up and hold it while
monitoring the set speed on the clus
-
ter. The set speed will increase by 5
mph (10 km/h) each time the switch is
operated in this manner. Release the
switch when the desired speed is
shown, and the vehicle will accelerate
to that speed. You can increase the
set speed to 110 mph (180 km/h).
WARNING
Check the driving condition before using
the + switch. Driving speed may sharply
increase when you push up and hold the
+ switch.
To decrease set speed
å
Push the - switch down and release it
immediately. The set speed will
decrease by 1 mph (1 km/h) each time
the switch is operated in this manner.
å
Push the - switch down and hold it
while monitoring the set speed on the
cluster. The set speed will decrease by
5 mph (10 km/h) each time the switch
is operated in this manner.
Release the switch at the speed you
want to maintain. You can decrease
the set speed to 20 mph (30 km/h).
To temporarily cancel Smart
Cruise Control
Press the ( ) switch or depress the
brake pedal to temporarily cancel Smart
Cruise Control.
OMQ4051129L
OMQ4051130L
OMQ4050131L
125
6
6
Driving your vehicle Smart Cruise Control (SCC)
To resume Smart Cruise Control
To resume Smart Cruise Control after
the function was canceled, operate the
+, - or ( ) switch.
If you push the + switch up or - switch
down, vehicle speed will be set to the
current speed on the cluster.
If you press the ( ) switch, vehicle
speed will resume to the preset speed.
WARNING
Check the driving condition before
pressing the ( ) switch. Driving speed
may sharply increase or decrease when
you press the ( ) switch.
To turn off Smart Cruise Control
Press the Driving Assist ( ) but
-
ton to turn Smart Cruise Control off.
NOTICE
If your vehicle is equipped with Manual
Speed Limit Assist, press and hold the
Driving Assist ( ) button to turn
off Smart Cruise Control. However Man
-
ual Speed Limit Assist will turn on.
Based on Drive Mode
Smart Cruise Control will change accel
-
eration based on the drive mode
selected from Drive Mode Integrated
Control function. Refer to the following
chart.
NOTICE
å
For more details on Drive Mode, refer
to "Drive mode integrated control sys
-
tem" on page 6-49.
å
In vehicles without Drive Mode, Smart
Cruise Control accelerate the vehicle
in 'Normal' level.
Warning Sound and Haptic
With the vehicle on, touch
Settings
â
Vehicle
â
Driver Assistance
â
Warn
-
OMQ4050205
OMQ4051128L
Drive Mode Smart Cruise Control
ECO Slow
SPORT Fast
SMART Normal
OMQ4PH052470N
Driving your vehicle
1266
Smart Cruise Control (SCC)
ing Sound and Haptic
on the infotain
-
ment system to change the Warning
Sound and Haptic.
å
Warning Volume
: You can adjust the
Warning Volume from level 1 to 3. If
equipped with steering wheel vibra
-
tion, the volume level can be set from
0 to 3.
å
Steering Wheel Vibration Warning
:
Steering wheel vibration can be
selected. (if equipped)
å
Driving Safety Priority
: For safe driv
-
ing, the audio volume will temporarily
decrease to warn the driver with the
audible warning.
NOTICE
å
Ensure that
Warning Sound and
Haptic
you have set may apply to the
Warning volume of other Driver Assis
-
tance systems.
å
Warning Sound and Haptic
will
maintain its last setting even if the
vehicle is restarted.
å
If not equipped with the navigation
system, select
User Settings
â
Driver Assistance
to adjust the Warn
-
ing Volume.
å
The setting menu may not be avail
-
able for your vehicle depending on
the vehicle features and specifica
-
tions.
å
Descriptions of each Driver Assistance
system may be slightly different from
the owner's manual after updating the
software of your infotainment system.
In this case, scan the QR code in the
infotainment system manual to
access the web manual for checking
the changes.
Smart Cruise Control Operation
Operating conditions
Smart Cruise Control will operate when
the following conditions are satisfied.
Basic function
å
The gear is in D (Drive)
å
The driver's door is closed
å
EPB (Electronic Parking Brake) is not
applied
å
Your vehicle speed is within the oper
-
ating speed range
- 5 ~ 110 mph (10 ~ 180 km/h): when
there is no vehicle in front
- 0 ~ 110 mph (0 ~ 180 km/h): when
there is a vehicle in front
å
ESC (Electronic Stability Control), TCS
(Traction Control System) or ABS is
on, but not controlling the vehicle
å
Engine RPM is not in the red zone
å
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
brake control is not operating
å
ISG function is not operating
NOTICE
When stopped behind another vehicle,
the driver can turn on Smart Cruise Con
-
trol while the brake pedal is depressed.
127
6
6
Driving your vehicle Smart Cruise Control (SCC)
Overtaking Acceleration Assist
Overtaking Acceleration Assist will oper
-
ate when the turn signal indicator is
turned on to the left (left-hand drive) or
turned on to the right (right-hand drive)
while Smart Cruise Control is operating,
and the following conditions are satis
-
fied:
å
Your vehicle speed is above 40 mph
(60 km/h)
å
The hazard warning flasher is off
å
A vehicle is detected in front of your
vehicle
å
Deceleration is not needed to main
-
tain distance with the vehicle in front
WARNING
å
When the left turn signal indicator is
turned on while there is a vehicle
ahead, the vehicle may accelerate
temporarily. Pay attention to the road
conditions at all times.
å
Regardless of your countries driving
direction, Overtaking Acceleration
Assist will operate when the condi
-
tions are satisfied. When using the
function in countries with different
driving direction, always check the
road conditions at all times.
Smart Cruise Control Display and
Control
Basic function
You can see the status of the Smart
Cruise Control operation in the Utility
view on the cluster. Refer to "Instrument
cluster" on page 5-73.
Smart Cruise Control will be displayed as
below depending on the status of the
function.
å
When operating
Operating
1. Whether there is a vehicle ahead
and the selected distance level are
displayed.
2. Set speed is displayed.
3. Whether there is a vehicle ahead
and the selected target distance are
displayed.
OMQ4AH050234
Driving your vehicle
1286
Smart Cruise Control (SCC)
å
When temporarily canceled
Temporarily canceled
1. ( ) indicator is displayed.
2. The previous set speed is shaded.
Vehicle ahead and distance level are
not displayed.
NOTICE
å
The distance of the front vehicle on
the cluster is displayed according to
the actual distance between your
vehicle and the vehicle ahead.
å
The target distance may vary accord
-
ing to the vehicle speed and the set
distance level. If vehicle speed is low,
even though the vehicle distance have
changed, the change of the target
vehicle distance may be small.
To temporarily accelerate
If you want to speed up temporarily
when Smart Cruise Control is on,
depress the accelerator pedal. While the
speed is increasing, the set speed, dis
-
tance level and target distance will blink
on the cluster.
WARNING
Be careful when accelerating temporar
-
ily, because the speed and distance is
not controlled automatically even if
there is a vehicle in front of you.
Smart Cruise Control temporarily
canceled
Smart Cruise Control will be temporarily
canceled automatically when:
OMQ4AH050235
OMQ4AH050132
OMQ4050134L
129
6
6
Driving your vehicle Smart Cruise Control (SCC)
å
The vehicle speed is above 120 mph
(190 km/h)
å
The accelerator pedal is continuously
depressed for a certain period of time
å
The conditions for the Smart Cruise
Control to operate is not satisfied
If the function is temporarily canceled
automatically, the 'Smart Cruise Control
canceled' warning message will appear
on the cluster, and an audible warning
will sound to warn the driver.
If the Smart Cruise Control is temporarily
canceled while the vehicle is at a stand
-
still with the function operating, EPB
(Electronic Parking Brake) maybe
applied.
WARNING
When the function is temporarily can
-
celed, distance with the front vehicle will
not be maintained. Always have your
eyes on the road while driving, and if
necessary, depress the brake pedal to
reduce your driving speed in order to
maintain a safe distance.
Smart Cruise Control conditions
not satisfied
If the Driving Assist ( ) button, +
switch, - switch or ( ) switch is oper
-
ated when the function's operating con
-
ditions are not satisfied, the 'Smart
Cruise Control conditions not met' will
appear on the cluster, and an audible
warning will sound.
In traffic situation
In traffic, your vehicle will stop if the
vehicle ahead of you stops. Also, if the
vehicle ahead of you starts moving, your
vehicle will start as well.
In addition, after the vehicle has stopped
and a certain time have passed, the 'Use
switch or pedal to accelerate' message
will appear on the cluster. Depress the
accelerator pedal or operate the +
switch, - switch or ( ) switch to start
driving.
OMQ4040508L
OMQ4050288L
Driving your vehicle
1306
Smart Cruise Control (SCC)
WARNING
While the message is displayed on the
cluster, if there is no vehicle in front or
the vehicle is far away from you, and the
+ switch, â switch or ( ) switch is
operated, Smart Cruise Control will auto
-
matically cancel and the EPB will be
applied. However, if the accelerator
pedal is depressed, EPB will not be
applied even though the function is can
-
celed. Always pay attention to the road
condition ahead.
Warning road conditions ahead
In the following situation, the 'Watch for
surrounding vehicles' warning message
will appear on the cluster, and an audi
-
ble warning will sound to warn the driver
of road conditions ahead.
å
The vehicle in front disappears when
Smart Cruise Control is maintaining
the distance with the vehicle ahead
while driving below a certain speed.
WARNING
Always pay attention to vehicles or
objects that may suddenly appear in
front of you, and if necessary, depress
the brake pedal to reduce your driving
speed in order to maintain a safe dis
-
tance.
Collision Warning
While Smart Cruise Control is operating,
when the collision risk with the vehicle
ahead is high, the 'Collision Warning'
warning message will appear on the
cluster, and an audible warning will
sound to warn the driver. Always have
your eyes on the road while driving, and
if necessary, depress the brake pedal to
reduce your driving speed in order to
maintain a safe distance.
NOTICE
In the following situations, Smart Cruise
Control may not warn the driver of a col
-
lision.
å
The distance from the front vehicle is
near, or the vehicle speed of the front
vehicle is faster or similar with your
vehicle
å
The speed of the front vehicle is very
slow or is at a standstill
OMQ4050142L
OMQ4050071L
131
6
6
Driving your vehicle Smart Cruise Control (SCC)
å
The accelerator pedal is depressed
right after Smart Cruise Control is
turned on
WARNING
Take the following precautions when
using Smart Cruise Control:
å
Smart Cruise Control does not substi
-
tute for proper and safe driving. It is
the responsibility of the driver to
always check the speed and distance
to the vehicle ahead.
å
Smart Cruise Control may not recog
-
nize unexpected and sudden situa
-
tions or complex driving situations, so
always pay attention to driving condi
-
tions and control your vehicle speed.
å
Keep Smart Cruise Control off when
the function is not in use to avoid
inadvertently setting a speed.
å
Do not open the door or leave the
vehicle when Smart Cruise Control is
operating, even if the vehicle is
stopped.
å
Always be aware of the selected
speed and vehicle to vehicle distance.
å
Keep a safe distance according to
road conditions and vehicle speed. If
the vehicle to vehicle distance is too
close during high-speed driving, a
serious collision may result.
å
When maintaining distance with the
vehicle ahead, if the front vehicle dis
-
appears, the function may suddenly
accelerate to the set speed. Always be
aware of unexpected and sudden sit
-
uations from occurring.
å
Vehicle speed may decrease on an
upward slope and increase on a
downward slope.
å
Always be aware of situations such as
when a vehicle cuts in suddenly.
å
When you are towing a trailer or
another vehicle, we recommend that
Smart Cruise Control is turned off due
to safety reasons.
å
Turn off Smart Cruise Control when
your vehicle is being towed.
å
Smart Cruise Control may not operate
normally if interfered by strong elec
-
tromagnetic waves.
å
Smart Cruise Control may not detect
an obstacle in front and lead to a colli
-
sion. Always look ahead cautiously to
prevent unexpected and sudden situ
-
ations from occurring.
å
Vehicles moving in front of you with a
frequent lane change may cause a
delay in the function's reaction or may
cause the function to react to a vehi
-
cle actually in an adjacent lane.
Always drive cautiously to prevent
unexpected and sudden situations
from occurring.
å
Always be aware of the surroundings
and drive safely, even though a warn
-
ing message does not appear or an
audible warning does not sound.
å
If any other function's warning mes
-
sage is displayed or warning sound is
generated, Smart Cruise Control
warning message may not be dis
-
played and warning sound may not
be generated.
å
You may not hear the warning sound
of Smart Cruise Control if the sur
-
rounding is noisy.
å
The vehicle manufacturer is not
responsible for any traffic violation or
accidents caused by the driver.
å
Always set the vehicle speed under
the speed limit in your country.
Driving your vehicle
1326
Smart Cruise Control (SCC)
NOTICE
å
Smart Cruise Control may not operate
for a few seconds after the vehicle is
started or the front view camera or
front radar is initialized.
å
You may hear a sound when the
brake is controlled by Smart Cruise
Control.
Smart Cruise Control Malfunc
-
tion and Limitations
Smart Cruise Control malfunction
When Smart Cruise Control is not work
-
ing properly, the 'Check Smart Cruise
Control system' warning message will
appear, and the ( ) warning light will
appear on the cluster. Have the function
be inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
Smart Cruise Control disabled
When the front radar cover or sensor is
covered with snow, rain, or foreign
material, it can reduce the detecting per
-
formance and temporarily limit or dis
-
able Smart Cruise Control.
If this occurs, the 'Smart Cruise Control
disabled. Radar blocked' warning mes
-
sage will appear for a certain period of
time on the cluster.
The function will operate normally when
snow, rain or foreign material is
removed.
WARNING
Even though the warning message does
not appear on the cluster, Smart Cruise
Control may not properly operate.
CAUTION
Smart Cruise Control may not properly
operate in an area (e.g. open terrain),
where there is nothing to detect after
turning ON the engine.
OMQ4050145L
OMQ4050144L
133
6
6
Driving your vehicle Smart Cruise Control (SCC)
Limitations of Smart Cruise Con
-
trol
Smart Cruise Control may not operate
normally, or the function may operate
unexpectedly under the following cir
-
cumstances:
å
The detecting sensor or the surround
-
ings are contaminated or damaged
å
Washer fluid is continuously sprayed,
or the wiper is on
å
The camera lens is contaminated due
to tinted, filmed or coated windshield,
damaged glass, or stuck of foreign
material (sticker, bug, etc.) on the
glass
å
Moisture is not removed or frozen on
the windshield
å
The field of view of the front view
camera is obstructed by sun glare
å
Street light or light from an oncoming
vehicle is reflected on the wet road
surface, such as a puddle on the road
å
The temperature around the front
view camera is high or low
å
An object is placed on the dashboard
å
The surrounding is very bright
å
The surrounding is very dark, such as
in a tunnel, etc.
å
The brightness changes suddenly, for
example when entering or exiting a
tunnel
å
The brightness outside is low, and the
headlamps are not on or are not
bright
å
Driving in heavy rain or snow, or thick
fog
å
Driving through steam, smoke or
shadow
å
Only part of the vehicle is detected
å
The vehicle in front has no taillamps,
taillamps are located unusually, etc.
å
The brightness outside is low, and the
taillamps are not on or are not bright
å
The rear of the front vehicle is small or
does not look normal (i.e. tilted, over
-
turned, etc.)
å
The front vehicle's ground clearance
is low or high
å
A vehicle suddenly cuts in front
å
Your vehicle is being towed
å
Driving through a tunnel or iron
bridge
å
Driving near areas containing metal
substances, such as a construction
zone, railroad, etc.
å
A material is near that reflects very
well on the front radar, such as a
guardrail, nearby vehicle, etc.
å
The bumper around the front radar is
impacted, damaged or the front radar
is out of position
å
The temperature around the front
radar is high or low
å
Driving in large areas where there are
few vehicles or structures (i.e. desert,
meadow, suburb, etc.)
å
The vehicle in front is made of mate
-
rial that does not reflect on the front
radar
å
Driving near a highway (or motorway)
interchange or tollgate
å
Driving on a slippery surface due to
snow, water puddle, ice, etc.
å
Driving on a curved road
å
The vehicle in front is detected late
å
The vehicle in front is suddenly
blocked by a obstacle
å
The vehicle in front suddenly changes
lane or suddenly reduces speed
å
The vehicle in front is bent out of
shape
Driving your vehicle
1346
Smart Cruise Control (SCC)
å
The front vehicle's speed is fast or
slow
å
With a vehicle in front, your vehicle
changes lane at low speed
å
The vehicle in front is covered with
snow
å
Unstable driving
å
You are on a roundabout and the
vehicle in front is not detected
å
You are continuously driving in a cir
-
cle
å
Driving in a parking lot
å
Driving through a construction area,
unpaved road, partial paved road,
uneven road, speed bumps, etc.
å
Driving on an incline road, curved
road, etc.
å
Driving through a roadside with trees
or streetlights
å
Your vehicle is moving unstable
å
The adverse road conditions cause
excessive vehicle vibrations while
driving
å
Your vehicle height is low or high due
to heavy loads, abnormal tire pres
-
sure, etc.
å
Driving through a narrow road where
trees or grass are overgrown
å
There is interference by electromag
-
netic waves, such as driving in an area
with strong radio waves or electrical
noise
å
Driving on a curved road
On curves, Smart Cruise Control may
not detect a vehicle in the same lane,
and may accelerate to the set speed.
Also, vehicle speed may rapidly
decrease when the vehicle ahead is
detected suddenly.
Select the appropriate set speed on
curves and apply the brake pedal or
accelerator pedal according to the
road and driving conditions ahead.
Your vehicle speed can be reduced
due to a vehicle in the adjacent lane.
Apply the accelerator pedal and select
the appropriate set speed. Check to
be sure that the road conditions per
-
mit safe operation of the Smart Cruise
Control.
OMQ4H052608
ODEEV069240NR
135
6
6
Driving your vehicle Smart Cruise Control (SCC)
å
Driving on an inclined road
During uphill or downhill driving, the
Smart Cruise Control may not detect a
moving vehicle in your lane, and
cause your vehicle to accelerate to the
set speed. Also, vehicle speed will rap
-
idly decrease when the vehicle ahead
is detected suddenly.
Select the appropriate set speed on
inclines and apply the brake pedal or
accelerator pedal according to the
road and driving conditions ahead.
å
Changing lanes
[A]: Your vehicle
[B]: Lane changing vehicle
When a vehicle moves into your lane
from an adjacent lane, it cannot be
detected by the sensor until it is in the
sensor's detection range. Smart
Cruise Control may not immediately
detect the vehicle when the vehicle
changes lanes abruptly. In this case,
you must maintain a safe braking dis
-
tance, and if necessary, depress the
brake pedal to reduce your driving
speed in order to maintain a safe dis
-
tance.
å
Detecting vehicle
In the following cases, some vehicles
in your lane cannot be detected by
the sensor:
- Vehicles offset to one side
- Slow-moving vehicles or sudden-
decelerating vehicles
-Oncoming vehicles
- Stopped vehicles
- Vehicles with small rear profile,
such as trailers
- Narrow vehicles, such as motorcy
-
cles or bicycles
- Special vehicles
- Animals and pedestrians
Adjust your vehicle speed by depress
-
ing the brake pedal according to the
road and driving conditions ahead.
OMQ4H052609
OMQ4H052610
OMQ4H052628
Driving your vehicle
1366
Smart Cruise Control (SCC)
In the following cases, the vehicle in
front cannot be detected by the sen
-
sor:
- Vehicles with higher ground clear
-
ance or vehicles carrying loads that
stick out of the back of the vehicle
- Vehicles that has the front lifted
due to heavy loads
- You are steering your vehicle
- Driving on narrow or sharply
curved roads
Adjust your vehicle speed by depress
-
ing the brake pedal according to the
road and driving conditions ahead.
å
When a vehicle ahead disappears at
an intersection, your vehicle may
accelerate.
Always pay attention to road and driv
-
ing conditions while driving.
å
When a vehicle in front of you merges
out of the lane, Smart Cruise Control
may not immediately detect the new
vehicle that is now in front of you.
Always pay attention to road and driv
-
ing conditions while driving.
å
Always look out for pedestrians when
your vehicle is maintaining a distance
with the vehicle ahead.
OMQ4H050038
OMQ4H052629
OMQ4H052630
OMQ4H052631
137
6
6
Driving your vehicle Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control (NSCC)
This device complies with Part 15
of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
three conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference.
2. This device must accept any interfer
-
ence received, including interference
that may cause undesired operation.
3. Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void
the user's authority to operate the
device.
Radio frequency radiation expo
-
sure information:
This equipment complies with FCC radi
-
ation exposure limits set forth for an
uncontrolled environment. This equip
-
ment should be installed and operated
with minimum distance of 8 in (20 cm)
between the radiator (antenna) and your
body.
This transmitter must not be colocated
or operating in conjunction with any
other antenna or transmitter.
Navigation-based Smart
Cruise Control (NSCC) (if
equipped)
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control
will help automatically adjust vehicle
speed when driving on highways (or
motorways) by using road information
from the navigation function while Smart
Cruise Control is operating.
NOTICE
å
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Con
-
trol is available only on controlled
access road of certain highways.
* Controlled access road indicates roads
with limited entrances and exits that
allow uninterrupted high speed traffic
flow. Only passenger cars and motor
-
cycles are allowed on controlled
access roads.
å
Additional highways may be
expanded by future navigation
updates.
NOTICE
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control
operates on main roads of highways (or
motorways), and does not operate on
interchanges or junctions.
Available highway
(Controlled access road)
USA
Select Interstate High
-
way and U.S. (Federal)
and State Highways
Driving your vehicle
1386
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control (NSCC)
WARNING
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control
is a supplemental function and is not a
substitute for safe driving. It is the
responsibility of the driver to always
check the speed and distance to the
vehicle ahead. Always drive safely and
use caution.
Highway Curve Zone Auto Slow
-
down
If vehicle speed is high, Highway Curve
Zone Auto Slowdown function will tem
-
porarily decelerate your vehicle or limit
acceleration to help you drive safely on a
curve based on the curve information
from the navigation.
Highway Set Speed Auto Change
Highway Set Speed Auto Change func
-
tion automatically changes Smart Cruise
Control set speed based on the speed
limit information from the navigation.
Navigation-Based Smart Cruise
Control Settings
With the ENGINE START/STOP button in
the ON position, select 'Driver Assistance
â Driving Convenience â Highway
Auto Speed Change' from the Settings
menu to turn on Navigation-based
Smart Cruise Control and deselect to
turn off the function.
NOTICE
When there is a problem with Naviga
-
tion-based Smart Cruise Control, the
function cannot be set from the Settings
menu.
Navigation-based Smart Cruise
Control operation
Operating conditions
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control
is ready to operate if all of the following
conditions are satisfied:
å
Smart Cruise Control is operating
å
Driving on main roads of highways (or
motorways)
NOTICE
For more details on how to operate
Smart Cruise Control, refer to "Smart
Cruise Control (SCC) (if equipped)" on
page 6-122.
Display and control
When Navigation-based Smart Cruise
Control operates, it will be displayed on
the cluster as follows:
Navigation-based Smart Cruise
Control standby
If the operating conditions are satisfied,
the white ( ) symbol will appears.
OMQ4A050152
139
6
6
Driving your vehicle Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control (NSCC)
Navigation-based Smart Cruise
Control operating
If temporary deceleration is required in
the standby state and Navigation-based
Smart Cruise Control is operating, the
green ( ) symbol will appear on the
cluster.
If the Highway Set Speed Auto Change
function operates, the green ( )
symbol and set speed will appear on the
cluster, and an audible warning will
sound.
WARNING
'Drive carefully' warning message will
appear in the following circumstances:
å
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Con
-
trol is not able to slow down your
vehicle to a safe speed
NOTICE
Highway Curve Zone Auto Slowdown
and Set Speed Auto Change function
uses the same ( ) symbol.
Highway Curve Zone Auto Slow
-
down
å
Depending on the curve ahead on the
highway (or motorway), the vehicle
will decelerate, and after passing the
curve, the vehicle will accelerate to
Smart Cruise Control set speed.
å
Vehicle deceleration time may differ
depending on the vehicle speed and
the degree of the curve on the road.
The higher the driving speed, deceler
-
ation will start faster.
Highway Set Speed Auto Change
å
Highway Set Speed Auto Change
function will operate when Smart
Cruise Control set speed and the
highway (or motorway) speed limit is
matched.
å
While Highway Set Speed Auto
Change function is operating, when
the highway (or motorway), speed
limit changes, Smart Cruise Control
set speed automatically changes to
the changed speed limit.
å
If Smart Cruise Control set speed is
adjusted different from the speed
limit, Highway Set Speed Auto
Change function will be in the standby
state.
OMQ4A050248
OMQ4040504L
Driving your vehicle
1406
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control (NSCC)
å
If Highway Set Speed Auto Change
function has changed to the standby
state by driving on a road other than
the highway (or motorway) main road,
Highway Set Speed Auto Change
function will operate again when you
drive on the main road again without
setting the set speed.
å
If Highway Set Speed Auto Change
function has changed to the standby
state by depressing the brake pedal,
press the ( ) switch to restart the
function.
å
Highway Set Speed Auto Change
function does not operate on highway
interchanges or junctions.
NOTICE
å
Highway Set Speed Auto Change
function only operates based on the
speed limits of the highway (or motor
-
way), it does not work with the speed
cameras.
å
When Highway Set Speed Auto
Change function is operating, the
vehicle automatically accelerates or
decelerates when the highway (or
motorway) speed limit changes.
å
When Highway Set Speed Auto
Change function is operating, the
vehicle may warn the driver when the
vehicle's set speed limit is above the
speed camera limit.
å
The maximum set speed for Highway
Set Speed Auto Change function is 90
mph (140 km/h).
å
If the speed limit of a new road is not
updated in the navigation, Highway
Set Speed Auto Change function may
not operate properly.
å
If the speed unit is set to a unit other
than the speed unit used in your
country, Highway Set Speed Auto
Change function may not operate
properly.
Limitations of Navigation-Based
Smart Cruise Control
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control
may not operate normally under the fol
-
lowing circumstances:
å
The navigation is not working prop
-
erly
å
Speed limit and road information in
the navigation is not updated
å
The map information and the actual
road is different because of real-time
GPS data or map information error
å
The navigation searches for a route
while driving
å
GPS signals are blocked in areas such
as a tunnel
å
The navigation is being updated while
driving
å
Map information is not transmitted
due to infotainment system's abnor
-
mal operation
å
A road that divides into two or more
roads and joins again
å
The driver goes off course the route
set in the navigation
å
The route to the destination is
changed or canceled by resetting the
navigation
å
The vehicle enters a service station or
rest area
å
The speed limit of some sections
changes according to the road situa
-
tions
å
Android Auto or Car Play is operating
å
The navigation cannot detect the cur
-
rent vehicle position (ex: elevated
roads including overpass adjacent to
141
6
6
Driving your vehicle Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control (NSCC)
general roads or nearby roads exist in
a parallel way)
å
The navigation is being restarted
while driving
å
There is bad weather, such as heavy
rain, heavy snow, etc.
å
Driving on a road under construction
å
Driving on a road that is controlled
å
Driving on a road that is sharply
curved
å
Driving on roads with intersections,
roundabouts, straight entrances and
exits, etc.
[1]: Set route, [2]: Branch line, [3]: Driving
route, [4]: Main road, [5]: Curved road
section
å
When there is a difference between
the navigation set route (branch line)
and the driving route (main road),
Highway Curve Zone Auto Slowdown
function may not operate until the
driving route is recognized as the
main road.
å
When the vehicle's driving route is
recognized as the main road by main
-
taining the main road instead of the
navigation set route, Highway Curve
Zone Auto Slowdown function will
operate. Depending on the distance to
the curve and the current vehicle
speed, vehicle deceleration may not
be sufficient or may decelerate rap
-
idly.
[1]: Main road, [2]: Branch line, [3]: Driv
-
ing route, [4]: Set route, [5]: Curved road
section
å
When there is a difference between
the navigation route (main road) and
the driving route (branch line), High
-
way Curve Zone Auto Slowdown func
-
tion will operate based on the curve
information on the main road.
å
When it is judged that you are driving
out of the route by entering the high
-
way interchange or junction, Highway
Curve Zone Auto Slowdown function
will not operate.
[1]: Driving route, [2]: Branch line, [3]:
Curved road section, [4]: Main road
ODL3A050307
ODL3A050305
ODL3A050306
Driving your vehicle
1426
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control (NSCC)
å
If there is no destination set on the
navigation, Highway Curve Zone Auto
Slowdown function will operate based
on the curve information on the main
road.
å
Even if you depart from the main
road, Highway Curve Zone Auto Slow
-
down function may temporarily oper
-
ate due to navigation information of
the highway curve section.
WARNING
å
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Con
-
trol is not a substitute for safe driving
practices, but a convenience function.
Always have your eyes on the road,
and it is the responsibility of the driver
to avoid violating traffic laws.
å
The navigation's speed limit informa
-
tion may differ from the actual speed
limit information on the road. It is the
driver's responsibility to check the
speed limit on the actual driving road
or lane.
å
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Con
-
trol may not operate due to the exis
-
tence of leading vehicles and the
driving conditions of the vehicle.
Always pay attention to road and driv
-
ing conditions while driving.
å
When you are towing a trailer or
another vehicle, we recommend that
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Con
-
trol is turned off due to safety rea
-
sons.
å
After you pass through a tollgate on a
highway (or motorway), Navigation-
based Smart Cruise Control will oper
-
ate based on the first lane. If you enter
one of the other lanes, the function
might not operate properly.
å
The vehicle will accelerate if the driver
depresses the accelerator pedal while
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Con
-
trol is operating, and the function will
not decelerate the vehicle.
å
If the driver accelerates and releases
the accelerator pedal while Naviga
-
tion-based Smart Cruise Control is
operating, the vehicle may not decel
-
erate sufficiently or may rapidly
decelerate to a safe speed.
å
If the curve is too large or too small,
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Con
-
trol may not operate.
NOTICE
å
The speed information on the cluster
and navigation may differ.
å
The time gap could occur between
the navigation's guidance and when
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Con
-
trol operation starts and ends.
å
Even if you are driving at a speed
lower than Smart Cruise Control set
speed, acceleration may be limited by
the curve sections ahead.
å
If Navigation-based Smart Cruise
Control is operating while leaving the
main road to enter an interchange,
junction, rest area, etc., the function
may operate for a certain period of
time.
å
Deceleration by Navigation-based
Smart Cruise Control may feel it is not
sufficient due to road conditions such
as uneven road surfaces, narrow
lanes, etc.
143
6
6
Driving your vehicle Lane Following Assist (LFA)
This device complies with Part 15
of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
three conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference.
2. This device must accept any interfer
-
ence received, including interference
that may cause undesired operation.
3. Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void
the user's authority to operate the
device.
Radio frequency radiation expo
-
sure information:
This equipment complies with FCC radi
-
ation exposure limits set forth for an
uncontrolled environment. This equip
-
ment should be installed and operated
with minimum distance of 8 in (20 cm)
between the radiator (antenna) and your
body.
This transmitter must not be colocated
or operating in conjunction with any
other antenna or transmitter.
Lane Following Assist (LFA)
Lane Following Assist is designed to help
detect lane markings and/or vehicles on
the road, and assists the driver's steering
to help keep the vehicle between lanes.
Detecting sensor
Front view camera
The front view camera is used as a
detecting sensor to detect lane markings
and front vehicles.
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting sensor.
CAUTION
For more details on the precautions of
the front view camera, refer to "Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sen
-
sor fusion) (if equipped)" on page 6-64.
OMQ4H051009
Driving your vehicle
1446
Lane Following Assist (LFA)
Lane Following Assist Settings
Turning Lane Following Assist
On/Off
With the ENGINE START/STOP button in
the ON position, shortly press the Lane
Driving Assist button located on the
steering wheel to turn on Lane Following
Assist. The white or green ( ) indicator
light will appear on the cluster.
Press the button again to turn off the
function.
Warning Sound and Haptic
With the vehicle on, touch
Settings
â
Vehicle
â
Driver Assistance
â
Warn
-
ing Sound and Haptic
on the infotain
-
ment system to change the Warning
Sound and Haptic.
å
Warning Volume
: You can adjust the
Warning Volume from level 1 to 3. If
equipped with steering wheel vibra
-
tion, the volume level can be set from
0 to 3.
å
Steering Wheel Vibration Warning
:
Steering wheel vibration can be
selected. (if equipped)
å
Driving Safety Priority
: For safe driv
-
ing, the audio volume will temporarily
decrease to warn the driver with the
audible warning.
NOTICE
å
Ensure that
Warning Sound and
Haptic
you have set may apply to the
Warning volume of other Driver Assis
-
tance systems.
å
Warning Sound and Haptic
will
maintain its last setting even if the
vehicle is restarted.
å
If not equipped with the navigation
system, select
User Settings
â
Driver Assistance
to adjust the Warn
-
ing Volume.
å
The setting menu may not be avail
-
able for your vehicle depending on
the vehicle features and specifica
-
tions.
å
Descriptions of each Driver Assistance
system may be slightly different from
the owner's manual after updating the
software of your infotainment system.
In this case, scan the QR code in the
infotainment system manual to
access the web manual for checking
the changes.
OMQ4051135
OMQ4PH052470N
145
6
6
Driving your vehicle Lane Following Assist (LFA)
Lane Following Assist Operation
Warning and control
Lane Following Assist
If the vehicle ahead and/or both lane
markings are detected and your vehicle
speed is below 120 mph (200 km/h), the
green ( ) indicator light will appear on
the cluster, and the function will help the
vehicle stay in lane by assisting the
steering wheel.
CAUTION
When the steering wheel is not assisted,
the green ( ) indicator light will blink
and change to white.
Hands-off warning
If the driver takes their hands off the
steering wheel for several seconds, the
'Keep hands on the steering wheel'
warning message will appear and an
audible warning will sound in stages.
First stage: Warning message
Second stage: Warning message (red
steering wheel) and audible warning
If the driver still does not have their
hands on the steering wheel after the
hands-off warning, the 'Lane Following
Assist (LFA) canceled' warning message
will appear and Lane Following Assist
will be automatically canceled.
OMQ4AH050237
OMQ4051155L
OMQ4040509L
Driving your vehicle
1466
Lane Following Assist (LFA)
WARNING
å
If you attach objects to the steering
wheel or certain amount of power is
put to the steering wheel, the Lane
Following Assist may not assist.
å
Lane Following Assist does not oper
-
ate at all times. It is the responsibility
of the driver to safely steer the vehicle
and to maintain the vehicle in its lane.
å
The handsâoff warning message may
appear late depending on road condi
-
tions. Always have your hands on the
steering wheel while driving.
å
If the steering wheel is held very
lightly the handsâoff warning mes
-
sage may appear because the func
-
tion may not recognize that the driver
has their hands on the steering wheel.
å
If you attach objects to the steering
wheel, the hands-off warning may not
work properly.
NOTICE
å
For more details on setting the func
-
tions in the infotainment system, refer
to the infotainment system manual.
å
When both lane markings are
detected, the lane lines on the cluster
will change from grey to white.
Lane undetected
Lane detected
å
If lane markings are not detected,
steering wheel control by Lane Fol
-
lowing Assist can be limited depend
-
ing on whether a vehicle is in front or
the driving conditions of the vehicle.
å
Even though the steering is assisted
by Lane Following Assist, the driver
may control the steering wheel.
å
The steering wheel may feel heavier
or lighter when the steering wheel is
assisted by Lane Following Assist than
when it is not.
OMQ4AH050332
OMQ4H052633
147
6
6
Driving your vehicle Highway Driving Assist (HDA)
Lane Following Assist Malfunc
-
tion and Limitations
Lane Following Assist malfunc
-
tion
When Lane Following Assist is not work
-
ing properly, the 'Check Lane Following
Assist (LFA) system' warning message
will appear on the cluster. If this occurs,
have the function be inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer.
WARNING
For more details on the function precau
-
tions, refer to "Lane Keeping Assist
(LKA)" on page 6-78.
Limitations of Lane Following
Assist
For more details on function limitations,
refer to "Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)" on
page 6-78.
Highway Driving Assist (HDA)
(if equipped)
Highway Driving Assist is designed to
help detect vehicles and lanes ahead,
and help maintain distance from the
vehicle ahead, maintain the set speed,
and keep the vehicle between lanes
while driving on the highway (or motor
-
way).
NOTICE
å
Highway Driving Assist is available
only on controlled access road of cer
-
tain highways.
* Controlled access road indicates roads
with limited entrances and exits that
allow uninterrupted high speed traffic
flow. Only passenger cars and motor
-
cycles are allowed on controlled
access roads.
å
Additional highways may be
expanded by future navigation
updates.
OMQ4050157L
Available highway
(Controlled access road)
USA
Select Interstate Highway and U.S.
(Federal) and State Highways
OMQ4H052634
Driving your vehicle
1486
Highway Driving Assist (HDA)
Detecting sensor
Front view camera
Front radar
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting sen
-
sors.
CAUTION
For more details on the precautions of
the detecting sensors, refer to "Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sen
-
sor fusion) (if equipped)" on page 6-64.
Highway Driving Assist Settings
With the ENGINE START/STOP button in
the ON position, select or deselect
'Driver Assistance â Driving Assist' from
the Settings menu to set whether or not
to use each function.
å
If 'Highway Driving Assist' is selected,
it helps maintain distance from the
vehicle ahead, maintain the set speed,
and keep the vehicle between lanes.
NOTICE
å
If there is a problem with the func
-
tions, the settings cannot be changed.
Have the function be inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer.
å
If the engine is restarted, the func
-
tions will maintain the last setting.
WARNING
For your safety, change the Settings
after parking the vehicle at a safe loca
-
tion.
OMQ4H051009
OMQ4051077
OMQ4A050355
149
6
6
Driving your vehicle Highway Driving Assist (HDA)
Warning Sound and Haptic
With the vehicle on, touch
Settings
â
Vehicle
â
Driver Assistance
â
Warn
-
ing Sound and Haptic
on the infotain
-
ment system to change the Warning
Sound and Haptic.
å
Warning Volume
: You can adjust the
Warning Volume from level 1 to 3. If
equipped with steering wheel vibra
-
tion, the volume level can be set from
0 to 3.
å
Steering Wheel Vibration Warning
:
Steering wheel vibration can be
selected. (if equipped)
å
Driving Safety Priority
: For safe driv
-
ing, the audio volume will temporarily
decrease to warn the driver with the
audible warning.
NOTICE
å
Ensure that
Warning Sound and
Haptic
you have set may apply to the
Warning volume of other Driver Assis
-
tance systems.
å
Warning Sound and Haptic
will
maintain its last setting even if the
vehicle is restarted.
å
If not equipped with the navigation
system, select
User Settings
â
Driver Assistance
to adjust the Warn
-
ing Volume.
å
The setting menu may not be avail
-
able for your vehicle depending on
the vehicle features and specifica
-
tions.
å
Descriptions of each Driver Assistance
system may be slightly different from
the owner's manual after updating the
software of your infotainment system.
In this case, scan the QR code in the
infotainment system manual to
access the web manual for checking
the changes.
Highway Driving Assist Opera
-
tion Function operation
Display and control
You can see the status of the Highway
Driving Assist operation in the Driving
Assist view on the cluster. Refer to "LCD
display" on page 5-82.
Highway Driving Assist will be displayed
as below depending on the status of the
function.
Operating State
OMQ4PH052470N
OMQ4PH052458L
Driving your vehicle
1506
Highway Driving Assist (HDA)
Standby State
1. Highway Driving Assist indicator,
whether there is a vehicle ahead and
the selected distance level are dis
-
played.
å
Highway Driving Assist indicator
- Green ( ): Operating state
- White ( ): Standby state
2. Set speed is displayed.
3. Lane Following Assist indicator dis
-
played.
4. Whether there is a vehicle ahead and
the target vehicle to vehicle distance
are displayed.
5. Whether the lane is detected or not is
displayed.
For more details on the display refer to
"Smart Cruise Control (SCC) (if
equipped)" on page 6-122 and "Lane Fol
-
lowing Assist (LFA)" on page 6-143.
Highway Driving Assist operating
Highway Driving Assist will operate
when entering or driving on the main
road of highways (or motorways), and
satisfying all the following conditions:
å
Lane Following Assist is operating
å
Smart Cruise Control is operating
NOTICE
å
While driving on the highway (or
motorway), if Smart Cruise Control
starts operating, Highway Driving
Assist will operate.
å
When entering the main roads of
highways (or motorways), Highway
Driving Assist will not turn on if the
Lane Following Assist is turned off
even when Smart Cruise Control is
operating.
Restarting after stopping
When Highway Driving Assist is operat
-
ing, your vehicle will stop if the vehicle
ahead of you stops. Also, if the vehicle
ahead of you starts moving approxi
-
mately within 30 seconds after the stop,
your vehicle will start as well. In addition,
after the vehicle has stopped and
approximately 30 seconds have passed,
the 'Use switch or pedal to accelerate'
message will appear on the cluster.
Depress the accelerator pedal or push
the + switch, - switch or ( ) switch to
start driving.
OMQ4PH052457L
OMQ4050288L
151
6
6
Driving your vehicle Highway Driving Assist (HDA)
Hands-off warning
If the driver takes their hands off the
steering wheel for several seconds, the
'Keep hands on steering wheel' warning
message will appear and an audible
warning will sound in stages.
å
First stage: Warning message
å
Second stage: Warning message (red
steering wheel) and audible warning
If the driver still does not have their
hands on the steering wheel after the
hands-off warning, the 'Highway Driv
-
ing Assist (HDA) canceled' warning mes
-
sage will appear.
Highway Driving Assist standby
When the Smart Cruise Control is tem
-
porarily canceled while Highway Driving
Assist is operating, Highway Driving
Assist will be in the standby state. At this
time, Lane Following Assist will operate
normally.
Highway Driving Assist Malfunc
-
tion and Limitations
Highway Driving Assist malfunc
-
tion
When Highway Driving Assist is not
working properly, the 'Check Highway
Driving Assist (HDA) system' warning
message will appear, and the ( )
warning light will appear on the cluster.
Have the function be inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer.
WARNING
å
The driver is responsible for con
-
trolling the vehicle for safe driving.
å
Always have your hands on the steer
-
ing wheel while driving.
å
Highway Driving Assist is a supple
-
mental function that assists the driver
in driving the vehicle and is not a
complete autonomous driving system.
Always check road conditions, and if
OMQ4051155L
OMQ4PH051395L
OMQ4050220L
Driving your vehicle
1526
Highway Driving Assist (HDA)
necessary, take appropriate actions to
drive safely.
å
Always have your eyes on the road,
and it is the responsibility of the driver
to avoid violating traffic laws. The
vehicle manufacturer is not responsi
-
ble for any traffic violation or acci
-
dents caused by the driver.
å
Highway Driving Assist may not be
able to recognize all traffic situations.
The function may not detect possible
collisions due to Limitations. Always
be aware of the Limitations. Obstacles
such as vehicles, motorcycles, bicy
-
cles, pedestrians, guardrails, toll gate,
unspecified objects, structures, etc.
that may collide with the vehicle may
not be detected.
å
Highway Driving Assist will turn off
automatically under the following sit
-
uations:
- Driving on roads that the function
does not operate, such as a rest
area, intersection, junction, etc.
- The navigation does not operate
properly such as when the naviga
-
tion is being updated or restarted
å
Highway Driving Assist may inadver
-
tently operate or turn off depending
on road conditions (navigation infor
-
mation) and surroundings.
å
Lane Following Assist function may be
temporarily disabled when the front
view camera cannot detect lanes
properly or the hands-off warning is
on.
å
You may not hear the warning sound
of Highway Driving Assist if the sur
-
rounding is noisy.
å
If the vehicle is driven at high speed
above a certain speed at a curve, your
vehicle may drive to one side or may
depart from the driving lane.
å
When you are towing a trailer or
another vehicle, we recommend that
Highway Driving Assist is turned off
due to safety reasons.
å
The handsâoff warning message may
appear early or late depending on
how the steering wheel is held or road
conditions. Always have your hands
on the steering wheel while driving.
å
For your safety, please read the
owner's manual before using the
Highway Driving Assist.
å
Highway Driving Assist will not oper
-
ate when the engine is started, or
when the detecting sensors or naviga
-
tion is being initialized.
Limitations of Highway Driving
Assist
Highway Driving Assist and Highway
Lane Change function may not operate
normally, or may not operate under the
following circumstances:
å
The map information and the actual
road is different because the naviga
-
tion is not updated
å
The map information and the actual
road is different because of real-time
GPS data or map information error
å
The infotainment system is over
-
loaded by simultaneously performing
functions such as route search, video
playback, voice recognition, etc.
å
GPS signals are blocked in areas such
as a tunnel
å
The driver goes off course or the
route to the destination is changed or
canceled by resetting the navigation
(including TPEG change)
å
The vehicle enters a service station or
rest area
å
Android Auto or Car Play is operating
153
6
6
Driving your vehicle Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA)
å
The navigation cannot detect the cur
-
rent vehicle position (ex: elevated
roads including overpass adjacent to
general roads or nearby roads exist in
a parallel way)
CAUTION
For more details on the limitations of the
front view camera and front radar, refer
to "Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
(FCA) (Sensor fusion) (if equipped)" on
page 6-64.
This device complies with Part 15
of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
three conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference.
2. This device must accept any interfer
-
ence received, including interference
that may cause undesired operation.
3. Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void
the user's authority to operate the
device.
Radio frequency radiation expo
-
sure information:
This equipment complies with FCC radi
-
ation exposure limits set forth for an
uncontrolled environment. This equip
-
ment should be installed and operated
with minimum distance of 8 in (20 cm)
between the radiator (antenna) and your
body.
This transmitter must not be colocated
or operating in conjunction with any
other antenna or transmitter.
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Avoidance Assist (RCCA) (if
equipped)
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist is designed to help detect vehicles
approaching from the left and right side
while your vehicle is reversing, and warn
the driver that a collision is imminent
with a warning message and an audible
warning. Also, braking is assisted to help
prevent collision.
[A]: Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning
operating range
[B]: Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist operating range
CAUTION
The time of warning may vary depend
-
ing on vehicle speed of the approaching
vehicle.
OMQ4H052635
Driving your vehicle
1546
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA)
Detecting sensor
Rear corner radar
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting sensor.
CAUTION
For more details on the precautions of
the rear corner radar, refer to "Blind-
Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA) (if
equipped)" on page 6-84.
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Avoidance Assist Settings
Rear Cross-Traffic Safety
With the ENGINE START/STOP button in
the ON position, select 'Driver Assistance
â Parking Safety â Rear Cross-Traffic
Safety' from the Settings menu to turn
on Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist and deselect to turn off the
function.
WARNING
When the engine is restarted, Rear
Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist
will always turn on. However, if 'Off' is
selected after the engine is restarted, the
driver should always be aware of the
surroundings and drive safely.
NOTICE
Settings for Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Avoidance Assist include Rear Cross-
Traffic Collision Warning and Rear
Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist.
Warning Timing
With the ENGINE START/STOP button in
the ON position, select 'Driver Assistance
â Warning Timing' from the Settings
menu to change the initial warning acti
-
vation time for Rear Cross-Traffic Colli
-
sion-Avoidance Assist.
When the vehicle is first delivered, Warn
-
ing Timing is set to 'Standard'. If you
change the Warning Timing, the warning
time of other Driver Assistance systems
may change.
OMQ4AH051330
OMQ4AH050341
OMQ4PH052469N
155
6
6
Driving your vehicle Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA)
Warning Sound and Haptic
With the vehicle on, touch
Settings
â
Vehicle
â
Driver Assistance
â
Warn
-
ing Sound and Haptic
on the infotain
-
ment system to change the Warning
Sound and Haptic.
å
Warning Volume
: You can adjust the
Warning Volume from level 1 to 3. If
equipped with steering wheel vibra
-
tion, the volume level can be set from
0 to 3.
å
Steering Wheel Vibration Warning
:
Steering wheel vibration can be
selected. (if equipped)
NOTICE
å
Ensure that
Warning Sound and
Haptic
you have set may apply to the
Warning volume of other Driver Assis
-
tance systems.
å
Warning Sound and Haptic
will
maintain its last setting even if the
vehicle is restarted.
å
If not equipped with the navigation
system, select
User Settings
â
Driver Assistance
to adjust the Warn
-
ing Volume.
å
The setting menu may not be avail
-
able for your vehicle depending on
the vehicle features and specifica
-
tions.
å
Descriptions of each Driver Assistance
system may be slightly different from
the owner's manual after updating the
software of your infotainment system.
In this case, scan the QR code in the
infotainment system manual to
access the web manual for checking
the changes.
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Avoidance Assist Operation
Warning and control
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist will warn and control the vehicle
depending on collision level: 'Collision
Warning', 'Emergency Braking' and
'Stopping vehicle and ending brake con
-
trol'.
Collision Warning
OMQ4PH052470N
OMQ4AH050098
Driving your vehicle
1566
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA)
å
To warn the driver of an approaching
vehicle from the rear left/right side of
your vehicle, the warning light on the
side view mirror will blink and a warn
-
ing will appear on the cluster. At the
same time, an audible warning will
sound and the steering wheel will
vibrate. If the Rear View Monitor is
operating, a warning will also appear
on the infotainment system screen.
å
The function will operate when all the
following conditions are satisfied:
- The gear is changed to R (Reverse)
- Vehicle speed is below 7.5mph
(12kph)
- The approaching vehicle is within
approximately 82 ft. (25 m) from
the left and right side of your vehi
-
cle
- The speed of the vehicle approach
-
ing from the left and right is above
3 mph (5 km/h)
NOTICE
If the operating conditions are satisfied,
there will be a warning whenever the
vehicle approaches from the left or right
side even though your vehicle speed is 0
mph (0 km/h).
Emergency Braking
OMQ4050309L
OMQ4AH050162
OMQ4AH050098
OMQ4051289L
157
6
6
Driving your vehicle Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA)
å
To warn the driver of an approaching
vehicle from the rear left/right side of
your vehicle, the warning light on the
side view mirror will blink and a warn
-
ing message will appear on the clus
-
ter. At the same time, an audible
warning will sound and the steering
wheel will vibrate. If the Rear View
Monitor is operating, a warning will
also appear on the infotainment sys
-
tem screen.
å
The function will operate when all the
following conditions are satisfied:
- The gear is changed to R (Reverse)
- Vehicle speed is below 7.5mph (12
km/h)
- The approaching vehicle is within
approximately 5 ft. (1.5 m) from the
left and right side of your vehicle
- The speed of the vehicle approach
-
ing from the left and right is above
3 mph (5 km/h)
å
Emergency braking will be assisted to
help prevent collision with approach
-
ing vehicles from the left and right.
WARNING
Brake control will end when:
å
The approaching vehicle is out of the
detecting range
å
The approaching vehicle passes
behind your vehicle
å
The approaching vehicle does not
drive toward your vehicle
å
The approaching vehicle speed slows
down
å
The driver depresses the brake pedal
with sufficient power
Stopping vehicle and ending
brake control
å
When the vehicle is stopped due to
emergency braking, the 'Drive care
-
fully' warning message will appear on
the cluster.
å
For your safety, the driver should
depress the brake pedal immediately
and check the surroundings.
å
Brake control will end after the vehicle
is stopped by emergency braking for
approximately 2 seconds.
å
During emergency braking, braking
control by the function will automati
-
cally cancel when the driver exces
-
sively depresses the brake pedal.
OMQ4AH050162
OMQ4040504L
Driving your vehicle
1586
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA)
WARNING
Take the following precautions when
using Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist:
å
For your safety, change the Settings
after parking the vehicle at a safe
location.
å
If any other function's warning mes
-
sage is displayed or audible warning
is generated, Rear Cross-Traffic
Safety function's warning message
may not be displayed and audible
warning may not be generated.
å
You may not hear the warning sound
of Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist if the surrounding is noisy.
å
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist may not operate if the
driver applies the brake pedal to avoid
collision.
å
During Rear Cross-Traffic Safety
Function Operation, the vehicle may
stop suddenly injuring passengers
and shifting loose objects. Always
have the seat belt on and keep loose
objects secured.
å
Even if there is a problem with Rear
Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist, the vehicle's basic braking per
-
formance will operate normally.
å
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist may warn the driver late
or may not warn the driver depending
on the road and driving conditions.
å
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist does not operate in all sit
-
uations or cannot avoid all collisions.
å
During emergency braking, braking
control by the function will automati
-
cally cancel when the driver exces
-
sively depresses the accelerator
pedal.
å
The driver should hold the responsi
-
bility to control the vehicle. Do not
solely depend on Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision-Avoidance Assist. Rather,
maintain a safe braking distance, and
if necessary, depress the brake pedal
to reduce driving speed or to stop the
vehicle.
å
Never deliberately operate Rear
Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist on people, animal, objects, etc.
It may cause serious injury or death.
CAUTION
The brake control may not operate
properly depending on the status of ESC
(Electronic Stability Control).
There will only be a warning when:
å
The ESC (Electronic Stability Control)
warning light is on
å
ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is
engaged in a different function
NOTICE
å
If the function assists you with brak
-
ing, the driver must immediately
depress the brake pedal and check
vehicle surroundings.
- Brake control will end when the
driver depresses the brake pedal
with sufficient power.
- After changing the gear to R
(Reverse), braking control will oper
-
ate once for left and right vehicle
approach.
159
6
6
Driving your vehicle Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA)
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Avoidance Assist Malfunction
and Limitations
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Avoidance Assist malfunction
When Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Avoidance Assist is not working prop
-
erly, the 'Check Rear Cross-Traffic
Safety system' warning message will
appear on the cluster, and the function
will turn off automatically or the function
will be limited. Have the function be
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
When the side view mirror warning light
is not working properly, the 'Check side
view mirror warning light' warning mes
-
sage will appear on the cluster. Have the
function be inspected by an authorized
Kia dealer.
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Avoidance Assist disabled
When the rear bumper around the rear
corner radar or rear sensor is covered
with foreign material, such as snow or
rain, or installing a trailer or carrier, it can
reduce the detecting performance and
temporarily limit or disable Rear Cross-
Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist.
If this occurs, the 'Rear Cross-Traffic
Safety Function disabled. Radar blocked'
warning message will appear on the
cluster.
The function will operate normally when
such foreign material or trailer, etc. is
removed.
If the function does not operate normally
after it is removed, have the function be
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
OMQ4050290L
OMQ4050291L
OMQ4050292L
Driving your vehicle
1606
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA)
WARNING
å
Even though the warning message
does not appear on the cluster, Rear
Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist may not operate properly.
å
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist may not operate properly
in an area (for example: open terrain),
where any substance are not detected
after turning ON the engine.
CAUTION
Turn off Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Avoidance Assist to install a trailer, car
-
rier, etc., or remove the trailer, carrier,
etc. to use Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Avoidance Assist.
Limitations of Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision-Avoidance Assist
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist may not operate normally, or the
function may operate unexpectedly
under the following circumstances:
å
Departing from where trees or grass
are overgrown
å
Departing from where roads are wet
å
Speed of the approaching vehicle is
fast or slow
Braking control may not work, driver's
attention is required in the following cir
-
cumstances:
å
The vehicle severely vibrates while
driving over a bumpy road, uneven
road or concrete patch
å
Driving on a slippery surface due to
snow, water puddle, ice, etc.
å
The tire pressure is low or a tire is
damaged
å
The brake is reworked
CAUTION
For more details on the limitations of the
rear corner radar, refer to "Blind-Spot
Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA) (if
equipped)" on page 6-84.
WARNING
å
Driving near a vehicle or structure
[A]: Structure
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist may be limited when driv
-
ing near a vehicle or structure, and
may not detect the vehicle approach
-
ing from the left or right. If this occurs,
the function may not warn the driver
or control the brakes when necessary.
Always check your surroundings while
backing up.
OMQ4H052636
161
6
6
Driving your vehicle Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA)
å
When the vehicle is in a complex
parking environment
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist may detect vehicles which
are parking or pulling out near your
vehicle (for example: a vehicle leaving
beside your vehicle, a vehicle parking
or pulling out in the rear area, a vehi
-
cle approaching your vehicle making
a turn, etc.). If this occurs, the function
may unnecessarily warn the driver
and control the brake.
Always check your surroundings while
backing up.
å
When the vehicle is parked diagonally
[A]: Vehicle
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist may be limited when
backing up diagonally, and may not
detect the vehicle approaching from
the left or right. If this occurs, the
function may not warn the driver or
control the brakes when necessary.
Always check your surroundings while
backing up.
å
When the vehicle is on or near a slope
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist may be limited when the
vehicle is on a uphill or downhill slope,
or near it, and may not detect the
vehicle approaching from the left or
right. If this occurs, the function may
not warn the driver or control the
brakes when necessary.
Always check your surroundings while
backing up.
OMQ4H052637
OMQ4H052638
OMQ4H052033
Driving your vehicle
1626
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA)
WARNING
å
Pulling into the parking space where
there is a structure
[A]: Structure, [B]: Wall
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist may detect vehicles pass
-
ing by in front of you when parking
backwards into a parking space with a
wall or structure in the rear or side
area. If this occurs, the function may
unnecessarily warn the driver and
control the brake.
Always check your surroundings while
backing up.
å
When the vehicle is parked rearward
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist may detect vehicles pass
-
ing by behind you when parking
backwards into a parking space. If this
occurs, the function may unnecessar
-
ily warn the driver and control the
brake.
Always check your surroundings while
backing up.
WARNING
å
When you are towing a trailer or
another vehicle, we recommend that
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist is turned off due to safety
reasons.
å
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist may not operate normally
if interfered by strong electromag
-
netic waves.
å
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist may not operate for
approximately 3 seconds after the
vehicle is started, or the rear corner
radars are initialized.
This device complies with Part 15
of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following two
conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference.
2. This device must accept any interfer
-
ence received, including interference
that may cause undesired operation.
OMQ4H052639
OMQ4H052640
163
6
6
Driving your vehicle Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist (PCA)
Reverse Parking Collision-
Avoidance Assist (PCA) (if
equipped)
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance
Assist may warn the driver or may assist
with braking to help reduce the possibil
-
ity of collision with a pedestrian or an
object when backing up.
Detecting sensor
Wide-rear view camera
Rear ultrasonic sensors
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting sen
-
sors.
CAUTION
Take the following precautions to main
-
tain optimal performance of the detect
-
ing sensors:
å
Always keep the rear view camera
and rear ultrasonic sensors clean.
å
Do not use any cleanser containing
acid or alkaline detergents when
cleaning the rear view camera lens.
Use only a mild soap or neutral deter
-
gent, and rinse thoroughly with water.
å
Never disassemble or apply impact on
the rear view camera or the rear ultra
-
sonic sensors components.
å
Do not apply unnecessary force on
the rear view camera or the rear ultra
-
sonic sensors. Reverse Parking Colli
-
sion-Avoidance Assist may not
operate properly if the rear view cam
-
era or the rear ultrasonic sensor(s) is
forcibly moved out of proper align
-
ment. Have the vehicle inspected by
an authorized Kia dealer.
å
Do not spray the rear view camera or
the rear ultrasonic sensors or their
surrounding area directly with a high
pressure washer. It may cause the
rear view camera or the rear ultra
-
sonic sensors to malfunction.
å
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance
Assist may not work properly if the
bumper has been damaged, replaced
or repaired.
å
Do not apply objects, such as a
bumper sticker or a bumper guard,
near the rear view camera or rear
ultrasonic sensors or apply paint to
the bumper. Doing so may adversely
affect the performance of Reverse
Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist.
å
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance
Assist may not operate normally if
OMQ4AH041564
OMQ4AH041566
Driving your vehicle
1646
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist (PCA)
interfered by strong electromagnetic
waves.
Reverse Parking Distance Warn
-
ing Settings
Parking Safety
With the ENGINE START/STOP button in
the ON position, select or deselect
'Driver Assistance â Parking Safety'
from the Settings menu to set whether
or not to use each function.
å
If 'Rear Active Assist' is selected, the
function will warn the driver and assist
with braking when a collision with a
pedestrian or an object is imminent.
å
If 'Rear Warning Only' is selected, the
function will warn the driver when a
collision with a pedestrian or an object
is imminent. Braking will not be
assisted.
å
If 'Off' is selected, the function will
turn off.
Warning Timing
With the ENGINE START/STOP button in
the ON position, select 'Driver Assistance
â Warning Timing' from the Settings
menu to change the initial warning acti
-
vation time for Forward Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist.
When the vehicle is first delivered, Warn
-
ing Timing is set to 'Standard'.
If you change the Warning Timing, the
warning time of other Driver Assistance
systems may change.
Warning Sound and Haptic
With the vehicle on, touch
Settings
â
Vehicle
â
Driver Assistance
â
Warn
-
ing Sound and Haptic
on the infotain
-
ment system to change the Warning
Sound and Haptic.
OMQ4AH050348
OMQ4PH052469N
OMQ4PH052470N
165
6
6
Driving your vehicle Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist (PCA)
å
Warning Volume
: You can adjust the
Warning Volume from level 1 to 3. If
equipped with steering wheel vibra
-
tion, the volume level can be set from
0 to 3.
å
Steering Wheel Vibration Warning
:
Steering wheel vibration can be
selected. (if equipped)
NOTICE
å
Ensure that
Warning Sound and
Haptic
you have set may apply to the
Warning volume of other Driver Assis
-
tance systems.
å
Warning Sound and Haptic
will
maintain its last setting even if the
vehicle is restarted.
å
If not equipped with the navigation
system, select
User Settings
â
Driver Assistance
to adjust the Warn
-
ing Volume.
å
The setting menu may not be avail
-
able for your vehicle depending on
the vehicle features and specifica
-
tions.
å
Descriptions of each Driver Assistance
system may be slightly different from
the owner's manual after updating the
software of your infotainment system.
In this case, scan the QR code in the
infotainment system manual to
access the web manual for checking
the changes.
Reverse Parking Distance Warn
-
ing Operation
Operating conditions
If 'Rear Active Assist' or 'Rear Warning
Only' is set from the Settings menu,
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance
Assist will be in the ready status when
the following conditions are satisfied:
å
The liftgate is closed
å
The gear is changed to R (Reverse)
å
Vehicle speed is below 7.5mph (12
km/h)
Function components such as the rear
view camera and the rear ultrasonic sen
-
sors are in normal conditions
Rear Warning Only
å
If the function detects a risk of colli
-
sion with a pedestrian or an object,
the function will warn the driver with
an audible warning, steering wheel
vibration and warning message on
the cluster. When Rear View Monitor
is operating, a warning will appear on
the infotainment system screen.
å
If 'Rear Warning Only' is selected,
braking will not be assisted.
å
The warning will turn off when the
gear is shifted to P (Park), N (Neutral)
or D (Drive).
Rear Active Assist
å
If the function detects a risk of colli
-
sion with a pedestrian or an object,
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance
Assist will warn the driver with an
audible warning, steering wheel vibra
-
tion and warning message on the
cluster. When Rear View Monitor is
operating, a warning will appear on
the infotainment system screen.
å
If the function detects imminent colli
-
sion with a pedestrian or an object
Driving your vehicle
1666
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist (PCA)
behind the vehicle, the function will
assist you with braking. The driver
needs to pay attention as the brake
assist will end within 2 seconds. The
driver must immediately depress the
brake pedal and check vehicle sur
-
roundings.
å
Brake control will end when:
- The gear is changed to P (Park) or
D (Drive).
- The driver depresses the brake
pedal with sufficient power
- Braking assist last for approxi
-
mately 2 seconds
å
The warning will turn off when:
- The driver changes the gear to P
(Park), N (Neutral), or D (Drive)
å
The brake control may not operate
properly depending on the status of
ESC (Electronic Stability Control).
å
There will only be a warning when:
- The ESC (Electronic Stability Con
-
trol) warning light is on
- ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is
engaged in a different function
WARNING
å
Playing the vehicle audio system at
high volume may prevent passengers
from hearing Reverse Parking Colli
-
sion-Avoidance Assist warning sounds
å
Noise may be heard when sudden
braking occurs to avoid a collision.
å
If any other warning sound such as
the seat belt warning chime is already
generated, Reverse Parking Collision-
Avoidance Assist warning may not
sound.
å
The performance of Reverse Parking
Collision-Avoidance Assist may vary
under certain conditions. If vehicle
speed is above 2 mph (4 km/h), the
function will provide collision avoid
-
ance assist only when pedestrians are
detected. Always look around and pay
attention when backing up your vehi
-
cle.
Reverse Parking Distance Warn
-
ing Malfunction and Limitations
Reverse Parking Distance Warn
-
ing malfunction
When Reverse Parking Collision- Avoid
-
ance Assist or other related functions
are not working properly, the 'Check
Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist sys
-
tem' warning message will appear on
the cluster, and the function will turn off
automatically. Have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
OMQ4040510L
167
6
6
Driving your vehicle Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist (PCA)
Reverse Parking Distance Warn
-
ing disabled
The rear view camera is used as a
detecting sensor to detect pedestrians. If
the camera lens is covered with foreign
material, such as snow or rain, it may
adversely affect camera performance
and Reverse Parking Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist may not operate normally.
Always keep the camera lens clean.
The rear ultrasonic sensors are located
inside the rear bumper to detect objects
in the rear area. If the sensors are cov
-
ered with foreign material, such as snow
or rain, it may adversely affect sensor
performance and Reverse Parking Colli
-
sion-Avoidance Assist may not operate
normally. Always keep the rear bumper
clean.
Wide-rear view camera
Rear ultrasonic sensor
The 'Camera error or blockage'
'Camera error or blockage' or 'Ultrasonic
sensor error of blockage' warning mes
-
sage will appear on the cluster if the fol
-
lowing situations occur:
å
The rear view camera or ultrasonic
sensors are covered with foreign
material, such as snow or rain, etc.
å
There is inclement weather, such as
heavy snow, heavy rain, etc.
If this occurs, Reverse Parking Collision-
Avoidance Assist may turn off or may
not operate properly. Check whether the
rear view camera and rear ultrasonic
sensors are clean.
OMQ4AH041564
OMQ4AH041566
OMQ4PH051396L
OMQ4PH051397L
Driving your vehicle
1686
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist (PCA)
Limitations of Reverse Parking
Distance Warning
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance
Assist may not assist braking or warn the
driver even if there are pedestrians or
objects under the following circum
-
stances:
å
Any non-factory equipment or acces
-
sory is installed
å
Your vehicle is unstable due to an
accident or other causes
å
Bumper height or rear ultrasonic sen
-
sor installation has been modified
å
Rear view camera or rear ultrasonic
sensor(s) is damaged
å
Rear view camera or the rear ultra
-
sonic sensor(s) is stained with foreign
matter, such as snow, dirt, etc.
å
Rear view camera is obscured by a
light source or by inclement weather,
such as heavy rain, fog, snow, etc.
å
The surrounding is very bright or very
dark
å
Outside temperature is very high or
very low
å
The wind is either strong (above 12
mph (20 km/h)) or blowing perpen
-
dicular to the rear bumper
å
Objects generating excessive noise,
such as vehicle horns, loud motorcy
-
cle engines or truck air brakes, are
near your vehicle
å
An ultrasonic sensor with similar fre
-
quency is near your vehicle
å
There is ground height difference
between the vehicle and the pedes
-
trian
å
The image of the pedestrian in the
rear view camera is indistinguishable
from the background
å
The pedestrian is near the rear edge
of the vehicle
å
The pedestrian is not standing upright
å
The pedestrian is either very short or
very tall for the function to detect
å
The pedestrian or cyclist is wearing
clothing that easily blends into the
background, making it difficult to
detect
å
The pedestrian is wearing clothing
that does not reflect ultrasonic waves
well
å
Size, thickness, height, or shape of the
object does not reflect ultrasonic
waves well (e.g., pole, bush, curbs,
carts, edge of a wall, etc.)
å
The pedestrian or the object is moving
å
The pedestrian or the object is very
close to the rear of the vehicle
å
A wall is behind the pedestrian or the
object
å
The object is not located at the rear
center of your vehicle
å
The object is not parallel to the rear
bumper
å
The road is slippery or inclined
å
The driver backs up the vehicle imme
-
diately after shifting to R (Reverse)
å
The driver accelerates or circles the
vehicle
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance
Assist may unnecessarily warn the driver
or assist with braking even if there are
no pedestrians or objects under the fol
-
lowing circumstances:
å
Any non-factory equipment or acces
-
sory is installed
å
Your vehicle is unstable due to an
accident or other causes
å
Bumper height or rear ultrasonic sen
-
sor installation has been modified
169
6
6
Driving your vehicle Remote Smart Parking Assist (RSPA)
å
Your vehicle height is low or high due
to heavy loads, abnormal tire pres
-
sure, etc.
å
Rear view camera or the rear ultra
-
sonic sensor(s) is stained with foreign
matter, such as snow, dirt, etc.
å
The pattern on the road is mistaken
for a pedestrian
å
There is shadow or light reflecting on
the ground
å
Pedestrians or objects are around the
path of the vehicle
å
Objects generating excessive noise,
such as vehicle horns, loud motorcy
-
cle engines or truck air brakes, are
near your vehicle
å
Your vehicle is backing towards a nar
-
row passage or parking space
å
Your vehicle is backing towards an
uneven road surface, such as an
unpaved road, gravel, bump, gradient,
etc.
å
A trailer or carrier is installed on the
rear of your vehicle
å
An ultrasonic sensor with similar fre
-
quency is near your vehicle
Remote Smart Parking Assist
(RSPA) (if equipped)
Remote Smart Parking Assist uses vehi
-
cle sensors to help the driver park and
exit parking spaces remotely from out
-
side the vehicle by automatically search
-
ing for parking spaces, and controlling
the steering wheel, vehicle speed and
gearshifts.
å
Remote Moving Forward/Backward
function helps the driver move the
vehicle forward or backward from
outside the vehicle using the smart
key.
å
When Remote Smart Parking Assist
operates, Surround View Monitor and
Parking Distance Warning will also
operate. For more details, refer to
"Surround View Monitor (SVM) (if
equipped)" on page 5-117 and "For
-
ward/Reverse Parking Distance Warn
-
ing (PDW) (if equipped)" on page 5-
124.
WARNING
å
The driver is responsible for safe
parking and exit when using Remote
Smart Parking Assist. Make sure there
are no pedestrians, animals or objects
around the vehicle when using the
function.
Function Description
Remote Operation
Remotely moving forward or
backward
OMQ4050176
Driving your vehicle
1706
Remote Smart Parking Assist (RSPA)
å
Always check surroundings when
using Remote Smart Parking Assist.
You may collide with pedestrians, ani
-
mals, or objects if they are near the
sensor or are in the sensorâs blind
spot area.
å
A collision may occur if a pedestrian,
animal, or object suddenly appears
while Remote Smart Parking Assist is
operating.
å
Do not use Remote Smart Parking
Assist when under the influence of
alcohol.
å
Do not let children or other people to
use the smart key.
å
When operating Remote Smart Park
-
ing Assist, be careful of objects such
as flower pots or parking blocks
located above or below the ultrasonic
sensor. Such object may damage the
vehicle or other objects.
CAUTION
å
Remote Smart Parking Assist may not
operate properly depending on the
surroundings and other conditions.
å
If the Remote Smart Parking Assist is
used continuously for a long period, it
may adversely affect function perfor
-
mance.
å
Remote Smart Parking Assist may not
operate normally if the vehicle needs
wheel alignment adjustment such as
when the vehicle tilts to one side. Con
-
tact an authorized Kia dealer for
inspection.
å
If you use a different tire or wheel size
rather than the size recommended, it
may adversely affect Remote Smart
Parking Assist performance.
å
Remote Smart Parking Assist perfor
-
mance may reduce on uneven sur
-
faces (curbstone, speed bump, etc.).
å
If you attach objects or install any
types of cover on the steering wheel,
it may cancel Remote Smart Parking
Assist operation.
å
Noise may be heard when braking
occurs by Remote Smart Parking
Assist or when the brake pedal is
depressed by the driver.
å
Remote Smart Parking Assist may
suddenly apply the brake to avoid col
-
lision.
å
Use the function only in a parking
space that is large enough for the
vehicle to move safely.
NOTICE
å
If the 3rd stage warning (continuous
beep) of the Forward/Reverse Parking
Distance Warning sounds while
Remote Smart Parking Assist is oper
-
ating, it means the obstacle detected
is close to your vehicle. At this time,
Remote Smart Parking Assist will tem
-
porarily stop operating. Make sure
there are no pedestrians, animals, or
objects around your vehicle.
å
Depending on brake operation, the
stop lights may come on while the
vehicle is moving.
171
6
6
Driving your vehicle Remote Smart Parking Assist (RSPA)
Detecting sensor
Front ultrasonic sensors
Front corner ultrasonic sensors
Rear corner ultrasonic sensors
Rear ultrasonic sensors
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting sen
-
sors.
CAUTION
Take the following precautions to main
-
tain optimal performance of the detect
-
ing sensors:
å
Never disassemble the detecting sen
-
sor or sensor assembly, or apply any
impact on it.
å
If the detecting sensor have been
replaced or repaired, contact an
authorized Kia dealer for inspection.
å
Remote Smart Parking Assist may not
operate normally when:
- Moisture is frozen to the sensor
- Sensor is covered with foreign
material, such as snow or water
The function will operate normally
when such foreign material are
removed.
OMQ4H041007
OMQ4040437L
OMQ4PH041601N
OMQ4AH041566
Driving your vehicle
1726
Remote Smart Parking Assist (RSPA)
å
Remote Smart Parking Assist may
malfunction when:
- Driving on uneven road, gravel
roads or bushes
- Objects that generates ultrasonic
waves such as vehicle horns, loud
motorcycle engine sound or truck
air brakes are near the sensor
- Heavy rain or water spray is pres
-
ent
- Wireless transmitters or mobile
phones are present near the sensor
- The sensor is covered with snow
- Affected by another vehicleâs sen
-
sors
- Water flows on the surface of the
sensor
- Installing the license plate differ
-
ently from the original location
å
Detecting range may decrease when:
- Sensor is covered with foreign mat
-
ters, such as snow or water (The
function will operate normally when
such foreign material are removed.)
- The weather is extremely hot or
cold
å
The following objects may not be
detected:
- Sharp or slim objects, such as
ropes, chains or small poles.
- Objects which tend to absorb sen
-
sor frequency, such as clothes,
spongy material or snow.
- Objects smaller than 40 in.(100 cm)
in length and narrower than 6 in.
(14 cm) in diameter.
Remote Smart Parking Assist Set
-
tings
Warning Sound and Haptic
With the vehicle on, touch
Settings
â
Vehicle
â
Driver Assistance
â
Warn
-
ing Sound and Haptic
on the infotain
-
ment system to change the Warning
Sound and Haptic.
å
Warning Volume
: You can adjust the
Warning Volume from level 1 to 3. If
equipped with steering wheel vibra
-
tion, the volume level can be set from
0 to 3.
å
Steering Wheel Vibration Warning
:
Steering wheel vibration can be
selected. (if equipped)
OMQ4PH052470N
173
6
6
Driving your vehicle Remote Smart Parking Assist (RSPA)
NOTICE
å
Ensure that
Warning Sound and
Haptic
you have set may apply to the
Warning volume of other Driver Assis
-
tance systems.
å
Warning Sound and Haptic
will
maintain its last setting even if the
vehicle is restarted.
å
If not equipped with the navigation
system, select
User Settings
â
Driver Assistance
to adjust the Warn
-
ing Volume.
å
The setting menu may not be avail
-
able for your vehicle depending on
the vehicle features and specifica
-
tions.
å
Descriptions of each Driver Assistance
system may be slightly different from
the owner's manual after updating the
software of your infotainment system.
In this case, scan the QR code in the
infotainment system manual to
access the web manual for checking
the changes.
Driving your vehicle
1746
Remote Smart Parking Assist (RSPA)
Remote Smart Parking button
Parking/View button Smart key Remote Start and Forward/Backward button
Location Name Symbol Description
Inside vehicle
Parking/View but
-
ton
Press and hold the Parking/View button to turn on Remote Smart
Parking Assist. Also, Forward/Reverse Parking Distance warning
will automatically turn on.
However, functions may differ depending on the situations. Refer
to each function's description for more details in the following
pages.
Parking Safety but
-
ton
Press the Parking Safety button while Remote Smart Parking Assist
is operating to end function operation.
Smart Key
Remote Start button
Press the Remote Start button after the door is locked with the
engine off to start the engine remotely.
Press the Remote Start button while Remote Operation function is
operating to end function operation.
Forward button
When using the Remote Operation function, the vehicle moves in
the direction of the button while the button is pressed.
Backward button
OMQ4040439
OMQ4PH041602N
175
6
6
Driving your vehicle Remote Smart Parking Assist (RSPA)
Remote Smart Parking Assist
Operation
Remote Operation
1. Getting ready to remotely
move forward and backward
There are two ways to operate Remote
Operation.
Method (1): Using the function
with engine off
1. Within a certain range from the vehi
-
cle press the door lock ( ) button on
the smart key and lock all doors.
2. Press and hold the Remote Start but
-
ton ( ) within 4 seconds until the
engine starts.
Method (2): Using the function
with engine on
1. Park the vehicle in front of the space
where you want to use Remote Oper
-
ation function, and shift the gear to P
(Park).
2. Press and hold the Parking/View
( ) button to turn on Smart Parking
Assist. A message 'Under Remote
Control' will appear on the infotain
-
ment system screen.
3. Get out of the vehicle with the smart
key and close all doors.
å
The infotainment system has to oper
-
ate properly to use Remote Operation
function.
å
Drive below 3 mph (5 km/h) with the
engine on to use Remote Operation
function.
OMQ4H052641
OMQ4H052642
OMQ4050314L
Driving your vehicle
1766
Remote Smart Parking Assist (RSPA)
å
If the function is turned on again after
parallel parking is completed by
Remote Smart Parking Assist, Remote
Operation function can be used.
å
Check that all smart keys are outside
the vehicle when using Remote Oper
-
ation function.
2. Remotely moving forward and
backward
1. Press and hold one of the Forward
( ) or Backward ( ) button on the
smart key. Remote Smart Parking
Assist will automatically control the
steering wheel, vehicle speed and
gearshift. The vehicle will move in the
direction of the button pressed.
2. While Remote Operation function is
operating, if the you do not hold down
the Forward ( ) or Backward ( )
button, the vehicle will stop and func
-
tion control will pause. The function
will start operating again when the
button is pressed and held again.
3. When the vehicle reaches the target
location, the function will turn off.
4. When the driver gets on the vehicle
with the smart key, a message will
appear informing the driver Remote
Operation function is complete on the
infotainment system screen.
In addition, when the Remote Start
( ) button is pressed on the smart
key, a message will appear informing
the driver Remote Operation function
is complete and the engine will turn
off.
å
Remote Operation function will oper
-
ate only when the smart key is within
4 m (13 ft.) from the vehicle. If there is
no vehicle movement even when the
Forward or Backward button is
pressed on the smart key, check the
distance to the vehicle and press the
button again.
å
The detecting range of the smart key
may vary depending on the surround
-
ings that are affected by radio waves
such as transmission tower, broadcast
station, etc.
å
When remotely moving forward using
method (1), it is recognized as an exit
situation, and the vehicle moves 4 m
(13 ft.) to check for pedestrians, ani
-
mals or objects around the vehicle.
After confirmation, the steering wheel
is controlled according to the condi
-
tion ahead.
å
When remotely moving forward using
method (2), it is recognized as a park
-
ing situation, and will immediately
control the steering wheel according
to the condition ahead to assist with
entering the parking space and align
-
ing the vehicle. However, perfor
-
mance may reduce depending on the
pedestrians, animals, shape of
objects, location, etc. around the vehi
-
cle.
å
For moving remotely backward, both
method (1) and (2) aligns the steering
OMQ4H052643
177
6
6
Driving your vehicle Remote Smart Parking Assist (RSPA)
wheel first, and then will only move
the vehicle straight.
å
When remotely moving forward or
backward is completed, the vehicle
will automatically shift to P (Park) and
engage EPB (Electronic Parking
Brake).
CAUTION
å
When using Remote Operation func
-
tion, make sure that all passengers
have gotten out of the vehicle.
å
Before leaving the vehicle, close win
-
dows and sunroofs, and make sure
the engine is off before locking the
doors.
å
If the vehicleâs battery is discharged
or Remote Smart Parking Assist mal
-
functions when parked in a narrow
parking space, Remote Operation
function will not operate. Always park
your vehicle in a space wide enough
for you to get in or out of your vehicle.
å
Please note that depending on the
parking space, you may not be able to
exit from the space you have entered
by using Remote Operation function.
å
After parking, the surrounding may
change due to the movement of sur
-
rounding vehicles. If this occurs,
Remote Operation function may not
operate.
How to turn off Remote Opera
-
tion function while operating
å
Press the Remote Start ( ) button
on the smart key.
å
Press the Parking/View ( ) button.
å
Press the Parking Safety ( ) button
or select 'Cancel' on the infotainment
system screen.
å
Press the Remote Start ( ) button
on the smart key. Remote Operation
function will turn off. At this time, the
engine will turn off.
å
Get on the vehicle with the smart key.
Remote Operation function will turn
off. At this time, the engine will remain
on.
The function will pause in the fol
-
lowing conditions when:
å
There is a pedestrian, animal or object
in the direction the vehicle is moving
å
The door or liftgate is open
å
The Forward ( ) or Backward ( )
button is not continuously pressed
å
Simultaneously pressing multiple but
-
tons on a smart key
å
The smart key is not operated within 4
m (13 ft.) from the vehicle
å
Button of another smart key is
pressed in addition to the operating
smart key
å
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
or Rear-Cross Traffic Collision Assist
operates while the vehicle is being
controlled in the reverse direction
å
The vehicle moves 7 m (22 ft.) while
the smart key is pressed with Remote
Operation function (maximum travel
distance per button press)
When Remote Moving Forward/Back
-
ward function is paused, the vehicle will
stop. If the condition that made the func
-
tion to pause disappears, the function
may operate again.
The function will cancel in the fol
-
lowing conditions when:
å
The steering wheel is steered
Driving your vehicle
1786
Remote Smart Parking Assist (RSPA)
å
The gear is shifted while the vehicle is
moving
å
Operating EPB while the vehicle is
moving
å
The engine hood is open
å
Vehicle speed is above 3 mph(5 km/h)
å
Rapid acceleration occurs
å
Vehicle skid occurs
å
The wheel is stuck by an obstacle and
cannot move
å
There are pedestrians, animals or
objects at the front and rear of the
vehicle at the same time
å
Approximately 3 minutes and 50 sec
-
onds have past after Remote Moving
Forward/Backward function has
started to operate
å
The slope of the road exceeds the
operational range
å
The steering wheel, gearshift, braking,
and drive controls are not working
normally
å
The function is paused for more than
1 minute
å
The total travel distance of the vehicle
has exceeded 14 m (45 ft.) after
Remote Operation function operation
å
There is a problem with the smart key
or the smart key battery is low
å
ABS, TCS or ESC operates due to slip
-
pery road conditions
å
The brake pedal or accelerator pedal
is depressed when all the doors are
closed
å
The smart key is outside the vehicle
when the brake pedal is depressed
while the driver's door is open.
å
The alarm of the Theft Alarm System
sounds
When Remote Operation function is can
-
celed, the vehicle will automatically stop,
shift the gear to P (Park) and engage
EPB (Electronic Parking Brake).
CAUTION
Check whether the doors are locked
when Remote Operation function is can
-
celed.
179
6
6
Driving your vehicle Remote Smart Parking Assist (RSPA)
Remote Operation status
Smart key LED/Hazard warning light
The operation status of Remote Smart Parking Assist is indicated by the smart key LED and the hazard warning light.
* Operation status by the hazard warning light may not be applicable based on the regulation of your country.
* If the smart key is not within the operating range from the vehicle (approximately 4 m (13 ft.)), the smart key LED will
not illuminate or blink. Use the smart key within the operating range.
Operation Status Smart Key LED
Hazard warn
-
ing light
In operation Green LED Continuously blinks -
Paused Red LED Continuously blinks Blinks
Operation off
Red LED illuminates for 4 seconds
and then turns off
Blinks 3 times
and turns off
Operation complete
Green LED illuminates for 4 sec
-
onds and then turns off
Blinks 1 time
and turns off
OMQ4041583
Driving your vehicle
1806
Remote Smart Parking Assist (RSPA)
Remote Smart Parking Assist
Malfunction and Limitations
Remote Smart Parking Assist
malfunction
Remote Smart Parking Assist
check
When Remote Smart Parking Assist is
not working properly, the 'Check Parking
Assist' warning message will appear on
the infotainment system screen. If the
message appears, stop using the func
-
tion, and have the system inspected by
an authorized Kia dealer.
Remote Smart Parking Assist
canceled
When Remote Smart Parking Assist is
operating, the function can be canceled,
and the 'Parking Assist Canceled' warn
-
ing message may appear regardless of
the parking order. Other messages may
appear depending on the situations. Fol
-
low the instructions provided on the
infotainment system screen while park
-
ing your vehicle with Remote Smart
Parking Assist. Always look around and
pay attention when using the function.
Remote Smart Parking Assist
standby
When 'Parking Assist Conditions Not
Met' message appears, when Parking/
View ( ) button has been pressed
and held, Remote Smart Parking Assist
is in standby. After a while, press and
hold the Parking/View ( ) button
again to see if the function works.
The message appears even when the
smart key's battery is low. Check the
smart key battery level.
OMQ4050313L
OMQ4051315L
OMQ4051315L
181
6
6
Driving your vehicle Remote Smart Parking Assist (RSPA)
Limitations of Remote Smart
Parking Assist
In the following circumstances, function
performance to park or exit the vehicle
may be limited, there may be a risk of
collision, or Remote Smart Parking Assist
may turn off. Park or exit the vehicle
manually if necessary.
å
The parking space is curved or diago
-
nal
å
There is an obstacle such as a trash
can, bicycle, motorcycle, shopping
cart, narrow pillar etc. near the park
-
ing space
å
There is a circular pillar or narrow pil
-
lar, or a pillar surrounded by objects
such as fire extinguisher, etc. near the
parking space
å
There is heavy snow, rain or wind
å
The vehicle is installed with a snow
chain, spare tire or different size
wheel
å
Tire pressure is lower or higher than
the standard tire pressure
å
The road is bumpy
å
The road is slippery
å
The parking space is near a vehicle
with higher ground clearance or big,
such as a truck, etc.
å
Your vehicle is loaded with cargo lon
-
ger or wider than your vehicle or a
trailer is connected to your vehicle
å
The sensor is mounted or positioned
incorrectly by an impact to the
bumper
å
The parking space is Inclined
å
There is a problem with the wheel
alignment
å
Your vehicle is leaned severely to one
side
å
Front or rear ultrasonic sensors are
not working properly or does not work
(Refer to "Forward/Reverse Parking
Distance Warning (PDW) (if
equipped)" on page 5-124.)
Remote Smart Parking Assist may not
operate normally under the following
circumstances:
å
Parking on an inclined road
Park manually when parking onin
-
clines.
å
Parking in snow
Snow may interfere with sensor oper
-
ation, or Remote Smart Parking Assist
may cancel if the road is slippery
while parking.
OMQ4H040022L
OMQ4H040023L
Driving your vehicle
1826
Remote Smart Parking Assist (RSPA)
å
Parking on uneven road
Remote Smart Parking Assist may
cancel when the vehicle slips, or the
vehicle cannot move due to road con
-
ditions such as pebbles or fragmented
stones.
å
Parking behind a truck
Do not use Remote Smart Parking
Assist around vehicles with higher
ground clearance, such as a bus,
truck, etc. It may lead to an accident.
å
Parking near a pillar
Remote Smart Parking Assist perfor
-
mance may reduce when there is a
pillar or pillar surrounded by objects
such as a fire extinguisher near the
parking space.
å
Parking in a parking space with a
vehicle on one side only
If Remote Smart Parking Assist is
used, when parking in a parking
space with a vehicle only on one side,
your vehicle may cross the parking
line to avoid the parked vehicle.
OMQ4H050014
OMQ4H050013
OMQ4H052644
OMQ4H052645
183
6
6
Driving your vehicle Declaration of conformity
å
Parking diagonal
Remote Smart Parking Assist does not
provide diagonal parking. Even if your
vehicle was able to enter the parking
space, do not use the function
because the function cannot operate
normally.
Declaration of conformity (if
equipped)
The radio frequency components
(Front Radar) complies:
For United States and United
States territories
OMQ4050191
OANATEL002
OKA4050554L
Driving your vehicle
1846
Declaration of conformity
For Canada
For Mexico
The radio frequency components
(Rear Corner Radar) complies:
For United States and United
States territories
OKA4050556L
OKA4050562L
OANATEL002
OMQ4A061070
185
6
6
Driving your vehicle Economical operation
For Canada
For Mexico
Radio frequency radiation expo
-
sure information:
This equipment complies with FCC radi
-
ation exposure limits set forth for an
uncontrolled environment. This equip
-
ment should be installed and operated
with minimum distance of 8 in (20 cm)
between the radiator (antenna) and your
body. This transmitter must not be co-
located or operating in conjunction with
any other antenna or transmitter.
Economical operation
Your vehicle's fuel economy depends
mainly on your style of driving, where
you drive and when you drive.
Each of these factors affects how many
kilometers (miles) you can get from a
liter (gallon) of fuel. To operate your
vehicle as economically as possible, use
the following driving suggestions to help
save money in both fuel and repairs:
å
Drive smoothly. Accelerate at a mod
-
erate rate. Don't make "jackrabbit"
starts or full-throttle shifts and main
-
tain a steady cruising speed. Don't
race between stoplights. Try to adjust
your speed to the traffic so you don't
have to change speeds unnecessar
-
ily. Avoid heavy traffic whenever pos
-
sible.
Always maintain a safe distance from
other vehicles so you can avoid
unnecessary braking. This also
reduces brake wear.
å
Drive at a moderate speed. The faster
you drive, the more fuel your vehicle
uses. Driving at a moderate speed,
especially on the highway, is one of
the most effective ways to reduce fuel
consumption.
å
Take care of your tires. Keep them
inflated to the recommended pres
-
sure. Incorrect inflation, either too
much or too little, results in unneces
-
sary tire wear. Check the tire pres
-
sures at least once a month.
å
Be sure that the wheels are aligned
correctly. Improper alignment can
result from hitting curbs or driving too
fast over irregular surfaces. Poor
alignment causes faster tire wear and
may also result in other problems as
well as greater fuel consumption.
OMQ4A061071
OMQ4A061072
Driving your vehicle
1866
Economical operation
å
Keep your vehicle in good condition.
For better fuel economy and reduced
maintenance costs, maintain your
vehicle in accordance with the main
-
tenance schedule in "Scheduled main
-
tenance service" on page 8-9. If you
drive your vehicle in severe condi
-
tions, more frequent maintenance is
required (Refer to "Maintenance
under severe usage conditions" on
page 8-13).
å
Travel lightly. Don't carry unnecessary
weight in your vehicle. Weight
reduces fuel economy.
å
Don't let the engine idle longer than
necessary. If you are waiting (and not
in traffic), turn off your engine and
restart only when you're ready to go.
å
Don't "lug" or "over-rev" the engine.
Lugging is driving too slowly in too
high a gear resulting in the engine
bucking. If this happens, shift to a
lower gear. Over-revving is racing the
engine beyond its safe limit. This can
be avoided by shifting at the recom
-
mended speeds.
å
Open windows at high speeds can
reduce fuel economy.
å
Fuel economy is less in crosswinds
and headwinds. To help offset some
of this loss, slow down when driving in
these conditions.
Keeping a vehicle in good operating
condition is important both for economy
and safety.
Therefore, have the function checked by
an authorized Kia dealer.
WARNING
Engine off during motion
Never turn the engine off to coast down
hills or anytime the vehicle is in motion.
The power steering and power brakes
will not function properly without the
engine running. In addition, turning off
the vehicle while driving could engage
the steering wheel lock resulting in loss
of vehicle steering. Keep the engine on
and downshift to an appropriate gear for
engine braking effect.
187
6
6
Driving your vehicle Special driving conditions
Special driving conditions
If driving conditions deteriorate due to
poor weather or road conditions, you
should pay even more attention than
usual to your driving.
Hazardous driving conditions
When hazardous driving conditions are
encountered such as water, snow, ice,
mud, sand, or similar hazards, follow
these suggestions:
å
Drive cautiously and allow extra dis
-
tance for braking.
å
Avoid sudden braking or steering.
å
Do not pump the brake pedal on a
vehicle equipped with ABS.
å
If stalled in snow, mud, or sand, use
the second gear. Accelerate slowly to
avoid spinning the drive wheels.
å
Use sand, rock salt, or other nonslip
material under the drive wheels to
provide traction when stalled in ice,
snow, or mud.
Reducing the risk of a rollover
This multi-purpose passenger vehicle is
defined as a Sports Utility Vehicle (SUV).
Utility vehicles have a significantly
higher rollover rate than other types of
vehicles. SUVs have higher ground
clearance and a narrower track to make
them capable of performing in a wide
variety of offroad applications.
Specific design characteristics give them
a higher center of gravity than ordinary
vehicles. An advantage of the higher
ground clearance is a better view of the
road, which allows you to anticipate
problems.
They are not designed for cornering at
the same speeds as conventional pas
-
senger vehicles, any more than low-
slung sports vehicles are designed to
perform satisfactorily in off-road condi
-
tions. Due to this risk, driver and passen
-
gers are strongly recommended to
buckle their seat belts.
In a rollover crash, an unbelted person is
significantly more likely to die than a
person wearing a seat belt. There are
steps that a driver can make to reduce
the risk of a rollover.
If at all possible, avoid sharp turns or
abrupt maneuvers, do not load your roof
rack with heavy cargo, and never modify
your vehicle in any way.
WARNING
Rollover
As with other Sports Utility Vehicle
(SUV), failure to operate this vehicle cor
-
rectly may result in loss of control, an
accident or vehicle rollover.
å
Utility vehicles have a significantly
higher rollover rate than other types
of vehicles.
å
Specific design characteristics (higher
ground clearance, narrower track,
etc.) give this vehicle a higher center
of gravity than ordinary vehicles.
å
A SUV is not designed for cornering at
the same speeds as conventional
vehicles.
å
Avoid sharp turns or abrupt maneu
-
vers.
å
In a rollover crash, an unbelted person
is significantly more likely to die than
a person wearing a seat belt. Make
sure everyone in the vehicle is prop
-
erly buckled up.
Driving your vehicle
1886
Special driving conditions
WARNING
Your vehicle is equipped with tires
designed to provide safe ride and han
-
dling capability. Do not use tires and
wheels that are different in size and type
from the originally installed ones. It can
affect the safety and performance of
your vehicle, which could lead to steer
-
ing failure or rollover and serious injury.
When replacing the tires, be sure to
equip all four tires with the tire and
wheel of the same size, type, tread,
brand and load-carrying capacity.
Rocking the vehicle
If it is necessary to rock the vehicle to
free it from snow, sand, or mud, first
turn the steering wheel right and left to
clear the area around your front wheels.
Then, shift back and forth between R
(Reverse) and any forward gear.
Do not race the engine, and spin the
wheels as little as possible. If you are still
stuck after a few tries, have the vehicle
pulled out by a tow vehicle to avoid
engine overheating and possible dam
-
age to the transmission.
WARNING
Sudden vehicle movement
Do not attempt to rock the vehicle if
people or objects are nearby. The vehi
-
cle may suddenly move forward or
backwards as it becomes unstuck.
CAUTION
Vehicle rocking
Prolonged rocking may cause vehicle
overheating, transmission damage or
failure, and tire damage.
CAUTION
Spinning tires
Do not spin the wheels, especially at
speeds more than 35 mph (56 km/h).
Spinning the wheels at high speeds
when the vehicle is stationary could
overheat and damage tires, and the
rotating wheels may fly away and injure
bystanders.
NOTICE
The Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
should be turned OFF prior to rocking
the vehicle.
Smooth cornering
Avoid braking or gear changing in cor
-
ners, especially when roads are wet. Ide
-
ally, corners should always be taken
under gentle acceleration. If you follow
these suggestions, tire wear will be held
to a minimum.
OMQ4AH051198
189
6
6
Driving your vehicle Special driving conditions
Driving at night
Because night driving presents more
hazards than driving in the daylight,
here are some important tips to remem
-
ber:
å
Slow down and keep more distance
between you and other vehicles, as it
may be more difficult to see at night,
especially in areas where there may
not be any street lights.
å
Adjust your mirrors to reduce the
glare from other driver's headlamps.
å
Keep your headlamps clean and prop
-
erly aimed. (On vehicles not equipped
with the automatic headlamp aiming
feature.) Dirty or improperly aimed
headlamps will make it much more
difficult to see at night.
å
Avoid staring directly at the head
-
lamps of oncoming vehicles. You
could be temporarily blinded, and it
will take several seconds for your eyes
to readjust to the darkness.
Driving in the rain
Rain and wet roads can make driving
dangerous, especially if you're not pre
-
pared for the slick pavement.
Here are a few things to consider when
driving in the rain:
å
A heavy rainfall will make it harder to
see and will increase the distance
needed to stop your vehicle, so slow
down.
å
Keep your windshield wiping equip
-
ment in good shape. Replace your
windshield wiper blades when they
show signs of streaking or missing
areas on the windshield.
å
If your tires are not in good condition,
making a quick stop on wet pavement
can cause a skid and possibly lead to
an accident. Be sure your tires are in
good shape.
å
Turn on your headlamps to make it
easier for others to see you.
å
Driving too fast through large puddles
can affect your brakes. If you must go
through puddles, try to drive through
them slowly.
å
If you believe you may have gotten
your brakes wet, apply them lightly
while driving until normal braking
operation returns.
OMQ4H050018
OMQ4H061016L
Driving your vehicle
1906
Special driving conditions
Hydroplaning
If the road is wet enough and you are
going fast enough, your vehicle may
have little or no contact with the road
surface and actually ride on the water.
The best advice is SLOW DOWN when
the road is wet.
The risk of hydroplaning increases as
the depth of tire tread decreases,
refer to
"Tires and wheels" on page 8-32.
Driving in flooded areas
Avoid driving through flooded areas
unless you are sure the water is no
higher than the bottom of the wheel
hub. Drive through any water slowly.
Allow adequate stopping distance
because brake performance may be
affected.
After driving through water, dry the
brakes by gently applying them several
times while the vehicle is moving slowly.
Highway driving
Tires
Adjust the tire inflation pressures to
specification. Low tire inflation pressures
will result in overheating and possible
failure of the tires.
Avoid using worn or damaged tires
which may result in reduced traction or
tire failure.
Never exceed the maximum tire inflation
pressure shown on the tires.
WARNING
Under/over inflated tires
Always check the tires for proper infla
-
tion before driving. Underinflated or
overinflated tires can cause poor han
-
dling, loss of vehicle control, and sudden
tire failure, leading to accidents, injuries,
and even death. For proper tire pres
-
sures, refer to "Tires and wheels" on
page 8-32.
WARNING
Tire tread
Always check the tire tread before driv
-
ing your vehicle. Worn-out tires can
result in loss of vehicle control. Worn-out
tires should be replaced as soon as pos
-
sible. For further information and tread
limits, refer to "Tires and wheels" on
page 8-32.
Fuel, engine coolant and engine
oil
High speed travel consumes more fuel
than urban motoring. Do not forget to
check both the engine coolant and
engine oil.
Drive belt
A loose or damaged drive belt may
result in overheating of the engine.
OMQ4PH051337
191
6
6
Driving your vehicle Winter driving
Winter driving
Severe weather conditions in the winter
result in greater wear and other prob
-
lems.
To minimize the problems of winter driv
-
ing, you should follow these sugges
-
tions:
Snowy or icy conditions
To drive your vehicle in deep snow, it
may be necessary to use snow tires or to
install tire chains on your tires.
If snow tires are needed, it is necessary
to select tires equivalent in size and type
of the original equipment tires. Failure to
do so may adversely affect the safety
and handling of your vehicle. Further
-
more, speeding, rapid acceleration, sud
-
den brake applications, and sharp turns
are potentially very hazardous practices.
During deceleration, use vehicle braking
to the fullest extent. Sudden brake appli
-
cations on snowy or icy roads may cause
skids to occur. You need to keep suffi
-
cient distance between the vehicle in
operation in front of your vehicle. Also,
apply the brake gently. It should be
noted that installing tire chains on the
tire will provide a greater driving force,
but will not prevent side skids.
Tire chains are not legal in all states.
Check state laws before fitting tire
chains.
Tire chains
wire-type
fabric-type
Since the sidewalls of radial tires are
thinner, they can be damaged by
mounting some types of snow chains on
them. Therefore, the use of snow tires is
recommended instead of snow chains.
Do not mount tire chains on vehicles
equipped with aluminum wheels; snow
chains may cause damage to the
wheels. If snow chains must be used, use
fabric-type chains for 19 inch tires or
wire-type chains for 17 inch tires with a
thickness of less than 0.47 in (12 mm).
Damage to your vehicle caused by
improper snow chain use is not covered
by your vehicle manufacturers warranty.
OMQ4H050037
OMQ4H050036
Driving your vehicle
1926
Winter driving
When using tire chains, attach them to
the drive wheels as follows.
å
Front wheel drive vehicle moves the
front wheel as a power source. Thus,
snow chains must be mounted to
front tires.
å
After mounting snow chains, drive
slowly. If you hear noise caused by
chains contacting the body, slow
down until the noise stops and
remove the chain as soon as you
begin driving on cleared roads to pre
-
vent damage.
å
Wrong size chains or improperly
installed chains can damage your
vehicle's brake lines, suspension,
body and wheels. Therefore, when
installing snow chain, follow the man
-
ufacturer's instructions and mount
them as tightly possible. Drive slowly
(less than 20 mph (30 km/h)) with
chains installed.
CAUTION
å
Make sure the snow chains are the
correct size and type for your tires.
Incorrect snow chains can cause dam
-
age to the vehicle body and suspen
-
sion and may not be covered by your
vehicle manufacturer warranty. Also,
the snow chain connecting hooks may
be damaged from contacting vehicle
components causing the snow chains
to come loose from the tire. Make sure
the snow chains are SAE class "S" cer
-
tified.
å
Always check chain installation for
proper mounting after driving approx
-
imately 0.3 to 0.6 miles (0.5 to 1 km)
to ensure safe mounting. Retighten or
remount the chains if they are loose.
å
Fabric-type chains must be used on
the vehicle with 19 inch (235/55R19)
tires.
Snow tires
If you mount snow tires on your vehicle,
make sure they are radial tires of the
same size and load range as the original
tires. Mount snow tires on all four wheels
to balance your vehicle's handling in all
weather conditions. Keep in mind that
the traction provided by snow tires on
dry roads may not be as high as your
vehicle's original equipment tires. You
should drive cautiously even when the
roads are clear. Check with the tire
dealer for maximum speed recommen
-
dations.
Do not install studded tires without first
checking local, state and municipal reg
-
ulations for possible restrictions against
their use.
WARNING
Snow tire size
Snow tires should be equivalent in size
and type to the vehicle's standard tires.
Otherwise, the safety and handling of
your vehicle may be adversely affected.
Use high quality ethylene glycol
coolant
Your vehicle is delivered with high qual
-
ity ethylene glycol coolant in the cooling
system. It is the only type of coolant that
should be used because it helps prevent
corrosion in the cooling system, lubri
-
cates the water pump and prevents
freezing. Be sure to replace or replenish
your coolant in accordance with the
maintenance schedule in section 8.
193
6
6
Driving your vehicle Winter driving
Before winter, have your coolant tested
to assure that its freezing point is suffi
-
cient for the temperatures anticipated
during the winter.
Check battery and cables
Winter puts additional burdens on the
battery system. Visually inspect the bat
-
tery and cables as described in section
8. Have the level of charge in your bat
-
tery checked by an authorized Kia
dealer.
Change to "winter weight" oil if
necessary
In some climates it is recommended that
a lower viscosity "winter weight" oil be
used during cold weather. See "Recom
-
mended lubricants and capacities" on
page 9-7. If you aren't sure what weight
oil you should use, consult an authorized
Kia dealer.
Check spark plugs and ignition
system
Inspect your spark plugs as described in
"Scheduled maintenance service" on
page 8-9 and replace them if necessary.
Also check all ignition wiring and compo
-
nents to be sure they are not cracked,
worn or damaged in any way.
To keep locks from freezing
To keep the locks from freezing, squirt
an approved de-icer fluid or glycerine
into the key opening. If a lock is covered
with ice, squirt it with an approved de-
icing fluid to remove the ice. If the lock is
frozen internally, you may be able to
thaw it out by using a heated key. Han
-
dle the heated key with care to avoid
injury.
Use approved window washer
anti-freeze in system
To keep the water in the window washer
system from freezing, add an approved
window washer anti-freeze solution in
accordance with instructions on the con
-
tainer. Window washer anti-freeze is
available from an authorized Kia dealer
and most auto parts outlets. Do not use
engine coolant or other types of anti-
freeze as these may damage the paint
finish.
Don't let your parking brake
freeze
Under some conditions your parking
brake can freeze in the engaged posi
-
tion. This is most likely to happen when
there is an accumulation of snow or ice
around or near the rear brakes or if the
brakes are wet. If there is a risk the park
-
ing brake may freeze, temporarily apply
it with the gear in P (Park). Also, block
the rear wheels in advance, so the vehi
-
cle may not roll. Then release the park
-
ing brake.
Don't let ice and snow accumu
-
late underneath
Under some conditions, snow and ice
can build up under the fenders and
interfere with the steering. When driving
in severe winter conditions where this
may happen, you should periodically
check underneath the vehicle to be sure
the movement of the front wheels and
the steering components is not
obstructed.
Driving your vehicle
1946
Trailer towing
Carry emergency equipment
Depending on the severity of the
weather, you should carry appropriate
emergency equipment. Some of the
items you may want to carry include tire
chains, tow straps or chains, flashlight,
emergency flares, sand, shovel, jumper
cables, window scraper, gloves, ground
cloth, coveralls, blanket, etc.
Do not place objects or materials
in the engine compartment
Putting objects or materials in the
engine compartment may cause an
engine failure or combustion, because
they may block the engine cooling. Such
damage will not be covered by the man
-
ufacturer's warranty.
Drive your vehicle when water
vapor condenses and accumu
-
lates inside the exhaust pipes
When the vehicle is stopped for a long
time in winter while the engine is run
-
ning, water vapor may condense and
accumulate inside the exhaust pipes.
Water in the exhaust pipes may cause
noise, etc., but it is drained driving at
medium to high speed.
Trailer towing (if equipped)
If you are considering towing with your
vehicle, you should first check with your
country's Department of Motor Vehicles
to determine their legal requirements.
Since laws vary the requirements for
towing trailers, cars, or other types of
vehicles or apparatus may differ. Ask an
authorized Kia dealer.
WARNING
Towing a trailer
If you don't use the correct equipment
and drive improperly, you can lose con
-
trol when you pull a trailer. For example,
if the trailer is too heavy, the brakes may
not work well - or even at all. You and
your passengers could be seriously or
fatally injured. Pull a trailer only if you
have followed all the steps in this sec
-
tion.
WARNING
Weight limits
Before towing, make sure the total trailer
weight, gross combination weight, gross
vehicle weight, gross axle weight and
trailer tongue load are all within the lim
-
its.
NOTICE
å
The technically permissible maximum
load on the rear axle(s) may be
exceeded by not more than 15 % and
the technically permissible maximum
laden mass of the vehicle may be
exceeded by not more than 10 % or
220.4 lbs (100 kg), whichever value is
lower. In this case, do not exceed 60
mph (100 km/h) for vehicle of cate
-
gory M1 or 50 mph (80 km/h) for
vehicle of category N1.
195
6
6
Driving your vehicle Trailer towing
å
When towing a trailer, the additional
load imposed at the trailer coupling
device may cause the rear tire maxi
-
mum load ratings to be exceeded, but
not by more than 15%. In such a case,
do not exceed 60 miles (100km/h),
and the rear tire pressure should be at
least 0.2 bar (20 kPa) above the tire
pressure(s) as recommended for nor
-
mal use (i.e. without a trailer
attached).
CAUTION
Pulling a trailer improperly can damage
your vehicle and result in costly repairs
not covered by your warranty. To pull a
trailer correctly, follow the advice in this
section.
Your vehicle can tow a trailer. To identify
what the vehicle trailering capacity is for
your vehicle, refer to "Weight of the
trailer" on page 6-201 that appears later
in this section.
Remember that trailering is different
than just driving your vehicle by itself.
Trailering means changes in handling,
durability, and fuel economy. Successful,
safe trailering requires correct equip
-
ment, and it has to be used properly.
This section contains many timetested,
important trailering tips and safety rules.
Many of these are important for your
safety and that of your passengers.
Please read this section carefully before
you pull a trailer.
Load-pulling components such as the
engine, transmission, wheel assemblies,
and tires are forced to work harder
against the load of the added weight.
The engine is required to operate at rela
-
tively higher speeds and under greater
loads. This additional burden generates
extra heat. The trailer also considerably
adds wind resistance, increasing pulling
requirements.
NOTICE
Location of trailer mounting
The mounting hole for hitches are
located on both sides of the underbody
behind the rear tires.
Hitches
It's important to have the correct hitch
equipment. Crosswinds, large trucks
going by, and rough roads are a few rea
-
sons why you'll need the right hitch.
Here are some rules to follow:
å
Do you have to make any holes in the
body of your vehicle when you install
a trailer hitch? If you do, then be sure
to seal the holes later when you
remove the hitch.
If you don't seal them, deadly carbon
monoxide (CO) from your exhaust
can get into your vehicle, as well as
dirt and water.
å
The bumpers on your vehicle are not
intended for hitches. Do not attach
rental hitches or other bumper-type
hitches. Use only a frame-mounted
hitch that does not attach to the
bumper.
OMQ4AH051279
Driving your vehicle
1966
Trailer towing
å
Any part of the rear number plate or
lighting devices of the vehicle must
not be obscured by the mechanical
coupling device.
If the rear number plate and/or light
-
ing devices can be obscured partially
by any part of the mechanical cou
-
pling device, mechanical coupling
devices that can not be easily
removed or repositioned without use
of any tools, except an easily operated
(i.e. an effort not exceeding 20Nm)
release key which is supplied by the
manufacturer of the coupling device,
are not permitted for use.
Please note that the mechanical cou
-
pling device that is fitted and not in
use must always be removed or repo
-
sitioned if the rear number plate and/
or rear lighting devices are obscured
by any part of the mechanical cou
-
pling device.
å
Kia trailer hitch accessory is available
at an authorized Kia dealer.
Safety chains
You should always attach chains
between your vehicle and your trailer.
Cross the safety chains under the
tongue of the trailer so that the tongue
will not drop to the road if it becomes
separated from the hitch.
Instructions about safety chains may be
provided by the hitch manufacturer or
by the trailer manufacturer. Follow the
manufacturer's recommendation for
attaching safety chains. Always leave
just enough slack so you can turn with
your trailer. And, never allow safety
chains drag on the ground.
Trailer brakes
If your trailer is equipped with a braking
system, make sure it conforms to your
country's regulations and that it is prop
-
erly installed and operating correctly.
If your trailer weighs more than the max
-
imum trailer weight without trailer
brakes loaded, then it needs its own
brakes and they must be adequate. Be
sure to read and follow the instructions
for the trailer brakes so you'll be able to
install, adjust and maintain them prop
-
erly.
å
Don't tap into your vehicle's brake
system.
WARNING
Trailer brakes
Do not use a trailer with its own brakes
unless you are absolutely certain that
you have properly set up the brake sys
-
tem. This is not a task for amateurs. Use
an experienced, competent trailer shop
for this work.
Driving with a trailer
Towing a trailer requires a certain
amount of experience. Before setting
out for the open road, you must get to
know your trailer. Acquaint yourself with
the feel of handling and braking with the
added weight of the trailer. And always
keep in mind that the vehicle you are
driving is now a good deal longer and
not nearly so responsive as your vehicle
is by itself.
Before you start, check the trailer hitch
and platform, safety chains, electrical
connector(s), lights, tires and mirror
adjustment. If the trailer has electric
brakes, start your vehicle and trailer
moving and then apply the trailer brake
controller by hand to be sure the brakes
197
6
6
Driving your vehicle Trailer towing
are working. This lets you check your
electrical connection at the same time.
During your trip, check occasionally to
be sure that the load is secure, and that
the lights and trailer brakes are still
working.
Following distance
Stay at least twice as far behind the
vehicle ahead as you would when driv
-
ing your vehicle without a trailer. This
can help you avoid situations that
require heavy braking and sudden turns.
Passing
You'll need more passing distance up
ahead when you're towing a trailer. And,
because of the increased vehicle length,
you'll need to go much farther beyond
the passed vehicle before you can return
to your lane.
Backing up
Hold the bottom of the steering wheel
with one hand. Then, to move the trailer
to the left, just move your hand to the
left. To move the trailer to the right,
move your hand to the right. Always
back up slowly and, if possible, have
someone guide you.
Making turns
When you're turning with a trailer, make
wider turns than normal. Do this so your
trailer won't strike soft shoulders, curbs,
road signs, trees, or other objects. Avoid
jerky or sudden maneuvers. Signal well
in advance.
Turn signals when towing a
trailer
When you tow a trailer, your vehicle has
to have a different turn signal flasher
and extra wiring. The green arrows on
your instrument panel will flash when
-
ever you signal a turn or lane change.
Properly connected, the trailer lights will
also flash to alert other drivers you're
about to turn, change lanes, or stop.
When towing a trailer, the green arrows
on your instrument panel will flash for
turns even if the bulbs on the trailer are
burned out. Thus, you may think drivers
behind you are seeing your signals
when, in fact, they are not. It's important
to check occasionally to be sure the
trailer bulbs are still working. You must
also check the lights every time you dis
-
connect and then reconnect the wires.
Do not connect a trailer lighting system
directly to your vehicle's lighting system.
Use only an approved trailer wiring har
-
ness.
Have yourself assisted by a professional
workshop in installing the wiring har
-
ness.
Visit an authorized Kia dealer.
WARNING
Failure to use an approved trailer wiring
harness could result in damage to the
vehicle electrical system and/or personal
injury.
Driving your vehicle
1986
Trailer towing
Driving on grades
Reduce the speed and shift to a lower
gear before you start down a long or
steep downgrade. If you don't shift
down, you might have to use your
brakes so much that they would get hot
and no longer operate efficiently.
On a long uphill grade, shift down and
reduce your speed to around 45 mph
(70 km/h) to reduce the possibility of
engine and transmission overheating.
CAUTION
å
When towing a trailer on steep grades
(in excess of 6 %) pay close attention
to the engine coolant temperature
gauge to ensure the engine does not
overheat. If the needle of the coolant
temperature gauge moves across the
dial towards "H (HOT) (or 260 °F/130
°C)", pull over and stop as soon as it is
safe to do so, and allow the engine to
idle until it cools down. You may pro
-
ceed once the engine has cooled suf
-
ficiently.
å
You must decide the driving speed
depending on trailer weight and uphill
grade to reduce the possibility of
engine and transmission overheating.
Parking on hills
Generally, if you have a trailer attached
to your vehicle, you should not park your
vehicle on a hill. People can be seriously
or fatally injured, and both your vehicle
and the trailer can be damaged if unex
-
pectedly roll down hill.
WARNING
Parking on a hill
Parking your vehicle on a hill with a
trailer attached could cause serious
injury or death, should the trailer break
loose.
However, if you ever have to park your
trailer on a hill, here's how to do it:
1. Pull the vehicle into the parking space.
Turn the steering wheel in the direc
-
tion of the curb (right if headed down
hill, left if headed up hill).
2. Set the parking brake and shut off the
vehicle.
3. Place chocks under the trailer wheels
on the down hill side of the wheels.
4. Start the vehicle, hold the brakes, shift
to neutral, release the parking brake
and slowly release the brakes until the
trailer chocks absorb the load.
5. Reapply the brakes, reapply the park
-
ing brake.
6. Shut off the vehicle and release the
vehicle brakes but leave the parking
brake set.
WARNING
Parking brake
It can be dangerous to get out of your
vehicle if the parking brake is not firmly
set.
If you have left the engine running, the
vehicle can move suddenly. You or oth
-
ers could be seriously or fatally injured.
199
6
6
Driving your vehicle Trailer towing
When you are ready to leave
after parking on a hill
1. Apply your brakes and hold the brake
pedal down while you:
å
Start your engine;
å
Shift into gear; and
å
Release the parking brake.
2. Slowly remove your foot from the
brake pedal.
3. Drive slowly until the trailer is clear of
the chocks.
4. Stop and have someone pick up and
store the chocks.
Maintenance when trailer towing
Your vehicle will need service more
often when you regularly pull a trailer.
Important items to pay particular atten
-
tion to include engine oil, axle lubricant
and cooling system fluid. Brake condi
-
tion is another important item to fre
-
quently check. Each item is covered in
this manual, and the Index will help you
find them quickly. If you're trailering, it's
a good idea to review these sections
before you start your trip.
Don't forget to also maintain your trailer
and hitch. Follow the maintenance
schedule that accompanied your trailer
and check it periodically. Preferably,
conduct the check at the start of each
day's driving. Most importantly, all hitch
nuts and bolts should be tight.
CAUTION
å
Due to higher load during trailer
usage, overheating might occur in hot
days or during uphill driving. If the
coolant gauge indicates overheating,
switch off the A/C and stop the vehi
-
cle in a safe area to cool down the
engine.
å
When towing, check the transmission
fluid more frequently.
å
If your vehicle is not equipped with an
air conditioner, you should install a
condenser fan to improve engine per
-
formance when towing a trailer.
If you do decide to pull a trailer
Here are some important points if you
decide to pull a trailer:
å
Consider using a sway control. You
can ask a hitch dealer about sway
control.
å
Do not do any towing with your vehi
-
cle during its first 1,200 miles (2,000
km) in order to allow the engine to
properly break in. Failure to heed this
caution may result in serious engine
or transmission damage.
å
When towing a trailer, consult an
authorized Kia dealer on additional
requirements such as a towing kit, etc.
å
Always drive your vehicle at a moder
-
ate speed (less than 60 mph (100 km/
h)).
å
On a long uphill grade, do not exceed
45 mph (70 km/h) or the posted tow
-
ing speed limit, whichever is lower.
å
The chart contains important consid
-
erations that have to do with weight:
Driving your vehicle
2006
Trailer towing
For hybrid vehicle
For plug-in hybrid vehicle
Item
Gasoline Engine
Smartstream G1.6 T-GDi HEV
Maximum trailer
weight
Without brake System 1,653 lbs. (750 kg)
With brake System 2,000 lbs. (907 kg)
Maximum permissible static vertical load on the cou
-
pling device
220 lbs. (100 kg)
Recommended distance from rear wheel center to cou
-
pling point
45.3 inches (1,150 mm)
Item
Gasoline Engine
Smartstream G1.6 T-GDi PHEV
Maximum trailer
weight*
Without brake System 1,653 lbs. (750 kg)
With brake Sys
-
tem
Smartstream G
1.6 T-GDi PHEV
2,000 lbs. (907 kg)
Maximum permissible static vertical load on the cou
-
pling device
220 lbs. (100 kg)
Recommended distance from rear wheel center to cou
-
pling point
45.3 inches (1,150 mm)
201
6
6
Driving your vehicle Trailer towing
Weight of the trailer
A: Tongue Load
B: Total Trailer Weight
What is the maximum safe weight of a
trailer? It should never weigh more than
the maximum trailer weight with trailer
brakes. But even that can be too heavy.
It depends on how you plan to use your
trailer. For example, speed, altitude, road
grades, outside temperature and how
often your vehicle is used to pull a trailer
are all important. The ideal trailer weight
can also depend on any special equip
-
ment that you have on your vehicle.
Weight of the trailer tongue
A: Gross Axle Weight
B: Gross Vehicle Weight
The tongue load of any trailer is an
important weight to measure because it
affects the total gross vehicle weight
(GVW) of your vehicle. This weight
includes the curb weight of the vehicle,
any cargo you may carry in it, and the
people who will be riding in the vehicle.
And if you tow a trailer, you must add
the tongue load to the GVW because
your vehicle will also be carrying that
weight.
The trailer tongue should weigh a maxi
-
mum of 10% of the total loaded trailer
weight, within the limits of the maximum
trailer tongue load permissible.
After you've loaded your trailer, weigh
the trailer and then the tongue, sepa
-
rately, to see if the weights are proper. If
they aren't, you may be able to correct
them simply by moving some items
around in the trailer.
OUM076210L
OUM076211L
Driving your vehicle
2026
Vehicle load limit
WARNING
Trailer
å
Never load a trailer with more weight
in the rear than in the front. The front
should be loaded with approximately
60% of the total trailer load; the rear
should be loaded with approximately
40% of the total trailer load.
å
Never exceed the maximum weight
limits of the trailer or trailer towing
equipment. Improper loading can
result in damage to your vehicle and/
or personal injury. Check weights and
loading at a commercial scale or high
-
way patrol office equipped with
scales.
å
An improperly loaded trailer can
cause loss of vehicle control.
Vehicle load limit
The vehicle load limit is displayed
on the tire and loading informa
-
tion label on the driver's door.
Tire and loading information
label
The label located on the driver's
door sill gives the original tire
size, cold tire pressures recom
-
mended for your vehicle, the
number of people that can be in
your vehicle and vehicle capacity
weight.
OMQ4AH060052
OMQ4AH060053
203
6
6
Driving your vehicle Vehicle load limit
Vehicle capacity weight:
1032 lbs. (468 kg)
Vehicle capacity weight is the
maximum combined weight of
occupants and cargo. If your
vehicle is equipped with a trailer,
the combined weight includes
the tongue load.
Seating capacity:
Total: 6 persons (Front seat: 2
persons, Rear seat: 4 persons)
Seating capacity is the maximum
number of occupants including a
driver, your vehicle may carry.
However, the seating capacity
may be reduced based upon the
weight of all of the occupants,
and the weight of the cargo
being carried or towed.
Do not overload the vehicle as
there is a limit to the total weight,
or load limit including occupants
and cargo, the vehicle can carry.
Towing capacity:
å
Smartstream G1.6 T-GDi HEV
- Without trailer brakes: 1,653
lbs. (750 kg)
- With trailer brakes: 2,000
lbs. (907 kg)
å
Smartstream G1.6 T-GDi PHEV
- Without trailer brakes: 1,653
lbs. (750 kg)
- With trailer brakes: 2,000
lbs. (907 kg)
Towing capacity is the maximum
trailer weight including its cargo
weight your vehicle can tow.
Cargo capacity:
The cargo capacity of your vehi
-
cle will increase or decrease
depending on the weight and the
number of occupants.
Steps for Determining Correct
Load Limitâ
1. Locate the statement "The
combined weight of occupants
and cargo should never exceed
XXX lbs. or XXX kg'' on your
vehicle's placard.
2. Determine the combined
weight of the driver and pas
-
sengers that will be riding in
your vehicle.
3. Subtract the combined weight
of the driver and passengers
from XXX lbs or XXX kg.
4.The resulting figure equals the
available amount of cargo and
luggage load capacity. For
example, if the "XXX" amount
equals 1400 lbs. and there will
be five 150 lbs. passengers in
your vehicle, the amount of
available cargo and luggage
load capacity is 650 lbs. (1400-
750 (5x150) = 650 lbs.)
5. Determine the combined
weight of luggage and cargo
being loaded on the vehicle.
Driving your vehicle
2046
Vehicle load limit
That weight may not safely
exceed the available cargo and
luggage load capacity calcu
-
lated in Step
4
.
6.If your vehicle will be towing a
trailer, load from your trailer
will be transferred to your vehi
-
cle. Consult this manual to
determine how this reduces
the available cargo and lug
-
gage load capacity of your
vehicle.
WARNING
Loose cargo
Do not travel with unsecured
blunt objects in the passenger
compartment of your vehicle
(e.g., suit cases or unsecured
child seats). These items may
strike an occupant during a sud
-
den stop or crash.
Example 1
Example 2
ODEEV078137NR
Item Description Total
A
Vehicle Capacity
Weight
849 lbs.
(385 kg)
B
Subtract Occupant
Weight
150 lbs. (68 kg)Ã2
300 lbs.
(136 kg)
C
Available Cargo and
Luggage weight
549 lbs.
(249 kg)
Item Description Total
A
Vehicle Capacity
Weight
849 lbs.
(385 kg)
B
Subtract Occupant
Weight
150 lbs. (68 kg)Ã5
750 lbs.
(340 kg)
C
Available Cargo and
Luggage weight
99 lbs.
(45 kg)
ODEEV078138NR
205
6
6
Driving your vehicle Vehicle load limit
Example 3
Refer to your vehicle's tire and
loading information label for spe
-
cific information about your vehi
-
cle's capacity weight and seating
positions. The combined weight
of the driver, passengers and
cargo should never exceed your
vehicle's capacity weight.
Certification label
The certification label is located
on the driver's door sill at the
center pillar.
This label shows the maximum
allowable weight of the fully
loaded vehicle. This is called the
GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating). The GVWR includes the
weight of the vehicle, all occu
-
pants and cargo.
This label also tells you the maxi
-
mum weight that can be sup
-
ported by the front and rear
axles, called Gross Axle Weight
Rating (GAWR).
To find out the actual loads on
your front and rear axles, you
need to go to a weigh station and
weigh your vehicle. Your dealer
can help you with this. Be sure to
spread out your load equally on
both sides of the centerline.
Item Description Total
A
Vehicle Capacity
Weight
849 lbs.
(385 kg)
B
Subtract Occupant
Weight
161 lbs. (73 kg)Ã5
805 lbs.
(365 kg)
C
Available Cargo and
Luggage weight
44 lbs.
(20 kg)
ODEEV078139NR
ODEEV078127NR
Driving your vehicle
2066
Vehicle load limit
WARNING
Over loading
Never exceed the GVWR for your
vehicle, the GAWR for either the
front or rear axle and vehicle
capacity weight. Exceeding these
ratings can affect your vehicle's
handling and braking ability.
The label will help you decide
how much cargo and installed
equipment your vehicle can
carry.
If you carry items inside your
vehicle - like suitcases, tools,
packages, or anything else - they
are moving as fast as the vehicle.
If you have to stop or turn
quickly, or if there is a crash, the
items will keep going and can
cause an injury if they strike the
driver or a passenger.
WARNING
Over loading
Do not overload your vehicle.
Overloading your vehicle can
cause heat buildup in your vehi
-
cle's tires and possible tire fail
-
ure, increased stopping
distances and poor vehicle han
-
dling--all of which may result in a
crash.
NOTICE
Overloading your vehicle may
cause damage. Repairs would
not be covered by your warranty.
Do not overload your vehicle.
207
6
6
Driving your vehicle Vehicle weight
Vehicle weight
This section will guide you in the
proper loading of your vehicle, to
keep your loaded vehicle weight
within its design rating capability.
Properly loading your vehicle will
provide maximum return of the
vehicle design performance.
Before loading your vehicle,
familiarize yourself with the fol
-
lowing terms for determining
your vehicle's weight ratings,
from the vehicle's specifications
and the certification label:
Base curb weight
This is the weight of the vehicle
including a full tank of fuel and
all standard equipment. It does
not include passengers, cargo, or
optional equipment.
Vehicle curb weight
This is the weight of your new
vehicle when you picked it up
from your dealer plus any after
-
market equipment.
Cargo weight
This figure includes all weight
added to the Base Curb Weight,
including cargo and optional
equipment.
GAW (Gross axle weight)
This is the total weight placed on
each axle (front and rear) -
including vehicle curb weight
and all payload.
GAWR (Gross axle weight rat
-
ing)
This is the maximum allowable
weight that can be carried by a
single axle (front or rear). These
numbers are shown on the certi
-
fication label.
The total load on each axle must
never exceed its GAWR.
GVW (Gross vehicle weight)
This is the Base Curb Weight plus
actual Cargo Weight plus pas
-
sengers.
GVWR (Gross vehicle weight
rating)
This is the maximum allowable
weight of the fully loaded vehicle
(including all options, equipment,
passengers and cargo). The
GVWR is shown on the certifica
-
tion label located on the driver's
(or front passenger's) door sill.
Driving your vehicle
2086
Overloading
Overloading
WARNING
The Gross Axle Weight Rating
(GAWR) and the Gross Vehicle
Weight Rating (GVWR) for your
vehicle are on the Certification
Label attached to the driver's (or
front passenger's) door. Exceed
-
ing these ratings can cause an
accident or vehicle damage. You
can calculate the weight of your
load by weighing the items (and
people) before putting them in
the vehicle. Be careful not to
overload your vehicle
7What to do in an emergency
What to do in an emergency
Road warning................................................................................. 7-2
å
Hazard warning flasher..................................................................................7-2
In case of an emergency while driving....................................... 7-2
å
If the vehicle stalls while driving.................................................................7-2
å
If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing......................................7-2
å
If you have a flat tire while driving............................................................7-2
If the engine will not start ............................................................ 7-3
å
If engine doesn't turn over or turns over slowly................................. 7-3
å
If engine turns over normally but does not start ............................... 7-3
Emergency starting .......................................................................7-4
å
Jump-starting..................................................................................................... 7-4
å
Push-starting...................................................................................................... 7-6
If the engine overheats.................................................................7-6
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) ..................................7-8
å
Effective use of TPMS .................................................................................... 7-9
å
Low tire pressure telltale ...........................................................................7-10
å
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) malfunction
indicator .............................................................................................................7-10
å
Tire replacement with TPMS...................................................................... 7-11
If you have a flat tire (with spare tire)...................................... 7-13
å
Jack and tools...................................................................................................7-13
å
Removing and storing the spare tire..................................................... 7-14
å
Changing tires ................................................................................................. 7-16
å
Important - use of compact spare tire..................................................7-20
å
Jack label ........................................................................................................... 7-22
Towing .......................................................................................... 7-23
å
Towing without wheel dollies when using a towing service .......7-23
What to do in an emergency
27
Road warning
What to do in an emergency
Road warning
When in an emergency situation occurs
while driving or when you park by the
edge of the roadway, you must alert
approaching or passing vehicles to be
careful as they pass. For this, you should
use the hazard warning flasher.
Hazard warning flasher
The hazard warning flasher serves as a
warning to other drivers to exercise
extreme caution when approaching,
overtaking, or passing your vehicle.
It should be used whenever emergency
repairs are being made or when the
vehicle is stopped near the edge of a
roadway.
Depress the flasher switch with the
ENGINE START/STOP button in any
position. The flasher switch is located in
the center fascia panel. All turn signal
lights will flash simultaneously.
å
The hazard warning flasher operates
whether your vehicle is running or not.
å
The turn signals do not work when the
hazard flasher is on.
å
Care must be taken when using the
hazard warning flasher while the vehi
-
cle is being towed.
In case of an emergency while
driving
If an emergency situation occurs while
driving, stay calm and take the following
steps.
If the vehicle stalls while driving
1. Reduce your speed gradually, keep
-
ing a straight line.
2. Move cautiously off the road to a safe
place.
3. Turn on your hazard warning flasher.
4. Try to start the vehicle again. If your
vehicle will not start, contact an
authorized Kia dealer or seek other
qualified assistance.
If the engine stalls at a crossroad
or crossing
å
If the engine stalls at a crossroad or
crossing, set the shift lever in the N
(Neutral) position and then push the
vehicle to a safe place.
If you have a flat tire while driv
-
ing
1. Take your foot off the accelerator
pedal and let the vehicle slow down
while driving straight ahead.
Do not apply the brakes immediately
or attempt to pull off the road as this
may cause a loss of control.
2. When the vehicle has slowed to such
a speed that it is safe to do so, brake
carefully and pull off the road.
3. Drive off the road as far as possible
and park on firm level ground.
If you are on a divided highway, do
not park in the median area between
the two traffic lanes.
4. When the vehicle is stopped, turn on
your emergency hazard flashers, set
OMQ4060001
3
7
7
What to do in an emergency If the engine will not start
the parking brake and put the trans
-
mission in P.
5. Have all passengers get out of the
vehicle. Be sure they all get out on the
side of the vehicle that is away from
traffic.
6. When changing a flat tire, follow the
instruction provided later in this sec
-
tion.
NOTICE
If there was a check engine light and
loss of power or stall and if safe to do so,
wait at least 10 seconds to restart the
vehicle after it stalls. This may reset the
car so it will no longer run at low power
(limp home) condition.
If the engine will not start
When the engine doesn't start, first
check to see how much fuel there is and
whether the battery is discharged.
If engine doesn't turn over or
turns over slowly
1. Be sure the shift lever is in N (Neutral)
or P (Park) and the emergency brake
is set.
2. Check the battery connections to be
sure they are clean and tight.
3. Turn on the interior light. If the light
dims or goes out when you operate
the starter, the battery is discharged.
4. Check the starter connections to be
sure they are securely tightened.
WARNING
Do not push or pull the vehicle to start it.
This could cause damage to your vehi
-
cle. Refer to "Jump-starting" on page 7-
4.
If engine turns over normally but
does not start
1. Check the fuel level and add fuel if
necessary.
2. With the ENGINE START/STOP button
in the OFF position, check all connec
-
tors at the ignition coils and spark
plugs. Reconnect any that may be dis
-
connected or loose.
3. Check the fuel line in the engine com
-
partment.
4. If the engine still does not start, call an
authorized Kia dealer or seek other
qualified assistance.
What to do in an emergency
47
Emergency starting
Emergency starting
When the vehicle will not start because
of low battery power, you may need to
jump start the vehicle.
Jump-starting
Connect cables in numerical order and
disconnect in reverse order.
Jump-starting can be dangerous if done
incorrectly. Therefore, to avoid harm to
yourself or damage to your vehicle or
battery, follow these jump-starting pro
-
cedures. If in doubt, we strongly recom
-
mend that you have a competent
technician or towing service jump-start
your vehicle.
CAUTION
Use only a 12-volt jumper system. You
can damage a 12-volt starting motor,
ignition system, and other electrical
parts beyond repair by use of a 24- volt
power supply (either two 12-volt batter
-
ies in series or a 24-volt motor generator
set).
CAUTION
For hybrid
Do not jump start another vehicle with
your hybrid vehicle. Jump starting
another vehicle will damage the hybrid
vehicle's 12 volt battery .
WARNING
Battery
å
Never attempt to check the electrolyte
level of the battery, as this may cause
the battery to rupture or explode.
å
Keep all flames or sparks away from
the battery. The battery produces
hydrogen gas which may explode if
exposed to flame or sparks.
If these instructions are not followed
exactly, serious personal injury and
damage to the vehicle may occur! If
you are not sure how to follow this
procedure, seek qualified assistance.
Automobile batteries contain sulfuric
acid. This is poisonous and highly cor
-
rosive. When jump starting, wear pro
-
tective glasses and be careful not to
get acid on yourself, your clothing or
on the vehicle.
å
Do not attempt to jump start the vehi
-
cle if the discharged battery is frozen
or if the electrolyte level is low; the
battery may rupture or explode.
å
Do not allow the (+) and (-) jumper
cables to touch. It may cause sparks.
å
The battery may rupture or explode
when you jump start with a low or fro
-
zen battery.
OMQ4H061001
5
7
7
What to do in an emergency Emergency starting
WARNING
Frozen batteries
Do not attempt to jump start the vehicle
if the discharged battery is frozen, as the
battery may rupture or explode.
WARNING
Battery
Keep all flames or sparks away from the
battery. The battery produces hydrogen
gas, which will explode if exposed to
flame or sparks.
WARNING
Battery cables
Do not connect the jumper cable from
the negative terminal of the booster bat
-
tery to the negative terminal of the dis
-
charged battery, directly. This can cause
the discharged battery to overheat and
crack or degrade. Make sure to connect
one end of the jumper cable to the nega
-
tive terminal of the booster battery, and
the other end to a metallic point, far
away from the battery.
WARNING
Sulfuric acid risk
Automobile batteries contain sulfuric
acid. When jump starting your vehicle,
be careful not to get sulfuric acid on
yourself, your clothing, or on the vehicle.
This acid is poisonous and highly corro
-
sive.
Jump-starting
1. Make sure the booster battery is 12-
volt and that its negative terminal is
grounded.
If the booster battery is in another
vehicle, do not allow the vehicles to
come in contact.
2. Turn off all unnecessary electrical
loads.
3. Connect the jumper cables in the
exact sequence shown in the illustra
-
tion.
1) Connect on end of a jumper cable
to the positive terminal of the dis
-
charged battery (1).
2) Connect the other end to the posi
-
tive terminal of the booster battery
(2).
3) Proceed to connect one end of the
other jumper cable to the negative
terminal of the booster battery (3),
then the other end to a solid, sta
-
tionary, metallic point away from
the battery (4).
Do not allow the jumper cables to
contact anything except the correct
battery terminals or the correct
ground. Do not lean over the bat
-
tery when making connections.
4. If connected with the other vehicle,
start the vehicle with the booster bat
-
tery first and let it run at 2,000 rpm
for several minutes.
5. Start the vehicle with the discharged
battery.
6. If the engine starts, disconnect one
end of the negative terminal of the
booster battery (3), then other end of
the positive terminal of the booster
battery (2) and the discharged battery
(1).
What to do in an emergency
67
If the engine overheats
If the cause of your battery discharging
is not apparent, you should have your
vehicle checked by a professional work
-
shop. Visit an authorized Kia dealer.
NOTICE
Battery cables
Do not connect the jumper cable from
the negative terminal of the booster bat
-
tery to the negative terminal of the dis
-
charged battery. This can cause the
discharged battery to overheat and
crack, releasing battery acid.
Make sure to connect one end of the
jumper cable to the negative terminal of
the booster battery, and the other end to
a metallic point, far away from the bat
-
tery.
Push-starting
Vehicles equipped with automatic trans
-
mission cannot be push-started, and
only jump starting can be applied. Fol
-
low the directions in this section for
"Jump-starting" on page 7-4.
WARNING
Tow starting vehicle
Never tow a vehicle to start it.
When the engine starts, the vehicle can
suddenly surge forward and could cause
a collision with the tow vehicle.
If the engine overheats
If your temperature gauge indicates
overheating, you experience a loss of
power, or hear a loud pinging or knock
-
ing, the engine will probably be too hot.
If this happens, you should:
1. Pull off the road and stop as soon as it
is safe to do so.
2. Shift the gear to P (Park) and set the
parking brake.
3. If the air conditioning is on, turn it off.
4. If engine coolant is running out under
the vehicle or steam is coming out
from underneath the hood, stop the
engine. Do not open the hood until the
coolant has stopped running or the
steaming has stopped.
5. If there is no visible loss of engine
coolant and no steam, leave the
engine running and check to be sure
the engine cooling fan is operating.
1) If the fan is not running, turn the
engine off.
6. Check to see if the water pump drive
belt is missing.
1) If it is not missing, check to see that
it is tight.
2) If the drive belt seems to be satis
-
factory, check for coolant leaking
from the radiator, hoses or under
the vehicle. (If the air conditioning
had been in use, it is normal for
cold water to be draining from it
when you stop).
7
7
7
What to do in an emergency If the engine overheats
WARNING
Under the hood
While the engine is running, keep
hair, hands and clothing away
from moving parts, such as the
fan and drive belts, to prevent
injury.
7. If the water pump drive belt is broken
or engine coolant is leaking out, stop
the engine immediately and call the
nearest a professional workshop for
assistance. Call an authorized Kia
dealer.
8. If you cannot find the cause of the
overheating, wait until the engine
temperature has returned to normal.
If coolant has been lost, carefully add
coolant to the reservoir to bring the
fluid level in the reservoir up to the
halfway mark.
9. Proceed with caution, keeping alert
for further signs of overheating. If
overheating happens again, call a
professional workshop for assistance.
Call an authorized Kia dealer.
WARNING
Coolant reservoir cap
Do not remove the engine and
inverter coolant reservoir cap
when the engine is hot. This may
result in coolant being blown out
of the opening and cause serious burns.
If the inverter coolant is running out, call
the nearest a professional workshop for
assistance. Call an authorized Kia dealer.
Use of other coolant type or water may
damage the inverter.
CAUTION
å
Serious loss of coolant indicates there
is a leak in the cooling system and this
should be checked as soon as possi
-
ble. Have your vehicle checked by an
authorized Kia dealer.
å
When the engine overheats from low
engine coolant, suddenly adding
engine coolant may cause cracks in
the engine. To prevent damage, add
engine coolant slowly in small quanti
-
ties.
What to do in an emergency
87
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
Tire Pressure Monitoring Sys
-
tem (TPMS)
The Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS) detects the pressure of vehicle's
tires and displays it on the LCD display.
1. Low tire pressure telltale/TPMS mal
-
function indicator
2. Low tire pressure position telltale
(Shown on the LCD display)
Tire Pressure Indicator
å
You can check the tire pressure in the
assist mode on the cluster.
- Refer to "Driving Assist mode" on
page 5-85.
å
Tire pressure is displayed 1~2 minutes
later after driving.
å
If tire pressure is not displayed when
the vehicle is stopped, "Drive to dis
-
play" message displays. After driving,
check the tire pressure.
å
You can change the tire pressure unit
in the user settings mode on the clus
-
ter.
- psi, kPa, bar (Refer to "User settings
mode" on page 5-86).
NOTICE
å
The tire pressure may change due to
factors such as parking condition,
driving style, and altitude above sea
level.
å
The tire pressure shown on the dash
-
board may differ from the tire pres
-
sure measured by tire pressure
gauge.
å
Low tire pressure warning may sound
when a tire's pressure unit is equal or
lower than nearby tires. This is a nor
-
mal occurrence, which is due to the
change in tire pressure along with tire
temperature.
OMQ4061003
OMQ4A060055
9
7
7
What to do in an emergency Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
Effective use of TPMS
WARNING
Over-inflation or under-inflation can
reduce tire life, adversely affect vehicle
handling, and lead to sudden tire failure
that may cause loss of vehicle control
resulting in an accident
Each tire, including the spare (if pro
-
vided), should be checked monthly
when cold and inflated to the inflation
pressure recommended by the vehicle
manufacturer on the vehicle placard or
tire inflation pressure label.
(If your vehicle has tires of a different
size than the size indicated on the vehi
-
cle placard or tire inflation pressure
label, you should determine the proper
tire inflation pressure for those tires.)
As an added safety feature, your vehicle
has been equipped with a tire pressure
monitoring system (TPMS) that illumi
-
nates a low tire pressure telltale when
one or more of your tires is significantly
under-inflated. Accordingly, when the
low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you
should stop and check your tires as soon
as possible, and inflate them to the
proper pressure. Driving on a signifi
-
cantly under-inflated tire causes the tire
to overheat and can lead to tire failure.
Under-inflation also reduces fuel effi
-
ciency and tire tread life, and may affect
the vehicle's handling and stopping abil
-
ity.
Please note that the TPMS is not a sub
-
stitute for proper tire maintenance, and
it is the driver's responsibility to maintain
correct tire pressure, even if under-infla
-
tion has not reached the level to trigger
illumination of the TPMS low tire pres
-
sure telltale.
Your vehicle has also been equipped
with a TPMS malfunction indicator to
indicate when the system is not operat
-
ing properly. The TPMS malfunction
indicator is combined with the low tire
pressure telltale. When the system
detects a malfunction, the telltale will
flash for approximately one minute and
then remain continuously illuminated.
This sequence will continue upon subse
-
quent vehicle start-ups as long as the
malfunction exists. When the malfunc
-
tion indicator is illuminated, the system
may not be able to detect or signal low
tire pressure as intended. TPMS mal
-
functions may occur for a variety of rea
-
sons, including the installation of
replacement or alternate tires or wheels
on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS
from functioning properly.
Always check the TPMS malfunction tell
-
tale after replacing one or more tires or
wheels on your vehicle to ensure that
the replacement or alternate tires and
wheels allow the TPMS to continue to
function properly.
NOTICE
If any of the below happens, have the
system checked by an authorized Kia
dealer.
1. The low tire pressure telltale/TPMS
malfunction indicator does not appear
for 3 seconds when the ENGINE
START/STOP button is turned to the
ON position or engine is running.
2. The TPMS malfunction indicator
remains appear after blinking for
approximately 1 minute.
3. The Low tire pressure position telltale
remains appear.
What to do in an emergency
107
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
Low tire pressure telltale
Low tire pressure position telltale
When the TPMS warning indicators
appear, one or more of your tires is sig
-
nificantly under-inflated.
If the telltale appears, immediately
reduce your speed, avoid hard cornering
and anticipate increased stopping dis
-
tances. You should stop and check your
tires as soon as possible.
Inflate the tires to the proper pressure as
indicated on the vehicle's placard or tire
inflation pressure label located on the
driver's side center pillar outer panel. If
you cannot reach a service station or if
the tire cannot hold the newly added air,
replace the low pressure tire with the
spare tire.
Then the TPMS malfunction indicator
and the Low Tire Pressure telltale may
turn on and appear after restarting and
about 20 minutes of continuous driving
before you have the low pressure tire
repaired and replaced on the vehicle.
In winter or cold weather, the low tire
pressure telltale may appear if the tire
pressure was adjusted to the recom
-
mended tire inflation pressure in warm
weather. It does not mean your TPMS is
malfunctioning because the decreased
temperature leads to a proportional low
-
ering of tire pressure.
You should check the tire inflation pres
-
sure and adjust the tires to the recom
-
mended tire inflation pressure when
driving your vehicle in the following con
-
ditions.
å
from a warm area to a cold area
å
from a cold area to a warm area
å
the outside temperature is extremely
high or low
When filling tires with more air, condi
-
tions to turn off the low tire pressure tell
-
tale may not be met. This is because a
tire inflator has a margin of error in per
-
formance. The low tire pressure telltale
will be turned off if the tire pressure is
above the recommended tire inflation
pressure.
WARNING
Low pressure damage
Do not drive on low pressure tires. Sig
-
nificantly low tire pressure can cause the
tires to overheat and fail, making the
vehicle unstable, resulting in increased
braking distances and a loss of vehicle
control.
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS) malfunction indicator
The low tire pressure telltale will appear
after it blinks for approximately one min
-
ute when there is a problem with the
TPMS.
If the system is able to correctly detect
an underinflation warning at the same
time as system failure, it will appear both
the TPMS malfunction and the low tire
pressure position telltales. For example,
if the Front Left sensor fails, the TPMS
malfunction indicator appears, but if the
OMQ4040126L
11
7
7
What to do in an emergency Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
Front Right, Rear Left, or Rear Right tire
is underinflated, the low tire pressure
position telltales may appear together
with the TPMS malfunction indicator.
Have the system checked by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer as soon as possible to
determine the cause of the problem.
å
The TPMS malfunction indicator may
appear if the vehicle is moving around
electric power supply cables or radios
transmitters such as at police stations,
government and public offices, broad
-
casting stations, military installations,
airports, or transmitting towers, etc.
This can interfere with normal opera
-
tion of the TPMS.
å
The TPMS malfunction indicator may
appear if the vehicle is equipped with
snow chains or some personal elec
-
tronic devices (such as a laptop com
-
puter, mobile charger, remote starter
or navigation) are being used in the
vehicle. This can interfere with normal
operation of the TPMS.
Tire replacement with TPMS
If you have a flat tire, the Low Tire Pres
-
sure telltale will come on. Have the flat
tire repaired by an authorized Kia dealer
as soon as possible or replace the flat
tire with the spare tire.
CAUTION
Repair agents
Never use a puncture-repairing agent
not approved by Kia to repair and/or
inflate a low pressure tire. Sealant that is
not approved by Kia may damage the
tire pressure sensor.
Each wheel is equipped with a tire pres
-
sure sensor mounted inside the tire
behind the valve stem. You must use
TPMS specific wheels. Have always your
tires serviced by an authorized Kia
dealer.
Even if you replace the low pressure tire
with the spare tire, the Low Tire Pressure
telltale will remain on until the low pres
-
sure tire is repaired and placed on the
vehicle.
After you replace the low pressure tire
with the spare tire, the TPMS malfunc
-
tion indicator may appear after a few
minutes. This is because the TPMS sen
-
sor mounted on the spare wheel is not
yet activated.
Once the low pressure tire is inflated
again to the recommended pressure and
installed on the vehicle or the TPMS sen
-
sor mounted on the replaced spare
wheel is initiated by a professional work
-
shop, the TPMS malfunction indicator
and the low tire pressure telltale will turn
off within a few minutes of driving.
If the indicator has not disappeared after
a few minutes of driving, please visit an
authorized Kia dealer.
If an original mounted tire is replaced
with the spare tire, the TPMS sensor on
the replaced spare wheel should be initi
-
ated and the TPMS sensor on the origi
-
nal mounted wheel should be
deactivated. If the TPMS sensor on the
original mounted wheel located in the
spare tire carrier still activates, the Tire
Pressure Monitoring System may not
operate properly. Have the tire with
TPMS serviced or replaced by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
You may not be able to identify a low tire
by simply looking at it. Always use a
good quality tire pressure gauge to mea
-
sure the tire's inflation pressure. Please
note that a tire that is hot (from being
driven) will have a higher pressure mea
-
surement than a tire that is cold (from
What to do in an emergency
127
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
sitting stationary for at least 3 hours and
driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km) during
that 3 hour period).
Allow the tire to cool before measuring
the inflation pressure. Always be sure
the tire is cold before inflating to the rec
-
ommended pressure.
A cold tire means the vehicle has been
sitting for 3 hours and driven for less
than 1 mile (1.6 km) in that 3 hour period.
Never use tire sealant if your vehicle is
equipped with a TPMS. The liquid seal
-
ant can damage the tire pressure sen
-
sors.
å
The TPMS cannot alert you to severe
and sudden tire damage caused by
external factors such as nails or road
debris.
å
If you feel any vehicle instability,
immediately take your foot off the
accelerator, apply the brakes gradu
-
ally and with light force, and slowly
move to a safe position off the road.
NOTICE
Protecting TPMS
Tampering with, modifying, or disabling
the Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS) components may interfere with
the system's ability to warn the driver of
low tire pressure conditions and/or
TPMS malfunctions. Tampering with,
modifying, or disabling the Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (TPMS) components
may void the warranty for that portion of
the vehicle.
This device complies with Part 15
of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
three conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference.
2. This device must accept any interfer
-
ence received, including interference
that may cause undesired operation.
3. Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void
the user's authority to operate the
device.
13
7
7
What to do in an emergency If you have a flat tire (with spare tire)
If you have a flat tire (with
spare tire)
If you have a flat tire, you can change
the flat tire to a spare tire using tools.
WARNING
Driving on a flat tire will cause perma
-
nent damage to the tire. Re-inflating a
tire after it has been driven on while
severely underinflated or flat may cause
a blowout and a serious crash. Never
attempt to re-inflate a tire that has been
driven on while severely underinflated or
flat. In this case, repair or replace the flat
tire as soon as possible.
WARNING
Changing a tire can be dangerous. Fol
-
low the instructions in this section when
changing a tire to reduce the risk of seri
-
ous injury or death.
CAUTION
Be careful as you use the jack handle to
stay clear of the flat end. The flat end
has sharp edges that could cause cuts.
Jack and tools
The jack, jack handle, wheel lug nut
wrench are stored in the luggage com
-
partment.
Pull up the luggage box cover to reach
this equipment.
1. Jack
2. Wheel lug nut wrench
3. Socket (if equipped)
Jacking instructions
The jack is provided for emergency tire
changing only.
å
To prevent the jack from "rattling"
while the vehicle is in motion, store it
properly.
å
Follow jacking instructions to reduce
the possibility of personal injury.
OMQ4PH040485L
What to do in an emergency
147
If you have a flat tire (with spare tire)
WARNING
Changing tires
å
Never attempt vehicle repairs in the
traffic lanes of a public road or high
-
way.
å
Always move the vehicle completely
off the road and onto the shoulder
before trying to change a tire. The
jack should be used on firm level
ground. If you cannot find a firm level
place off the road, call a towing ser
-
vice company for assistance.
å
Be sure to use the correct front and
rear jacking positions on the vehicle;
never use the bumpers or any other
part of the vehicle for jacking support.
å
The vehicle can roll off the jack caus
-
ing serious injury or death.
å
Do not go under a vehicle that is sup
-
ported by a jack.
å
Do not start or run the engine while
the vehicle is on the jack.
å
Do not allow anyone to remain in the
vehicle while it is on the jack.
å
Make sure any children present are in
a secure place, away from the road
and from the vehicle to be raised with
the jack.
WARNING
Tire jack
Do not place any portion of your body
under a vehicle that is only supported by
a jack since the vehicle can easily roll off
the jack. Use vehicle support stands.
WARNING
Changing tires
Never attempt vehicle repairs in the traf
-
fic lanes of a public road or highway.
WARNING
Running vehicle on jack
Do not start or run the engine of the
vehicle while the vehicle is on the jack as
this may cause the vehicle to fall off the
jack.
To prevent the jack from "rattling" while
the vehicle IS in motion, store it properly.
NOTICE
Retreaded tires
Substantial design variations and the
age of the retreaded tire casing struc
-
ture can limit service life and have nega
-
tive impact on road safety.
Removing and storing the spare
tire
Hybrid vehicle
OMQ4060039L
15
7
7
What to do in an emergency If you have a flat tire (with spare tire)
Plug-in hybrid vehicle
Your spare tire is stored underneath
your vehicle, directly below the cargo
area.
To remove the spare tire:
1. Open the liftgate.
2. Find the spare tire fixing bolt cover
and remove the cover.
If necessary, separate the tool case
only after removing the clamp.
Hybrid vehicle
Plug-in hybrid vehicle
3. Connect the socket and wheel lug nut
wrench.
4. Use the wheel lug nut wrench to
loosen the bolt enough to lower the
spare tire.
Turn the wrench counterclockwise
until the spare tire reaches the
ground.
5. After the spare tire reaches the
ground, continue to turn the wrench
counterclockwise, and draw the spare
tire outside. Never rotate the wrench
excessively, otherwise the spare tire
carrier may be damaged.
OMQ4PH060012L
OMQ4060040L
OMQ4PH060013L
OMQ4060041L
What to do in an emergency
167
If you have a flat tire (with spare tire)
6. Remove the retainer (1) from the cen
-
ter of the spare tire.
To store the spare tire:
1. Lay the tire on the ground with the
valve stem facing up.
2. Place the wheel under the vehicle and
install the retainer (1) through the
wheel center.
3. Turn the wrench clockwise until it
clicks.
WARNING
Touching surface of the luggage room
floor
Do not touch the metal surface of the
luggage room floor while the engine is
operating or hot. Doing so could result in
serious bodily injury.
Turn the engine off and wait until it cools
down or wear gloves to remove the
spare tire from the luggage room.
Changing tires
WARNING
A vehicle can slip or roll off of a jack
causing serious injury or death to you or
those nearby. Take the following safety
precautions:
å
Never place any portion of your body
under a vehicle that is supported by a
jack.
å
NEVER attempt to change a tire in the
lane of traffic. ALWAYS move the
vehicle completely off the road on
level, firm ground away from traffic
before trying to change a tire. If you
cannot find a level, firm place off the
road, call a towing service for assis
-
tance.
å
Be sure to use the jack provided with
the vehicle.
å
ALWAYS place the jack on the desig
-
nated jacking positions on the vehicle
and NEVER on the bumpers or any
other part of the vehicle for jacking
support.
å
Do not start or run the engine while
the vehicle is on the jack.
å
Do not allow anyone to remain in the
vehicle while it is on the jack.
å
Keep children away from the road and
the vehicle.
OMQ4060042L
17
7
7
What to do in an emergency If you have a flat tire (with spare tire)
1. Park on a level surface and apply the
parking brake firmly.
2. Shift the gear to P (Park), apply the
parking brake, and turn the engine
OFF.
3. Activate the hazard warning flasher.
4. Remove the wheel lug nut wrench,
jack, and spare tire from the vehicle.
5. Block both the front and rear of wheel
that is diagonally opposite the jack
position.
WARNING
Jack location
To reduce the possibility of injury, be
sure to only use the jack provided with
the vehicle in the correct jack position;
never use any other part of the vehicle
for jack support.
WARNING
Changing a tire
å
To prevent vehicle movement while
changing a tire, always set the park
-
ing brake fully, and always block the
wheel diagonally, opposite the wheel
being changed.
å
We recommend that the wheels of the
vehicle be blocked, and that no per
-
son remain in a vehicle that is being
jacked.
OMQ4061043L
OMQ4061033L
OMQ4060034L
What to do in an emergency
187
If you have a flat tire (with spare tire)
6. Loosen the wheel lug nuts counter
-
clockwise one turn each, but do not
remove any nut until the tire has been
raised off the ground.
7. Place the jack at the front(1) or rear(2)
jacking position closest to the tire you
are changing. Place the jack at the
designated locations under the frame.
The jacking positions are plates
welded to the frame with two tabs
and a raised dot to index with the jack.
8. Insert the wheel lug nut wrench into
the jack and turn it clockwise, raising
the vehicle until the tire just clears the
ground. This measurement is approxi
-
mately1.2 inches (30 mm). Before
removing the wheel lug nuts, make
sure the vehicle is stable and that
there is no chance for movement or
slippage.
9. Loosen the wheel nuts and remove
them with your fingers. Slide the
wheel off the studs and lay it flat so it
cannot roll away. To put the wheel on
the hub, pick up the spare tire, line up
the holes with the studs and slide the
wheel onto them.
If this is difficult, tip the wheel slightly
and get the top hole in the wheel lined
up with the top stud. Then jiggle the
wheel back and forth until the wheel
can be slid over the other studs.
10.To reinstall the wheel, hold it on the
studs, put the wheel nuts on the studs
and tighten them finger tight. Jiggle
the tire to be sure it is completely
seated, then tighten the nuts as much
as possible with your fingers again.
OMQ4061036L
OMQ4061035L
OMQ4PH060014L
19
7
7
What to do in an emergency If you have a flat tire (with spare tire)
11.Lower the vehicle to the ground by
turning the wheel nut wrench coun
-
terclockwise.
Then position the wrench as shown in
the drawing and tighten the wheel
nuts. Be sure the socket is seated
completely over the nut. Do not stand
on the wrench handle or use an
extension pipe over the wrench han
-
dle. Go around the wheel tightening
every other nut until they are all tight.
Then double-check each nut for tight
-
ness. After changing wheels, have the
system checked by a professional
workshop. Visit an authorized Kia
dealer.
WARNING
Installing a wheel
å
When you install a wheel, always
remove any corrosion, dirt or foreign
materials present on the mounting
surfaces of the wheel or the surface of
the wheel hub, brake drum or brake
disc that contacts the wheel. Make
sure to secure any fasteners that
attach the rotor to the hub so they do
not interfere with the mounting sur
-
faces of the wheel. Installing wheels
without correct metal-to-metal con
-
tact at the wheel mounting surfaces
can cause the wheel nuts to loosen
and the wheel to come off while your
vehicle is in motion, resulting in loss of
vehicle control, personal injury or
death.
å
Make sure the wheel makes good
contact with the hub when installed. If
the contact of the mounting surface
between the wheel and hub is not
good, the wheel nuts could come
loose and cause the loss of a wheel.
Loss of a wheel may result in loss of
control of the vehicle.
OMQ4060038L
What to do in an emergency
207
If you have a flat tire (with spare tire)
Wheel nut tightening torque:
Steel wheel & aluminum alloy wheel:
11~13kgf·m (79~94lbf·ft)
If you have a tire gauge, remove the
valve cap and check the air pressure. If
the pressure is lower than recom
-
mended, drive slowly to the nearest ser
-
vice station and inflate to the correct
pressure. If it is too high, adjust it until it
is correct. Always reinstall the valve cap
after checking or adjusting tire pressure.
If the cap is not replaced, air may leak
from the tire. If you lose a valve cap, buy
another and install it as soon as possible.
After you have changed wheels, always
secure the flat tire in its place and return
the jack and tools to their proper storage
locations.
CAUTION
Reusing lug nuts
Make certain during wheel removal that
the same nuts that were removed are
reinstalled - or, if replaced, that nuts with
metric threads and the same chamfer
configuration are used. Your vehicle has
metric threads on the wheel studs and
nuts. Installation of a non-metric thread
nut on a metric stud will not secure the
wheel to the hub properly and will dam
-
age the stud so that it must be replaced.
Note that most lug nuts do not have
metric threads. Be sure to use extreme
care in checking for thread style before
installing aftermarket lug nuts or wheels.
If in doubt, consult an authorized Kia
dealer.
WARNING
Wheel studs
If the studs are damaged, they may lose
their ability to retain the wheel. This
could lead to the loss of the wheel and a
collision resulting in serious injuries.
WARNING
Never use oil or grease on bolts or nuts
because the nuts might come loose. The
vehicle's wheel could fall off, causing a
crash.
Important - use of compact spare
tire (if equipped)
Your vehicle is equipped with a compact
spare tire. This compact spare tire takes
up less space than a regular-size tire.
This tire is smaller than a conventional
tire and is designed for temporary use
only.
å
You should drive carefully when the
compact spare is in use. The compact
spare should be replaced by the
proper conventional tire and rim at
the first opportunity.
å
The operation of this vehicle is not
recommended with more than one
compact spare tire in use at the same
time.
WARNING
Spare tire
The compact spare tire is for emergency
use only. Do not operate your vehicle on
this compact spare at speeds over 50
mph (80 km/h). The original tire should
be repaired or replaced as soon as pos
-
sible to avoid failure of the spare, possi
-
bly leading to bodily injury or death.
21
7
7
What to do in an emergency If you have a flat tire (with spare tire)
The compact spare should be inflated to
60 psi (420 kPa).
NOTICE
Check the inflation pressure after install
-
ing the spare tire. Adjust it to the speci
-
fied pressure, as necessary.
When using a compact spare tire,
observe the following precautions:
å
Under no circumstances should you
exceed 50 mph (80 km/h); a higher
speed could damage the tire.
å
Ensure that you drive slowly enough
for the road conditions to avoid all
hazards. Any road hazard, such as a
pothole or debris, could seriously
damage the compact spare.
å
Any continuous road use of this tire
could result in tire failure, loss of vehi
-
cle control, and possible personal
injury.
å
Do not exceed the vehicle's maximum
load rating or the load-carrying
capacity shown on the sidewall of the
compact spare tire.
å
Avoid driving over obstacles. The
compact spare tire diameter is smaller
than the diameter of a conventional
tire and reduces the ground clearance
approximately 1 inch (25 mm), which
could result in damage to the vehicle.
å
Do not take this vehicle through an
automatic vehicle wash while the
compact spare tire is installed.
å
Do not use tire chains on the compact
spare tire. Because of the smaller size,
a tire chain will not fit properly. This
could damage the vehicle and result
in loss of the chain.
å
Do not use the compact spare tire on
any other vehicle because this tire has
been designed especially for your
vehicle.
å
The compact spare tire's tread life is
shorter than a regular tire. Inspect
your compact spare tire regularly and
replace worn compact spare tires with
the same size and design, mounted
on the same wheel.
å
The compact spare tire should not be
used on any other wheels, nor should
standard tires, snow tires, wheel cov
-
ers or trim rings be used with the
compact spare wheel. If such use is
attempted, damage to these items or
other vehicle components may occur.
å
Do not use more than one compact
spare tire at a time.
å
Do not tow a trailer while the compact
spare tire is installed.
What to do in an emergency
227
If you have a flat tire (with spare tire)
Jack label
* The actual Jack label in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. For more
detailed specifications, refer to the label attached to the jack.
1. Model Name
2. Maximum allowable load
3. When using the jack, set your parking brake.
4. When using the jack, stop the engine.
5. Do not get under a vehicle that is supported by a jack.
6. The designated locations under the frame
7. When supporting the vehicle, the base plate of jack must be vertical under the lift
-
ing point.
8. Move the shift position to the P (Park) position on vehicles.
9. The jack should be used on firm level ground.
10.Jack manufacturer
11.Production date
12.Representative company and address
OHYK060001
OHYK060005
OHYK064002
23
7
7
What to do in an emergency Towing
Towing
Towing service
If emergency towing is necessary, have
it done by authorized Kia dealer or a
commercial tow-truck service.
Proper lifting and towing procedures are
necessary to prevent damage to the
vehicle. The use of wheel dollies (1) or
flatbed is recommended.
CAUTION
The AWD vehicle should never be towed
with the wheels on the ground. This can
cause serious damage to the transmis
-
sion or the AWD system.
WARNING
Side and curtain air bag
If your vehicle is equipped with side and
curtain air bag, set the ENGINE START/
STOP button to ACC position when the
vehicle is being towed.
The side and curtain air bag may deploy
when the ENGINE START/STOP button
to ON position and the rollover sensor
detects the situation as a rollover.
NOTICE
If the EPB does not release normally,
take your vehicle to an authorized Kia
dealer by loading the vehicle on a flat
-
bed tow truck and have the system
checked.
Towing without wheel dollies
when using a towing service
When towing your vehicle in an emer
-
gency without wheel dollies:
1. Set the ignition switch or ENGINE
START/STOP button to ACC position.
2. Place the shift lever in N (Neutral).
3. Release the parking brake.
2-wheel drive vehicle (front wheel drive)
OMQ4H060008
OMQ4061014
What to do in an emergency
247
Towing
CAUTION
Towing gear position
Failure to shift to N (Neutral) may cause
internal damage to the vehicle.
CAUTION
å
If any of the loaded wheels or suspen
-
sion components are damaged or the
vehicle is being towed with the front
wheels on the ground, use a towing
dolly under the front wheels.
å
Do not tow the vehicle backwards
with the front wheels on the ground,
as this may cause damage to the
transmission.
2-wheel drive vehicle (front wheeldrive)
å
Attaching straps to the chassis, sus
-
pension or other parts of the body can
cause damage.
å
Do not tow with sling-type equipment.
Use wheel lift or flatbed equipment.
å
Do not tow the vehicle with four
wheels in contact with the ground if it
is the vehicle equipped with AT or
DCT. Otherwise, the transmission will
be seriously damaged. Also, make
sure not to tow the vehicle connecting
it with other vehicles including
camper vans.
WARNING
å
If you tow the vehicle while the front
wheels are touching the ground, the
vehicle motor may generate electricity
and the motor components may be
damaged or a fire may occur.
å
When a vehicle fire occurs due to the
battery, there is a risk of a second fire.
Contact the fire department when
towing the vehicle.
OMQ4H060010
OMQ4H060011
8Maintenance
Maintenance
Engine compartment.....................................................................8-5
Maintenance services....................................................................8-6
Owner maintenance......................................................................8-7
å
Owner maintenance schedule ................................................................... 8-7
Scheduled maintenance service ..................................................8-9
å
Scheduled maintenance service precaution........................................ 8-9
Explanation of scheduled maintenance items.........................8-14
å
Engine oil and filter ....................................................................................... 8-14
å
Hybrid Starter & Generator (HSG) belt.................................................8-14
å
Fuel filter ............................................................................................................8-14
å
Fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections.................................................8-14
å
Vapor hose and fuel filler cap ..................................................................8-14
å
Air cleaner filter...............................................................................................8-14
å
Spark plugs.......................................................................................................8-14
å
Cooling system................................................................................................8-14
å
Coolant/inverter coolant.............................................................................8-14
å
Automatic transmission fluid .................................................................... 8-14
å
Brake hoses and lines .................................................................................. 8-15
å
Brake fluid ......................................................................................................... 8-15
å
Brake discs, pads and calipers................................................................. 8-15
å
Suspension mounting bolts....................................................................... 8-15
å
Steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball joint............... 8-15
å
Drive shafts and boots................................................................................. 8-15
å
Air conditioning refrigerant ....................................................................... 8-15
å
Checking fluid levels..................................................................................... 8-15
å
Propeller shaft ................................................................................................. 8-15
Engine oil ......................................................................................8-16
å
Checking the engine oil level.................................................................... 8-16
å
Changing the engine oil and filter .......................................................... 8-17
Coolant..........................................................................................8-18
å
Checking the engine coolant level .........................................................8-18
8 Maintenance
å
Checking the inverter coolant level (HEV).......................................... 8-19
å
Checking the inverter coolant level (PHEV)........................................8-21
Hybrid starter & generator (HSG) belt .................................... 8-22
å
Checking the Hybrid Starter & Generator (HSG) belt....................8-22
Brake fluid ................................................................................... 8-22
å
Checking the brake fluid level.................................................................. 8-22
Washer fluid ................................................................................ 8-23
å
Checking the washer fluid level ..............................................................8-23
Air cleaner filter .......................................................................... 8-24
å
Replacing air cleaner filter.........................................................................8-24
Climate control air filter............................................................. 8-25
å
Filter inspection ..............................................................................................8-25
Wiper blades................................................................................ 8-26
å
Blade inspection .............................................................................................8-26
å
Blade replacement ........................................................................................8-27
å
Replacing rear wiper blade........................................................................8-28
Battery.......................................................................................... 8-29
å
For best battery service ..............................................................................8-29
å
Battery recharging ........................................................................................ 8-31
å
Reset items ....................................................................................................... 8-31
Tires and wheels ......................................................................... 8-32
å
Checking tire inflation pressure ..............................................................8-33
å
Tire rotation......................................................................................................8-34
å
Wheel alignment and tire balance .........................................................8-35
å
Tire replacement ............................................................................................8-35
å
Wheel replacement .......................................................................................8-36
å
Tire traction ......................................................................................................8-36
å
Tire maintenance ...........................................................................................8-36
å
Tire sidewall labeling....................................................................................8-36
å
Tire terminology and definitions............................................................8-40
8Maintenance
å
All season tires................................................................................................ 8-43
å
Summer tires................................................................................................... 8-43
å
Snow tires......................................................................................................... 8-43
å
Tire chains........................................................................................................8-44
å
Radial-ply tires................................................................................................ 8-45
Fuses ............................................................................................ 8-45
å
Inner panel fuse replacement ................................................................. 8-47
å
Engine compartment fuse replacement............................................. 8-48
å
Fuse/relay panel description.................................................................... 8-50
Light bulbs................................................................................... 8-58
å
Bulb replacement precaution .................................................................. 8-58
å
Light bulb position (Front)......................................................................... 8-59
å
Light bulb position (Rear)..........................................................................8-60
å
Light bulb position (Side)............................................................................ 8-61
å
Replacing headlamp (Low beam/High beam), position lamp/
daytime running lamp, turn signal lamp (LED type)....................... 8-61
å
Replacing front turn signal lamp (Bulb type) .................................... 8-61
å
Replacing front fog lamp (LED type).....................................................8-62
å
Replacing front side marker lamp bulb (LED type) ........................8-62
å
Replacing side repeater lamp (LED type)............................................8-63
å
Replacing stop and taillamp (Bulb type) .............................................8-63
å
Replacing rear turn signal lamp (Bulb type)..................................... 8-64
å
Replacing rear turn signal lamp, stop and taillamp, rear side
marker lamp (LED type) ............................................................................. 8-65
å
Replacing reversing lamp (bulb type).................................................. 8-66
å
Replacing high mounted stop lamp (LED type) ...............................8-67
å
Replacing license plate lamp (LED type) .............................................8-67
å
Replacing map lamp (Bulb type) ........................................................... 8-68
å
Replacing map lamp (LED type)............................................................. 8-68
å
Replacing room lamp (Bulb type).......................................................... 8-69
å
Replacing personal lamp (LED type).................................................... 8-69
å
Replacing vanity mirror lamp (Bulb type).......................................... 8-70
8 Maintenance
å
Replacing glove box lamp (Bulb type) ................................................ 8-70
å
Replacing luggage lamp (Bulb type)..................................................... 8-71
å
Replacing luggage lamp (LED type)...................................................... 8-71
Appearance care..........................................................................8-72
å
Exterior care .....................................................................................................8-72
å
Interior care ......................................................................................................8-76
Emission control system ............................................................ 8-79
å
Procedure for entering forced engine activation mode............... 8-81
California perchlorate notice .................................................... 8-82
5
8
8
Maintenance Engine compartment
Maintenance
Engine compartment
Smartstream G1.6 T-GDi HEV
Smartstream G1.6 T-GDi PHEV
* The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
1. Electronic Control Unit (ECU)
2. Engine coolant reservoir
3. Engine coolant reservoir cap
4. Inverter coolant reservoir
5. Brake fluid reservoir
6. Air cleaner
7. Engine oil dipstick
8. Engine oil filler cap
9. Windshield washer fluid reservoir
10.Fuse box
11.Inverter coolant reservoir cap
OMQ4H070021
OMQ4PH070021L
Maintenance
68
Maintenance services
Maintenance services
You should exercise the utmost care to
prevent damage to your vehicle and
injury to yourself whenever performing
any maintenance or inspection proce
-
dures.
Should you have any doubts concerning
the inspection or servicing of your vehi
-
cle, have an authorized Kia dealer per
-
form this work.
An authorized Kia dealer has factory-
trained technicians and genuine Kia
parts to service your vehicle properly.
For expert advice and quality service,
see an authorized Kia dealer.
Inadequate, incomplete or insufficient
servicing may result in operational prob
-
lems with your vehicle that could lead to
vehicle damage, an accident, or personal
injury.
Owner's responsibility
NOTICE
Maintenance Service and Record Reten
-
tion are the owner's responsibility.
You should retain documents that show
proper maintenance has been per
-
formed on your vehicle in accordance
with the scheduled maintenance service
charts shown on the following pages.
You need this information to establish
your compliance with the servicing and
maintenance requirements of your vehi
-
cle warranties.
Detailed warranty information is pro
-
vided in your Warranty & Consumer
Information manual.
Repairs and adjustments required as a
result of improper maintenance or a lack
of required maintenance are not cov
-
ered.
Have your vehicle maintained and
repaired by an authorized Kia dealer.
Authorized Kia dealers meet Kia's high
service quality standards and receive
technical support from Kia in order to
provide you with a high level of service
satisfaction.
NOTICE
NHTSA Safety Corrosion Alert
The National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration (NHTSA) has issued a
general warning to all vehicle owners of
all brands regarding the risks associated
with vehicle underbody corrosion. From
your initial purchase, take the following
steps to prevent unsafe corrosion dam
-
age to your vehicle:
å
Wash the undercarriage of your vehi
-
cle regularly during the winter and
whenever your vehicle has been
exposed to such salts or chemicals.
å
Do a thorough washing of the under
-
carriage at the end of the winter.
å
Use professional service technicians
or governmental inspection stations
to annually inspect for corrosion.
å
Immediately seek an inspection of
your vehicle if you become visually
aware of corrosion flaking or scaling
or if you become aware of a change in
vehicle performance, such as soft or
spongy brakes, fluids leaking, impair
-
ment of directional control, suspen
-
sion noises or rattling metal straps.
å
NHTSA further advises that after a
vehicle is 7 years old, it is essential
that you take these indicated mainte
-
nance steps to ensure that you pro
-
tect yourself from unsafe corrosion
conditions.
7
8
8
Maintenance Owner maintenance
Owner maintenance precautions
Improper or incomplete service may
result in problems. This section gives
instructions only for the maintenance
items that are easy to perform.
As explained earlier in this section, sev
-
eral procedures can be done only by an
authorized Kia dealer with special tools.
NOTICE
Improper owner maintenance during the
warranty period may affect warranty
coverage. For details, read the separate
Warranty & Consumer Information man
-
ual provided with the vehicle. If you're
unsure about any servicing or mainte
-
nance procedure, have it done by an
authorized Kia dealer.
WARNING
Maintenance work
Do not wear jewelry or loose clothing
while working under the hood of your
vehicle with the engine running. These
items can become entangled in moving
parts, if you must run the engine while
working under the hood, make certain
that you remove all jewelry (especially
rings, bracelets, watches, and necklaces)
and all neckties, scarves, and similar
loose clothing before getting near cool
-
ing fans.
WARNING
Touching metal parts
Do not touch metal parts (including strut
bars) while the vehicle is operating or
hot. Doing so could result in serious
bodily injury. Turn the vehicle off and
wait until the metal parts cool down to
perform maintenance work on the vehi
-
cle.
Owner maintenance
The following lists are vehicle checks
and inspections that should be per
-
formed by the owner or an authorized
Kia dealer at the frequencies indicated
to help ensure safe, dependable opera
-
tion of your vehicle.
Any adverse conditions should be
brought to the attention of your dealer
as soon as possible.
These owner maintenance checks are
generally not covered by warranties and
you may be charged for labor, parts and
lubricants used.
Owner maintenance schedule
When you stop for fuel:
å
Check the coolant level in coolant res
-
ervoir.
å
Check the windshield washer fluid
level.
å
Look for low or under-inflated tires.
å
Check if the front of the radiator and
condenser are clean and not blocked
with leaves, dirt or insects etc. If any
of the above parts are extremely dirty
or you are not sure of their condition,
take your vehicle to an authorized Kia
dealer.
WARNING
Hot coolant
Be careful when checking your
engine coolant level when the
engine is hot. Scalding hot cool
-
ant and steam may blow out
under pressure.
Maintenance
88
Owner maintenance
While operating your vehicle:
å
Note any changes in the sound of the
exhaust or any smell of exhaust
fumes in the vehicle.
å
Check for vibrations in the steering
wheel. Notice any increased steering
effort or looseness in the steering
wheel, or change in its straight-ahead
position.
å
Notice if your vehicle constantly turns
slightly or "pulls" to one side when
traveling on smooth, level road.
å
When stopping, listen and check for
unusual sounds, pulling to one side,
increased brake pedal travel or "hard-
to-push" brake pedal.
å
If any slipping or changes in the oper
-
ation of your transmission occurs,
take your vehicle to an authorized Kia
dealer.
å
Check the automatic transmission P
(Park) function.
å
Check the parking brake.
å
Check for fluid leaks under your vehi
-
cle (water dripping from the air condi
-
tioning system during or after use is
normal).
At least monthly:
å
Check the coolant level in the coolant
reservoir.
å
Check the operation of all exterior
lights, including the stoplights, turn
signals and hazard warning flashers.
å
Check the inflation pressures of all
tires including the spare for tires that
are worn, show uneven wear, or are
damaged.
å
Check for loose wheel lug nuts.
At least once every 6 months:
å
Check the radiator, heater and air
conditioning hoses for leaks or dam
-
age.
å
Check the windshield washer spray
and wiper operation. Clean the wiper
blades with clean cloth dampened
with washer fluid.
å
Check the headlamp alignment.
å
Check the muffler, exhaust pipes,
shields and clamps.
å
Check the lap/shoulder belts for wear
and function.
At least once a year:
å
Clean the body and door drain holes.
å
Lubricate the door hinges and check
the hood hinges.
å
Lubricate the door and hood locks
and latches.
å
Lubricate the door rubber weather
-
strips.
å
Check the air conditioning system.
å
Inspect and lubricate automatic trans
-
mission linkage and controls.
å
Clean the battery and terminals.
å
Check the brake fluid level.
å
Visually inspect steering, suspension,
and chassis components for dam
-
aged, loose, or missing parts or signs
of wear.
9
8
8
Maintenance Scheduled maintenance service
Scheduled maintenance ser
-
vice
Scheduled maintenance service
precaution
Follow the Normal Maintenance Sched
-
ule if the vehicle is usually operated
where none of the following conditions
apply. If any of the following conditions
apply, follow the Maintenance Under
Severe Usage Conditions.
å
Repeated driving short distance of
less than 5 miles (8 km) in normal
temperature or less than 10 miles (16
km) in freezing temperature
å
Extensive engine idling or low speed
driving for long distances
å
Driving on rough, dusty, muddy,
unpaved, graveled or salt-spread
roads
å
Driving in areas using salt or other
corrosive materials or in very cold
weather
å
Driving in heavy dust condition
å
Driving in heavy traffic area
å
Driving on uphill, downhill, or moun
-
tain road repeatedly
å
Using for towing or camping and driv
-
ing with loading on the roof
å
Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other
commercial use of vehicle towing
å
Frequently driving under high speed
or rapid acceleration/deceleration
å
Frequently driving in stop-and-go
condition
If your vehicle is operated in any of the
prior listed conditions, you should
inspect, replace or refill more frequently,
using the severe usage maintenance
schedule instead of the normal usage
maintenance schedule.
NOTICE
The vehicle may be equipped with the
Oil Life Management System that pre
-
dicts engine oil life based on the driverâs
driving history and alerts the driver to
change engine oil.
å
If the deterioration of the engine oil
increases depending on the driverâs
driving severity, the remaining oil life
alert appears on the instrument clus
-
ter before the normal engine oil
replacement interval. Have the engine
oil and filter be changed by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
å
Oil Life Management System when
the recommended engine oil is used.
So, if recommended engine oil is not
used, replace the engine oil according
to the maintenance schedule under
severe usage condition.
Also, check the amount of engine oil
regularly as this system assumes that
the engine oil is being filled normally.
å
Always reset the remaining engine oil
life whenever the engine oil is
changed.
Otherwise, the Oil Life Management
System will not be correct.
å
If there is no alert until the maximum
maintenance interval, have vehicle be
checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
NOTICE
After 10 years or 100,000 miles
(150,000 km), we recommend to use
severe maintenance schedule.
Maintenance
108
Scheduled maintenance service
Normal maintenance schedule
The following maintenance services must be performed to ensure good emission control and performance. Keep receipts for all vehi
-
cle services to protect your warranty. Where both mileage and date are shown, the frequency of service is determined by whichever
occurs first.
I: Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
R: Replace or change.
Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first
Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144
MilesÃ1,000 8 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88 96
KmÃ1,000 13 26 39 52 65 78 91 104 117 130 143 156
Tire rotation Rotate every 8,000 miles (13,000 km)
Fuel additives
*1
Add every 8,000 miles (13,000 km) or 12 months
Engine oil and
engine oil filter
*2
Smartstream G1.6 T-GDi HEV/
PHEV
R R R R R R R R R R R R
Climate control air filter I R I R I R I R I R I R
Air cleaner filter (Engine) I I R I I R I I R I I R
Brake fluid
Inspect every 8,000 miles (13,000 km) or 12 months,
Replace every 48,000 miles (78,000 km) or 48 months
Spark plugs
Smartstream G1.6 T-GDi HEV/
PHEV
Replace every 48,000 miles (78,000 km)
Coolant (Engine)
*3
At first, replace at 120,000 miles (195,000 km) or 120 months
After that, replace every 24,000 miles (39,000 km) or 24 months
Coolant (Inverter)
HEV
*4
At first, Replace 120,000 miles (195,000 km) or 120 months
After that, Replace every 24,000 miles (39,000 km) or 24 months
PHEV
*5
Replace every 32,000 miles (52,000 km) or 36 months
Air conditioner refrigerant
I I I I I I I I I I I I
Air conditioner compressor
Battery condition
Brake discs and pads
Brake lines, hoses and connections
Suspension ball joints
Steering gear rack, linkage and boots
Exhaust system
Intercooler in/out
hose, air intake
hose
Smartstream G1.6 T-GDi HEV/
PHEV
I - I - I - I - I - I -
Drive shaft and boots
- I - I - I - I - I - I
Propeller shaft (AWD)
Fuel tank and fuel cap
Fuel tank air filter
Fuel lines, hoses and connections
Cooling system I I I I I I I I I I I I
HSG (Hybrid Starter & Generator) belt
*6
Inspect every 8,000 miles (13,000 km) or 12 months
Replace every 64,000 miles (104,000 km) or 48 months
11
8
8
Maintenance Scheduled maintenance service
*1. Fuel additives
Kia recommends that you use Tier 1
unleaded gasoline which has an octane
rating of RON (Research Octane Num
-
ber) 95/AKI (Anti Knock Index) 91 or
higher.
For customers who do not use good
quality gasolines including fuel addi
-
tives regularly, and have problems start
-
ing or the engine does not run smoothly,
one bottle of additives should be added
to the fuel tank at every 8,000 miles
(13,000 km).
Additives are available from an autho
-
rized Kia dealer. Do not mix with other
additives.
*2. Engine oil and engine oil filter
As it is normal for engine oil to be con
-
sumed during driving, the engine oil
level should be checked on regular
basis.
The engine oil change interval for nor
-
mal operating conditions is based on the
use of the recommended engine specifi
-
cation. If the recommended engine oil
specification is not used, then replace
the engine oil according to the mainte
-
nance schedule under severe operating
conditions.
*3. Coolant (Engine)
When adding coolant, use only deion
-
ized water or soft water for your vehicle
and never mix hard water in the coolant
filled at the factory. An improper coolant
mixture can result in serious malfunction
or engine damage.
*4. Coolant (HEV Inverter)
When adding coolant, use only deion
-
ized water or soft water for your vehicle
and never mix hard water in the coolant
filled at the factory. An improper coolant
mixture can result in serious malfunction
or engine damage.
*5. Coolant (PHEV Inverter)
Have that the coolant replaced by an
authorized Kia dealer.
*6. HSG (Hybrid Starter & Gener
-
ator) belt
Inspect HSG belt for evidence of cuts,
cracks, excessive wear or oil saturation
and replace if necessary.
*7. Differential oil (rear) (AWD)
If the vehicle has been submerged in
water or in a flooded area, the fluids
should be changed as a precaution.
Differential oil (rear) (AWD)
*7
Inspect every 40,000 miles (65,000 km) or 48 months
Transfer case oil (AWD)
*8
Automatic trans
-
mission (AT) fluid
Smartstream G1.6 T-GDi HEV/
PHEV
No service required
Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first
Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144
MilesÃ1,000 8 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88 96
KmÃ1,000 13 26 39 52 65 78 91 104 117 130 143 156
Maintenance
128
Scheduled maintenance service
*8. Transfer case oil (AWD)
If the vehicle has been submerged in
water or in a flooded area, the fluids
should be changed as a precaution.
Fuel filter (Gasoline engine)
The fuel filter is considered to be main
-
tenance free but periodic inspection is
recommended for this maintenance
schedule depends on fuel quality.
å
If there are some important safety
matters like fuel flow restriction, surg
-
ing, loss of power, hard starting prob
-
lem etc, replace the fuel filter
immediately regardless of mainte
-
nance schedule and consult an autho
-
rized Kia dealer for details.
13
8
8
Maintenance Scheduled maintenance service
Maintenance under severe usage conditions
I: Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
R: Replace or change.
Severe driving conditions
A: Repeatedly driving short distance of less than 5 miles (8 km) in normal tempera
-
ture or less than 10 miles (16 km) in freezing temperature.
B: Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long distances.
C: Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or saltspread roads.
D: Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold weather
E: Driving in heavy dust condition.
F: Driving in heavy traffic area.
G: Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain roads repeatedly.
H: Using for towing or camping and driving with loading on the roof.
I: Driving for patrol car, taxi, other commercial use of vehicle towing.
J: Frequently driving under high speed or rapid acceleration/deceleration
K: Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions.
Maintenance item
Maintenance
operation
Maintenance intervals Driving condition
Engine oil and engine oil
filter
Smartstream G1.6 T-
GDi HEV/PHEV
R
Every 5,000 miles(8,000
km) or 6 months
D, H, I
HSG (Hybrid Starter & Generator) belt
R
Every 32,000 miles (52,000
km) or 24 months
B, C, D, E, I, K
I
Every 8,000 miles (13,000
km) or 12 months
Spark plugs
Smartstream G1.6 T-
GDi HEV/PHEV
R More frequently A, B, F, G, H, I, K
Air cleaner filter R More frequently C, E
Climate control air filter R More frequently C, E, G
Automatic transmission
(AT) fluid
Smartstream G1.6 T-
GDi HEV/PHEV
R
Every 56,000 miles
(91,000 km)
A, C, F, G, H, I, J, K
Differential oil (rear) (AWD) R
Every 72,000 miles (117,000
km)
C, E, G, H, I, J
Transfer case oil (AWD) R
Every 72,000 miles (117,000
km)
C, E, G, H, I, J
Steering gear rack, linkage and boots I More frequently C, D, E, F, G, H, I
Suspension ball joints I More frequently C, D, E, G, H, I
Brake discs, pads and calipers I More frequently C, D, E, G, H, I, J, K
Drive shaft and boots I More frequently C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J
Propeller shaft (AWD) I More frequently C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J
Maintenance
148
Explanation of scheduled maintenance items
Explanation of scheduled
maintenance items
Engine oil and filter
The engine oil and filter should be
changed at the intervals specified in the
maintenance schedule. If the vehicle is
being driven in severe conditions, more
frequent oil and filter changes are
required.
Hybrid Starter & Generator (HSG)
belt
Inspect all hybrid starter & generator
belts for evidence of cuts, cracks, exces
-
sive wear or oil saturation and replace if
necessary. Hybrid starter & generator
belts should be checked periodically for
proper tension and adjusted as neces
-
sary.
CAUTION
When you are inspecting the belt, place
the ENGINE START/STOP button in the
LOCK/OFF or ACC position.
Fuel filter
Kia gasoline vehicles are equipped with
a lifetime fuel filter that integrated with
the fuel tank. Regular maintenance or
replacement is not needed but depends
on fuel quality. If there are some import
-
ant safety matters like fuel flow restric
-
tion, surging, loss of power, hard starting
problem etc, fuel filter inspection or
replace is needed.
Have the fuel filter inspected or replaced
by an authorized Kia dealer.
Fuel lines, fuel hoses and connec
-
tions
Check the fuel lines, fuel hoses and con
-
nections for leakage and damage. Have
the fuel lines, fuel hoses and connec
-
tions replaced by an authorized Kia
dealer.
Vapor hose and fuel filler cap
The vapor hose and fuel filler cap should
be inspected at those intervals specified
in the maintenance schedule. Make sure
that a new vapor hose or fuel filler cap is
correctly replaced.
Air cleaner filter
Have the air cleaner filter replaced by an
authorized Kia dealer.
Spark plugs
Make sure to install new spark plugs of
the correct heat range.
When assembling parts, be sure to wipe
the inside and outside of the boot bot
-
tom of the ignition coil and the insulator
of the spark plug with a soft cloth to pre
-
vent contamination of the spark plug
insulator.
WARNING
Do not disconnect and inspect spark
plugs when the engine is hot. You may
burn yourself.
Cooling system
Check the cooling system components,
such as the radiator, coolant reservoir,
hoses and connections for leakage and
damage. Replace any damaged parts.
Coolant/inverter coolant
The coolant should be changed at the
intervals specified in the maintenance
schedule.
Automatic transmission fluid
Automatic transmission fluid should not
be checked under normal usage condi
-
tions. Have the automatic transmission
15
8
8
Maintenance Explanation of scheduled maintenance items
fluid changed by an authorized Kia
dealer.
NOTICE
Automatic transmission fluid color is
basically red.
As the vehicle is driven, the automatic
transmission fluid will begin to look
darker. It is normal condition and you
should not judge the need to replace the
fluid based upon the changed color.
CAUTION
The use of a non-specified fluid could
result in transmission malfunction and
failure.
Use only specified automatic transmis
-
sion fluid. (Refer to "Recommended
lubricants and capacities" on page 9-7.)
Brake hoses and lines
Visually check for proper installation,
chafing, cracks, deterioration and any
leakage. Replace any deteriorated or
damaged parts immediately.
Brake fluid
Check the brake fluid level in the brake
fluid reservoir. The level should be
between "MIN" and "MAX" marks on the
side of the reservoir. Use only hydraulic
brake fluid conforming to DOT 4 specifi
-
cation.
Brake discs, pads and calipers
Check the pads for excessive wear, discs
for run out and wear, and calipers for
fluid leakage.
Suspension mounting bolts
Check the suspension connections for
looseness or damage. Retighten to the
specified torque.
Steering gear box, linkage &
boots/lower arm ball joint
With the vehicle stopped and engine off,
check for excessive free-play in the
steering wheel.
Check the linkage for bends or damage.
Check the dust boots and ball joints for
deterioration, cracks, or damage.
Replace any damaged parts.
Drive shafts and boots
Check the drive shafts, boots and
clamps for cracks, deterioration, or dam
-
age. Replace any damaged parts and, if
necessary, repack the grease.
Air conditioning refrigerant
Check the air conditioning lines and con
-
nections for leakage and damage.
Checking fluid levels
When checking engine oil, engine cool
-
ant, brake fluid, and washer fluid, always
be sure to clean the area around any
filler plug, drain plug, or dipstick before
checking or draining any lubricant or
fluid. This is especially important in
dusty or sandy areas and when the vehi
-
cle is used on unpaved roads. Cleaning
the plug and dipstick areas will prevent
dirt and grit from entering the engine
and other mechanisms that could be
damaged.
Propeller shaft (if equipped)
Check the propeller shaft, boots, clamps,
rubber coupling and center bearing rub
-
ber for cracks, deterioration, or damage.
Replace any damaged parts and if nec
-
essary, repack the grease.
Maintenance
168
Engine oil
Engine oil
Checking the engine oil level
Engine oil is used for lubricating, cooling,
and operating various hydraulic compo
-
nents in the engine. Engine oil consump
-
tion while driving is normal, and it is
necessary to check and refill the engine
oil regularly. Also, check and refill the oil
level within the recommended mainte
-
nance schedule to prevent deterioration
of oil performance.
Check the engine oil following the below
procedure.
Smartstream G1.6 T-GDi HEV/PHEV
1. Be sure the vehicle is on level ground.
2. Start the engine and allow it to reach
normal operating temperature.
3. Turn the engine off, remove the oil
filler cap and pull the dipstick out.
Wait for 15 minutes for the oil to
return to the oil pan.
4. Wipe the dipstick clean and re-insert it
fully.
5. Pull the dipstick out again and check
the level. Check if the oil level is
between the F-L line, and if it is below
the L line, add enough oil to bring the
level to F line.
WARNING
Radiator hose
Be very careful not to touch the radiator
hose when checking or adding the
engine oil as it may be hot enough to
burn you.
CAUTION
When you wipe the oil level gauge, you
should wipe it with a clean cloth. When
mixed with debris, it can cause engine
damage.
Smartstream G1.6 T-GDi HEV/PHEV
Use a funnel to help prevent oil from
being spilled on engine components.
Use only the specified engine oil. (Refer
to "Recommended lubricants and capac
-
ities" on page 9-7.)
å
Do not spill engine oil when adding or
changing engine oil. Wipe off spilled
oil immediately.
å
The engine oil consumption may
increase while you break in a new
vehicle and it will be stabilized after
driving 4,000 miles (6,000 km).
å
The engine oil consumption can be
affected by driving habits, climate
conditions, traffic conditions, oil qual
-
OMQ4H070001
OMQ4PH071036L
17
8
8
Maintenance Engine oil
ity, etc. Therefore, it is recommended
that you inspect the engine oil level
regularly and refill it if necessary.
Changing the engine oil and filter
The lubrication, rust prevention, cooling,
and cleaning effect of the engine oil will
gradually degrade during its use. Have
the engine oil and filter changed by an
authorized Kia dealer according to the
Engine Oil Life Management System
instructions or the maintenance sched
-
ule.
å
If the maintenance schedule to
replace engine oil is exceeded, the
engine oil performance may deterio
-
rate, and the engine condition may be
affected. Therefore, replace the
engine oil according to the mainte
-
nance schedule.
å
To keep the engine in optimal condi
-
tion, use the recommended engine oil
and filter. If the recommended engine
oil and filter are not used replace it
according to the maintenance sched
-
ule under severe usage conditions.
å
The purpose of the maintenance
schedule for engine oil replacement is
to prevent oil deterioration and it is
irrelevant to oil consumption. Check
and refill engine oil regularly.
WARNING
Used engine oil
Used engine oil may cause irritation or
cancer of the skin if left in contact with
the skin for prolonged periods of time.
Used engine oil contains chemicals that
have caused cancer in laboratory ani
-
mals. Always protect your skin by wash
-
ing your hands thoroughly with soap
and warm water as soon as possible
after handling used oil. Do not leave
used engine oil within the reach of chil
-
dren.
NOTICE
When the oil pressure is low due to
insufficient engine oil, the Engine Oil
Pressure ( ) warning light will
appear.
In addition, the enhanced engine protec
-
tion system, which limits the engine's
power is activated and the Malfunction
Indicator Lamp ( ) will appear when
the vehicle is driven in this state continu
-
ously.
When the engine oil pressure is restored,
the warning light and the enhanced
engine protection system will turn off
after the engine is restarted.
CAUTION
The engine oil is very hot immediately
after the vehicle has been driven and
can cause burns during replacement.
Replace the engine oil after the engine
oil has cooled down.
Maintenance
188
Coolant
Coolant
The high-pressure cooling system has a
reservoir filled with year round anti
-
freeze coolant. The reservoir is filled at
the factory.
Check the antifreeze protection and
coolant level at least once a year, at the
beginning of the winter season, and
before traveling to a colder climate.
Checking the engine coolant level
When adding coolant, use only deion
-
ized water, distilled water or soft water
for your vehicle and never mix hard
water in the coolant filled at the factory.
å
An incorrect coolant mixture can
result in severe malfunction or
engine/hybrid system damage.
å
The engine in your vehicle has alumi
-
num engine parts and must be pro
-
tected by an phosphate-based
ethylene glycol coolant to prevent
corrosion and freezing.
å
Do not use alcohol or methanol cool
-
ant or mix them with the specified
coolant.
å
Do not use a solution that contains
more than 60% antifreeze or less than
35% antifreeze, which would reduce
the effectiveness of the solution.
WARNING
Make sure the engine coolant reservoir
cap is properly closed after refill or cool
-
ant.
Otherwise the engine could be over
-
heated while driving.
1. Check if the engine coolant reservoir
cap label is straight In front.
2. Make sure that the tiny protrusions
inside the engine coolant reservoir
cap are securely interlocked.
OMQ4PH070022L
OMQ4A060054
OMQ4H070007
19
8
8
Maintenance Coolant
WARNING
Removing engine
coolant reservoir cap
Never attempt to
remove the engine
coolant reservoir cap
while the engine is operating or hot.
Doing so might lead to cooling system
damage and could result in serious per
-
sonal injury from escaping hot coolant or
steam.
WARNING
Turn the vehicle off and wait until the
engine cools down. Use extreme care
when removing the engine coolant cap.
Wrap a thick towel around it, and turn it
slowly to the first stop. Step back while
the pressure is released from the cooling
system. When you are sure all the pres
-
sure has been released, press down on
the cap, using a thick towel, and con
-
tinue turning to remove it.
NOTICE
The engine coolant level is influenced by
the hybrid system temperature. Before
checking or refilling the engine coolant,
turn the hybrid vehicle off.
NOTICE
For mixture percentage, refer to the fol
-
lowing table.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to engine parts, put
a thick towel around the engine coolant
cap and/or inverter coolant cap before
refilling the coolant to prevent the cool
-
ant from overflowing into engine parts,
such as the alternator.
Changing the coolant
Have the coolant replaced by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer according to the Mainte
-
nance Schedule at the beginning of this
chapter.
WARNING
Cooling fan
Use caution when
working near the
blade of the cooling
fan. The electric motor
(cooling fan) is controlled by coolant
temperature, refrigerant pressure and
vehicle speed. It may sometimes operate
even when the vehicle is not running.
Checking the inverter coolant
level (HEV)
If frequent additions are required, have
the system inspected by an authorized
Kia dealer.
The inverter coolant level should be in
between MAX and MIN when the engine
is cooled down.
WARNING
Adding other cooling substances or
water might lead to inverter cooling sys
-
tem degradation or even failure.
Ambient Tem
-
perature
Mixture Percentage (volume)
Antifreeze Water
5°F (-15 °C) 35 65
-13°F (-25 °C) 40 60
-31°F (-35 °C) 50 50
-49°F (-45 °C) 60 40
Maintenance
208
Coolant
å
Turn the vehicle off and wait until it
cools down.
å
Use extreme care when removing the
inverter coolant reservoir cap. Wrap a
thick towel around it, and turn it
slowly to the first stop.
å
Step back while the pressure is
released from the cooling system.
å
When you are sure all the pressure
has been released, press down on the
cap, using a thick towel, and continue
turning to remove it.
å
Check the condition and connections
of all cooling system hoses and heater
hoses.
å
Replace any swollen or deteriorated
hoses.
å
Check the coolant level. The coolant
level should be filled between MAX
and MIN marks on the side of the
coolant reservoir when the engine
room is cool.
å
If the coolant level is low, add enough
specified coolant to provide protec
-
tion against freezing and corrosion.
Bring the level to MAX, but do not
overfill.
WARNING
Make sure the inverter coolant reservoir
cap is properly closed after refill or cool
-
ant.
Otherwise the inverter could be over
-
heated while driving.
1. Check if the inverter coolant reservoir
cap label is straight In front.
2. Maker sure that the tiny protrusions
inside the inverter coolant reservoir
cap are securely interlocked.
OMQ4H070004
OMQ4A060054
OMQ4H070006
21
8
8
Maintenance Coolant
WARNING
Removing inverter
coolant reservoir cap
Never remove the
inverter coolant reser
-
voir cap while the
engine and radiator are hot. Hot coolant
and steam may blow out under pres
-
sure, causing serious injury.
Changing the coolant
Have the coolant replaced by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer according to the Mainte
-
nance Schedule at the beginning of this
chapter.
WARNING
Cooling fan
Use caution when
working near the
blade of the cooling
fan. The electric motor
(cooling fan) is controlled by coolant
temperature, refrigerant pressure and
vehicle speed. It may sometimes operate
even when the vehicle is not running.
Checking the inverter coolant
level (PHEV)
If frequent additions are required, have
the system inspected by an authorized
Kia dealer.
The inverter coolant level should be in
between MAX and MIN when the engine
is cooled down.
WARNING
Adding other cooling substances or
water might lead to inverter cooling sys
-
tem degradation or even failure.
WARNING
Removing inverter
coolant reservoir cap
Never remove the
inverter coolant reser
-
voir cap while the
engine and radiator are hot. Hot coolant
and steam may blow out under pres
-
sure, causing serious injury.
Changing the coolant
Have the coolant replaced by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer according to the Mainte
-
nance Schedule at the beginning of this
chapter.
WARNING
Cooling fan
Use caution when
working near the
blade of the cooling
fan. The electric motor
(cooling fan) is controlled by coolant
temperature, refrigerant pressure and
vehicle speed. It may sometimes operate
even when the vehicle is not running.
Maintenance
228
Hybrid starter & generator (HSG) belt
Hybrid starter & generator
(HSG) belt
Checking the Hybrid Starter &
Generator (HSG) belt
Have the Hybrid Starter & Generator
(HSG) belt inspected or replaced accord
-
ing to the Maintenance Schedule in this
chapter by an authorized Kia dealer.
CAUTION
When the HSG belt is worn out or dam
-
aged, replace the belt. Otherwise, it may
cause engine overheating or battery dis
-
charge.
WARNING
å
Turn the vehicle off while you inspect
the engine or Hybrid Starter & Gener
-
ator (HSG) belt. Otherwise it may
result in serious injury.
å
Keep hands, clothing etc. away from
the Hybrid Starter & Generator (HSG)
belt
Brake fluid
The brake fluid acts to transmit force to
the brake when the driver depresses the
brake pedal. Brake fluid must be main
-
tained periodically to ensure that the
brakes operate smoothly.
Checking the brake fluid level
Check the fluid level in the reservoir
periodically. The fluid level should be
between MAX and MIN marks on the
side of the reservoir.
1. Before removing the reservoir cap
and adding brake fluid, clean the area
around the reservoir cap thoroughly
to prevent brake fluid contamination.
2. Periodically check that the fluid level
in the brake fluid reservoir is between
MIN and MAX. The level will fall with
accumulated mileage. This is a normal
condition associated with the wear of
the brake linings.
If the fluid level is excessively low,
have the system checked by a profes
-
sional workshop. Visit an authorized
Kia dealer.
Use only the specified brake fluid. (Refer
to "Recommended lubricants and capac
-
ities" on page 9-7.)
Never mix different types of fluid.
OMQ4070069
23
8
8
Maintenance Washer fluid
WARNING
Loss of brake fluid
In the event the brake system requires
frequent additions of fluid, have the sys
-
tem inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
WARNING
Brake fluid
When changing and adding brake fluid,
handle it carefully. Do not let it come in
contact with your eyes. If brake fluid
should come in contact with your eyes,
immediately flush them with a large
quantity of fresh tap water. Have your
eyes examined by a doctor as soon as
possible.
CAUTION
Proper fluid
Only use brake fluid in the brake system.
Even small amounts of improper fluids
can cause damage to the brake system.
CAUTION
Brake fluid
Do not allow brake fluid to contact the
vehicle's body paint, as paint damage
will result.
The brake fluid constantly absorbs mois
-
ture from the air. This lowers the boiling
point of the brake fluid. If the boiling
point is too low, vapor pockets may form
in the brake system when the brakes are
applied hard.
Brake fluid, which has been exposed to
open air for an extended time should
never be used as its quality cannot be
guaranteed. It should be disposed of
properly.
Washer fluid
Washer fluid is used when wiping the
windshield of the vehicle with a wind
-
shield wiper. You should check and refill
washer fluid periodically to make sure
that it doesn't run out.
Checking the washer fluid level
The reservoir is translucent so that you
can check the level with a quick visual
inspection.
å
Check the fluid level in the washer
fluid reservoir and add fluid if neces
-
sary. Plain water may be used if
washer fluid is not available.
However, use washer solvent with
antifreeze characteristics in cold cli
-
mates to prevent freezing.
WARNING
Flammable fluid
Do not allow the washer fluid to come in
contact with open flames or sparks. The
windshield washer fluid reservoir is flam
-
mable under certain circumstances. This
can result in a fire.
OMQ4H070008
Maintenance
248
Air cleaner filter
WARNING
Coolant
å
Do not use radiator coolant or anti
-
freeze in the washer fluid reservoir.
å
Radiator coolant can severely obscure
visibility when sprayed on the wind
-
shield and may cause loss of vehicle
control.
WARNING
Windshield fluid
Do not drink the windshield washer fluid.
The windshield washer fluid is poisonous
to humans and animals.
Air cleaner filter
A genuine Kia air cleaner filter is recom
-
mended when the filter is replaced.
Replacing air cleaner filter
Air cleaner filter must be replaced when
necessary, and should not be washed.
You can clean the filter when inspecting
the air cleaner compartment. Clean the
filter by using compressed air.
1. Loosen the air cleaner cover attaching
clips and open the cover.
OMQ4H070009
OMQ4H070010
25
8
8
Maintenance Climate control air filter
2. Wipe the inside of the air cleaner.
3. Replace the air cleaner filter.
4. Lock the cover with the cover attach
-
ing clips.
Replace the filter according to the Main
-
tenance Schedule.
NOTICE
If the vehicle is operated in extremely
dusty or sandy areas, replace the ele
-
ment more often than the usual recom
-
mended intervals. (Refer to "Severe
driving conditions" on page 8-13.)
CAUTION
Air filter maintenance
å
Do not drive with the air cleaner
removed; this will result in excessive
engine wear.
å
When removing the air cleaner filter,
be careful that dust or dirt does not
enter the air intake, or damage may
result.
å
Use a Kia genuine part. Use of a non-
genuine part could damage the air
flow sensor.
Climate control air filter
Filter inspection
The climate control air filter should be
replaced according to the maintenance
schedule. If the vehicle is operated in
severely air-polluted cities or on dusty
rough roads for a long period, it should
be inspected more frequently and
replaced earlier. When you replace the
climate control air filter, replace it per
-
forming the following procedure, and be
careful to avoid damaging other compo
-
nents.
1. Open the glove box and remove the
stoppers (1) on both sides.
2. With the glove box open, pull the sup
-
port strap.
OMQ4H070011
OMQ4070018
OMQ4070017
Maintenance
268
Wiper blades
3. Remove the climate control air filter
cover by pulling out both sides of the
cover.
4. Replace the climate control air filter.
5. Reassemble in the reverse order of
disassembly.
NOTICE
When replacing the climate control air
filter install it properly. Otherwise, the
system may produce noise and the
effectiveness of the filter may be
reduced.
Wiper blades
When the wipers no longer clean ade
-
quately, the blades may be worn or
cracked, and require replacement.
To prevent damage to the wiper arms or
other components, do not attempt to
move the wipers manually.
The use of a non-specified wiper blade
could result in wiper malfunction and
failure.
Blade inspection
NOTICE
Commercial hot waxes applied by auto
-
matic car washes have been known to
make the windshield difficult to clean.
Contamination of either the windshield
or the wiper blades with foreign matter
can reduce the effectiveness of the
windshield wipers. Common sources of
contamination are insects, tree sap, and
hot wax treatments used by some com
-
mercial car washes. If the blades are not
wiping properly, clean both the window
and the blades with a good cleaner or
mild detergent, and rinse thoroughly
with clean water.
OMQ4070019
ODEEV098011NR
OMQ4071022
27
8
8
Maintenance Wiper blades
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the wiper blades,
do not use gasoline, kerosene, paint
thinner, or other solvents on or near
them.
Blade replacement
When the wipers no longer clean ade
-
quately, the blades may be worn or
cracked, and require replacement.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the wiper arms or
other components, do not attempt to
move the wipers manually.
CAUTION
The use of a non-specified wiper blade
could result in wiper malfunction and
failure.
Front windshield wiper blade
For your convenience, move the wind
-
shield wiper blades to the service posi
-
tion as follows;
After turning off the engine, move the
wiper switch to the single wiping (MIST)
position within 20 seconds and hold the
switch more than 2 seconds until the
wiper blade is in the fully up position.
CAUTION
Wiper arms
å
Do not allow the wiper arm to fall
against the windshield, since it may
chip or crack the windshield.
å
Do not pull the wiper arm forward,
since arm could chip hood paint.
1. Raise the wiper arm.
2. Lift up the wiper blade clip. Then pull
down the blade assembly and remove
it.
3. Install the new blade assembly.
4. Return the wiper arm on the wind
-
shield.
OMQ4070023L
ODEEV098016NR
ODEEV098017NR
Maintenance
288
Wiper blades
5. Turn ENGINE START/STOP button to
the ON position and wiper arms will
return to the normal operating posi
-
tion.
Replacing rear wiper blade
1. Within 20 seconds after the vehicle is
OFF, pull down the wiper lever to
MIST position for over 2 seconds until
the wiper moves down to the bottom
middle part.
2. Raise the wiper arm and pull out the
wiper blade assembly.
3. Lift up the wiper blade, and pull the
blade to remove it.
4. Install the new blade assembly by
inserting the center part into the slot
in the wiper arm until it clicks into
place.
5. Make sure the blade assembly is
installed firmly by trying to pull it
slightly.
If the replacement is complete, put
down the wiper arm to place it on the
rear windshield, and turn the vehicle
to ON and operate the wipers to
check the blade is installed correctly.
To prevent damage to the wiper arms or
other components, have the wiper blade
replaced by a professional workshop.
Visit an authorized Kia dealer.
OMQ4PH071013
OMQ4070012
OMQ4070104L
OMQ4070094L
29
8
8
Maintenance Battery
CAUTION
If the wiper arm receives too much force
while pulling the blade, the center part
may be damaged.
CAUTION
å
The wiper could not operate for
approx. 10 seconds when the wiper is
operated without washer fluid or the
blades are frozen. This is not a mal
-
function, it is a wiper protection sys
-
tem activated by motor overload
circuit within the wiper motor.
å
The front windshield should be
cleaned with water hose and wiped
with clean towel with wiper blades
raised up. Also, the wiper blades
should be wiped clean when the
grease or wax is applied to the blades.
Battery
For best battery service
å
Keep the battery securely mounted.
å
Keep the battery top clean and dry.
å
Keep the terminals and connections
clean, tight, and coated with petro
-
leum jelly or terminal grease.
å
Rinse any spilled electrolyte from the
battery immediately with a solution of
water and baking soda.
å
If the vehicle is not going to be used
for an extended time, disconnect the
battery cables.
NOTICE
Your vehicle is equipped with mainte
-
nance free battery. If your vehicle is
equipped with the battery marked with
LOWER and UPPER on the side, you can
check the electrolyte level. The electro
-
lyte level should be between LOWER
and UPPER. If the electrolyte level is low,
it needs to add distilled (demineralized)
water (Never add sulfuric acid or other
electrolyte). When refill, be careful not to
splash the battery and adjacent compo
-
nents. And do not overfill the battery
cells. It can cause corrosion on other
parts. Make sure that the cell caps are
tightened.
OMQ4H070028
Maintenance
308
Battery
Contact an authorized Kia dealer.
WARNING
Risk of explosion
Keep lit cigarettes and all other
flames or sparks away from
the battery.
The battery contains hydrogen
-- a highly combustible gas
which will explode if it comes
in contact with a flame or
spark.
Keep batteries out of the reach
of children because batteries
contain highly corrosive SUL
-
FURIC ACID and electrolytes.
Do not allow battery acid to contact your
skin, eyes, clothing or paint finish.
Wear eye protection when
charging or working near a
battery. Always provide venti
-
lation when working in an
enclosed space.
Always read the following
instructions carefully when
handling a battery.
If any electrolyte gets into
your eyes, flush your eyes with
clean water for at least 15 min
-
utes and get immediate medi
-
cal attention. If electrolyte gets on your
skin, thoroughly wash the contacted
area. If you feel pain or burning sensa
-
tion, get medical attention immediately.
An inappropriately disposed
battery can be harmful to the
environment and human
health. Dispose the battery
according to your local law(s) or regula
-
tion.
The battery contains lead. Do
not dispose of it after use.
Please return the battery to an
authorized Kia dealer to be
recycled.
Never attempt to recharge the battery
when the battery cables are connected.
WARNING
Risk of electrocution
Never touch the electrical ignition sys
-
tem while the vehicle is running. This
system works with high voltage, which
can "zap" you.
NOTICE
If you connect unauthorized electronic
devices to the battery, the battery may
be discharged. Never use unauthorized
devices.
WARNING
Recharging battery
Never attempt to recharge the battery
when the battery cables are connected.
WARNING
Battery lead compound
Battery posts, terminals, and related
accessories contain lead and lead com
-
pounds. Wash hands after handling.
31
8
8
Maintenance Battery
Battery recharging
Your vehicle has a maintenance-free,
calcium-based battery.
å
If the battery becomes discharged in a
short time (because, for example, the
headlamps or interior lights were left
on while the vehicle was not in use),
recharge it by slow charging (trickle)
for 10 hours.
å
If the battery gradually discharges
because of high electric load while the
vehicle is being used, recharge it at
20~30 A for two hours.
When recharging the battery, observe
the following precautions:
å
The battery must be removed from
the vehicle and placed in an area with
good ventilation.
å
Do not allow cigarettes, sparks, or
flame near the battery.
å
Watch the battery during charging,
and stop or reduce the charging rate
in following cases:
1. the battery cells begin gassing
(boiling) violently
2. the electrolyte temperature of any
cell exceeds 120 °F (49 °C).
å
Wear eye protection when checking
the battery during charging.
å
Before performing maintenance or
recharging the battery, turn off all
accessories and stop the vehicle.
å
Disconnect the battery charger in the
following order.
1. Turn off the battery charger main
switch.
2. Unhook the negative clamp from
the negative battery terminal.
3. Unhook the positive clamp from the
positive battery terminal.
å
The negative battery cable must be
removed first and installed last when
the battery is disconnected.
CAUTION
AGM battery
å
Absorbent Glass Mat (AGM) batteries
are maintenance free and have the
AGM battery serviced by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
For charging your AGM battery, use
only fully automatic battery chargers
that are specially developed for AGM
batteries.
å
When replacing the AGM battery, use
parts for replacement from an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
å
Do not open or remove the cap on top
of the battery. This may cause leaks
of internal electrolyte that could result
in severe injury.
Reset items
The following items should be reset after
the battery has been discharged or the
battery has been disconnected.
å
Auto up/down window (Refer to "Win
-
dow opening and closing" on page 5-
39)
å
Trip computer (Refer to "Trip informa
-
tion (trip computer)" on page 5-93)
å
Climate control system (Refer to
"Automatic climate control system" on
page 5-148)
å
Sunroof (Refer to "Panoramic sunroof
(if equipped)" on page 5-48)
Maintenance
328
Tires and wheels
Tires and wheels
For proper maintenance, safety,
and maximum fuel economy,
you must always maintain the
recommended tire inflation pres
-
sures and stay within the load
limits and weight distribution rec
-
ommended for your vehicle.
Recommended cold tire infla
-
tion pressures
All tire pressures should be
checked when the tires are cold.
"Cold Tires" means the vehicle
has not been driven for at least
three hours or driven less than 1
mile (1.6 km).
Recommended pressures must
be maintained for the best ride,
vehicle handling, and minimum
tire wear.
For recommended inflation pres
-
sure, refer to
"Tires and wheels" on
page 8-32
.
All specifications (sizes and pres
-
sures) can be found on a label
attached to the driver's side cen
-
ter pillar.
WARNING
Tire underinflation
Inflate your tires consistent with
the instructions provided in this
manual. Regularly check the tire
inflation pressure, and correct it
as needed; at least twice a
month and before any long trips
on the road. If you fail to observe
this precaution, you may be driv
-
ing on underinflated tires, which
may not only compromise your
vehicle's driving stability, but
may also lead to tire damage and
the risk of an accident. This risk is
much higher on hot days and
when driving for long periods at
high speeds.
Failure to maintain specified
pressure may result in excessive
wear, poor handling, reduced
fuel economy, deformation of
tire and/or wheel, harsh ride con
-
ditions, possibility for additional
OMQ4AH080004
33
8
8
Maintenance Tires and wheels
damage from road hazards, or
result in tire failure.
Tire pressure
Always observe the following:
å
Check tire pressure when the
tires are cold. (After vehicle has
been parked for at least three
hours or hasn't been driven
more than 1 mile (1.6 km) since
startup.)
å
Check the pressure of your
spare tire each time you check
the pressure of other tires.
å
Never overload your vehicle.
Be careful not to overload a
vehicle luggage rack if your
vehicle is equipped with one.
å
Warm tires normally exceed
recommended cold tire pres
-
sures by 4~6 psi (28~41 kPa).
Do not release air from warm
tires to adjust the pressure or
the tires will be underinflated.
WARNING
Tire Inflation
Overinflation or underinflation
can reduce tire life, adversely
affect vehicle handling, and lead
to sudden tire failure. This could
result in loss of vehicle control
and potential injury.
Checking tire inflation pres
-
sure
Check your tires once a month or
more.
Use a good quality gauge to
check tire pressure. You cannot
tell if your tires are properly
inflated simply by looking at
them. Radial tires may look prop
-
erly inflated even when they're
underinflated.
Check the tire's inflation pressure
when the tires are cold. "Cold"
means your vehicle has been sit
-
ting or at least three hours or
driven no more than 1 mile (1.6
km).
1. Remove the valve cap from the
tire valve stem.
2. Press the tire gauge firmly
onto the valve to get a pres
-
sure measurement. If the cold
tire inflation pressure matches
the recommended pressure on
the tire and loading informa
-
tion label, no further adjust
-
ment is necessary.
3. If the pressure is low, add air
until you reach the recom
-
mended amount.
4.If you overfill the tire, release
air by pushing on the metal
stem in the center of the tire
valve.
5. Recheck the tire pressure with
the tire gauge.
Maintenance
348
Tires and wheels
6.Be sure to put the valve caps
back on the valve stems. They
help prevent leaks by keeping
out dirt and moisture.
Inspect your tires frequently for
proper inflation as well as wear
and damage. Always use a tire
pressure gauge.
Tires with too much or too little
pressure wear unevenly. This
could result in poor handling,
loss of vehicle control, and sud
-
den tire failure leading to acci
-
dents, injuries, and even death.
The recommended cold tire pres
-
sure for your vehicle can be
found in this manual and on the
tire label located on the driver's
side center pillar.
Tire rotation
To equalize tread wear, it is rec
-
ommended that the tires be
rotated every 8,000 miles
(13,000 km) or sooner if irregular
wear develops.
During rotation, check the tires
for correct balance.
When rotating tires, check for
uneven wear and damage.
Abnormal wear is usually caused
by incorrect tire pressure,
improper wheel alignment, out
of-balance wheels, severe brak
-
ing or severe cornering. Look for
bumps or bulges in the tread or
side of tire. Replace the tire if you
find either of these conditions.
Replace the tire if fabric or cord
is visible. After rotation, be sure
to bring the front and rear tire
pressures to specification and
check lug nut tightness. (proper
torque is 79~94 lbf·ft [11~13
kgf·m])
Refer to
"Tires and wheels" on page 8-
32
.
Disc brake pads should be
inspected for wear whenever
tires are rotated.
With a full-size spare tire (if
equipped)
Without a spare tire
Directional tires (if equipped)
Rotate radial tires that have an
asymmetric tread pattern only
CBGQ0706
ODEEV098029NR
CBGQ0707A
35
8
8
Maintenance Tires and wheels
from front to rear and not from
right to left.
WARNING
Mixing tires
Do not mix bias ply and radial ply
tires under any circumstances.
This may cause unusual handling
characteristics.
Wheel alignment and tire bal
-
ance
The wheels on your vehicle were
aligned and balanced carefully at
the factory to give you the lon
-
gest tire life and best overall per
-
formance.
If you notice unusual tire wear or
your vehicle pulling one way or
the other, the alignment may
need to be reset.
If you notice your vehicle vibrat
-
ing when driving on a smooth
road, your wheels may need to
be rebalanced.
CAUTION
Wheel weight
Improper wheel weights can
damage your vehicle's alumi
-
num wheels. Use only approved
wheel weights.
Tire replacement
If the tire is worn evenly, a tread
wear indicator will appear as a
solid band across the tread.
[A] : Tread wear indicator
This shows there is less than 1/16
in (1.6 mm) of tread left on the
tire. Replace the tire when this
happens.
Do not wait for the band to
appear across the entire tread
before replacing the tire.
The Anti-lock Brake System
(ABS) works by comparing the
speed of the wheels. The tire size
affects wheel speed. When
replacing tires, all 4 tires must
use the same size originally sup
-
plied with the vehicle. Using tires
of a different size can cause the
ABS and Electronic Stability Con
-
trol (ESC) to work irregularly.
It is best to replace all four tires
at the same time. If that is not
possible, or necessary, then
replace the two front or two rear
tires as a pair. Replacing just one
tire can seriously affect your
vehicle's handling.
OMQ4070103L
Maintenance
368
Tires and wheels
NOTICE
We recommend that when
replacing tires, use the same
originally supplied with the vehi
-
cles. If not, that affects driving
performance.
Wheel replacement
When replacing the metal wheels
for any reason, make sure the
new wheels are equivalent to the
original factory units in diame
-
ter, rim width and offset.
A wheel with an incorrect size
may adversely affect many
things: wheel and bearing life,
braking and stopping abilities,
handling characteristics, ground
clearance, body-to-tire clear
-
ance, snow chain clearance,
speedometer and odometer cali
-
bration, headlamp aiming and
bumper height.
CAUTION
Wheels
Wheels that do not meet Kia
specifications may fit poorly and
result in damage to the vehicle or
unusual handling and poor vehi
-
cle control.
Tire traction
Tire traction can be reduced if
you drive on worn tires, tires that
are improperly inflated or on slip
-
pery road surfaces.
Tires should be replaced when
tread wear indicators appear.
Slow down whenever there is
rain, snow or ice on the road to
reduce the possibility of losing
control of the vehicle.
Tire maintenance
In addition to proper inflation,
correct wheel alignment helps to
decrease tire wear.
If you find a tire is worn
unevenly, have your dealer
check the wheel alignment.
Make sure the newly installed
tires are balanced correctly to
increase vehicle ride comfort and
tire life. In addition, always rebal
-
ance the tire when the tire is
removed from the wheel.
Tire sidewall labeling
This information identifies and
describes the fundamental char
-
acteristics of the tire and also
provides the Tire Identification
Number (TIN) for safety standard
certification.
37
8
8
Maintenance Tires and wheels
The TIN can be used to identify
the tire in case of a recall.
1. Manufacturer or brand
name
Manufacturer or Brand name is
shown.
2. Tire size designation
A tire's sidewall is marked with a
tire size designation. You will
need this information when
selecting replacement tires for
your vehicle. The following
explains what the letters and
numbers in the tire size designa
-
tion mean.
Example tire size designation:
(These numbers are provided as
an example only; your tire size
designator could vary depend
-
ing on your vehicle.)
P235/55R19 101H
å
P: Applicable vehicle type (tires
marked with the prefix "P" are
intended for use on passenger
vehicles or light trucks; how
-
ever, not all tires have this
marking).
å
235: Tire width in millimeters.
å
55: Aspect ratio. The tire's sec
-
tion height as a percentage of
its width.
å
R: Tire construction code
(Radial).
å
19: Rim diameter in inches.
å
101: Load Index, a numerical
code associated with the maxi
-
mum load the tire can carry.
å
H: Speed Rating Symbol. See
the speed rating chart in this
section for additional informa
-
tion.
Wheel size designation
Wheels are also marked with
important information that you
need if you ever have to replace
one. The following explains what
the letters and numbers in the
wheel size designation mean.
Example wheel size designation:
7.5JX19
å
7.5: Rim width in inches.
å
J: Rim contour designation.
å
19: Rim diameter in inches.
ODEEV098031NR
Maintenance
388
Tires and wheels
Tire speed ratings
The chart below lists many of the
different speed ratings currently
being used for passenger vehicle
tires. The speed rating is part of
the tire size designation on the
sidewall of the tire. This symbol
corresponds to that tire's
designed maximum safe operat
-
ing speed.
3. Checking tire life
Any tires that are over 6 years
old, based on the manufacturing
date, should be replaced by new
ones. You can find the manufac
-
turing date on the tire sidewall
(possibly on the inside of the
wheel), displaying the DOT code.
The DOT code is a series of num
-
bers on a tire consisting of num
-
bers and English letters. The
manufacturing date is desig
-
nated by the last four digits
(characters) of the DOT code.
DOT: XXXX XXXX OOOO
The front part of the DOT means
a plant code number, tire size
and tread pattern and the last
four numbers indicate week and
year manufactured.
For example:
DOT XXXX XXXX 1622 rep
-
resents that the tire was pro
-
duced in the 16th week of 2022.
WARNING
Tire age
Replace tires within the recom
-
mended time frame. Failure to
replace tires as recommended
can result in sudden tire failure,
which could lead to a loss of con
-
trol and an accident.
4. Tire ply composition and
material
The number of layers or plies of
rubber- coated fabric in the tire.
Tire manufacturers also must
indicate the materials in the tire,
which include steel, nylon, poly
-
ester, and others. The letter "R"
means radial ply construction;
the letter "D" means diagonal or
bias ply construction; and the let
-
ter "B" means belted-bias ply
construction.
Speed Rating
Symbol
Maximum Speed
S 112 mph (180 km/h)
T 118 mph (190 km/h)
H 130 mph (210 km/h)
V 149 mph (240 km/h)
W 168 mph (270 km/h)
Y 186 mph (300 km/h)
39
8
8
Maintenance Tires and wheels
5. Maximum permissible infla
-
tion pressure
This number is the greatest
amount of air pressure that
should be put in the tire. Do not
exceed the maximum permissi
-
ble inflation pressure. Refer to
"Certification label" on page 6-205
for
recommended inflation pressure.
6. Maximum load rating
This number indicates the maxi
-
mum load in kilograms and
pounds that can be carried by
the tire. When replacing the tires
on the vehicle, always use a tire
that has the same load rating as
the factory installed tire.
7. Uniform Tire Quality Grad
-
ing
Quality grades can be found
where applicable on the tire side
-
wall between tread shoulder and
maximum section width.
For example:
å
Treadwear 200
å
Traction AA
å
Temperature A
Tires degrade over time, even
when they are not being used.
Regardless of the remaining
tread, we recommend that tires
be replaced after approximately
six (6) years of normal service.
Heat caused by hot climate or
frequent high loading conditions
can accelerate the aging process.
Tread wear
The tread wear grade is a com
-
parative rating based on the
wear rate of the tire when tested
under controlled conditions on a
specified government test
course. For example, a tire
graded 150 would wear one-and-
a-half times (1Â―) as well on the
government course as a tire
graded 100.
The relative performance of tires
depends upon the actual condi
-
tions of their use. Performance
may depart significantly from the
norm due to variations in driving
habits, service practices and dif
-
ferences in road characteristics
and climate.
These grades are molded on the
side-walls of passenger vehicle
tires. The tires available as stan
-
dard or optional equipment on
your vehicle may vary with
respect to grade.
Traction - AA, A, B & C
The traction grades, from highest
to lowest, are AA, A, B and C.
Those grades represent the tire's
ability to stop on wet pavement
as measured under controlled
conditions on specified govern
-
ment test surfaces of asphalt and
Maintenance
408
Tires and wheels
concrete. A tire marked C may
have poor traction performance.
The traction grade assigned to
this tire is based on straight-
ahead braking traction tests, and
does not include acceleration,
cornering, hydroplaning, or peak
traction characteristics.
Temperature -A, B & C
The temperature grades are A
(the highest), B and C represent
-
ing the tire's resistance to the
generation of heat and its ability
to dissipate heat when tested
under controlled conditions on a
specified indoor laboratory test
wheel.
Sustained high temperature can
cause the material of the tire to
degenerate and reduce tire life,
and excessive temperature can
lead to sudden tire failure. The
grade C corresponds to a level of
performance which all passenger
vehicle tires must meet under the
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety
Standard No. 109. Grades B and
A represent higher levels of per
-
formance on the laboratory test
wheel than the minimum
required by law.
Tire terminology and defini
-
tions
Refer to the following for detailed
definitions of the terms that are
found in the tire description.
Air Pressure
The amount of air
inside the tire pressing outward
on the tire. Air pressure is
expressed in pounds per square
inch (psi) or kilopascal (kPa).
Accessory Weight
The com
-
bined weight of optional acces
-
sories. Some examples of
optional accessories are auto
-
matic transmission, power seats,
and air conditioning.
Aspect Ratio
The relationship of
a tire's height to its width.
Belt
A rubber coated layer of
cords that is located between the
plies and the tread. Cords may
be made from steel or other rein
-
forcing materials.
Bead
The tire bead contains steel
wires wrapped by steel cords
that hold the tire onto the rim.
Bias Ply Tire
A pneumatic tire in
which the plies are laid at alter
-
nate angles less than 90 degrees
to the centerline of the tread.
Cold Tire Pressure
The amount
of air pressure in a tire, mea
-
sured in pounds per square inch
(psi) or kilopascals (kPa) before a
tire has built up heat from driv
-
ing.
41
8
8
Maintenance Tires and wheels
Curb Weight
The weight of a
motor vehicle with standard and
optional equipment (including
the maximum capacity of fuel, oil
and coolant), but without pas
-
sengers and cargo.
DOT Markings
A code molded
into the sidewall of a tire signify
-
ing that the tire is in compliance
with the U.S. Department of
Transportation motor vehicle
safety standards. The DOT code
includes the Tire Identification
Number (TIN), an alphanumeric
designator which can also iden
-
tify the tire manufacturer, pro
-
duction plant, brand and date of
production.
GVWR
Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating
GAWR FRT
Gross Axle Weight
Rating for the Front axle.
GAWR RR
Gross Axle Weight
Rating for the Rear axle.
Intended Outboard Sidewall
The side of an asymmetrical tire
that must always face outward
when mounted on a vehicle.
Kilopascal (kPa)
The metric unit
for air pressure.
Light truck (LT) tire
A tire desig
-
nated by its manufacturer as pri
-
marily intended for use on
lightweight trucks or multipur
-
pose passenger vehicles.
Load ratings
The maximum load
that a tire is rated to carry for a
given inflation pressure.
Load Index
An assigned number
ranging from 1 to 279 that corre
-
sponds to the load carrying
capacity of a tire.
Maximum Inflation Pressure
The maximum air pressure to
which a cold tire may be inflated.
The maximum air pressure is
molded onto the sidewall.
Maximum Load Rating
The load
rating for a tire at the maximum
permissible inflation pressure for
that tire.
Maximum Loaded Vehicle
Weight
The sum of curb weight;
accessory weight; vehicle capac
-
ity weight; and production
options weight.
Normal Occupant Weight
The
number of occupants a vehicle is
designed to seat multiplied by
150 lbs. (68 kg).
Occupant Distribution
Desig
-
nated seating positions.
Outward Facing Sidewall
The
side of a asymmetrical tire that
has a particular side that faces
outward when mounted on a
vehicle. The outward facing side
-
wall bears white lettering or
bears manufacturer, brand, and/
or model name molding that is
higher or deeper than the same
Maintenance
428
Tires and wheels
moldings on the inner facing
sidewall.
Passenger (P-Metric) Tire
A tire
used on passenger cars and
some light duty trucks and multi
-
purpose vehicles.
Ply
A layer of rubber-coated par
-
allel cords.
Pneumatic tire
A mechanical
device made of rubber, chemi
-
cals, fabric and steel or other
materials, that, when mounted
on an automotive wheel, pro
-
vides the traction and contains
the gas or fluid that sustains the
load.
Production options weight
The
combined weight of installed
regular production options
weighing over 5 lbs. (2.3 kg) in
excess of the standard items
which they replace, not previ
-
ously considered in curb weight
or accessory weight. Examples
include heavy duty brakes, ride
levelers, roof rack, heavy duty
battery, and special trim.
Recommended Inflation Pres
-
sure
Vehicle manufacturer's rec
-
ommended tire inflation pressure
and shown on the tire placard.
Radial Ply Tire
A pneumatic tire
in which the ply cords that
extend to the beads are laid at
90 degrees to the centerline of
the tread.
Rim
A metal support for a tire
and upon which the tire beads
are seated.
Sidewall
The portion of a tire
between the tread and the bead.
Speed Rating
An alphanumeric
code assigned to a tire indicating
the maximum speed at which a
tire can operate.
Traction
The friction between
the tire and the road surface. The
amount of grip provided.
Tread
The portion of a tire that
comes into contact with the road.
Treadwear Indicators
Narrow
bands, sometimes called "wear
bars," that show across the tread
of a tire when only 2/32 inch (1.6
mm) of tread remains.
UTQGS
Uniform Tire Quality
Grading Standards, a tire infor
-
mation system that provides
consumers with ratings for a
tire's traction, temperature and
treadwear. Ratings are deter
-
mined by tire manufacturers
using government testing proce
-
dures. The ratings are molded
into the sidewall of the tire.
Vehicle Capacity Weight
The
weight of designated seating
positions multiplied by 150 lbs.
(68 kg) plus the rated cargo and
luggage load.
43
8
8
Maintenance Tires and wheels
Vehicle Maximum Load on the
Tire
Load on an individual tire
due to curb and accessory
weight plus maximum occupant
and cargo weight.
Vehicle Normal Load on the
Tire
Load on an individual tire
that is determined by distributing
to each axle its share of the curb
weight, accessory weight, and
normal occupant weight and
driving by 2.
Vehicle Placard
A label perma
-
nently attached to a vehicle
showing the original equipment
tire size and recommended infla
-
tion pressure.
All season tires
Kia specifies all season tires on
some models to provide good
performance for use all year
round, including snowy and icy
road conditions.
All season tires are identified by
ALL SEASON and/or M+S (Mud
and Snow) on the tire sidewall.
Snow tires have better snow trac
-
tion than all season tires and
may be more appropriate in
some areas.
Summer tires
Kia specifies summer tires on
some models to provide superior
performance on dry roads.
Summer tire performance is sub
-
stantially reduced in snow and
ice. Summer tires do not have the
tire traction rating M+S (Mud and
Snow) on the tire side wall. if you
plan to operate your vehicle in
snowy or icy conditions, Kia rec
-
ommends the use of snow tires
or all season tires on all four
wheels.
Snow tires
If you equip your vehicle with
snow tires, they should be the
same size and have the same
load capacity as the original tires.
Snow tires should be installed on
all four wheels; otherwise, poor
handling may result.
Snow tires should carry 4 psi (28
kPa) more air pressure than the
pressure recommended for the
standard tires on the tire label on
the driver's side of the center pil
-
lar, or up to the maximum pres
-
sure shown on the tire sidewall,
whichever is less.
Do not drive faster than 75 mph
(120 km/h) when your vehicle is
equipped with snow tires.
Maintenance
448
Tires and wheels
WARNING
Do not use summer tires at tem
-
peratures below 45 °F (7 °C) or
when driving on snow or ice. At
temperatures below 45 °F (7 °C),
summer tires can lose elasticity,
and therefore traction and brak
-
ing power as well. Change the
tires on your vehicle to winter or
all-weather tires of the same size
as the standard tires of the vehi
-
cle. Both types of tires are identi
-
fied by the M+S (Mud and Snow)
marking. Using summer tires at
very cold temperatures could
cause cracks to form, thereby
damaging the tires permanently.
Tire chains
Tire chains, if necessary, should
be installed on the front wheels.
Be sure that the chains are
installed in accordance with the
manufacturer's instructions.
To minimize tire and chain wear,
do not continue to use tire chains
when they are no longer needed.
å
When driving on roads covered
with snow or ice, drive at
speeds less than 20 mph (30
km/h).
å
Use the SAE "S" class or wire
chains.
å
If you hear noise caused by
chains contacting the body,
retighten the chain to avoid
contact with the vehicle body.
å
To prevent body damage,
retighten the chains after driv
-
ing 0.3~0.6 miles (0.5~1.0 km).
å
Do not use tire chains on vehi
-
cles equipped with aluminum
wheels. In unavoidable circum
-
stance, use a wire type chain.
å
Use wire chains less than 0.47
inches (12 mm) to prevent
damage to the chain's connec
-
tion.
45
8
8
Maintenance Fuses
Radial-ply tires
Radial-ply tires provide improved
tread life, road hazard resistance
and smoother high speed ride.
The radial-ply tires used on this
vehicle are of belted construc
-
tion, and are selected to comple
-
ment the ride and handling
characteristics of your vehicle.
Radial-ply tires have the same
load carrying capacity, as bias-
ply or bias belted tires of the
same size, and use the same rec
-
ommended inflation pressure.
Mixing of radial-ply tires with
bias-ply or bias belted tires is not
recommended. Any combina
-
tions of radial-ply and bias-ply or
bias belted tires when used on
the same vehicle will seriously
deteriorate vehicle handling. The
best rule to follow is: Identical
radial-ply tires should always be
used as a set of four.
Longer wearing tires can be
more susceptible to irregul ar
tread wear. It is very important to
follow the tire rotation interval
shown in this section to achieve
the tread life potential of these
tires. Cuts and punctures in
radial-ply tires are repairable
only in the tread area, because of
sidewall flexing. Consult your tire
dealer for radial-ply tire repairs.
Fuses
Blade type
Cartridge type
Multi fuse
High voltage fuse
* Left side: Normal, Right side: Blown
* The actual fuse/relay panel label may
differ from equipped items.
A vehicle's electrical system is protected
from electrical overload damage by
fuses.
ODEEV098032NR
ODEEV098077NR
ODEEV098078NR
OMQ4070071L
Maintenance
468
Fuses
This vehicle has 2 (or 3) fuse panels, one
located in the driver's side panel bolster,
the other in the engine compartment
near the battery.
If any of your vehicle's lights, accesso
-
ries, or controls do not work, check the
appropriate circuit fuse. If a fuse has
blown, the element inside the fuse will
melt.
If the electrical system does not work,
first check the driver's side fuse panel.
If the replacement fuse blows, this indi
-
cates an electrical problem. Avoid using
the system involved and immediately
consult an authorized Kia dealer.
Three kinds of fuses are used: blade
type for lower amperage rating, car
-
tridge type, and multi fuse for higher
amperage ratings.
WARNING
Fuse replacement
å
Never replace a fuse with anything
but another fuse of the same rating.
å
A higher capacity fuse could cause
damage and possibly a fire.
å
Never install a wire or aluminum foil
instead of the proper fuse - even as a
temporary repair. It may cause exten
-
sive wiring damage and a possible
fire.
å
Do not arbitrarily modify or add-on
electric wiring to the vehicle.
CAUTION
Do not use a screwdriver or any other
metal object to remove fuses because it
may cause a short circuit and damage
the system.
NOTICE
å
When replacing a fuse, turn the vehi
-
cle 'OFF' and turn off switches of all
electrical devices then remove battery
(-) terminal.
å
The actual fuse/relay panel label may
differ from equipped items.
WARNING
Electrical fire
Always ensure replacements fuses and
relays are securely fastened when
installed. Failure to do so can result in a
vehicle fire.
Do not remove fuses, relays and termi
-
nals fastened with bolts or nuts. The
fuses, relays and terminals may be fas
-
tened incompletely, and it may cause a
possible fire. If fuses, relays and termi
-
nals fastened with bolts or nuts are
blown, consult with an authorized Kia
dealer.
CAUTION
When replacing a blown fuse or relay,
make sure the new fuse or relay fits
tightly into the clips. Failure to tightly
install the fuse or relay may cause dam
-
age to the wiring and electric systems.
47
8
8
Maintenance Fuses
CAUTION
å
Do not input any other objects except
fuses or relays into fuse/relay termi
-
nals such as a screwdriver or wiring. It
may cause contact failure and system
malfunction.
å
Do not plug in screwdrivers or after
-
market wiring into the terminal origi
-
nally designed for fuse and relays
only. The electrical system and wiring
of the vehicle interior may be dam
-
aged or burned due to contact failure.
å
If you directly connect the wire on the
taillamp or replace the bulb which is
over the regulated capacity to install
trailers etc., the inner junction block
can get burned.
WARNING
Electrical wiring repairs
All electrical repairs should be per
-
formed by authorized Kia dealerships
using approved Kia parts. Using other
wiring components, especially when ret
-
rofitting multimedia or theft alarm sys
-
tem, car phone or radio may cause
vehicle damage and increase the risk of
a vehicle fire.
NOTICE
Remodeling prohibited
Do not rewire your vehicle in any way as
doing so may affect the performance of
several safety features in your vehicle.
Rewiring your vehicle may also void your
warranty and cause you to be responsi
-
ble for any subsequent vehicle damage
which may result.
Inner panel fuse replacement
1. Turn the engine and all other switches
off.
2. Open the fuse panel cover.
3. Pull the suspected fuse straight out.
Use the removal tool provided in the
main fuse box in the engine compart
-
ment.
4. Check the removed fuse; replace it if
it is blown.
Spare fuses are provided in the instru
-
ment panel fuse panel (or in the
engine compartment fuse panel).
5. Push in a new fuse of the same rating,
and make sure it fits tightly in the
clips.
If it fits loosely, consult a professional
workshop. Consult an authorized Kia
dealer.
OMQ4H071013
OMQ4PH070031L
Maintenance
488
Fuses
If you do not have a spare, use a fuse of
the same rating from a circuit you may
not need for operating the vehicle, such
as the cigarette lighter fuse.
If the headlamps or taillamps, stoplights,
courtesy lamp, day time running lights
(DRL) do not work and the fuses are OK,
consult an authorized Kia dealer.
Engine compartment fuse
replacement
1. Turn the ENGINE START/STOP button
and all other switches OFF.
2. Remove the fuse panel cover by
pressing the tab and pulling the cover
up.
3. Check the removed fuse; replace it if
it is blown. To remove or insert the
fuse, use the fuse puller in the engine
compartment fuse panel.
4. Push in a new fuse of the same rating,
and make sure it fits tightly in the
clips. If it fits loosely, consult an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
CAUTION
Always securely install the fuse panel
cover in the engine compartment to pro
-
tect against electrical failure which may
occur from water contact. Listen for the
audible clicking sound to ensure fuse
panel cover is securely fastened.
NOTICE
If the main (multi) fuse is blown, have
the vehicle checked by an authorized Kia
dealer.
NOTICE
The electronic system may not function
correctly even when the engine com
-
partment and internal fuse box's individ
-
ual fuses are not disconnected. In such
cases, the cause of the problem may be
disconnection of the main fuse (BFT
type), which is located inside the positive
battery terminal (+) cap. Since the main
fuse is designed more intricately than
other parts, have the vehicle checked by
an authorized Kia dealer.
After checking the fuse panel in the
engine compartment, securely install the
fuse panel cover through the audible
clicking sound. If not, electrical failures
may occur from water contact.
OMQ4H070014
49
8
8
Maintenance Fuses
Main fuse (Multi fuse)
If the main fuse is blown, it must be
removed as follows:
1. Turn off the engine.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Remove the nuts shown in the picture
above.
4. Replace the fuse with a new one of
the same rating.
5. Reinstall in the reverse order of
removal.
NOTICE
Do not disassemble nor assemble the
multi fuse when it is secured with nuts
and bolts. Incorrect or partial assembly
torque may cause a fire. Have the vehi
-
cle checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
OMQ4H070016
Maintenance
508
Fuses
Fuse/relay panel description
Inside the fuse/relay panel covers, you
can find the fuse/relay label describing
fuse/relay name and capacity.
Driver's side fuse panel
NOTICE
Not all fuse panel descriptions in this
manual may be applicable to your vehi
-
cle. It is accurate at the time of printing.
When you inspect the fuse panel in your
vehicle, refer to the fuse panel label.
OMQ4071083L
OMQ4071001N
51
8
8
Maintenance Fuses
ICU Junction Block
Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected
AMP 25A AMP (Amplifier)
P/SEAT (DRV) 30A
Driver Power Seat Switch, IMS (Integrated memory system) Control
Module, Driver Lumbar Support Switch
OBC 10 A OBC Unit
P/WINDOW (LH) 25A
Driver Safety Power Window Module, Rear Power Window Switch
Left Handle side/Rear Safety Power Window Module Left Handle
side
P/SEAT (PASS) 30A Passenger Power Seat Switch, Passenger Relay Unit
S/HEATER (FRT) 20A
1st Air Ventilation Seat Control Module, 1st Seat Warmer Control
Module
S/HEATER (REAR LH) 15A 2nd Seat Warmer Left Handle side Control Module
2nd ROW SEAT FOLDING
(RH)
20A 2nd Seat Right Handle side Folding Actuator
IG3 1 20A ICM relay box (IG3 Relay)
P/WINDOW (RH) 25A
Passenger Safety Power Window Module, Passenger Power Win
-
dow Switch, Rear Power Window Switch Right Handle side/Rear
Safety Power Window Module Right Handle side
TAILGATE OPEN 15A Tailgate Relay
2nd ROW SEAT FOLDING
(LH)
20A 2nd Seat Warmer Left Handle side Folding Actuator
DOOR LOCK 20A
Door Lock/Unlock Relay, Two Turn Unlock Relay, Data Link Con
-
nector, ICM Relay box (Fuel Lid Lock/Unlock Relay)
REAR A/C 2 10A Rear Air Conditioner Control Module
MULTI MEDIA 1 25A Audio, Audio/Video & Navigation Head Unit, Fuse - MULTI MEDIA2
S/HEATER (REAR RH) 15A 2nd Seat Warmer Right Handle side Control Module
MEMORY 10A
Power Tail Gate Unit, IMS (Integrated memory system) Control
Module, Rear Air Conditioner Control Module, ROA (Rear Occupant
Alert), Driver/Passenger Power Outside Mirror, Instrument Cluster,
Front Air Conditioner Control Module, Front Air Conditioner Control
Panel, Head-Up Display
START 10A Ignition Switch
E-SHIFTER 7.5A Electronic Shift Dial
USB CHARGER 1 10A
Luggage USB Charge Connector Left Handle side/Right Handle
side
USB CHARGER 2 15A
Rear Console USB Charge Connector Right Handle side, Driver/
Passenger Seat USB Charge Connector
MODULE 3 7.5A
IBU (Integrated Body Control Unit), ADAS Parking ECU, Front View
Camera, Crash Pad Switch, Surround View Monitor Unit, Rear Cor
-
ner Radar Left Handle side/Right Handle side, AWD, ECU, Front
Radar, VESS (Virtual Engine Sound System) Unit, Front Console
Switch, Front Seat Ventilation Switch Left Handle side/Right Handle
side
AIR BAG 1 15A
SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) Control Module, Passenger
Occupant Detection Sensor
WASHER 15A Multifunction Switch
Maintenance
528
Fuses
MODULE 1 10A
AMP (Amplifier), Rear Seat Entertainment Left Handle side/Right
Handle side, Audio, Audio/Video & Navigation Head Unit, IBU (Inte
-
grated Body Control Unit), Front USB Charge Connector Left Han
-
dle side/Right Handle side, ADAS Unit, Surround View Monitor Unit
MODULE 9 10A
Driver/Passenger Mood Lamp, ADAS Parking ECU, Data Link Con
-
nector, Surround View Monitor Unit, Driver Door Area Unit, Key
Solenoid, Rain Sensor, Crash Pad Switch, Driver/Passenger Smart
Key Outside Handle, Mood Lamp Unit, Driver/Passenger Door
Mood Lamp Unit, Electronic Refrigerant Reduced Pressure Valve
IBU 1 7.5A
IBU (Integrated Body Control Unit), E/R Junction Block (Battery C/
Fan Relay)
MODULE 2 7.5A Driver Door Area Unit, Overhead Console
REAR A/C 1 15A
Rear Air Conditioner Blower Motor, ICU Junction Block (Fuse - REAR
A/C2)
A/BAG IND 7.5A Instrument Cluster, Overhead Console
MODULE 8 7.5A
ADAS Parking ECU, 1st Air Ventilation Seat Control Module/1st Seat
Warmer Control Module, 2nd Seat Warmer Left Handle side/Right
Handle side Control Module, Rear Air Conditioner Control Module,
AC Inverter, Rear Console AC Inverter Outlet
IBU 2 15A IBU (Integrated Body Control Unit)
MODULE10 10A Stop Lamp Switch
MODULE 5 10A Overhead Console, AMP (Amplifier), Front Wireless Charger Unit
A/C 7.5A
Front Air Conditioner Control Panel, Front Air Conditioner Control
Module, E/R Junction Block (Blower Relay, PTC Heater 1/2 Relay)
AIR BAG 2 10A SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) Control Module
CLUSTER 7.5A Instrument Cluster, Head-Up Display
MODULE 4 10A
Audio, Audio/Video & Navigation Head Unit, Data Link Connector,
Crash Pad Switch, Electro Chromic Mirror, IMS (Integrated memory
system) Control Module, 1st Air Ventilation Seat Control Module/1st
Seat Warmer Control Module, 2nd Seat Warmer Left Handle side/
Right Handle side Control Module
MODULE 7 7.5A IBU (Integrated Body Control Unit)
MULTI MEDIA 2 10A Rear Seat Entertainment Left Handle side/Right Handle side
BRAKE SWITCH 7.5A Stop Lamp Switch, IBU (Integrated Body Control Unit)
MDPS 7.5A
MDPS (Motor Driven Power Steering) Unit
* MDPS (Motor Driven Power Steering) is same as EPS (Electric
Power Steering).
Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected
53
8
8
Maintenance Fuses
Engine compartment fuse panel
NOTICE
Not all fuse panel descriptions in this
manual may be applicable to your vehi
-
cle. It is accurate at the time of printing.
When you inspect the fuse panel in your
vehicle, refer to the fuse panel label on
the inside of the fuse cover. This dia
-
gram will provide you with the specific
information for your vehicles.
OMQ4AH070018
OMQ4070113
Maintenance
548
Fuses
E/R Junction Block
Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected
COOLING FAN 80A Cooling Fan Motor
PTC HEATER1 50A PTC (Positive Temperature Coefficient) Heater1 Relay
B+2 50A ICU Junction Block (IPS)
PTC HEATER2 50A PTC (Positive Temperature Coefficient) Heater2 Relay
CVVD1 50A CVVD Actuator
INVERTER 40A AC Inverter
IEB1 40A IEB Unit
MDPS1 100A
MDPS (Motor Driven Power Steering) Unit
* MDPS (Motor Driven Power Steering) is same as EPS (Electric
Power Steering).
B+6 60A PCB Junction Block (Fuse - IG1, IG2)
IEB2 60A IEB Unit
B+5 50A
ICU Junction Block (Fuse - 2nd ROW SEAT FOLDING (RH), P/WIN
-
DOW (LH), P/SEAT (DRV), P/SEAT(PASS), S/HEATER (REAR LH))
REAR HEATED 40A Rear Heated Relay
POWER TAILGATE 40A Power Tail Gate Unit
SUNROOF 40A Sunroof Motor (Glass)
E-SHIFTER1 30A SBW (Shift By Wire) Control Unit
IEB3 60A IEB Unit
B+3 50A ICU Junction Block (IPS)
OPCU 20A OPU
HPCU1 10A HPCU (Hybrid Power Control Unit)
FUEL PUMP 20A Fuel Pump Relay
CHILD LOCK 15A PCB Junction Block (Child Lock/Unlock Relay)
BLOWER 50A Blower Relay
B+4 50A
ICU Junction Block (Fuse - AMP, OBC, IG3 1, S/HEATER (FRT), P/
WINDOW (RH), 2nd ROW SEAT FOLDING (LH))
TRAILER 30A Trailer Module
B+1 40A
ICU Junction Block (Fuse - BRAKE SWITCH, IBU2, S/HEATER (REAR
RH), Charger Lock, AIR BAG2, MODULE9, START, DOOR LOCK,
TAILGATE OPEN, Long Term Load Latch Relay)
BATTERY MANAGEMENT 10A Battery System Assembly
4WD 20A 4WD (4 Wheel Drive) ECU
TCU1 15A TCM (Transmission Control Module)
AMS 10A Battery Sensor
E-SHITER2 10A SBW (Shift By Wire) Control Unit, Electronic Shift Dial
EWP1 10A Electronic Water Pump (Engine)
IG3 10A OBC Unit, Battery System Assembly
HEATED MIRROR 10A
Front Air Conditioner Control Panel, Driver/Passenger Power Out
-
side Mirror
55
8
8
Maintenance Fuses
PCB Junction Block
A/C1 10A Not Used
Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected
Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected
IG2 40A IG2 Relay
IG1 40A IG1 Relay, ACC Relay
WIPER FRT2 7.5A IBU (Integrated Body Control Unit)
SENSOR6 20A Oxygen Sensor (Down)
SENSOR1 20A Ignition Coil #1~#4
SENSOR8 10A OPU
ECU2 10A ECM (Engine Control Module), CVVD Actuator
SENSOR5 10A E/R Junction Block (Fuel Pump Relay)
HPCU2 10A HPCU (Hybrid Power Control Unit)
EWP2 10A Electronic Water Pump, Electronic Water Pump (HEV)
SENSOR9 20A Not Used
SENSOR3 20A ECM (Engine Control Module)
SENSOR2 15A Active Purge Pump
WIPER FRT1 30A Front Wiper Motor, Front Wiper (Low) Relay
WIPER RR 15A Rear Wiper Relay, Rear Wiper Motor
HORN 15A Horn Relay
B/ALARM HORN 15A Burglar Alarm Horn Relay
E-SHIFTER3 7.5A SBW (Shift By Wire) Control Unit
TCU2 10A TCM (Transmission Control Module)
SENSOR4 10A
Purge Control Solenoid Valve, Oil Control Valve #1/#2 (Intake/
Exhaust), Oil Pump Solenoid Valve, RCV (Recirculation Valve Con
-
trol) Control Solenoid Valve, Cooling Fan Motor, ELCM (EVAP. Leak
Check Module)
SENSOR7 15A Oxygen Sensor (Up)
ECU1 15A ECM (Engine Control Module)
ECU3 20A ECM (Engine Control Module)
ABS4 7.5A IEB Unit
POWER
OUTLET2
20A Rear Console Power Outlet
POWER OUTLET1 20A Luggage Power Outlet
Maintenance
568
Fuses
Relay
Refer to the following table for the relay type.
Relay Name Type
Fuel Pump Relay MICRO
Battery C/Fan Relay MICRO
PTC Heater 1 Relay MICRO
B/Alarm Horn Relay MICRO
PTC Heater 2 Relay MICRO
Blower Relay MICRO
Rear Heated Relay MINI
57
8
8
Maintenance Fuses
Engine compartment fuse panel
(Battery terminal cover)
NOTICE
Not all fuse panel descriptions in this
manual may be applicable to your vehi
-
cle. It is accurate at the time of printing.
When you inspect the fuse panel in your
vehicle, refer to the fuse panel label.
OMQ4H070015
OMQ4H070019
Maintenance
588
Light bulbs
Light bulbs
Light bulbs are installed in various parts
of the vehicle to provide lighting inside
and outside the vehicle as well as to alert
other vehicles.
Bulb replacement precaution
Please keep extra bulbs on hand with
appropriate wattage ratings in case of
emergencies.
Refer to "Bulb wattage" on page 9-5.
When changing lamps, first turn off the
vehicle at a safe place, firmly apply the
parking brake and detach the battery's
negative (-) terminal.
WARNING
Working on the lights
Prior to working on the light, firmly apply
the parking brake, ensure that turn the
ENGINE START/STOP button and turn
off the lights to avoid sudden movement
of the vehicle and burning your fingers
or receiving an electric shock.
Use only bulbs of the specified wattage.
CAUTION
Light replacement
Be sure to replace the burned-out bulb
with one of the same wattage rating.
Otherwise, it may cause damage to the
fuse or electric wiring system.
Fully install light bulbs and any parts
used to secure them. Failure to do so
may result in heat damage, fire, or water
entering the headlamp unit. This may
damage the headlamps or cause con
-
densation to build up on the lens. To
prevent damage or fire, make sure bulbs
are fully seated and locked.
CAUTION
Headlamp lens
To prevent damage, do not clean the
headlamp lens with chemical solvents or
strong detergents.
NOTICE
å
If the light bulb or lamp connector is
removed while the lamp is still on, the
fuse box's electronic system may log
it as a malfunction. Therefore, a lamp
malfunction incident may be recorded
as a Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) in
the fuse box.
å
It is normal for an operating lamp to
flicker momentarily. This is due to a
stabilization function of the vehicle's
electronic control device. If the lamp
lights up normally after momentarily
blinking, then it is functioning as nor
-
mal.
However, if the lamp continues to
flicker several times or turns off com
-
pletely, there may be an error in the
vehicle's electronic control device.
Please have the vehicle checked by
an authorized Kia dealer immediately.
NOTICE
Have the headlamp aiming adjusted by
an authorized Kia dealer after an acci
-
dent or after the headlamp assembly is
reinstalled.
NOTICE
You can find moisture inside the lens of
lamps after a car wash or driving in the
rain. It is a natural event caused by the
temperature difference between the
inside and the outside of the lamp and
does not mean there is a problem with
59
8
8
Maintenance Light bulbs
its functions. The moisture inside the
lamp would disappear if you drive the
vehicle with the headlamp turned on.
However, the level at which the moisture
is removed may differ depending on the
size/location/condition of the lamp. If the
moisture continues to stay inside the
lamp, have the vehicle checked by an
authorized Kia dealer.
If you don't have the necessary tools, the
correct bulbs and the expertise, consult
an authorized Kia dealer. In many cases,
it is difficult to replace vehicle light bulbs
because other parts of the vehicle must
be removed before you can get to the
bulb. This is especially true if you have to
remove the headlamp assembly to get
to the bulb(s).
Removing/installing the headlamp
assembly can result in damage to the
vehicle. If non-genuine parts or substan
-
dard bulbs are used, it may lead to blow
-
ing a fuse or other wiring damages.
Kia Genuine Parts we guarantee for
quality and performance.
Do not install extra lamps or LEDs to the
vehicle. If additional lights are installed, it
may lead to lamp malfunctions and flick
-
ering. Additionally, the fuse box and
other wiring may be damaged.
Light bulb position (Front)
Headlamp â Type A
Headlamp â Type B
Fog lamp
1. Headlamp (Low) (LED type)
2. Headlamp (High) (LED type)
OMQ4070045
OMQ4070042
OMQ4AH071048
Maintenance
608
Light bulbs
3. Front turn signal lamp (Bulb type)
4. Front turn signal lamp (LED type)
5. Day time running lamp/Position lamp
(LED type)
6. Front fog lamp (LED type)
7. Front side marker lamp (LED type)
Light bulb position (Rear)
Rear combination lamp - Type A
Rear combination lamp - Type B
License plate lamp
High mounted stop lamp
Reversing lamp
1. Stop and taillamp (Bulb type)
2. Rear turn signal lamp (Bulb type)
3. Stop and taillamp (LED type)
OMQ4AH070057
OMQ4AH070056
OMQ4PH071052
OMQ4PH071058
OMQ4070084L
61
8
8
Maintenance Light bulbs
4. Rear turn signal lamp (LED type)
5. Taillamp (LED type)
6. License plate lamp (LED type)
7. High mounted stop lamp (LED type)
8. Reversing lamp (Bulb type)
9. Rear side marker lamp (Bulb type)
10.Rear side marker lamp (LED type)
Light bulb position (Side)
1. Side repeater lamp (LED type)
Replacing headlamp (Low beam/
High beam), position lamp/day
-
time running lamp, turn signal
lamp (LED type)
Type A
Type B
If the headlamp LED (1,2), daytime run
-
ning lamp LED (3) and turn signal lamp
LED (4) does not operate, have your
vehicle checked by a professional work
-
shop. Visit an authorized Kia dealer.
Replacing front turn signal lamp
(Bulb type)
1. Turn off vehicle and disconnect the
negative terminal from the battery.
2. Remove the socket (A) from the
assembly by turning the socket coun
-
terclockwise until the tabs on the
socket align with the slots on the
assembly.
OMQ4070062
OMQ4070064
OMQ4070065
OMQ4070067
Maintenance
628
Light bulbs
3. Remove the bulb (B) from the socket
(A) by pressing it in and rotating it
counterclockwise until the tabs on the
bulb align with the slots in the socket.
Pull the bulb out of the socket
4. Insert a new bulb by inserting it into
the socket and rotating it until it locks
into place.
5. Install the socket in the assembly by
aligning the tabs on the socket with
the slots in the assembly. Push the
socket into the assembly and turn the
socket clockwise.
6. Connect the negative terminal from
the battery.
Replacing front fog lamp (LED
type)
If the front fog lamp (6) does not oper
-
ate, have your vehicle checked by a pro
-
fessional workshop. Visit an authorized
Kia dealer.
Replacing front side marker lamp
bulb (LED type)
If the front side marker lamp LED (1)
does not operate, have the vehicle
checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
OMQ4070106L
OMQ4070048
OMQ4PH071110
63
8
8
Maintenance Light bulbs
Replacing side repeater lamp
(LED type)
If the Side repeater lamp (LED) (1) does
not operate, have your vehicle checked
by a professional workshop.
Visit an authorized Kia dealer.
The LED lamp cannot be replaced as a
single unit because it is an integrated
unit. The LED lamp has to be replaced
with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or
repair the Side repeater lamp (LED), for
it may damage related parts of the vehi
-
cle.
Replacing stop and taillamp (Bulb
type)
1. Turn off vehicle and disconnect the
negative terminal from the battery.
2. Open the liftgate.
3. Open the service cover.
4. Loosen the light assembly retaining
screws with a cross-tip screw driver.
5. Remove the rear combination lamp
assembly from the body of the vehi
-
cle.
6. Disconnect the rear combination lamp
connector.
OMQ4070062
OMQ4070060
OMQ4070061
Maintenance
648
Light bulbs
7. Remove the socket from the assembly
by turning the socket counterclock
-
wise until the tabs on the socket align
with the slots on the assembly.
8. Remove the bulb from the socket by
pressing it in and rotating it counter
-
clockwise until the tabs on the bulb
align with the slots in the socket.
Pull the bulb out of the socket.
9. Insert a new bulb by inserting it into
the socket and rotating it until it locks
into place.
10.Install the socket in the assembly by
aligning the tabs on the socket with
the slots in the assembly.
Push the socket into the assembly
and turn the socket clockwise.
11.Install the rear combination lamp
assembly to the body of the vehicle.
12.Install the service cover.
Replacing rear turn signal lamp
(Bulb type)
1. Turn off vehicle and disconnect the
negative terminal from the battery.
2. Open the liftgate.
3. Open the service cover.
4. Loosen the light assembly retaining
screws with a cross-tip screw driver.
5. Remove the rear combination lamp
assembly from the body of the vehi
-
cle.
6. Disconnect the rear combination lamp
connector.
OMQ4070054
OMQ4070060
OMQ4070061
65
8
8
Maintenance Light bulbs
7. Remove the socket from the assembly
by turning the socket counterclock
-
wise until the tabs on the socket align
with the slots on the assembly.
8. Remove the bulb from the socket by
pressing it in and rotating it counter
-
clockwise until the tabs on the bulb
align with the slots in the socket.
Pull the bulb out of the socket.
9. Insert a new bulb by inserting it into
the socket and rotating it until it locks
into place.
10.Install the socket in the assembly by
aligning the tabs on the socket with
the slots in the assembly.
Push the socket into the assembly
and turn the socket clockwise.
11.Install the rear combination lamp
assembly to the body of the vehicle.
12.Install the service cover.
Replacing rear turn signal lamp,
stop and taillamp, rear side
marker lamp (LED type)
If the stop and taillamp (1), rear turn sig
-
nal lamp (2), taillamp (3), and rear side
marker lamp (4) do not operate, have
your vehicle checked by a professional
workshop. Visit an authorized Kia dealer.
The LED lamp cannot be replaced as a
single unit because it is an integrated
unit. The LED lamp has to be replaced
with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or
repair the stop and taillamp (LED), for it
may damage related parts of the vehicle.
OMQ4070055
OMQ4AH070059
Maintenance
668
Light bulbs
Replacing reversing lamp (bulb
type)
1. Turn off vehicle and disconnect the
negative terminal from the battery.
2. Remove the plastic tabs with a flat-tip
screw driver.
3. Loosen the plastic retaining screws
and remove the under panel cover.
4. Disconnect the rear reversing lamp
connector (A).
5. Remove the socket (A) from the
assembly by turning the socket coun
-
terclockwise until the tabs on the
socket align with the slots on the
assembly.
6. Remove the bulb from the socket by
pressing it in and rotating it counter
-
clockwise until the tabs on the bulb
align with the slots in the socket. Pull
the bulb out of the socket.
7. Insert a new bulb by inserting it into
the socket and rotating it until it locks
into place.
8. Install the socket in the assembly by
aligning the tabs on the socket with
the slots in the assembly. Push the
socket into the assembly and turn the
socket clockwise.
9. Connect the rear back up lamp con
-
nector.
10.Tighten the plastic retaining screws.
11.Install the plastic tabs and the under
panel cover.
OMQ4070105L
OMQ4070107L
OMQ4070108L
67
8
8
Maintenance Light bulbs
Replacing high mounted stop
lamp (LED type)
If the high mounted stop lamp (LED) (1)
does not operate, have your vehicle
checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
The LED lamps cannot be replaced as a
single component because it is an inte
-
grated unit. The LED lamps have to be
replaced with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or
repair the High Mounted Stop Lamp
(LED), for it may damage related parts of
the vehicle.
Replacing license plate lamp (LED
type)
If the license plate lamp does not oper
-
ate, have your vehicle checked by an
authorized Kia dealer. The LED lamp
cannot be replaced as a single unit
because it is an integrated unit. The LED
lamp has to be replaced with the unit. A
skilled technician should check or repair
the map lamp (LED), for it may damage
related parts of the vehicle.
OMQ4PH071053
OMQ4PH071047
Maintenance
688
Light bulbs
Replacing map lamp (Bulb type)
WARNING
Interior lamps
Prior to working on the Interior lamps,
ensure that the "OFF" button is
depressed to avoid burning your fingers
or receiving an electric shock.
1. Turn off vehicle and disconnect the
negative terminal from the battery.
2. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, gently
pry the lens cover from lamp housing.
3. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight
out.
4. Install a new bulb in the socket.
5. Align the lens cover tabs with the
lamp housing notches and snap the
lens into place.
CAUTION
Be careful not to dirty or damage the
lens, lens tab, and plastic housings.
Replacing map lamp (LED type)
If the map lamp (LED) (1) does not oper
-
ate, have your vehicle checked by an
authorized Kia dealer.
The LED lamp cannot be replaced as a
single unit because it is an integrated
unit. The LED lamp has to be replaced
with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or
repair the map lamp (LED), for it may
damage related parts of the vehicle.
OMQ4AH070049
OMQ4041591N
69
8
8
Maintenance Light bulbs
Replacing room lamp (Bulb type)
WARNING
Interior lamps
Prior to working on the Interior lamps,
ensure that the "OFF" button is
depressed to avoid burning your fingers
or receiving an electric shock.
1. Turn off vehicle and disconnect the
negative terminal from the battery.
2. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, gently
pry the lens cover from lamp housing.
3. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight
out.
4. Install a new bulb in the socket.
5. Align the lens cover tabs with the
lamp housing notches and snap the
lens into place.
CAUTION
Be careful not to dirty or damage the
lens, lens tab, and plastic housings.
Replacing personal lamp (LED
type) (if equipped)
If the personal lamp (LED) (1) does not
operate, have your vehicle checked by
an authorized Kia dealer.
The LED lamp cannot be replaced as a
single unit because it is an integrated
unit. The LED lamp has to be replaced
with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or
repair the personal lamp (LED), for it
may damage related parts of the vehicle.
OMQ4070043
OMQ4070044
Maintenance
708
Light bulbs
Replacing vanity mirror lamp
(Bulb type)
WARNING
Interior lamps
Prior to working on the Interior lamps,
ensure that the "OFF" button is
depressed to avoid burning your fingers
or receiving an electric shock.
1. Turn off vehicle and disconnect the
negative terminal from the battery.
2. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, gently
pry the lamp assembly from interior.
3. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight
out.
4. Install a new bulb in the socket.
5. Install the lamp assembly to interior.
CAUTION
Be careful not to dirty or damage the
lens, lens tab, and plastic housings.
Replacing glove box lamp (Bulb
type)
WARNING
Interior lamps
Prior to working on the Interior lamps,
ensure that the "OFF" button is
depressed to avoid burning your fingers
or receiving an electric shock.
1. Turn off vehicle and disconnect the
negative terminal from the battery.
2. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, gently
pry the lamp assembly from interior.
3. Remove the cover from the lamp
assembly.
4. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight
out.
5. Install a new bulb in the socket.
6. Install the cover to the lamp assembly.
7. Install the lamp assembly to interior.
CAUTION
Be careful not to dirty or damage the
lens, lens tab, and plastic housings.
OMQ4070050
OMQ4070085L
71
8
8
Maintenance Light bulbs
Replacing luggage lamp (Bulb
type)
WARNING
Interior lamps
Prior to working on the Interior lamps,
ensure that the "OFF" button is
depressed to avoid burning your fingers
or receiving an electric shock.
1. Turn off vehicle and disconnect the
negative terminal from the battery.
2. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, gently
pry the lamp assembly from interior.
3. Remove the cover from the lamp
assembly.
4. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight
out.
5. Install a new bulb in the socket.
6. Install the cover to the lamp assembly.
7. Install the lamp assembly to interior.
CAUTION
Be careful not to dirty or damage the
lens, lens tab, and plastic housings.
Replacing luggage lamp (LED
type)
If the luggage lamp bulb/LED does not
operate, we recommend that the system
be checked by a professional workshop.
OMQ4070046
OMQ4040464
Maintenance
728
Appearance care
Appearance care
Use the information in the following sec
-
tions to keep the exterior and interior of
your vehicle clean.
Exterior care
Use the information in the following sec
-
tions to maintain the exterior of your
vehicle. Keeping the exterior clean is not
only aesthetically pleasing, but it also
helps to prolong the life of the vehicle.
NOTICE
If you park the vehicle around a stainless
signboard or windshield building etc.,
the plastic exterior trim (bumper, spoiler,
garnish, lamp, outside mirror etc.) may
be damaged by reflected sunlight from
the external structure. To avoid damag
-
ing the plastic exterior trim, park the
vehicle away from the areas where the
reflected light may occur or use a vehi
-
cle cover. (Depending on the vehicle, the
type of exterior trim applied such as
spoiler may differ.)
Exterior general caution
It is very important to follow the label
directions when using any chemical
cleaner or polish. Read all warning and
caution statements that appear on the
label.
Finish maintenance
Washing
To help protect your vehicle's finish from
rust and deterioration, wash it thor
-
oughly and frequently at least once a
month with lukewarm or cold water.
If you use your vehicle for off-road driv
-
ing, you should wash it after each off-
road trip. Pay special attention to the
removal of any accumulation of salt, dirt,
mud, and other foreign materials. Make
sure the drain holes in the lower edges
of the doors and rocker panels are kept
clear and clean.
Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings,
industrial pollution and similar deposits
can damage your vehicle's finish if not
removed immediately.
Even prompt washing with plain water
may not completely remove all these
deposits. A mild soap, safe for use on
painted surfaces, may be used.
After washing, rinse the vehicle thor
-
oughly with lukewarm or cold water. Do
not allow soap to dry on the finish.
After washing the vehicle, test the
brakes while driving slowly to see if they
have been affected by water. If braking
performance is impaired, dry the brakes
by applying them lightly while maintain
-
ing a slow forward speed.
CAUTION
å
Do not use strong soap, chemical
detergents or hot water, and do not
wash the vehicle in direct sunlight or
when the body of the vehicle is warm.
å
Be careful when washing the side win
-
dows of your vehicle, especially with
high-pressure water. Water may leak
through the windows and wet the
interior.
å
To prevent damage to the plastic
parts and lamps, do not clean with
chemical solvents or strong deter
-
gents.
73
8
8
Maintenance Appearance care
WARNING
After washing the vehicle, test the
brakes while driving slowly to see if they
have been affected by water. If braking
performance is impaired, dry the brakes
by applying them lightly while maintain
-
ing a slow forward speed.
High-pressure washing
When using high-pressure washers,
make sure to maintain sufficient dis
-
tance from the vehicle.
Insufficient clearance or excessive pres
-
sure can lead to component damage or
water penetration.
Do not spray the camera, sensors or its
surrounding area directly with a high
pressure washer. Shock applied from
high pressure water may cause the
device to not operate normally.
Do not bring the nozzle tip close to boots
(rubber or plastic covers) or connectors
as they may be damaged if they come
into contact with high pressure water.
WARNING
After washing the vehicle, test the
brakes while driving slowly to see if they
have been affected by water. If braking
performance is impaired, dry the brakes
by applying them lightly while maintain
-
ing a slow forward speed.
CAUTION
Wetting engine compartment
å
Water washing in the engine compart
-
ment including high pressure water
washing may cause the failure of elec
-
trical circuits located in the engine
compartment.
å
Never allow water or other liquids to
come in contact with electrical/elec
-
tronic components and air duct inside
the vehicle as this may damage them.
å
After the vehicle has been washed,
brake carefully while paying attention
to the traffic conditions until the brak
-
ing effect has been fully restored.
Waxing
Wax the vehicle when water will no lon
-
ger bead on the paint.
Always wash and dry the vehicle before
waxing. Use a good quality liquid or
paste wax, and follow the manufac
-
turer's instructions. Wax all metal trim to
protect it and to maintain its luster.
Removing oil, tar, and similar materials
with a spot remover will usually strip the
wax from the finish. Be sure to re-wax
these areas even if the rest of the vehicle
does not yet need waxing.
OMQ4071086L
Maintenance
748
Appearance care
Be careful not to touch the lens when
waxing the lamps.
CAUTION
Drying vehicle
å
Wiping dust or dirt off the body with a
dry cloth will scratch the finish.
å
Do not use steel wool, abrasive clean
-
ers, acid detergents or strong deter
-
gents containing high alkaline or
caustic agents on chrome-plated or
anodized aluminum parts. This may
result in damage to the protective
coating and cause discoloration or
paint deterioration.
Finish damage repair
Deep scratches or stone chips in the
painted surface must be repaired
promptly. Exposed metal will quickly rust
and may develop into a major repair
expense.
NOTICE
If your vehicle is damaged and requires
any metal repair or replacement, be sure
the body shop applies anti-corrosion
materials to the parts repaired or
replaced.
Bright-metal maintenance
To remove road tar and insects, use a tar
remover, not a scraper or other sharp
object.
To protect the surfaces of bright metal
parts from corrosion, apply a coating of
wax or chrome preservative and rub to a
high luster.
During winter weather or in coastal
areas, cover the bright metal parts with
a heavier coating of wax or preservative.
If necessary, coat the parts with non-cor
-
rosive petroleum jelly or other protective
compound.
Underbody maintenance
Road salt and other corrosive chemicals
are used in cold weather states to melt
snow and prevent ice accumulation. If
these chemicals are not regularly
removed, they will corrode the vehicle
underbody and, over time, damage
many parts: the fuel lines, the fuel tank
retention system, the vehicle's suspen
-
sion, the exhaust system, and even the
body frame.
The National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration has warned all vehicle
owners of all brands of the need to take
the following steps:
å
Wash the undercarriage of your vehi
-
cle regularly during the winter and
whenever your vehicle has been
exposed to such salts or chemicals.
å
Do a thorough washing of the under
-
carriage at the end of the winter.
å
Use professional service technicians
or governmental inspection stations
to annually inspect for corrosion.
å
Immediately seek an inspection of
your vehicle if you become visually
aware of corrosion flaking or scaling
or if you become aware of a change in
vehicle performance, such as soft or
spongy brakes, fluids leaking, impair
-
ment of directional control, suspen
-
sion noises or rattling metal straps.
75
8
8
Maintenance Appearance care
Aluminum wheel maintenance
The aluminum wheels are coated with a
clear protective finish.
å
Do not use any abrasive cleaner, pol
-
ishing compound, solvent, or wire
brushes on aluminum wheels. They
may scratch or damage the finish.
å
Clean the wheel when it has cooled.
å
Use only a mild soap or neutral deter
-
gent, and rinse thoroughly with water.
Also, be sure to clean the wheels after
driving on salted roads. This helps
prevent corrosion.
å
Avoid washing the wheels with high
speed vehicle wash brushes.
å
Do not use any alkaline or acid deter
-
gents It may damage and corrode the
aluminum wheels coated with a clear
protective finish.
Corrosion protection
Protecting your vehicle from cor
-
rosion
By using the most advanced design and
construction practices to combat corro
-
sion, we produce vehicles of the highest
quality. However, this is only part of the
job. To achieve the long-term corrosion
resistance your vehicle can deliver, the
owner's cooperation and assistance is
also required.
Common causes of corrosion
The most common causes of corrosion
on your vehicle are:
å
Road salt, dirt and moisture that is
allowed to accumulate underneath
the vehicle.
å
Removal of paint or protective coat
-
ings by stones, gravel, abrasion or
minor scrapes and dents which leave
unprotected metal exposed to corro
-
sion.
High-corrosion areas
If you live in an area where your vehicle
is regularly exposed to corrosive materi
-
als, corrosion protection is particularly
important. Some of the common causes
of accelerated corrosion are road salts,
dust control chemicals, ocean air and
industrial pollution.
Moisture breeds corrosion
Moisture creates the conditions in which
corrosion is most likely to occur. For
example, corrosion is accelerated by
high humidity, particularly when tem
-
peratures are just above freezing. In
such conditions, the corrosive material is
kept in contact with the vehicle's surface
by moisture that evaporates slowly.
Mud is particularly corrosive because it
dries slowly and holds moisture in con
-
tact with the vehicle. Although the mud
appears to be dry, it can still retain the
moisture and promote corrosion.
High temperatures can also accelerate
corrosion of parts that are not properly
ventilated so the moisture can be dis
-
persed. For all these reasons, it is partic
-
ularly important to keep your vehicle
clean and free of mud or accumulations
of other materials. This applies not only
to the visible surfaces but particularly to
the underside of the vehicle.
To help prevent corrosion
You can help prevent corrosion from
beginning by observing the following:
Maintenance
768
Appearance care
Keep your vehicle clean
The best way to prevent corrosion is to
keep your vehicle clean and free of cor
-
rosive materials. Attention to the under
-
side of the vehicle is particularly
important.
If you live in a high-corrosion area â
where road salts are used, near the
ocean, areas with industrial pollution,
acid rain, etc.â, you should take extra
care to prevent corrosion. In winter, hose
off the underside of your vehicle at least
once a month and be sure to clean the
underside thoroughly when winter is
over.
When cleaning underneath the vehicle,
give particular attention to the compo
-
nents under the fenders and other areas
that are hidden from view. Do a thor
-
ough job; just dampening the accumu
-
lated mud rather than washing it away
will accelerate corrosion rather than pre
-
vent it. Water under high pressure and
steam are particularly effective in
removing accumulated mud and corro
-
sive materials.
When cleaning lower door panels, rocker
panels and frame members, be sure that
drain holes are kept open so that mois
-
ture can escape and not be trapped
inside to accelerate corrosion.
Keep your garage dry
Don't park your vehicle in a damp,
poorly ventilated garage. This creates a
favorable environment for corrosion.
This is particularly true if you wash your
vehicle in the garage or drive it into the
garage when it is still wet or covered
with snow, ice or mud. Even a heated
garage can contribute to corrosion
unless it is well ventilated so moisture is
dispersed.
Keep paint and trim in good con
-
dition
Scratches or chips in the finish should be
covered with "touch-up" paint as soon as
possible to reduce the possibility of cor
-
rosion. If bare metal is showing through,
the attention of a qualified body and
paint shop is recommended.
Bird droppings: Bird droppings are
highly corrosive and may damage
painted surfaces in just a few hours.
Always remove bird droppings as soon
as possible.
Don't neglect the interior
Moisture can collect under the floor
mats and carpeting and cause corrosion.
Check under the mats periodically to be
sure the carpeting is dry. Use particular
care if you carry fertilizers, cleaning
materials or chemicals in the vehicle.
These should be carried only in proper
containers and any spills or leaks should
be cleaned up, flushed with clean water
and thoroughly dried.
Interior care
Use the information in the following sec
-
tions to maintain the interior of your
vehicle.
Interior general precautions
Prevent chemicals such as perfume, cos
-
metic oil, sun cream, hand cleaner, and
air freshener from contacting the interior
parts because they may cause damage
or discoloration. If they do contact the
interior parts, wipe them off immedi
-
ately. If necessary, use a mixture of
warm water and mild non-detergent
cleaner (test all cleaners on a concealed
area before use). Use proper car cleaner
to clean interior parts.
77
8
8
Maintenance Appearance care
CAUTION
Electrical components
Never allow water or other liquids to
come in contact with electrical/electronic
components inside the vehicle as this
may damage them.
CAUTION
Leather
When cleaning leather products (steer
-
ing wheel, seats etc.), use neutral deter
-
gents or low alcohol content solutions. If
you use high alcohol content solutions or
acid/alkaline detergents, the color of the
leather may fade or the surface may get
stripped off.
Taking care of leather seats
å
Vacuum the seat periodically to
remove dust and sand on the seat. It
will prevent abrasion or damage of
the leather and maintain its quality.
å
Wipe the leather seat cover often with
dry or soft cloth.
å
Sufficient use of a leather protective
may prevent abrasion of the cover
and helps maintain the color. Be sure
to read the instructions and consult a
specialist when using leather coating
or protective agents.
å
Leather with bright colors (beige,
cream beige) is easily contaminated
and clear in appearance. Clean the
seats frequently.
å
Avoid wiping with wet cloth. It may
cause the surface to crack.
Cleaning the leather seats
Remove all contaminations instantly.
Refer to instructions below for removal
of each contaminant.
å
Cosmetic products (sunscreen, foun
-
dation, etc.)
- Apply cleansing cream on a cloth
and wipe the contaminated point.
Wipe off the cream with a wet cloth
and remove water with a dry cloth.
å
Beverages (coffee, soft drink, etc.)
- Apply a small amount of neutral
detergent and wipe until contami
-
nations do not smear.
å
Oil
- Remove oil instantly with absorb
-
able cloth and wipe with stain
remover for leather only.
å
Chewing gum
- Harden the gum with ice and
remove gradually.
Fabric seat cover (if equipped)
Please clean the fabric seats regularly
with a vacuum cleaner in consideration
of fabric material characteristics. If they
are heavily soiled with beverage stains,
etc., use a suitable interior cleaner. To
prevent damage to seat covers, wipe off
the seat covers down to the seams with
a large wiping motion and moderate
pressure using a soft sponge or microfi
-
ber cloth.
Velcro closures on clothing or sharp
objects may cause snagging or
scratches on the surface of the seats.
Make sure not to rub such objects
against the surface.
Maintenance
788
Appearance care
Cleaning the upholstery and inte
-
rior trim
Car interior surfaces
Remove dust and loose dirt from interior
surfaces with a whisk broom or a vac
-
uum cleaner. If necessary, clean interior
surfaces with a mixture of warm water
and mild non-detergent cleaner (test all
cleaners on a concealed area before
use).
Fabric
Remove dust and loose dirt from fabric
with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner.
Clean with a mild soap solution recom
-
mended for upholstery or carpets.
Remove fresh spots immediately with a
fabric spot cleaner. If fresh spots do not
receive immediate attention, the fabric
can be stained and its color can be
affected. Also, its fire-resistant proper
-
ties can be reduced if the material is not
properly maintained.
Using anything but recommended
cleaners and procedures may affect the
fabric's appearance and fire-resistant
properties.
Cleaning the lap/shoulder belt
webbing
Clean the belt webbing with any mild
soap solution recommended for clean
-
ing upholstery or carpet. Follow the
instructions provided with the soap. Do
not bleach or re-dye the webbing
because this may weaken it.
Cleaning the interior window
glass
If the interior glass surfaces of the vehi
-
cle become fogged (that is, covered with
an oily, greasy or waxy film), they should
be cleaned with a glass cleaner. Follow
the directions on the glass cleaner con
-
tainer.
CAUTION
Rear window
Do not scrape or scratch the inside of
the rear window. This may result in dam
-
age of the rear window defroster grid.
79
8
8
Maintenance Emission control system
Emission control system
The emission control system of your
vehicle is covered by a written limited
warranty. Please see the warranty infor
-
mation contained in the Warranty &
Consumer Information manual in your
vehicle.
Your vehicle is equipped with an emis
-
sion control system to meet all applica
-
ble emission regulations. There are three
emission control systems, as follows.
1. Crankcase emission control system
2. Evaporative emission control system
3. Exhaust emission control system
In order to assure the proper function of
the emission control systems, it is rec
-
ommended that you have your vehicle
inspected and maintained by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer in accordance with the
maintenance schedule in this manual.
Caution for the Inspection and
Maintenance Test (With Elec
-
tronic Stability Control (ESC) sys
-
tem)
å
To prevent the vehicle from misfir
-
ing during dynamometer testing,
turn the ESC off by pressing the
ESC switch.
å
After dynamometer testing is com
-
pleted, turn the ESC back on by
pressing the ESC switch again.
1. Crankcase emission control
system
The Positive Crankcase Ventilation sys
-
tem is employed to prevent air pollution
caused by blow-by gases being emitted
from the crankcase. This system sup
-
plies fresh filtered air to the crankcase
through the air intake hose. Inside the
crankcase, the fresh air mixes with blow-
by gases, which then pass through the
Positive Crankcase Ventilation (PCV)
valve into the induction system.
2. Evaporative emission control
(including Onboard Refueling
Vapor Recovery (ORVR)) system
The evaporative emission control system
is designed to prevent fuel vapors from
escaping into the atmosphere. (The
ORVR system is designed to allow the
vapors from the fuel tank to be loaded
into a canister while refueling at the gas
station, preventing the escape of fuel
vapors into the atmosphere.)
Canister
Fuel vapors generated inside the fuel
tank are absorbed and stored in the
onboard canister. When the engine is
running, the fuel vapors absorbed in the
canister are drawn into the surge tank
through the Purge Control Solenoid
Valve.
Purge Control Solenoid Valve
(PCSV)
The Purge Control Solenoid Valve
(PCSV) is controlled by the Engine Con
-
trol Module (ECM); when the engine
coolant temperature is low during idling,
the PCSV closes so that evaporated fuel
is not taken into the engine. After the
engine warms up during ordinary driv
-
ing, the PCSV opens to introduce evapo
-
rated fuel to the engine.
Maintenance
808
Emission control system
3. Exhaust emission control sys
-
tem
The exhaust emission control system is a
highly effective system which controls
exhaust emissions while maintaining
good vehicle performance.
Vehicle modifications
This vehicle should not be modified.
Modification of your vehicle could affect
its performance, safety or durability and
may even violate governmental safety
and emissions regulations. In addition,
damage or performance problems
resulting from any modification may not
be covered under warranty.
å
If you use authorized electronic
devices, it may cause the vehicle to
operate abnormally, wire damage,
battery discharge and fire. For your
safety, do not use unauthorized elec
-
tronic devices.
Engine exhaust gas precautions
(carbon monoxide)
å
Carbon monoxide can be present with
other exhaust fumes. Therefore, if you
smell exhaust fumes of any kind
inside your vehicle, have it inspected
and repaired immediately. If you ever
suspect exhaust fumes are coming
into your vehicle, drive it only with all
the windows fully open. Have your
vehicle checked and repaired immedi
-
ately.
WARNING
Exhaust
Engine exhaust gases contain carbon
monoxide (CO). Though colorless and
odorless, it is dangerous and could be
lethal if inhaled. Follow the instructions
on this page to avoid CO poisoning.
å
Do not operate the engine in confined
or closed areas (such as garages) any
more than what is necessary to move
the vehicle in or out of the area.
å
When the vehicle is stopped in an
open area for more than a short time
with the engine running, adjust the
ventilation system (as needed) to
draw outside air into the vehicle.
å
Never sit in a parked or stopped vehi
-
cle for any extended time with the
engine running.
å
When the engine stalls or fails to start,
excessive attempts to restart the
engine may cause damage to the
emission control system.
Operating precautions for cata
-
lytic converters
WARNING
Catalytic converter
Keep away from the catalytic converter
and exhaust system while the vehicle is
running or immediately thereafter. The
exhaust and catalytic systems are very
hot and may burn you.
81
8
8
Maintenance Emission control system
WARNING
Fire
å
Do not park, idle or drive the vehicle
over or near flammable objects, such
as grass, vegetation, paper, leaves,
etc. A hot exhaust system can ignite
flammable items under your vehicle.
å
Also, do not remove the heat sink
around the exhaust system, do not
seal the bottom of the vehicle or do
not coat the vehicle for corrosion con
-
trol. It may present a fire risk under
certain conditions.
Your vehicle is equipped with a catalytic
converter emission control device.
Therefore, the following precautions
must be observed:
å
Use only UNLEADED FUEL for gaso
-
line engines.
å
Do not operate the vehicle when there
are signs of engine malfunction, such
as misfire or a noticeable loss of per
-
formance.
å
Do not misuse or abuse the engine.
Examples of misuse are coasting with
the vehicle off and descending steep
grades in gear with the vehicle off.
å
Do not operate the engine at high idle
speed for extended periods (5 min
-
utes or more).
å
Do not modify or tamper with any
part of the engine or emission control
system. All inspections and adjust
-
ments must be made by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
å
Avoid driving with an extremely low
fuel level. Running out of fuel could
cause the engine to misfire, damaging
the catalytic converter.
Failure to observe these precautions
could result in damage to the catalytic
converter and to your vehicle. Addition
-
ally, such actions could void your war
-
ranties.
Procedure for entering forced
engine activation mode
If the engine needs to be kept running
while the vehicle is stopped to inspect
emission gas or perform vehicle mainte
-
nance, follow below procedure to enter
forced engine activation mode.
1. Place the shift dial SBW in P (Park)
position with the vehicle stopped.
Engage the parking brake. Then, fol
-
low the steps (1) to (5).
Below steps from (1) to (5) must be
completed within 60 sec. If not, the
process is reset and you must start
again from step (1).
1) Press the ENGINE START/STOP
button twice without depressing
the brake pedal.
2) Place the shift dial SBW in P (Park)
position and depress the accelera
-
tor pedal twice.
3) Place the shift dial SBW in N (Neu
-
tral) position and depress the accel
-
erator pedal twice.
4) Place the shift dial SBW in P (Park)
position and depress the accelera
-
tor pedal twice.
5) With the brake pedal depressed,
start the engine, and maintain
idling state. The engine remains in
idle state and the forced engine
activation mode is maintained even
when the gear is shifted to a differ
-
ent position.
Maintenance
828
California perchlorate notice
2. ( ) indicator on the instrument clus
-
ter blinks when the vehicle is in forced
engine activation mode. Check the
( ) indicator blinking to ensure that
the forced engine activation mode is
correctly entered.
The ( ) indicator continues blinking
until the forced engine activation
mode is canceled. When the mode is
canceled the ( ) indicator will stop
blinking.
3. To cancel the forced engine activation
mode, turn the vehicle off.
California perchlorate notice
Perchlorate Material-special handling
may apply, See https://dtsc.ca.gov/per
-
chlorate.
Notice to California Vehicle Dismantlers:
Perchlorate containing materials, such
as air bag inflators, seatbelt pre-tension
-
ers and keyless remote entry batteries,
must be disposed of according to Title
22 California Code of Regulations Sec
-
tion 67384.10 (a).
9
Specifications, Consumer information
and Reporting safety defects
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
Dimensions .....................................................................................9-2
Engine .............................................................................................9-2
Gross vehicle weight.....................................................................9-3
Luggage volume ............................................................................9-3
Air conditioning system................................................................9-4
Bulb wattage..................................................................................9-5
Tires and wheels............................................................................9-6
Recommended lubricants and capacities ..................................9-7
å
Recommended SAE viscosity number....................................................9-8
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)...........................................9-9
Vehicle certification label.............................................................9-9
Tire specification and pressure label..........................................9-9
Engine number.............................................................................9-10
Air conditioner compressor label ..............................................9-10
Refrigerant label..........................................................................9-10
How to check the symbol on the charging label......................9-11
Consumer Assistance (U.S. only)............................................... 9-13
Electrical Equipment (U.S. only) ................................................ 9-15
Reporting Safety Defects (U.S. only)........................................9-16
Online factory authorized manuals (U.S. only) .......................9-16
Specifications, Consumer information
and Reporting safety defects
29
Dimensions
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety
defects
Dimensions
Engine
For hybrid vehicle
For plug-in hybrid vehicle
Item
6 Seats
in (mm)
Overall length 189 (4,810)
Overall width 74.8 (1,900)
Overall height
Without Roof rack 66.7 (1,695)
With Roof rack 66.9 (1,700)
Tread
Front
235/65 R17 65 (1,651)
235/55 R19 64.8 (1,646)
Rear
235/65 R17 65.3 (1,661)
235/55 R19 65.2 (1,656)
Wheelbase 110.8 (2,815)
Item Smartstream G1.6 T-GDi HEV
Displacement [cu in (cc)] 97.5 (1,598)
Bore x Stroke [in (mm)] 3 x 3.5 (75.6 x 89.0)
Firing order 1-3-4-2
No. of cylinders 4 in-line
Item Smartstream G1.6 T-GDi PHEV
Displacement [cc (cu in)] 97.5 (1,598)
Bore x Stroke [mm (in)] 3 x 3.5 (75.6 x 89.0)
Firing order 1-3-4-2
No. of cylinders 4 in-line
3
9
9
Specifications, Consumer information
and Reporting safety defects
Gross vehicle weight
Gross vehicle weight
For hybrid vehicle
For plug-in hybrid vehicle
Luggage volume
For hybrid vehicle
For plug-in hybrid vehicle
å
Min: Behind rear seat (seatback upright 23 degrees, cushion backwards) to upper
edge of the seat back.
å
Max: Behind rear seat (seatback upright 15 degrees, cushion forwards) to roof.
Item
FWD AWD
6 seats 6 seats
Gross vehicle weight
[lbs. (kg)]
5,577 (2,530) 5,687 (2,580)
Item
AWD
6 seats
Gross vehicle weight
[lbs. (kg)]
5,952 (2,700)
Item 6 seats
Luggage volume (SAE) [cu ft (L)]
MIN. 38.5 (1090)
MAX. 45.0 (1274)
Item 6 seats
Luggage volume (SAE) [cu ft (L)]
MIN. 38.5 (1090)
MAX. 45.0 (1274)
Specifications, Consumer information
and Reporting safety defects
49
Air conditioning system
Air conditioning system
Please contact a professional workshop for more details.
Contact an authorized Kia dealer.
Item Weight of volume (g) Classification
Refrigerant
HEV
FRONT A/CON 575Âą25
R-1234yf
FRONT + REAR A/CON 800Âą25
PHEV
FRONT A/CON 650Âą25
FRONT + REAR A/CON 900Âą25
Compressor lubricant
FRONT A/CON 150Âą10
POE
FRONT + REAR A/CON 230Âą10
5
9
9
Specifications, Consumer information
and Reporting safety defects
Bulb wattage
Bulb wattage
* : if equipped
Light bulb Bulb type Wattage (Watt)
Front
Type A *
High beam LED LED
Low beam LED LED
Position and daytime running
lamps
LED LED
Turn signal lamps PY28/8W 28
Type B *
High beam LED LED
Low beam LED LED
Position and daytime running
lamps
LED LED
Turn signal lamps LED LED
Front fog lamps* LED LED
Front side marker lamps LED LED
Rear
Type A *
Stop and tail lamps 21/5W 21/5
Turn signal lamps PY28/8W 28
Back up lamps P21W 21
Side marker lamps (Bulb Type) W5W W5W
Type B *
Stop and tail lamps LED LED
Turn signal lamps LED LED
Back up lamps P21W 21
Side marker lamps (LED Type) LED LED
High mounted stop lamps LED LED
License plate lamps LED LED
Interior
Map lamps (Bulb Type)* WEDGE(W10W) 10
Map lamps (LED Type)* LED LED
Room lamps * FESTOON 10
Personal lamps * LED LED
Vanity mirror lamps FESTOON 5
Glove box lamp W5W 5
Vanity mirror lamps * BULB 5
Luggage lamp (Bulb Type)* FESTOON 8
Luggage lamp (LED Type)* LED LED
Specifications, Consumer information
and Reporting safety defects
69
Tires and wheels
Tires and wheels
For hybrid vehicle
For plug-in hybrid vehicle
*1. Load Index
*2. Speed Symbol
*3. If equipped
CAUTION
When replacing tires, use the same size
originally supplied with the vehicle.
Using tires of a different size can dam
-
age the related parts or make it work
irregularly.
NOTICE
å
We recommend that when replacing
tires, use the same originally supplied
with the vehicles.
If not, that affects driving perfor
-
mance.
å
When driving in high altitude grades,
it is natural for the atmospheric pres
-
sure to decrease.
Therefore, please check the tire pres
-
sure and add more air when neces
-
sary.
Additionally required tire air pressure
per km above sea level: 1.5 psi/km
Item Tire size Wheel size
Load
capacity
Speed capac
-
ity
Inflation pressure [bar (psi, kPa)]
Wheel lug nut
torque lbf·ft
(kgf·m, N·m)
Normal load Maximum load
LI
*1
kg
SS
*2
km/h Front Rear Front Rear
Full size tire
235/
65R17
7.0J X 17" 104 900 H 210
2.4 (35,
240)
2.4 (35,
240)
2.4 (35,
240)
2.4 (35,
240)
79~94
(11~13, 107~127)
235/
55R19
7.5J X 19" 101 825 H 210
2.4 (35,
240)
2.4 (35,
240)
2.4 (35,
240)
2.4 (35,
240)
Compact spare
tire (steel wheel)
*3
T135/
90D17
4B X 17" 104 900 M 130
4.2 (60,
420)
4.2 (60,
420)
4.2 (60,
420)
4.2 (60,
420)
Item Tire size
Wheel
size
Load capac
-
ity
Speed capac
-
ity
Inflation pressure [bar (psi, kPa)]
Wheel lug nut
torque [lbf·ft (kgf·m,
N·m)]
Normal load Maximum load
LI
*1
kg
SS
*2
km/h Front Rear Front Rear
Full size tire
235/
55R19
7.5J X
19"
105 925 V 240
2.5 (36,
250)
2.5 (36,
250)
2.55 (37,
255)
2.75 (40,
275)
79~94
(11~13, 107~127)
Compact spare
tire (steel wheel)
*3
T135/
90D17
4B X 17" 104 900 M 130
4.2 (60,
420)
4.2 (60,
420)
4.2 (60,
420)
4.2 (60,
420)
7
9
9
Specifications, Consumer information
and Reporting safety defects
Recommended lubricants and capacities
Recommended lubricants and capacities
To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability, use only lubricants of the proper quality.
The correct lubricants also help promote engine efficiency that results in improved fuel economy.
These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle.
* 1. Use only specified genuine automatic transmission fluid. The use of non-specified
fluid (even marked as compatible with genuine) could result in quality deterioration
and vibrations, eventually, the transmission failure. (refer to "Explanation of sched
-
uled maintenance items" on page 8-14.)
* 2. Different type of coolant or water may damage the electrical component.
Lubricant Volume Classification
Engine oil (drain and refill)
Recommends
Smart stream G1.6 T-
GDi HEV/PHEV
5.07 US qt.(4.8 L)
Full synthetic SAE 0W-20, API
SN PLUS/ SP or ILSAC GF-6
Automatic transmission (AT) fluid
*1
6.34 US qt.(6 L)
SK ATF SP4M-1, MICHANG ATF
SP4M-1, S-OIL ATF SP4M-1, Kia
Genuine ATF SP4M-1
Coolant (Engine)
*2
8.35 US qt.(7.9 L)
Ethylene glycol base coolant for
aluminum radiator
Coolant (Inverter)
*2
HEV 2.01 US qt.(1.9 L)
Ethylene glycol base coolant for
aluminum radiator
PHEV 7.19 US qt.(6.8 L)
Contact an authorized Kia
dealer
Brake fluid
As required
(Reservoir tank volume:
0.48 Âą 0.02 US qt. (452.8 Âą
20.0 cc)
DOT 4
Differential oil (Rear) (AWD)
0.56 ~ 0.66 US qt.(0.53 ~
0.63 L)
HYPOID GEAR OIL API GL-5,
SAE 75W/85 (Recommended:
SK HCT-5 GEAR OIL 75W85 or
equivalent)
Transfer case oil (AWD)
0.65 ~ 0.72 US qt.(0.62 ~
0.68 L)
Fuel
HEV 17.7 US gal (67 L)
Gasoline
PHEV 12.4 US gal (47 L)
Specifications, Consumer information
and Reporting safety defects
89
Recommended lubricants and capacities
Recommended SAE viscosity number
An engine oil displaying this American Petroleum Institute (API) Certification
Mark conforms to the International Lubricant Specification Advisory Com
-
mittee (ILSAC). It is recommended to only use engine oils that uphold this
API Certification Mark.
CAUTION
Always be sure to clean the area around
any filler plug, drain plug, or dipstick
before checking or draining any lubri
-
cant. This is especially important in
dusty or sandy areas and when the vehi
-
cle is used on unpaved roads. Cleaning
the plug and dipstick areas will prevent
dirt and grit from entering the engine
and other mechanisms that could be
damaged.
Engine oil viscosity (thickness) has an
effect on fuel economy and cold
weather operating (engine start and
engine oil flowability). Lower viscosity
engine oils can provide better fuel econ
-
omy and cold weather performance,
however, higher viscosity engine oils are
required for satisfactory lubrication in
hot weather.
Using oils of any viscosity other than
those recommended could result in
engine damage.
When choosing an oil, consider the
range of temperature your vehicle will
be operated in before the next oil
change. Proceed to select the recom
-
mended oil viscosity from the chart.
Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers
Temperature
°C
°F
Smart stream G1.6 T-GDi HEV/PHEV
0W-20
9
9
9
Specifications, Consumer information
and Reporting safety defects
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
Vehicle Identification Number
(VIN)
The Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
is the number used in registering your
vehicle and in all legal matters pertain
-
ing to its ownership, etc.
For hybrid vehicle
For plug-in hybrid vehicle
The number is punched on the floor
under the front passenger's seat. To
check the number, open the cover.
Vehicle certification label
The vehicle certification label attached
on the driver's (or front passenger's) side
center pillar gives the vehicle identifica
-
tion number (VIN).
Tire specification and pressure
label
The tires supplied on your new vehicle
are chosen to provide the best perfor
-
mance for normal driving.
The tire label located on the driver's side
center pillar gives the tire pressures rec
-
ommended for your vehicle.
OMQ4AH080002
OMQ4PH081001L
OMQ4AH080003
OMQ4AH080004
Specifications, Consumer information
and Reporting safety defects
109
Engine number
Engine number
The engine number is stamped on the
engine block as shown in the drawing.
Smartstream G1.6 T-GDi HEV/PHEV
Air conditioner compressor
label
A compressor label informs you the type
of compressor your vehicle is equipped
with such as model, supplier part num
-
ber, production number, refrigerant (1)
and refrigerant oil (2).
Refrigerant label
The refrigerant label is located on the
front body trim.
OMQ4080005
OSP2I089010
OMQ4AH080008
11
9
9
Specifications, Consumer information
and Reporting safety defects
How to check the symbol on the charging label
How to check the symbol on the charging label (if equipped)
Precautions for charging AC and Trickle charger (Portable charging
cable) (AC charging)
1. After opening the charging door, check the charging symbol at the bottom of the
warning label.
2. Check the charging connector symbol of the AC and Trickle charger cable.
3. After checking the alphabet letter of the charging symbol, proceed the charging
step.
* Refer to "Electric charging label symbol table" on page 9-12.
4. Risk of failure, fire, injury, etc. expected when using the charging connector with
unmatched symbol.
Vehicle charging INLET Charging connector OUTLET
<Symbol location and application exam
-
ple>
OMQ4PH011019L
OMQ4PH091001L
OMQ4091001N
Specifications, Consumer information
and Reporting safety defects
129
How to check the symbol on the charging label
Electric charging label
The electric charging label is attached
on the charging door.
1 ~ 3: Warning for high voltage
4: Charging voltage and current - ( )
AC single phase.
5: Identifier for charging door.
6: For more details, refer to "How to
check the symbol on the charging label
(if equipped)" on page 9-11.
Electric charging label symbol table
AC and Trickle charger charging
OMQ4091002N
Supply Type Configuration Type of Accessory Voltage range Identifier
AC 5P
Vehicle connector
and vehicle inlet
âĪ250 V RMS
13
9
9
Specifications, Consumer information
and Reporting safety defects
Consumer Assistance (U.S. only)
Consumer Assistance (U.S.
only)
Roadside Assistance is provided on all
new current model year Kia Vehicles
from the date the vehicle is delivered to
the first retail buyer or otherwise put into
use (inservice date), whichever is earlier,
for a period of 60 months or 60,000
miles, whichever is earlier, subject to the
terms, conditions and exclusions set
forth in the Kia Warranty and Consumer
Information Manual applicable to your
model year vehicle.
Kia America, Inc. reserves the right to
limit or deny services or other benefits to
any owner or driver when, in Kia Amer
-
ica, Inc.'s judgment, the claims and/or
service requests are excessive in fre
-
quency or type of occurrence.
Toll free consumer assistance
is available from 5:00 AM to 6:00 PM
PST, Monday through Friday and is
accessible by dialing 1-800-333-4Kia
(4542).
For more information regarding assis
-
tance available, please refer to your Kia
Warranty & Consumer Information Man
-
ual.
Emergency roadside assistance
is available 24 hours a day, 365 days a
year and is accessible by dialing 1-800-
333-4Kia (4542) or by pressing the RSA
button (when enrolled into Kia Connect).
Please note that you must provide your
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) to
verify coverage at the time of your call.
The VIN can be found on the dash of
your vehicle on the driver's side, on the
door jamb of the driver's door, your vehi
-
cle's registration or proof of insurance
card.
Kia utilizes a network of over 30,000
roadside assistance providers. Should
you accidentally run out of fuel, require
a battery jump, or need help changing a
tire, a Kia Roadside Assistance Repre
-
sentative will dispatch someone to
deliver a small quantity of gas, change a
flat tire with your inflated spare, or
arrange a battery jump to allow you to
proceed to your destination. We have
access to a network of over 10,000 lock
-
smiths to help you should you become
locked out of your Kia.
In the event that mechanical difficulty
renders your vehicle undriveable due to
a warranty-related concern, Kia's Road
-
side Assistance Representative will
arrange to transport your vehicle to the
nearest Kia dealer or to an authorized
Kia alternative service location.
Your vehicle must be accessible to our
dispatch transport vehicle, as deter
-
mined by our driver, to receive this ser
-
vice.
NOTICE
Roadside Assistance benefits are not
available for any Kia vehicle that has
ever been or should have been issued a
"salvage" title or similar "branded" title
under any state's law or has been
declared a "total loss" or equivalent by a
financial institution or insurance com
-
pany.
Specifications, Consumer information
and Reporting safety defects
149
Consumer Assistance (U.S. only)
Trip interruption
Trip interruption expense benefits are
provided in the event that a warranty-
related disablement occurs more than
150 miles from your home, and the
repairs require more than 24 hours to
complete. Reasonable reimbursement is
included for meals, lodging, or rental
vehicle expenses. Trip interruption cov
-
erage is limited to $100 per day subject
to a three day maximum limit per inci
-
dent. You must contact the Kia Roadside
Assistance Center to obtain pre-authori
-
zation of expenses. Once the Kia Road
-
side Assistance Center gives
authorization for trip interruption bene
-
fits, they will assist you in making the
necessary arrangements. Insurance
deductibles, expenses, and claims paid
by your insurance company or other
providers are not eligible for reimburse
-
ment.
Fleet vehicles are excluded from reim
-
bursement under Kia's Trip Interruption
Policy.
Registering your vehicle in a for
-
eign country
If you plan to register your vehicle in a
foreign country, you should confirm that
it conforms to the regulations in that
country. Even if you successfully register
the vehicle in a foreign country, you may
experience the following problems and
should therefore consider the possibility
of having to deal with them:
1. The fuel specified for your vehicle
may be unavailable. If other than the
specified fuel is used, it could cause
damage to the engine, the fuel injec
-
tion system, and other fuel-related
parts which may not be covered
under your New Vehicle Emissions
Limited Warranty.
2. We must, therefore, clearly state that
when you leave the country in which
you purchased your Kia new and reg
-
ister it in another country, problems
arising from the use of fuel other than
the specified fuel are not subject to
manufacturer's warranty. Because
vehicles like yours may not be mar
-
keted in the new country of registra
-
tion, parts, servicing techniques and
tools necessary to maintain and repair
your vehicle may be unavailable.
Even if vehicles like yours are sold
there, mechanical specifications
required by the government may vary
enough from the country of purchase
to cause additional problems.
3. There may not be an Authorized Kia
Dealer in the area in which you plan to
register your vehicle. You may addi
-
tionally experience difficulty in obtain
-
ing services in a foreign country for
any number of reasons.
Further, we cannot assume any respon
-
sibility for problems that result from
unsatisfactory service or lack of service
outside of the United States.
15
9
9
Specifications, Consumer information
and Reporting safety defects
Electrical Equipment (U.S. only)
Electrical Equipment (U.S.
only)
The electrical system of your vehicle is
designed to perform under all reason
-
ably expected operating conditions.
However, before any additional electrical
equipment is installed in your vehicle,
consult an Authorized Kia Dealer, in
order to ensure that you do not void
your warranty.
Certain electrical equipment, or the way
in which it is installed, may adversely
affect the operation of your vehicle,
including such systems as the engine
control system, the audio system and
the electrical charging system and thus
potentially void all or part of your war
-
ranty.
We assume no responsibility for any
expense you may incur or for any mal
-
function of your vehicle or any of its
components or systems that may result
from the installation of additional electri
-
cal equipment that is not supplied, or
recommended for installation by, Kia.
Installation of a mobile two-way
radio system
If a mobile two-way radio system is
installed improperly, or if an excessively
powerful type of system is used, other
electronic systems may be adversely
affected. To avoid damage to your vehi
-
cle, consult an Authorized Kia Dealer
concerning the proper equipment and
installation.
Kia vehicles are designed and manufac
-
tured to meet or exceed all applicable
safety standards.
For your safety, however, we strongly
urge you to read and follow all directions
in this Owner's Manual, particularly the
information under the headings
"NOTICE", "CAUTION" and "WARNING".
If, after reading this manual, you have
any questions regarding the operation
of your vehicle, safety issues and
defects, please contact your Kia's toll-
free Consumer Assistance hot line as
below:
National Consumer Affairs Manager
Kia America, Inc.
P.O. Box 52410
Irvine, CA 92619-2410
1-800-333-4Kia (4542)
Specifications, Consumer information
and Reporting safety defects
169
Reporting Safety Defects (U.S. only)
Reporting Safety Defects (U.S.
only)
If you believe that your vehicle
has a defect which could cause a
crash or could cause injury or
death, you should immediately
inform the National Highway
Traffic Safety Administration
(NHTSA) in addition to notifying
Kia America, Inc.
If NHTSA receives similar com
-
plaints, it may open an investiga
-
tion, and if it finds that a safety
defect exists in a group of vehi
-
cles, it may order a recall and
remedy campaign. However,
NHTSA cannot become involved
in individual problems between
you, your dealer, or Kia America,
Inc.
To contact NHTSA, you may call
the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-
free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-
800-424-9153); go to http://
www.safercar.gov; download the
SaferCar mobile application; or
write to: Administrator, NHTSA,
1200 New Jersey Ave. SE., Wash
-
ington, DC 20590.
You can also obtain other infor
-
mation about motor vehicle
safety from http://www.safer
-
car.gov.
Online factory authorized
manuals (U.S. only)
The following publications are available
on www.KiaTechinfo.com.
Service manual
This manual covers maintenance and
recommended procedures for repair to
engine and chassis components. It is
written for the Journeyman mechanic,
but is simple enough for most mechani
-
cally inclined owners to understand.
Electrical troubleshooting manual
This manual complements the Service
Manual by providing in-depth trouble
-
shooting information for each electrical
circuit in your vehicle.
Owner's manual
This manual describes the overall fea
-
tures and operating procedures for the
vehicle.
AAbbreviation
Abbreviation
Abbreviation
2A
Abbreviation
ABS
Anti-lock Brake System
ASM
Active Snow Mode
BAS
Brake Assistant System
BCA
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
BCW
Blind-Spot Collision Warning
BVM
Blind-Spot View Monitor
CC
Cruise Control
CRS
Child Restraint System
DAW
Driver Attention Warning
DBC
Downhill Brake Control
DRL
Daytime Running Light
EBD
Electronic Brake force Distribution
ECM
Electric Chromic Mirror
EPS
Electric Power Steering
ESC
Electronic Stability Control
ESS
Emergency Stop Signal
FCA
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
HAC
Hill-start Assist Control
HBA
High Beam Assist
HDA
Highway Driving Assist
HMSL
High Mounted Stop Lamp
HUD
Head-Up Display
ISLA
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist
LATCH
Lower Anchors and Tether for Chil
-
dren
LFA
Lane Following Assist
LKA
Lane Keeping Assist
MCB
Multi-Collision Brake
MDPS
Motor Driven Power Steering
MIL
Malfunction Indicator Lamp
3A
Abbreviation
MSLA
Manual Speed Limit Assist
NSCC
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Con
-
trol
ODS
Occupant Detection System
PCA
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance
Assist
PDW
Reverse Parking Distance Warning
RCCA
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist
RCCW
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning
RVM
Rear View Monitor
SBW
Shift-By-Wire
SCC
Smart Cruise Control
SEA
Safe Exit Assist
SEW
Safe Exit Warning
SRS
Supplemental Restraint System
SRSCM
SRS Control Module
SVM
Surround View Monitor
TBT
Turn By Turn
TCS
Traction Control System
TIN
Tire Identification Number
TPMS
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
VESS
Virtual Engine Sound System Number
VIN
Vehicle Identification Number
VSM
Vehicle Stability Management
IIndex
Index
2I
Index
A
AC charge 1-9
AC charging connector lock 1-6
AC inverter 5-169
accumulated driving information
mode 5-95
adjusting instrument cluster
illumination
5-75
adjusting the height of shoulder
belt
4-25
adjusting the outside rear view
mirror
5-70
air bag 4-40
air bag collision sensors
4-57
air bag warning labels
4-63
curtain air bag
4-55
driverâs and passengerâs front air
bag
4-51
occupant detection system (ODS)
4-46
side air bag
4-54
SRS components and functions
4-43
air bag collision sensors 4-57
air bag warning and indicator 4-43
air bag warning labels 4-63
air cleaner filter 8-24
air conditioning refrigerant
label 5-146
air ventilation seat 5-165
all wheel drive (AWD) system 6-20
ambient light 5-162
antenna 5-179
anti-lock brake system (ABS) 6-38
appearance care 8-72
armrest 4-21
audio system 5-179
antenna
5-179
radio
5-180
USB port
5-180
auto hold 6-36
automatic climate control
system 5-148
heating and air conditioning
automatically
5-150
heating and air conditioning
manually
5-152
automatic transmission
LCD display messages 6-15
automatic transmission (dial
SBW) 6-12
operation
6-12
automatic turn off function 5-140
AWD
AWD mode 6-20
safe operation
6-23
B
battery 8-29
battery saver function 5-129
before driving 6-6
blind-spot collision-avoidance
assist (BCA) 6-84
blind-spot view monitor (BVM) 6-117
brake assist system (BAS) 6-45
brake fluid 8-22
brake system 6-29
anti-lock brake system (ABS)
6-38
auto hold
6-36
brake assist system (BAS)
6-45
downhill brake control (DBC)
6-42
electronic parking brake (EPB)
6-31
electronic stability control (ESC)
system
6-40
good braking practices
6-46
hill-start assist control (HAC)
6-44
power brakes
6-29
trailer stability assist (TSA)
6-45
vehicle stability management (VSM)
system
6-44
C
care of seat belts 4-30
cargo security screen 5-175
center console storage 5-161
changing plug-in hybrid mode
(plug-in hybrid vehicle) 1-20
charging Information 1-4
charging precautions 1-8
charging status 1-5
3I
charging the plug-in hybrid
vehicle
1-4
AC charge
1-9
AC charging connector lock
1-6
charging Information
1-4
charging precautions
1-8
charging status
1-5
charging time
1-4
charging type
1-4
how to disconnect charging connector
in emergency
1-19
scheduled charging
1-7
trickle charger (portable charging
cable)
1-12
charging time 1-4
charging type 1-4
child restraint system (CRS) 4-31
installing a CRS
4-34
selecting a CRS
4-32
climate control air filter 8-25
climate control system 5-144
climate control air filter
5-146
closing the hood 5-44
closing the liftgate 5-26
coat hook 5-173
components of the hybrid/plug-in
hybrid vehicle
1-37
plug-in hybrid vehicle components
1-37
consumer assistance 9-13
coolant 8-18
cruise control (CC) 6-119
cup holder 5-163
curtain air bag 4-55
D
day/night rear view mirror 5-60
daytime running light (DRL) 5-130
defogging (windshield) 5-158
defroster 5-160
defrosting (windshield) 5-158
distance to empty 5-79
door locks 5-15
child-protector rear door lock
5-19
door lock/unlock features
5-19
electronic child safety lock system
5-20
from inside the vehicle
5-17
in case of an emergency
5-21
rear occupant alert (ROA) system
5-21
with the mechanical key
5-15
with the smart key
5-15
door lock/unlock features 5-19
downhill brake control (DBC) 6-42
drive info display 5-95
drive mode 6-49
drive mode integrated control
system
6-49
drive mode
6-49
smart shift on trip computer
6-52
driver attention warning
(DAW)
6-111
driver position memory system 5-23
easy access function
5-25
driverâs and passengerâs front air
bag
4-51
driving assist mode 5-85
driving at night 6-189
driving in flooded areas 6-190
driving in the rain 6-189
driving the plug-in hybrid vehicle
changing plug-in hybrid mode (plug-in
hybrid vehicle)
1-20
E
easy access function 5-25
economical operation 6-185
electric chromic mirror (ECM)
with HomeLinkėū system
5-60
electrical equipment 9-15
electronic child safety lock
system
5-20
electronic chromic mirror
(ECM) 5-60
electronic parking brake (EPB) 6-31
applying the parking brake
6-31
EPB malfunction
6-35
EPB warning messages
6-33
releasing the parking brake
6-32
electronic stability control
(ESC) system 6-40
emergency 7-2
4I
emergency liftgate safety
release
5-27
emission control system 8-79
engine compartment fuse
replacement
8-48
engine oil 8-16
engine overheats 7-6
engine start/stop button 6-8
starting the engine
6-10
engine start/stop button
position
6-8
explanation of scheduled
maintenance items
8-14
exterior features 5-178
roof rack
5-178
F
fastening the seat belt 4-24
floor mat anchor(s) 5-174
folding the outside rear view
mirror 5-71
forward collision-avoidance assist
(FCA) - front view camera only 6-53
forward collision-avoidance assist
(FCA) - sensor fusion type 6-64
forward/reverse parking distance
warning (PDW) 5-124
front fog light 5-133
front seat adjustment for
manual seat 4-8
front seat adjustment for
power seat
4-9
front seat headrest 4-17
fuel economy 5-94
fuel filler door 5-45
opening the fuel filler door
5-45
fuel gauge 5-78
fuel requirements 2-2
full LCD cluster 5-74
fuses 8-45
engine compartment fuse
replacement
8-48
inner panel fuse replacement
8-47
G
gauges 5-75
distance to empty
5-79
fuel gauge
5-78
odometer
5-79
outside temperature gauge
5-80
plug-in hybrid mode indicator
1-24, 5-77
power gauge
5-76
SOC gauge
5-77
speedometer
5-75
glove box 5-162
glove box lamp 5-143
good braking practices 6-46
H
hazardous driving conditions 6-187
headlamp delay function 5-129
headrest
front seat headrest 4-17
rear seat headrest
4-20
head-up display (HUD) 5-113
heated steering wheel 5-58
heating and air conditioning
automatically 5-150
heating and air conditioning
manually 5-152
HEV (hybrid electric vehicle)
system 1-3
hev powertrain 2-7
high beam assist (HBA) 5-133
highway driving 6-190
highway driving assist (HDA) 6-147
hill-start assist control (HAC) 6-44
hood 5-43
closing the hood
5-44
opening the hood
5-43
horn 5-59
hybrid starter & generator
(HSG) belt 8-22
hybrid system overview 1-2
hydroplaning 6-190
5I
I
if you have a flat tire (with spare
tire) 7-13
immobilizer system 5-12
Important safety precautions 4-3
in case of an emergency while
driving
7-2
indicator lights 5-110
information mode 5-85
infotainment system 5-179
audio system
5-179
inner panel fuse replacement 8-47
inside rear view mirror 5-59
installing a CRS 4-34
instrument cluster 5-73
adjusting instrument cluster
illumination
5-75
full LCD cluster
5-74
gauges
5-75
plug-in hybrid mode indicator
1-24, 5-77
transmission shift indicator
5-81
intelligent speed limit assist
(ISLA) 6-106
interior features 5-162
AC inverter
5-169
air ventilation seat
5-165
ambient light
5-162
cargo security screen
5-175
coat hook
5-173
cup holder
5-163
floor mat anchor(s)
5-174
power outlet
5-168
seat warmer
5-164
side curtain
5-173
sun visor
5-166
USB charger
5-167
wireless smart phone charging
system
5-170
interior light 5-140
automatic turn off function
5-140
glove box lamp
5-143
luggage room lamp
5-142
map lamp
5-141
room lamp
5-142
vanity mirror lamp
5-143
J
jump-starting 7-4
K
keys 5-7
battery replacement
5-10
smart key
5-7
L
lane following assist (LFA) 6-143
lane keeping assist (LKA) 6-78
LCD display 5-82
LCD display modes
5-83
LCD display messages 5-98
LCD display modes 5-83
LCD displays 5-93
LCD display messages
5-98
service mode
5-97
trip information (trip computer)
5-93
liftgate 5-25
closing the liftgate
5-26
emergency liftgate safety release
5-27
opening the liftgate
5-25
light bulbs 8-58
light bulb position (front)
8-59
light bulb position (rear)
8-60
light bulb position (side)
8-61
lighting 5-129
battery saver function
5-129
daytime running light (DRL)
5-130
front fog light
5-133
headlamp delay function
5-129
high beam assist (HBA)
5-133
lighting control
5-130
operating high beam
5-131
operating turn signals
5-132
lighting control 5-130
auto light
5-131
head light (low beam)
5-131
luggage board 5-176
luggage net holder 5-175
luggage room lamp 5-142
luggage side tray 5-177
luggage tray 5-177
6I
M
maintenance services 8-6
manual speed limit assist
(MSLA)
6-104
map lamp 5-141
master warning mode 5-86
mechanical key 5-9
mirrors 5-59
adjusting the outside rear view
mirror
5-70
day/night rear view mirror
5-60
electric chromic mirror (ECM) with
HomeLinkėū system
5-60
electronic chromic mirror (ECM)
5-60
folding the outside rear view mirror
5-71
inside rear view mirror
5-59
outside rear view mirror
5-70
reverse parking aid function
5-71
N
navigation-based smart cruise
control (NSCC) 6-137
O
occupant detection system
(ODS) 4-46
odometer 5-79
one-touch lane change
function
5-132
online factory authorized
manuals 9-16
opening the hood 5-43
opening the liftgate 5-25
operating high beam 5-131
operating rear window wiper
and washer switch
5-138
operating turn signals 5-132
operating windshield washers 5-138
outside rear view mirror 5-70
outside temperature gauge 5-80
overloading 6-208
owner maintenance 8-7
P
paddle shifter 6-19
panoramic sunroof 5-51
power sunshade
5-52
resetting the sunroof
5-54
PHEV (plug-in hybrid electric
vehicle) system 1-2
plug-in hybrid mode
indicator
1-24, 5-77
plug-in hybrid vehicle
components
1-37
power brakes 6-29
power gauge 5-76
power outlet 5-168
power sunshade 5-52
power window lock button 5-41
pre-tensioner seat belt 4-27
push-starting 7-6
R
rear cross-traffic collision-
avoidance assist (RCCA) 6-153
rear occupant alert (ROA)
system
5-21
rear seat adjustment 4-12
rear seat headrest 4-20
rear view monitor (RVM) 5-115
reducing the risk of a rollover 6-187
releasing the seat belt 4-25
remote smart parking assist
(RSPA) 6-169
replacing rear wiper blades 8-28
reporting safety defects 9-16
reverse parking aid function 5-71
reverse parking collision-
avoidance assist (PCA)
6-163
reverse parking distance
warning (PDW) 5-120
risk of burns when parking or
stopping vehicle
2-5
rocking the vehicle 6-188
roof rack 5-178
room lamp 5-142
7I
S
safe exit assist (SEA) 6-99
safe exit warning (SEW) 6-96
scheduled charging 1-7
scheduled maintenance service 8-9
normal maintenance schedule
8-10
seat 4-5
armrest
4-21
feature of seat leather
4-7
front seat adjustment for manual seat
4-8
front seat adjustment for power seat
4-9
rear seat adjustment
4-12
seatback pocket
4-21
small pocket
4-22
seat belt precautions 4-29
seat belt restraint system 4-22
seat belts 4-22
child restraint system (CRS)
4-31
seat warmer 5-164
seatback pocket 4-21
selecting a CRS 4-32
service interlock connector 1-43
service mode 5-97
side air bag 4-54
side curtain 5-173
small pocket 4-22
smart cruise control (SCC) 6-122
smart key 5-7
mechanical key
5-9
smart liftgate with auto open 5-34
smooth cornering 6-188
snow tires 6-192
SOC gauge 5-77
special driving conditions 6-187
specifications
air conditioner compressor label 9-10
air conditioning system
9-4
bulb wattage
9-5
dimensions
9-2
engine
9-2
engine number
9-10
gross vehicle weight
9-3
lubricants and capacities
9-7
luggage volume
9-3
refrigerant label
9-10
tire specification and pressure label
9-9
tires and wheels
9-6
vehicle certification label
9-9
vehicle identification number (VIN)
9-9
speedometer 5-75
SRS components and functions 4-43
starting the engine 6-10
Starting and stopping the engine for
turbocharger intercooler
6-11
starting the engine
6-11
starting the engine with smart
key
6-10
steering wheel 5-56
electric power steering (EPS)
5-56
heated steering wheel
5-58
horn
5-59
tilt & telescopic steering wheel
5-57
storage compartment 5-161
center console storage
5-161
glove box
5-162
luggage board
5-176
luggage net holder
5-175
luggage side tray
5-177
luggage tray
5-177
stowing the rear seat belt 4-27
sun visor 5-166
supplemental restraint system
(SRS) care
4-61
surround view monitor (SVM) 5-117
T
theft-alarm system 5-13
tilt & telescopic steering wheel 5-57
tire chains 6-191
tire pressure monitoring system
(TPMS) 7-8
tires and wheels 8-32
all season tires
8-43
checking tire inflation pressure
8-33
radial-ply tires
8-45
snow tires
8-43
summer tires
8-43
tire chains
8-44
tire maintenance
8-36
tire replacement
8-35
tire rotation
8-34
8I
tire sidewall labeling 8-36
tire terminology and definitions
8-40
tire traction
8-36
wheel alignment and tire balance
8-35
wheel replacement
8-36
towing 7-23
without wheel dollies
7-23
trailer stability assist (TSA) 6-45
trailer towing 6-194
driving with a trailer
6-196
hitches
6-195
maintenance
6-199
safety chains
6-196
trailer brakes
6-196
transmission shift indicator 5-81
trickle charger (portable
charging cable)
1-12
trip information (Trip computer)
energy flow 5-97
range
5-96
trip information (trip computer) 5-93
accumulated driving information
mode
5-95
drive info display
5-95
fuel economy
5-94
trip modes
5-94
trip modes 5-94
turn by turn (TBT) mode 5-85
U
USB charger 5-167
USB port 5-180
user settings mode 5-86
V
vanity mirror lamp 5-143
vehicle auto shut-off system 6-47
vehicle break-in process 2-5
vehicle data collection and event
data recorders 2-6
vehicle handling instructions 2-6
vehicle identification number
(VIN) 9-9
vehicle load limit 6-202
vehicle modifications 2-4
vehicle stability management
(VSM) system
6-44
vehicle weight 6-207
virtual engine sound system
(VESS)
1-22
W
warning and indicator lights 5-104
warning lights 5-104
washer fluid 8-23
welcome system 5-139
what do do in an emergency
emergency starting 7-4
engine overheats
7-6
if the engine will not start
7-3
if you have a flat tire (with spare tire)
7-13
road warning
7-2
when the hybrid vehicle shuts
off 1-45
window opening and closing 5-39
windows 5-38
power window lock button
5-41
window opening and closing
5-39
windshield defrosting and
defogging
5-158
defogging logic
5-161
winter driving 6-191
wiper blades 8-26
wipers and washers 5-136
auto control
5-137
wireless smart phone charging
system 5-170
2022 KIA AMERICA, INC.
